H Q

C
3 A Compilation of Selective Govt. Orders.
A Companion to Postal Comrades.
All India Postal Employees Union Group 'C'
K.V. Sridharan
GENERAL SECRETARY
 PREFACE
It is rather an unique privilege for the All India Postal Employees Union Group
'C', Central Head Quarters in compiling selective administrative orders which
are absolutely essential for the day to day functioning of the
Divisional/Branch unions and activities.
During my interaction with many Divisional/Branch Secretaries, I realise the
need to venture this book which I am confident, will enlighten the ruling
positions on various topics and subjects for their active involvement in
mitigating the grievances of the Postal Comrades.
I have not elaborated the postal functions and its various rulings, manuals
etc. I restricted my limitation only to the importance of welfare activities,
Transfer, Promotion etc. that too in order to overcome the menace of several
anti workers decisions being unleashed now a day at various circles. This

H Q
This Venture is Dedicated to

C
venture will enlighten the entitlement and the need to avail the benefits.
I have been encouraged by many of my CHQ office bearers and Circle
Secretaries. Within a month, I completed this stependous task and perhaps
there may be errors and omissions in some areas despite my sincere efforts
for the accuracy and also to give upto date information. This venture is not
exhaustive and many more venture we should launch in future.
On this happy occasion, I look forward to receive various suggestions from
our Comrades and well wishers for making this venture a more perfect and
purposeful in subsequent editions.
With regards,

Comradely Yours

3
K.V. Sridharan
Com. N.C. Ambalavanan
General Secretary
(Ex. All India President)
(1981-1997)
Dated : 25-8-2007
 CONTENTS
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
(1) TENURE, TRANSFERS AND POSTINGS
1. Guidelines for Rotational Transfers 13
2. Clarification on Rotational Transfers 15
3. Clarification on Rotational Transfers 15
4. Rotational Transfers 16
5. Rotational Transfers Policy Guidelines for the Year 1996-97 16
6. Rotational Transfers Policy Guidelines for the Year 1998-99 17
7. Rotational Transfers Policy Guidelines for the Year 2000-2001 18
8. Rotational Transfers Policy Guidelines for the Year 2001-2002 19
9. Abolition of Station Tenure - Transfer of Non-gazetted staff from one station to another 19
10. Maintenance of Request Register - Rotational Transfer 19
11. Tenure of Non-gazetted Postmasters (Time-Scale) 20
12. Period of Stay at Tenure stations calculation of 20
13. Computation of Tenure for the purpose of Rotational charges 20
14. Reduced Tenure in respect of certain Station considered arduous 20
15. Tenure Transfer of Postal Assistants working in Gazetted Head Office under the charge 20
of Senior Postmasters
16. Tenure Transfer of Postal Assistants working in Gazetted Head Office 21
17. Fixation of Tenure for Mail Overseers 21
18. Selection of Speed Post Postmen and Tenure 21
19. Fixation of Tenure of Staff working in PSDs. 21
20. Staffing Pattern of Postal Stores Depots 22
21. Rotational Transfer of Departmental Stamp Vendors 22
22. Rotational Transfers Liabilities of SBCO Staff 22
23. Tenure of SB/SC Counter Staff 22
24. Shorter Tenure for counter Clerks in H.O.s. Having Instant Counter Facility. 23
25. Extension of Tenure of Postal Assistants working in the SB Branches of the POs. 23
26. Tenure in RMS Head Record Offices 23
27. Tenure in RMS 23
28. Uniform Tenure Policy in RMS 23
29. Fixing of tenure of service for mailman and also SG Mailman in the offices of Supdts. of 24
RMS & Post Office and HROs
30. Rotation of officials who occupy Post Quarters 24
31. Gist on Tenures 24
32. Continuity of counter staff for at least one year 25
33. Rotational Transfers-Guidelines-regarding. 25
34. Public Relation Inspector (Postal) Criterion for Selection of Regarding 25
35. Exercise of Powers for Cancellation of Transfer orders by appointing authorities- 26
Procedure to be followed.
36. Check on the issue of Transfer Orders by Divisional Superintendent Retiring Within 26
(6) Six monhts
37. Cancellation of Transfer order by Appointing Authorities. 26
38. Check on the issue of Transfer Orders by Divisional 26
Superintendents retiring within 6 months
39. Grant of TA & Transit of Official Transferred on Completion of Tenure to the Place of Their Choice 27
40. Tenure Posting of officials in single handed double 27
Handed post offices -- Preventive Vigilance Measure
41. Categorising LSG officials as Leave Reserve Postal Assistants 27
42. Transfer and Posting of Circle cadre staff by Regional Postmasters General - 27
Request of staff for transfer
43. Rules for Selection of Development Officer (PLI) 28
44. Posting of Officials against LSG Supervisory Posts 28
45. Posting of physically handicapped candidates 28
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
46. Physically Handicapped Officers/Employees may be given preference in Posting/Transfer 28
to near their native places.
47. Employees having Children with hearing Impairment or Multiple Disability may be given 29
Posting to their own preferred Linguistic Zone/State.
48. Posting of Govt. employees who have mentally retarded children 29
49. Posting of Govt. employees who have mentally retarded children 29
50. Posting to Home Division/Circle Policy regarding all categories of Supervisory cadres 29
51. Provision of Post attached Rent Free Accommodation as a Condition of Service to the 30
Postmasters/SPMs.
52. Choice of Officials for posting as Treasurers / Asstt. Treasurers in Post Offices 30
53. Appointment of Treasurers/Cashiers in Post Offices Regarding. 30
54. Appointment of LSG operatives as Treasurer/Cashier in Post Offices- payment of Special Pay 30
55. Posting of Treasurers on completion of Tenure 31
56. Transfer under the Provisions of Rule 38 of P&T Man. Vol. IV 31
57. Re-delegation of Power to Heads of Circles to allow Rule 38 Transfer requests of surplus 32
qualified officials to their home divisions in relaxation of 5 years service condition
58. Postal Assts./Sorting Assts. - Transfer under Rule 38 of P&T Man. Vol. IV 32
59. Inter-Circle Transfer within the same cadre under Rule-38 of Postal Manual Vol. IV 32
60. Review of the provisions of Rule 38 of Postal Manual Vol-IV - Postal Assit. / Sorting Assit. 33
61. Conditions for Rule 38 Transfers from the cadre of RMS Sorting Assistants to Postal Assit. 33
62. Clarification on Rule 38 Transfer from Sorting Assit. to Postal Assit. 34
63. Transfer/retention of officials on bifurcation reorganisation of a division- Clarification reg. 34
64. In Request Transfer cases, Intervening Holiday's can be availed 34
65. Filling up Unfilled Vacancies of Postmen/ Mail Guard Cadre from Candidates of other 34
Divisions at Regional Level
66. Posting of Husband and wife at the same station 34
67. Discontinuation of Scheme of Engagement of short Duty Staff. 36
68. Posting of Husband and wife at the same station 36
69. Posting of Husband and Wife at the same station- Reiterated 67. 36

(2) PROMOTIONS, HSG-I, HSG-II, LSG, BCR, TBOP etc.

1. Upgradation of 1622 Posts of HSG.II to HSG.I Grade 37
2. Upgradation of 1622 Posts of HSG.II to HSG.I Grade 37
3. Clarification Regarding Upgradation of HSG..II Posts TO HSG..I 38
4. Clarifications Regarding the date of Upgradation of HSG..II Posts to HSG..I 38
5. Clarification for Promotion to HSG-I Grade 38
6. Promotion to HSG-I Grade- Clarification Regarding. 39
7. Promotion to HSG-I Grade -Clarification Regarding. 39
8. Promotion to HSG.I Grade - Clarification regarding 39
9. Reservation of Posts in HSG-I in RMS for Accounts Line Officials. 41
10. Filling up of the Posts of HSG-I 41
11. Conversion of 2356 Posts of LSG To HSG-II 41
12. Filling up of Norms Based HSG-II Posts 42
13. Gist of Selective Orders on B.C.R. 42
14. Biennial Cadre Review 43
15. Posting of BCR Officials Against Norm Based Posts 45
16. Seniority for Appointment to the Posts of Post Office and RMS Accountants. 45
17. Applicability of Time Bound one Promotion Scheme to PO & RMS Accountants. 46
18. Review of Option for PO & RMS Accountants. 46
19. Fixation of Seniority of PO & RMS Accountants - Clarification. 47
20. Divisionalisation of PO & RMS Accountants and APM (Accounts) Cadres. 47
21. Transfer and Posting of LSG Accountants 47
22. Treatment of Special Pay for the purpose of fixation of pay on Promotion-Case of PO & 47
RMS DTO Accountant.
23. Removal of Hardship Imposed by TBP on Postmen 47
24. Benefit of FR 22 (i) (a) (i), Not Applicable in the Case of TBOP/BCR Official when posted 48
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
the Norms based Posts i.e. LSG/HSG-II
25. Gist of Selective order on T.B.O.P. 48
26. Divisionalisation of Lower Selection Grade Cadre Clarifications on Various Issues 50
Originating there from
27. No Supersession in 'Selection' Promotion - Revised Guidelines 51
28. Promotion of employees on whom any penalty has been imposed - consideration for 53
29. Promotion to Higher Grade of Post Clarification in regard to sealed cover procedure - 54
Effect of Warning, Censure etc. on Promotion
30. Promotion to Higher grade of Post - Clarification in regard to sealed cover procedure -- 55
Effect of Warning, censure etc. on promotion
31. Recovery of Pay not a BAR to Promotion 56
32. Promotion Effect of Punishment and Monetary Recovery 56
33. Promotion - Application of Bench Mark & Writing of CRs. 57
34. Application of Bench Mark on Promotion in LSG, HSG-II and HSG-I 57
35. Status of Operative Officials Designations / Nomenclature 58
36. Simplification of Confirmation Procedure- Clarification 58
37. Period of Induction Training shall also Count for Promotion Under the TBOP / BCR scheme 58
38. Counting of Induction Training Period for Promotion Under TBOP / BCR Schemes 58
39. Counting of Training Period for Departmental Candidates. 59
40. Vacancies of Not less than 14 day's Duration 59
41. Approval of Officiating Arrangements Countinuing for more than One Year 59
42. General Principles to be Followed in Making Officiating Appointments in Short Term Vacancies 60
43. Officiating Arrangement in Short Term Vacancies in the Dept. of Posts 60
44. Filling up of Local, Short or Long term Vacancies in IPOs/IRMS cadres but unapproved 60
Candidates on adhoc basis.
45. Officiating Arrangements in Leave vacancies 61
46. Officiating Arrangement in Leave Vacancies 61
47. Officiating Arrangements in HSG-II and HSG-I 61
48. Appointment of Drivers on Daily Wage Basis and their subsequent absorption 61
49. Merger of Posts of Hindi Typists in Divisional Offices with Postal Assistants/Sorting Assit. 62
50. Extension of Time Bound One Promotion and Biennial Cadre views to Hindi Typists of Divisional Offices 62
51. Joining of New Station of Posting on Promotion Instructions- regarding. 63
52. Time Limit for Relieving an Official Consequent his Promotion to the Higher Grade. 63
53. Utilisation of Holidays/Off Days for Journey Period in Case of Transfer from one station to 64
another of an officials hiw own request.
54. Revised Option for fixation of Pay on Promotion 64
55. Reservation for the Physically Handicapped in Post filled by Promotion. 64
56. Reservation for the Physically Handicapped in Post filled by Promotion. 64
57. Instances which do not constitute as Anomaly for Stepping up of pay with Reference to Juniors. 65

(3) DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATIONS

1. LGOs Examination Absorption of Surplus Candidates 66
2. Raising of Number of Chances for the LGOs Examination 66
3. Training to the Postmen and Group 'D' cadres / appearing for LGO Examination 66
4. LGO Exams - Chances already availed not to be counted. 67
5. Review result of failed SC/ST Candidate of FTP (LSG/HSG-II) Exam. 67
6. Revised orders on Postal Training to SAs. 67
7. Eligibility Condition for Appearing in Dept. Competitive Exam for Promotion to P.S. 67
Group 'B' Cadre
8. Eligibility of Officials Promoted under TBOP / BCR for appearing in the Departmental 67
Competitive Examination to PS Group B Grade
9. Eligibility Condition to Appear for the PS Gr. B Exam. in R/O General Line Official-Reg. 67
10. Syllabus for S.B. Incentive/Examination. 68
11. Syllabus for P.O. and R.M.S. Accountant Exam. 68
12. Syllabus for Junior Accounts Officer Part-I 68
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
13. Syllabus for Junior Accounts Officer - AC Part II Exam. (Postal) 69
14. Syllabus for Departmental Competitive Examination for Promotion of General Line 69
Officials to PSS Group 'B"
15. Syllabus of Departmental Examination for Promotion to be Grade of "Inspector of Posts" 70
16. Officials can be allowed to Appear Departmental Examinations Under Suspension 71
17. Competitive Exam. - Candidates obtaining equal marks- Selection an Determination of 71
Inter-Re-merit.
18. No. of chances for IPO examination : 71
19. Relaxation of Age Limit and removal of limited chances to appear for J.A.O. Parts I & II Exam. 72
20. Counting of Training Period for the purpose of Drawing increments-Clarification Regarding. 72
21. RMS Group B Exam for the General Line Officials- Eligibility Therefore. 72

(4) RECRUITMENTS
1. Department of Posts (Postal Assistants and Sorting Assistants) Recruitment Rules 2002. 73
2. Copy of Notification (DOP) dated 9th January, 2002 73
3. Recruitment to the Cadre of Postal/Sorting Assistant-Regarding. 74
4. Recruitment Procedure to Cadre of Postal/Sorting Assistants in Post Offices Clarifications. 75
5. Revised Recruitment Procedure for Postal Assistants/Sorting Assistants. 75
6. Introduction of Fast Track Promotion to Fill up LSG/HSG-II Posts in PO & RMS 77
Offices-Amendment to Recruitment Rules.
7. Rules of Recruitment to Selection Grade Posts 1976 80
8. Selection Grade Posts Recruitment (Amendment) Rules 2002 86
9. Recruitment Rules for HSG-I Posts- Amendment Regarding 88
10. Recruitment to the Posts of Inspector of Posts, Rules Reg.- Merger etc. 88
11. Exemption from requirements of Educational Qualification in respect of Widows of Govt. 91
Servants Appointed on Compassionate Grounds.
12. The Gazetted of India Notification regarding Rules regulating the method of Recruitment 91
to the Posts of Postman/Village Postman and Mail guard in the Department of Posts.
13. Department of Posts (Group D Posts) Recruitment Rules 2002. 94
14. Revision of Rates of Training Allowance paid to induction trainees selected for initial 95
Appointment in PA/SA
15. Rates of Fees Payable to state Government Medical Officers for Medical Examination of 95
Candidates for Appointment to Group 'C' Posts.
16. Distribution of Reservation for Persons with Disabilities amongst three categories of 95
Disabilities-Clarificaiton.

(5) SPECIAL PAY ALLOWANCES & PERSONAL CLAIMS

1. Travelling Allowance 96
(i) Entitlement for Travel on Tour w.e.f. 01-10-1997 96
(ii) Journey by Road 96
(iii) Rates of Daily Allowance 97
(iv) Joining Time 97
(v) Rates of Overtime Allowance for Operative Staff 97
(vi) The entitlement for travel on LTC by Rail, w.e.f. 01-10-1998 is as below 98
2. Transport Allowance w.e.f. 1-8-1997 98
3. Revised Classification of employees in pay ranges 98
4. When the Govt. Servant Stays in a Hotel or other establishment Providing Boarding 98
and/or Lodging at Schedule Tariff's
5. Grant of OTA to the Clerks when required to act as SPMs in the absence of regular SPM on leave 99
6. Grant of Overtime Allowances to the Clerks when required to act as SPMs in the absence 99
of regular SPM on leave
7. Grant of OTA to Departmental Staff for Conveyance of Cash 99
8. Training of Clerks to work in Accounts Branch of HOs 99
9. Restriction on number of hours of OTA Admissible to Sorting Postmen/Group 'D' Staff 100
called on duty on a Postal Holiday.
10. Grant of Special Pay for Handling / Custody of Cash by Sub Postmasters 100
11. Cash Handling Allowance to Treasurers, Asst. Treasurers- revision of rates regarding: 100
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
12. Special Pay to Postal Candidates who have qualified the JAO examination and 101
awaiting Promotion.
13. Special Pay granted to JAO examination qualified candidates. 101
14. Prompt Settlement of personal problems of the employees 101
15. Grant of Split Duty Allowance 101
16. Fixed Monetary Compensation of Postmen Staff 102
17. Admissibility to Home Town every year to unmarried Central Govt. Employees having 102
Dependents living in Home Town
18. Forfeiture of the LTC Claim after the expiry of the expiry of the stipulated period 102
19. LTC Facilities to the Family Members not residing with Govt. Servant-Clarification reg. 103
20. LTC - Travel by State Tourism Buses- Clarification- regarding. 103
21. LTC- Denial of LTC to Govt. Servants found Guilty of Misuse of the Facility 103
22. Disability under FR 17 (A) - Relating to LTC- Clarification 103
23. Imposing of Penal Interest on Unutilised balance of TA/LTC Advance. 103
24. Grant of OTA to the Clerks When Required to Act as SPMs in the Absence of Regular 104
SPMs on Leave.
25. Claim of OTA in Lieu of Higher Pay 104
26. Grant of OTA- Clarifications 104
27. Grant of OTA - Clarifications. 104
28. Grant of OTA to aspm when required to work as HSG-II SPM 104
29. Clarification on OTA to Group 'D' Staff 104
30. Grant of Compensatory Off/OTA where Postal Holidays falls on fixed Offs on Sunday/Weekly Offs. 104
31. Reimbursement of LTC Claim to be restricted to the actual fare incurred by longer route 105
on the fare by the entitled class by shortest direct Route, Whichever is Less.
32. Admissibility of LTC when both Husband an Wife are Govt. Servants and are resideing together. 105
33. Some members can visit 'Home Town' while other family members may avail 'Any 105
Place in India' in the same two year block LTC.
34. LTC by Private Airlines 105
35. Leave encashment during LTC 105
36. LTC - Family clarification 105
37. LTC Advance 106
38. A Submission of LTC Claims 106
39. Avaiting LTC on Holidays 106
40. Proportionate Mileage Allowance when Journey on tour is performed by longer route by 106
Rail partly by Lower Class and Partly by the Entitled Class.
41. LTC in Handicapped Employees 106
42. Regulation of LTC Claim if the Rail Journey is Performes by a longer route and by 106
Different Classes.
43. Grant of Fixed Medical Allowance to the staff working in the Interior under CS (MA) Rules, 1944 107
44. Delegation of Powers to condone delay in submission of medical claims 107
45. Payment on One Time Basis towards CGHS contribution by pensioners. 107
46. Entitlement of TA/DA to the Patients. 107
47. Medical Advance - Revised instructions 107
48. Reimbursement of Medical claim for treatment taking in private Hospital in emergent 108
Cases- Clarification.
49. 'Fixed Monetary Compensation' to Postman for Effecting deliveries on second day 108
of three consecutive Holidays.
50. CCA/HRA Raised Rates w.e.f. 1-8-1997 108
51. Grant of Conveyance Allowance to Blind and Orthopaedically Handicapped Central 109
Government Employees.
52. Grant of Split Duty for two hours break 109
53. Grant of Split Duty Allowance- Clarifications. 109
54. Split Duty Allowance -Clarification. 109
55. Grant of Saving Bank Allowance to Postal Assistants 109
56. Revision in the Rate of Cycle (Maintance) Allowance. 109
57. TBOP/BCR Officials Entitled for Saving Bank Allowance 110
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
58. Enhacement of Saving bank Incentive to Postal Assistants working in Saving Bank Branches- 110
Acceptance of Fifth Central Pay Commission's Recommendation (Para 30.22) regarding.
59. Fixed Conveyance Allowance. 110
60. Grant of Conveyance to Mail/Cash Overseers 110
61. Simplified Proceedure for Claiming CEA/Tuition Fees 111
62. Reimbursement of Tuition Fee shall be admissible till the end of the academic year in case 111
of Govt. Servant ceases to be in service by Retirement, Resignation, Discharge, Dismissal
of Removal from Service
63. Grant of Fixed Stationery Charges Clarification Regarding 111
64. Enhanced Rates of Stationery Charges for P.Os, SBCO, IPOs / ASPOs 111
65. Time Limits for Submission of Claims 112
66. Commission Paid to Authorised Agents 112
67. Commission Paid to ED SPM/BPM 113
68. Monthly Income Scheme- Incentive 114
69. Speed Post Incentive 114
70. Guidelines for Grant of Honorarium to be Strictly followed 114
71. An Official is Missing of Absconded 114
72. New Pension Scheme for those Appointed on or After 1-1-2004. 115
73. Night Halt Allowance to Mail/Cash Overseers 117
74. Implementation of Award given by the Board of Arbitration (JCM) in C.A. reference I of 1990 118
regarding grant of special pay for handling / custody of cash by Sub-Postmasters in single
and double handed Post Offices in Department of Posts.

(6) STAFF QUARTERS

1. Retention of Government Accommodation in the events of Leave, Transfer etc. 119
2. Retention of Government Quarters by Retired / Transfer / Family of Deceased Employees 119
3. Retention of Quarters by retired/deceased postal employees on special circumstances 120
4. Retention of Quarters in case of Death of the Allottee 120
5. Sub-Letting of Govt. Accommodation violates Rules 3 of CCS (Conduct) Rules. 121
6. Retention of Post Attached Quarters Beyond Authorised Period. 121
7. Postal Pool Quarters and Post attached Rent Free Quarters of PMs / SPMs - 121
Delegation of powers
8. Post-Quarters- Authorised Period after Retirement. 122
9. Conservancy/Service Charges etc. Not to be Recovered from Rent Free Allottees. 122
10. Retention of Quarters. 122
11. Revised Schedule of Accommodation For Post Office 123
12. Maintenance of Buildings 128
13. Assessment of Reasonable Rent/Enhancement of Rent of Private building taken on Lease. 129
14. Provision of Toilet Facilities in Post Office Buildings. 130
15. Revision of Tariff for Occupation of Inspection Quarters / Inspection Rooms 131
16. Occupation of Departmental Inspection Quarter beyond normal admissible period -- 131
Admissibility of HRA
17. Assessment of Reasonable Rent/Enhancement of Rent of Private Building taken on 132
Lease by the Dep. Guidelines-reg.

(7) WELFARE
1. Immediate Relief to the Families of Government Servants who die while in Service. 133
2. Action to be taken on receipt of intimation about the Death of a Postal employee/Extra 133
Departmental Agent.
3. Modified orders for production of Medical Certificate by Gazetted/Non-Gazetted Employees. 133
4. Grant of Earned Leave to Central Government Employees 134
5. Report of the Complaints Committee constituted for prevention of sexual harassment of 134
women at work places -follow-up action
6. Financial Assistance from the Postal Staff Welfare scheme in cases of prolonged illness/ 135
surgical operations, enhanced
7. Grant of financial assistance in the case of death of Postal Employee while in service 135
8. Enhanced Rate of Financial Assistance from the Postal Service Staff Welfare Board in the 135
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
Case of Death of an Employee
9. Financial Assistance from Welfare Fund for Funeral Expenses- Payment to the near Relatives. 136
10. Transportation Charges to the Handicapped Children of Postal Employees. 136
11. Clarification on Financial Assistance from Welfare Fund in cases of EOL/HPL Due to 136
Serious/Prolonged illness
12. Increase in the amounts of Financial Assistance in Case of Death. 136
13. Enhancement of rates of Financial Assistance to the victims of fire/floods and natural calamities 136
14. Financial Assistance to SC & ST Employees, Department of Posts for (i) Appearing in the 137
Departmental Examination and (ii) Pursuing Higher Education through Regular Classes.
15. Revised Rate of Scholarships for Development of Individual Personality. 137
16. Scholarship for development of individual personality decision taken in the 9th meeting of the 137
Postal Services Staff Welfare Board Meeting held on 17-02-2002
17. Revision in Scholarships / Book Awards for OBCs 138
18. Financial Assistance for Nutritive Diet from Welfare Fund admissible to all Departmental 138
Employees who are suffering from TB may be extended to ED employees and Enhancement
of final assistance
19. Grants of Residential Welfare Associations Enhanced. 138
20. Grants to Postal Ladies Organization from the Postal Services Staff Welfare Board 138
21. Enhancement of recurring grants to the creches from the Welfare Fund 138
22. Salary of Part-Time Tailoring Instructors under the Postal Staff Welfare Scheme. 139
23. Permission to leave office during office hours be granted to Presidents/General Secretaries 139
of the Residential Welfare Associations
24. P&T Community Halls-Allotment of accommodation-Order of preference 139
25. Special Casual Leave to ED Agents at par with the regular departmental employees for 139
donating blood to recognised banks on working day on pay of the cost of substitute.
26. Revision in Rates of Scholarship 140
27. Pay limit for availing facility of Excursion trips 140
28. Revised Pay Limit for Grant of Financial Assistance for prolonged serious illness, 140
major surgery etc.
29. Introduction of Scholarship for staff to Develop individual personality. 140
30. Special benefits in cases of Death and Disability in Service- Payment of Ex-Gratia lumpsum 141
compensation to families of Central Govt. Civilian Employees who die in harness.
Recommendations of the Fifth Central Pay Commission.
31. Out of turn promotions to outstanding Sports Personalities in the Deptt. 142
32. Selection of Sports person 143
33. Grant of Two Hours off for Daily Practice throughout the year to the top Ranking 143
Sports-Persons/Coaches.
34. Grant of Incentive to the Children of Postal Employees who appear in the Competitive 143
Examinations held by UPSC
35. Special Casual Leave to Participate in Dance/Song Competition at Regional Level 143
36. Incentive for Acquiring Fresh Higher Qualifications. 144
37. Enhancement of Powers of the PMGs for Grant of Financial Assistance in Cases of 145
Serious Illness/Major Surgery etc.
38. Financial Assistance to the Dependent of Deceased P&T Employees who died in Accident. 145
39. Extension of schemes of educational assistance under the Welfare Fund to EDAs. 146
40. Financial Assistance from Welfare Fund to Orthopaedically Handicapped Employees. 146
41. Grant of Financial Assistance for the victims of Riots, Communal Disturbances and 146
Terrorist Activities.
42. Financial Assistance in Prolonged Illness Cases. 146
43. Grant-in-Aid for the provision of Amenities or Recreational or Welfare Facilities to the 146
Staff of the Central Government.
44. Increase the Amount of Cash being Granted to Best Sportsman/Sports Women and 147
Best Promoter of Sports.
45. Increase in Daily Allowance for Players Participating in All India Postal Sports Meet. 147
46. Participating in the All India Major Ranking Tournaments Conducted by TTFI & BAI 147
47. Implementation of directorate instructions of 2 hours off for practice to Sports Persons/ 147
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
coaches who represent their Circles in All India Postal Tournament and/or who represent
the department and concerned States in National Competitions
48. Revised Pay Limits for Eligibility of Educational Assistance under the postal Staff Welfare Scheme. 147
49. Grant of Conveyance and other advances-Revised Rate with effect from 11-12-1997. 148
50. Dependent Family members of the regular employees should also be given Financial 149
Assistance in case of Nutritive Diet recommended for TB patients.
51. Reservation in Scholarships / Book Awards for OBCs 149
52. Provision of Transport to Officials in Need of Urgent Medical Care while on Duty. 149

(8) NORMS
1. Review of Post Office establishment - Revised procedure for combining all categories of 150
periodical reviews
2. Norms for group 'c' staff connected with multi-purpose counter machines in post offices 151
3. Adhoc Norms for Staff Working in Speed Post Centre-Regarding. 151
4. Evaluation of Norms for P.R.I. (P) 152
5. Updating of Norms for Calculation of Establishment of Departmental Stamp Venodrs/Gramin 152
Dak Sewak StampVendors for Sale of Stamps and Stationery Issue of the Revised Norms.
6. Hours of Work-Split Duty in Respect of Certain Categories of Staff. 153
7. Duty Hours of Postmasters. 153
8. Grant of Special Pay to Treasurers and Asstt. Treasurer Trasurer in the Clerical Time 153
Scale in Post Offices.
9. Standard for Checking OTA Bills of Official of HPOs in Accounts Branch of HPOs. 153
10. Standards Adopted for Sanctioning Post of Mail Overseers. 153

(9) SELECTIVE ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS

1. Power & function of Chief Postmasters General / Postmaster General (Region) - reg. 154
2. Strengthening of the Supervision and the Working of EDSOs/EDBOs & Single-Handed 157
Sub Post Offices.
3. Deletion of Transfer Liability Clause from Appointment Offer. 158
4. Delegation of Powers of Heads of Circles to Downgrade Sub Standard Head Offices. 158
5. Delegation of Powers to Heads of Circles to Close/Merge/Reorganize Set/Mail Office with 159
workload less than prescribed norm.
6. Improving Vigilance Administration. 160
7. Enhancement of Financial Powers of HSG.I, HSG.II & LSG Postmasters 162
8. Preventive Checks Prescribed in respect of SB and Cash Certificates 162
9. Settlement of Deceased, Claim cases Enhancement of powers of various Postal Authorities 163
10. Regarding authorisation of LSG Sub Postmasters HSG.II Postmasters to issue cheques in 164
lieu of payments of maturity value of Small Saving Schemes for Rs. 20,000 and above
11. Notice of Voluntary Retirement can be a cepted from a Govt. Servant already on EOL. 165
12. Non Inalidation of a Govt. Servant who has been permanently incapacitated from Govt. 165
Service on Account of Mental or Physical Disability-Information Regarding.
13. Permission To Leave Headquarters 166
14. Co-Operative Credit Society Dues Recoveries from pay-less thereof-Regarding. 166
15. Wearing of Uniforms properly by Postmen, Group 'D' and other staff entitled to Uniforms 166
16. Representations from Employees- Disposal of 167
17. Individual Grievances of Officials. 168
18. Representation from Government servants on service matters 168
19. Principal CPMG/CPMG Shall be the revising Authority, Were the Appellate Authority is 170
subordinate to them.
20. Officials under Suspension can be allowed to Function as Defence Assistants 171
21. Action Against Absconding Officials 171
22. Dies Non and its Effect 171
23. Who are Competent to Investigate into Fraud and Loss Cases and What are their 172
Monetary Limits?
24. Disciplinary cases should be closed on the Death of the Charged Official 173
25. Fixing up Contributory Negligence 173
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
26. Recovery from Retired Officials 174
27. Realisation of Loss from Subsidiary Offenders 174
28. Recovery of Pecuniary Loss caused by a Govt. Servant- Clarification Regarding. 175
29. Recovery be made in Case of Fraud. 176
30. Fixing Contributory negligence / responsibilities 176
31. Penalty of Recovery. 176
32. Condition of Recovery 176
33. Responsibility for Losses. 177
34. Honest Errors can be condoned 177
35. Waival of Prosecution 177
36. Representation against adverse remarks 177
37. Period of Suspension to be treated as Duty if Minor Penalty is imposed 178
38. Penal Recoveries from Departmental Officials in case 178
39. Closing of Central Govt. Offices of Connection with Elections to State Assemblies etc. 178
of Losses and Frauds.

(10) RELAX - REFRESH RULING KNOWLEDGE - A GIST OF SELECTIVE ORDERS

1. Eligibility for appearing in departmental exam - case of EDAs specailly recruited for 179
deputation to APS.
2. Retention of Rent free quarters during leave exceeding on one month should be recovered 179
3. Counting Leave for Increment - annually for the purpose of FR 26(C) 179
4. Unavailed Joining time to be credited in E.L. Account 179
5. Regulation of Allowances during leave 179
6. Dies Non- Leave Credit 179
7. Encashment or Leave Accumulated in AP 179
8. Absence after expiry of leave 179
9. Leave not due 179
10. EL Upto 180 days can be availed in one Spell 180
11. Maternity Leave combined with leave of any other kind 180
12. Female employees availing maternity leave for MTP not entitled for Special CL 180
13. Second Medical Opinion 180
14. Grant of special CL to Women Central Govt. employees when their husband undergo 180
vasectomy operation
15. Upto 90% of GPF can be withdrawn without any reason during the last year of service 180
16. No withdrawal/advance in GPF in last three months before service 180
17. Disbursement of Monthly Pay and Allowance 180
18. Age Relaxation for Widows, Divorced Women and Women Separated from their Husbands. 180
19. Direct Recruitment to the Cadre of 181
20. Concession Given to ex. Servicemen. 181
21. Seniority from the date of appointment and not with reference to date of confirmation 181
22. Verification of service book by officials 181
23. Joint Representation from Govt. Servants to be viewed as subversive of Discipline 181
24. Supply of Special Type of shoes for orthopaedic handicapped employees 181
25. Whether proportionate reduction of washing allowance be made for the leave undertaken. 181
26. Cash Allowance To Cash Overseer 181
27. PAs/OAs Officiating as Set No. 181
28. Washing Allowance : 182
29. Special Pay to Cashiers: 182
30. Grant of special pay - acceptance of security bond : 182
31. Welfare officer asked to meet family of deceased government servant. 182
32. T.A. entitlement for bringing family subsequent of transfer 182
33. Utilistation of holidays/off days for Journey period in case of transfer from one station 182
to another of an official at his own request
34. Joining time to officials on return from APS to the Dept. of posts. 182
35. Maternity Leave 182
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
36. Family pension to Widow when she got child 182
37. Pensioner married after retirement 182
38. Family of a female Govt. Servant for LTC 183
39. Drawal of HRA by Husband & Wife when both of them are Govt. Servant 183
40. Date of Death - Treated as Duty 183
41. Revised time limit for grant/refusal of permission under the provisions of CCS (Conduct) rules 183
42. Change of home town declaration 183
43. Transfer of officials at their own request leave is not required 183
44. Benefit of increment falling due during leave period in the case of death while on leave 183
45. Payment on authority can be made to outsider or Govt. employees alone. 183
46. Union functionaries of J.C.M. should not be shifted from main administrative office to 184
subordinate office
47. Stamp Duty on mortgage Deed/Deed of Reconveyance executed by employees who 184
availed H.B.A. has to be borne only by the employees and cannot be reimbursed
48. Suffixing Holidays after Medical Leave 184
49. Heads of Circles in Dept. of Posts empowered to relax the upper age limit for 184
appointment on compassionate grounds.
50. No Option of Revert to Lower Post in Lieu of Premature Retirement 184
51. Claim for treatment outside the Head Quarters from R.M.P.S. Appointed as AMAs not Reimbursable 184
52. Uniform to Employees who are due to retire 184
53. Leave Salary Advance for Commuted Leave 185
54. Clarification on payment of conveyance allowance to orthopaedically handicapped employees 185
55. LTC claim for spouse, if married during grace period 185
56. Leave to Female Govt. Servant on adopting of Child 185
57. MC And FC -Not necessary from the same doctor 185
58. Leave conversion not a Matter of Right 185
59. Child Adoption Leave 185
60. Advance - interest rates 2005-06 185
61. CGHS -- Entitlement of transferees 185
62. Leave encashment on compulsory retirement 185
63. Drawal of increment 185
64. HRA / CCA at old rates during J.T. Suspension etc. 186
65. Increment to T/S Group D 186
66. Fixed Medical Allowance to pensioner 186
67. Fixed Medical Allowance 186
68. Special Leave for contagious disease 186
69. No GPF for T/S Group D 186
70. No recovery from GPF 186
71. MPCM Allowance 186
72. Dependency -- Monetary limit 186
73. TA / DA for second medical opinion 186
74. TA for Departmental enquiry 186
75. TA for court cases 187
76. RTF - Special provision to Physically Handicapped child 187
77. Rebate on HBA 187
78. Promoting Small Family norms -- Drawal of special increment 187
79. No Denial of Leave During the Last Ten Years Service 187
80. Leave for permanently in-capacitated officials 187
81. Special leave for miscarriage to women employees 187
82. Paternity leave to male government servants 187
83. Casual Leave -- entitlement 187
84. HRA on Transfer 187
85. HRA not allowed for Sharing accommodation 187
86. Transport Allowance during suspension 187
87. Transport Allowance during training 188
88. Conveyance Allowance to Physically Handicapped officials 188
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
89. No staff car if Transport Allowance drawn 188
90. Combination of CL 188
91. Special leave during Bandh etc. 188
92. Special leave for Bye-election 188
93. Place of choice for Employees having treating mentally retorted child 188
94. No casual worker for Group C work 188
95. Select Panel advance in DPC 188
96. Relaxation of merit to SC / ST employees 188
97. SC / ST selected in unreserved point -- clarification 188
98. SC / ST promotion under unreserved point 188
99. Enforcing promotion 188
100. Adhoc appointment continuity more than one year -- no need for reversion 189
101. Sexual harassment on women employees 189
102. Sexual harassment -- transfer as per the option of the victim 189
103. Committee's finding -- be taken as Enquiry report 189
104. No Dies-non for late coming 189
105. Time limit for disposal of representation 189
106. Justification of suspension - reg. 189
107. Minor penalty in Rule 14 -- suspension to be treated as duty 189
108. Died during suspension 189
109. No reduction to lower grade never held before 189
110. No double punishments. 189
111. Seven cases at one time for retired officials attending Defence enquiry 190
112. Withdrawal of appeal 190
113. Copy of service books while quitting service 190
114. Adverse entry communication of remarks 190
115. Appeal Against adverse entry -- within six months 190
116. Relaxation to PH candidates in appointment 190
117. SC / ST -- posting nearer to native place 190
118. Physically Handicapped - Apply for any suitable post 190
119. Disability during service -keep in the same cadre - provide suitable job till superannuaiton 190
120. Increment to Sports persons 190
121. Withdrawal of resignation 190
122. Transfer guidelines consideration of long pending requests 191
123. Transfer before Academic Session 191
124. No transfer in Gazetted H.Os 191
125. Four years tenure to all SPMs 191
126. Aptitude Test for Grant of SB / SC Allowance -- use of Dureja Manuals as reference book 191
127. Training to the candidates of Postmen & Group 'D' cadre appearing for LGO examination 191
128. Government Residential accommodation- Employees having constructed own houses by HBA 191
129. Revision of financial powers of Head of Circles 191
130. Selection of Development officer (PLI) Rule 279/6 of P&T Manual Volume IV. 191
131. Interface with the Unions -- observance of due courtesy 191
132. Leave should not be denied 192
133. Action against the postal employees for union activities 192
134. Role of Oral instructions in the transaction of Government Business 192
135. Observance of proper decorum by Government servant during the lunch break 192
136. Water Coolers -- Provision of 192
137. Grant of OTA to Departmental Staff for conveyance of Cash 192
138. Supply of Soap and Towels -- Standardization of 192
139. Permission to leave office during office hours be granted to Presidents / General 192
Secretaries of the Residential Welfare Associations
140. Due date of payment of salaries when Bank is Closed 193
141. Disposal of old records to be entrusted to Physically Handicapped persons 193
142. Observance of holidays in Operative Offices 193
143. Suspension by lower authority is valid 193
S.NO. SUBJECT PAGE NO.
144. No LTC during suspension 193
145. Suspension -- No retrospective effect 193
146. Late attendance -- debiting half a day CL 193
147. Counting training period for drawal of increment 193
148. HSG.I -- Non Gazetted Group B 193
149. Procedure for recruitment of Postal Assistants to Regional / Circle Offices 193
150. Posting of ASPOs in HSG.I 194
151. Application for VRS during EOL 194
152. Allotment of vacant staff quarters against will 194
153. Complaint against Government servants 194
154. Observance of holiday of operative offices 194
155. Twins after the First Surviving Child -- Special Allowance 194
156. Fee for communication, re-totalling & re-verification of marks 194
157. Compassionate appointee should properly maintain family 194
158. Action on detection of counterfeit notes 194
159. Discontinuing the issue of R.T. Policy guidelines 194
160. Tenure for SBCO Staff 194
161. Tenure in SB branch 195
162. Counting of training period for departmental candidates 195
163. Review result of failed SC/ST candidates of FTP (LSG / HSG.II) Exam 195
164. LSG officials worked against HSG.I posts 195
165. Honorarium for opening new Pay Bill register in Accounts branch 195
166. Confirmation of oral orders 195
167. Exemption of stamp duty for HBA 195
168. Transfer of records 195
169. Invite union representatives & settle problems 195
170. Split Duty in post offices 195
171. Extension of Tenure for PRI (P) 195
172. Right for demonstration 195
173. Lunch Break at counters 196
174. Reservation for SC/ST- Circulation of the reservation roster : 196
175. Unfilled vacancies of OBCs should not be deserved but carried forward 196
176. Reservation in adhoc promotion : 196
177. SC/ST/OBC candidates selected on their own merit. Merit not to be adjusted against 196
reserved vacancies
178. Relaxation for SC/ST in qualifying examination: 196
179. When only a single vacancy arises in a year : 196
180. Reservation rosters not determining seniority : 196
181. Reservation roster may be shown to Govt. staff/Staff Association: 197
182. Collection of LIC premia through Post Offices 197
183. Perusal of reservation roster at Divisional level by the service unions regarding. 197
184. Festival Advance 197
185. No interest beyond date of death 197
186. Provision of Transport to officials in need of urgent medical care while on duty. 197
187. Failure of family planning operation 197
188. Rate of Incentive increment be granted even in the scale of the officiating post held on 197
adhoc basis at the time of family planning operation
189. Operations recognised for incentive increment. 197
190. Incentive for promoting small family norms - Private hospital - reg. 197
191. Recovery under audit objection in the pay & Allowances 197
192. Supply of Uniforms to sorting postmen 198
193. C.E.A. admissible till board examination in the case of official transferred to a new station 198
but keeps his child in the old station.
194. Grant of CEA/RTF clarifications 198
195. OTA TO SPMs Attending Signalling Duties 198
196. Proposal to grant of TA/DA to cash/mail overseers ordered to work as BPM in stop gap arrangement 198
197. Point to Ponder 198
 1. TENURE, TRANSFERS AND POSTINGS
1. GUIDELINES FOR ROTATIONAL TRANSFERS
The question of rotational transfers of staff gazetted
as well as non-gazetted --has been considered in depth.
In supersession of all the previous subject, the following
orders are issued to regulate the rotational transfers of
staff.
2. As regards transfers on completion of tenure in posts,
the existing instructions regarding 'post tenure' will
continue to be applicable for various categories of staff,
both gazetted and non-gazetted, as laid down in P&T
Manual Volume IV.
3. As regards transfer on completion of tenure in a
station, the principles as explained in the following
paragraphs will be followed:
4-1. Gazetted officers and non-gazetted supervisory
staff (such as ASPOs, ASRMS, IPOs, IRMs, JEs, Junior
Accounts Officers, etc.) will be normally subject to a
station tenure of 4 years, which may be extended upto
6 years in individual cases, in the public interest. The
powers in respect of the gazetted officers will be
exercised by the P&T Directorate and in the case of
non-gazetted supervisory staff, by the concerned
Heads of Circle.
4-2. Gazetted officers as well as non-gazetted officials,
who have all India transfer liability, may be transferred
to another station in the same state / region on
completion of tenure, to the extent administratively
possible.
4-3. As regards non-gazetted operative staff, they will
also be liable to transfers from one station to another
(within their respective recruiting units) on the basis of
completion of station tenure of 4 years. Such transfers
should also taken into consideration the need for
balancing of popular and non-popular stations so that
popular stations are not monopolies by certain favoured
employees. The station tenure of 4 years may, however,
be extended to 6 years in individual cases in the public
interest. The powers for extending the station tenure
beyond the prescribed limit in respect of the operative
staff up to the level of Postal Services / Director
Telegraphs / Area Manager / Deputy General Manager
and in the case of higher selection grade officials, by
the Head of the Circle.
4-4. Since the bulk of Junior Accounts Officers are
concentrated in the Circle Postal Accounts offices, it
may not be possible to rotate them from one station to
another on the basis of fixed tenure. However, for junior
Accounts Officers working outside the Circle Postal
Accounts Offices, i.e. in offices like SBCOs, Postal
VENTURE
Stamp Depots, MMS and PLI, the same stipulation of
station tenure of 4 years should apply. These officers
after completion of tenure, should be brought back to
Postal Accounts offices and their position in the SBCOs
etc. should be taken by those officials working in the
Postal Accounts Offices. Junior Accounts Officers on
promotion, as far as possible, should be posted outside
the Circle in which their parent office is located. They
may be brought back wherever their vacancies to their
parent office, after completion of their tenure if suitable
vacancies are available in their original parent office.
The JAOs and A.Os should be rotated periodically
within the circle so that they acquire varied experience.
5. The crucial date for computing date for computing
the completion (or otherwise) of the tenure will be the
30th of Sept.
6. Transfers may not be effected, save in exceptional
circumstances (which will include administrative
necessity) in the middle of the academic session.
7. Transfers may, as far as possible, be effected
sufficiently in advance of the commencement of the
academic year. Officials who are due to complete the
tenure by the 30th September (in any year) should be
transferred in the preceeding April -June period or the
following year depending upon the academic session.
Those who are completing the tenure after the 30th
of Sept. should be transferred in December of the same
year or in April-June period or the following December
year depending upon the starting date of the academic
session. Orders in respect of rotational transfers should
be issued in the middle of December,81 so that officers
/ officials keep themselves in readiness for moving to
their station of posting by January or April, May 1981,
as the case may be the same procedure will be
followed.
8. Periods of leave taken in the course of a posting in a
station will be counted as duty for the purpose of
computation of the tenure period, except that
continuous leave of any kind exceeding six months at
a stretch will be excluded from the tenure period.
9. Periods of training / deputation exceeding six months
at a time both in India and abroad, will be excluded
from the computation of tenure period. All other training
/ deputation periods will be counted as duty for the
purpose of computation of tenure.
10. In the case of officers on deputation to other
Dept / Ministries in the same station, the principle
to be followed will be that they should not remain
13 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
away from the field for too long. An officer, on return
from deputation will as rule be posted at a station
different from the one he was working at before he
proceeded on deputation. The same principle will
be followed in respect of officers returning from
foreign assignments. In exceptional cases, which
should be rare, if the competent authority is satisfied
that in the interest of the Dept., the posting of an
officer at the same station on return from deputation
/ foreign assignment is necessary, a departure from
the rules may be made, but in that case of officer's
service in the Dept. at the same station prior to his
deputation / foreign assignment will be taken into
account for calculating the total period of tenure at
the station and on completion of the prescribed
tenure, he will have to be transferred to another
station (for deputations less than 6 months,
provisions under para 9 will apply).
11. In reckoning the period of stay of a gazetted officer
at a station the period of non-gazetted service
immediately proceeding the gazetted service at the
same station will be taken into account. On promotion
from a non-gazetted grade to a gazetted grade, an
official will be generally transferred to a different
functional unit at a different station. It will, however, be
ensured that no official on promotion, may be posted
to work in a post which requires the exercise of
supervisory inspectorial powers over the staff with
whom he was working for a good period of time or
immediately before his promotion.
12. Re-transfer of an officer / official to the station from
which he was transferred should not be normally
considered for a period of two years. In other words,
an officer / official should spend a minimum of two years
at the station to which he is transferred before he can
be considered eligible for re-transfer. The two year
break is, however, only a minimum condition and it will
not entitle an officer / official to claim re-transfer to the
old station in preference to others who have spent longer
periods outside. Re-transfer after a break of two year
may be considered on administrative as well as
compassionate grounds. In such cases on re-transfer,
an officer / official will count his tenure at the old station
afresh for the purpose of further rotational transfer. Re-
transfer before the completion of two years may be
considered only in extreme public interest or on extreme
compassionate grounds in very rare case. Re-transfer
of officers from Regional / Area Headquarters to Circle
Headquarters may, however, re-considered without the
two-year restriction subject to exigencies of service and
the principles of station tenure.
13. An officer / official at a non-completion of tenure
VENTURE
by an officer / official at a station when transferring
on promotion to a post involving all-India
transferability, efforts should be made, subject to
public interests to give posting in the same state /
circle (where the circles comprises of more than one
state) or region. If transferred to outside stations for
lack of vacancies the officer / official may, after joining
duty, ask for posting in his own state / circle / region.
Efforts will be made subject to public interest, to
comply with the request on the occurrence of
appropriate vacancy provided that the re-transfer, if
made before two years, will be treated as done at the
request of the officer / official. No request for re-
transfer will be considered with respect to any officer
/ official who does not join the station assigned to him.
14. Case of extension of tenure, whether in a post or
station, on compassionate grounds should be the
exception and considered only in very deserving cases.
Even in such cases, extension of the prescribed station
tenure should not be granted for more than one year
by the next superior authority and reasons therefore
should be recorded on the file. Any proposal for
extension beyond one year in respect of non-gazetted
staff should be referred to the Directorate. In case of
gazetted officers, proposals for granting extension even
for one year should be referred to the Directorate.
15. Transfers in the interest of service may be ordered
by the competent authority even though they do not
fall within the purview of the above guidelines.
16. While making transfers of officials / officers
administrative needs of particular region / state should
be kept in view.
17. If the operation of rotational transfers necessitates
transfer of officials exceeding 33% in a particular station
/ unit in a particular category, these transfers will be
limited to 33% in the current year. If, however, there
are only two persons at a station who have completed
their tenure, one of them will be transferred
notwithstanding the ceiling of 33%. The officers /
officials who have over-stayed in their past as on 30th
September for a longer period, may be transferred first.
18. In the case of officials trained specially to the
advance technology programmes in satellite
communication and electronic switching, the proposals
for their transfer on completion of tenure or otherwise
on the grounds of administrative requirements should
be referred to the Directorate.
19. Heads of Circles etc. are requested to take
immediate necessary action in the matter accordingly.
20. Receipt of this letter may please be acknowledged
to Directorate.
[DG P&T No. 69/4/79-SPB-I dated 12-11-81]
14 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 2. CLARIFICATION ON ROTATIONAL TRANSFERS
In continuation of this office letter of even number 4. L.D.C.
dated the 12th of November, 1981, it is hereby intimated 5. Section Supervisors (L.S.G. clerks)
that post tenure will also be applicable to cadres listed 6. Office Assistants
in Annex-'A' in addition to post tenure for various 7. T.A. Clerks including S.G.
categories of staff, both gazetted and non-gazetted, 8. Telephone Revenue Inspectors.
as laid down in P&T Manual Vol. IV 9. Line Inspectors (in Telephone Maintenance only)
2. As regards the non-gazetted staff, the cadres as 10. Sub-Inspectors (in Telephone/Maintenance only)
mentioned in Annexe 'B' and 'C' will come under the 11. Linemen (in Telephone Maintenance only)
purview of station tenure. They will become liable for 12. Town Inspectors.
rotational transfer (within their recruiting unit) after 13. Telegraph Overseers.
completion of four years tenure at a station. The 14. Telegraphmen.
controlling authorities will carry out an evaluation of 15. Wiremen.
the work performance and conduct of the officials due ANNEXE 'B'
for transfer. They will, however, have the discretion to LIST OF CADRES IN TELECOM BRANCH FOR
retain such officials at the same station if their retention WHOM A STATION TENURE OF FOUR YEARS IS
does not affect the maintenance and efficiency of HEREBY PRESCRIBED
service adversely. 1. Supervisors (in Telephone Exchanges)
3. The effort should be not to disturb officials unless, 2. Telephone Operators.
in the opinion of the controlling authorities, their transfer 3. Observation Supervisors including S.G.
is necessary in the interest of service and, on the other 4. Transmission Assistants including S.G.
hand, not to hesitate to transfer those whose transfer 5. Auto Exchange Assistants including S.G.
is necessary in departmental interest. It is hoped, 6. Telephone Inspectors including S.G.
therefore, that the number or officials that may have to 7. Technical Supervisors (Operative)
be transferred will be a small section at every station. 8. Telegraph Masters (LSG)
4. Evaluation of satisfactory work-performance and 9. Telegraphists
conduct of an official will continue to be a regular 10. Section Supervisors (Telegraph Offices)
annual feature before effecting rotational transfers. 11. Telegraph Assistants.
The official retained at the same station will, however, ANNEX 'C'
continue to be subject to the principle of rotation of LIST OF CADRES IN THE POSTAL WING
completion of post tenure wherever prescribed. The (INCLUDING R.M.S.) FOR WHOM STATION
non gazeted supervisory staff in higher selection grade TENURE OF FOUR YEARS IS HERBY
and ASTTs will be governed by the instructions as PRESCRIBED.
contained in para 4.1 of the letter referred to above. 1. Lower Selection Grade officials.
ANNEXE -A 2. Postal Assistants
LIST OF CADRES IN TELECOM BRANCH FOR 3. LDCs and UDCs in SBCO/ICOs
WHOM THE POST TENURE IN THE SAME 4. Selection Grade UDCs/Head Clerks in
STATION) OF FOUR YEARS IS HEREBY SBCOs/ICOs.
PRESCRIBED 5. Stenographers Gr. II and Grade III
1. H.S.G. II in Circle/Area offices. 6. Sorting Assistants
2. L.S.G. in Circle/area offices. 7. Post Office & RMS Accountants.
3. U.D.C. (D.G.(P) No. 69/4/79-SPB-I, Dt. 16-12-1981)

3. CLARIFICATION ON ROTATIONAL TRANSFERS

A reference is invited to this office letter of even
number dated 12-11-81 on the above subject. In para
3 of this office letter of even number dated 16-12-
81, it is provided that while efforts should be not to
disturb officials unless, in the opinion of the
controlling authorities, their transfer is necessary in
the interest of service and, on the other hand, there
should be no hesitation to transfer those whose
transfer is necessary in departmental interest. Before
considering the transfer of officials in departmental
VENTURE
interest, an evaluation of work performance will have
to be made. It has been decided that necessary
action for evaluation of work performance may be
taken up now. If it is observed, in specific cases,
that the performance of certain officials is not
satisfactory, the performance of such officials may
be kept under watch for a couple of months, and if
no improvement is noticed, the orders of their transfer
may be issued by the end of February, 1982.
(D.G.(P) No. 69/4/79-SPB.I, Dt. 21-12-1981)
15 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 4. ROTATIONAL TRANSFERS
According to the policy for rotational transfers
as enunicated in the orders referred to above, orders
of rotational transfer should be issued in December
each year so that the officers/officials may move to
the new station of posting in the following January/
April, depending on the academic session. It is also
provided in the orders that for certain cadres, while
the liability for rotational transfer remains actual
transfer will depend upon the evaluation of work
performance.
2. The basic objective behind the rotational transfer
of operative staff is that the staff should not develop a
feeling of complacency but should at all times display
a sense of responsibility and reponsiveness to the
needs of the service in the public interest. Staff whose
performance is not upto the mark, should be made
aware that they will be subjected to rotational transfer
if they do not improve their performance adequately.
Consequently, it will be the responsibility of the
supervisory officers to identify the staff whose
performance has been unsatisfactory and take
corrective action.
3. Advance action is required to be taken for the
rotational transfers to be ordered in December, 1982.
A period of about five months is now available for doing
the necessary spade work, in this regard. The
authorities vested with the power to assess the
performance of the officials working under their control
should identify those whose performance has not been
upto the mark. A list of such officials should be made
out and the officials concerned should be specifically
informed by them that there performance has not been
satisfactory and that they are being kept under watch
with a view to deciding whether they will be transferred.
They may also be orally warned of the deficiencies in
their performance and counselled to show
improvement. A period of 2 to 3 months may be given
to them so as to enable them to show visible
improvement in performance. If adequate improvement
5. ROTATIONAL TRANSFER POLICY GUIDELINES FOR THE YEAR 1996-97
I am directed to refer to this office letters No.
141-62/92-SPB-II dated 13-2-1995 and 7-4-95 in
which guidelines for rotational transfer for the year
1995-96 were issued. It has now been decided that
the policy for rotational transfer as indicated below
will be applicable for the year 1996-97. Extent
comprehensive instructions issued from time to time
will also be kept in view.
1. All Sub-postmasters of single handed post offices
must be shifted on completion of their tenure positively
even if it involves their having to move out of the present
VENTURE
is not noticed another warning should be issued to the
officials concerned. This may be done by the authority
who is vested with the power to assess the performance
of the official if he is also competent to order the transfer
of the official concerned. In case, however, the power
to order transfer is vested with a higher authority (as in
the case of Gazetted Head Post Offices, SDOT's offices
etc. where PM. (Gazetted/ SDOT do not have powers
to order their transfer of Clerical staff out of their office),
the matter may be reported to that authority who in
turn will issue a warning to the official concerned that
his performance has not been satisfactory and that if
no adequate improvement is noticed his transfer out of
the station will be considered. A record of written and
oral warnings issued to the officials should be kept by
the competent authorities concerned. If the
opportunities given to the officials to reform themselves
prove to be of no avail, a decision is to be taken
regarding their rotational transfer. Orders of rotational
transfer decided as above should be issued in
December, 1982. In the extreme cases where it is
considered that the provisions of Rule 37 should be
invoked in the administrative interest, transfer should
be ordered outside the recruiting unit and outside the
station in according with Rule 37.
4. It may clearly be noted that transfer orders once
issued should not normally be cancelled or modified.
Officials who are rotationally transferred either under
Rule 37 or otherwise should be required to carry out
the orders and no leniency should be shown to them.
5. It is to be made clear further that apart from
rotational transfers, the competent authorities have
the right to order transfer of the officials in the public
interest even without giving them an opportunity to
show cause against transfer which is after all not a
penalty, legally speaking.
6. These instructions may be brought to the notice
of the staff at all levels.
(DG (P)No. 69-22/82-SPB-I, dt. 26-7-82)
station.
2. Divisional Superintendents, Inspectors of Post
offices and RMS holding sub-divisional charges gazetted
and non gazetted head and sub postmasters should
be transferred on completion of their prescribed post
tenure within the same stations to the extent
possible. Where it is not possible to implement that
without shifting some of them outside their present
stations, those who had completed their post tenure on
31-3-1995 may be posted outside their present stations.
3. It has been seen that in some places officials are
16 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
waiting since long for their posting to particular station
and it has not been possible to accede to their requests
for one reason of the other. In order to accommodate
long pending requests for posting to such stations,
really deserving cases for such transfers may be
acceded to, if necessary, transferring out of such
stations officials who have stayed long in these stations.
Such transfers are to be kept to the barest minimum
and would be subject to the availability of the funds
under the head travelling allowances. Further, such
transfers should be done with approval of the Regional
Postmaster General or Chief Postmaster General as
case may be.
4. S.B.C.O. staff are Circle cadre. However, in order
to ensure that there is minimum inconvenience to the
staff on account of the rotational transfers, their transfer
may be done within the Division or neighbouring
Division as far as possible.
5. The officials promoted under biennial cadre
review to HSG-II should be rotated as far as possible
within the same station and, if it is not possible, they
should be rotated within the Division failing which
they may be rotated within the Circle. To elaborate,
the surplus BCR officials would be transferred within
the station or Division to the extent possible.
6. ROTATIONAL TRANSFER POLICY GUIDELINES FOR THE YEAR 1998-99
A reference is invited to this office letter No. 141-
4/97-SPB II dated 19-2-97 laying down the guidelines
for rotational transfers for the year 1997-98. It has been
decided that the policy guidelines as laid down in the
following paragraphs should be adopted for ordering
rotational transfers for the year 1998-99.
1. All Sub Postmasters of single handed post offices
must be shifted on completion of their tenure positively
even if it involves moving out of station of their present
posting. Those completing tenure by 30-9-98 should
be considered for transfer.
2. Sub Divisional Inspectors and ASPOs in charge
of Sub divisions including their counterparts in the RMS
will be treated at par with single-handed sub
Postmasters and those completing their tenure by 30-
9-98 should be considered for transfer.
3. Officials and officers falling in other categories
should be transferred on completion of their
prescribed post-tenure within the same stations to
the extent possible. Where it is not possible to do so
without shifting some of them outside their present
stations, those who had completed their tenure on 30-
9-97 may be posted outside their present stations.
4. It has been seen that in some places officials
belonging to different cadres are waiting since long for
their posting to particular stations and it has not been
possible to concede their request for one reason or
VENTURE
6. The officials of the supervisory cadre, namely
Inspectors, Assistant Superintendents, Divisional
Superintendents and Gazetted Postmasters should
not be transferred (except in administrative interest)
from a post unless they complete atleast one year in
that post if they are working within the Circle and
while doing so the period of leave exceeding 15 days
will not be counted while computing the duration of
one year. The definition of one year will be 12
calendar months.
7. The station and post tenures should be
followed strictly subject to compliance with above
rotational transfers policy.
8. The above guidelines would be applicable to the
supervisory staff of field units working in the Directorate
also.
9. Deviation from the above guidelines are
permissible where transfer of the officials in urgent
public interest becomes necessary and such transfer
should be effected with prior approval of the Regional
Postmaster General or Head of the Circle as the case
may be.
10. All other general instructions issued on the subject
from the time to time will continue to be in vogue.
(D.G.(P) No. 141-37/SPB-II dt. 26-2-96)
other. In order to accommodate long pending requests
for posting to such stations, such transfers may be
ordered in really deserving cases by transferring out of
such station officials who have the longest stay at the
station concerned. Such transfers in respect of non
gazetted officials, may, however, be kept to the
minimum and should be ordered only with the approval
of the Regional PMG or the Chief Postmaster General
as the case may be.
5. Whenever any official/officer is sent out of a station
on administrative grounds or out of rotation, he will be
transferred on the criterion of longest stay at the station.
6. S.B.C.O. staff constitutes a Circle cadre. In order,
however, to minimise their hardship, their rotational
transfers may confined as far as possible within the
same division or to the neighbouring divisions
subject to the exceptions as in para 4 above.
7. The station tenure for gazetted officers is
normally four years which may be extended upto
six years in individual cases in public interest. The
powers for extending the station tenure beyond 4 years
in respect of gazetted officers will be exercised by the
Directorate.
8. Gazetted officers and non gazetted supervisory
staff such as ASPOs, IPOs, IRMs etc., should not be
transferred except in administrative interest from a post
unless they have completed at least one year in their
17 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
post. In other words, the period of one year shall
continue to be taken as the minimum required period
for officers/officials seeking such transfers. Leave of
any kind exceeding 15 days will not be counted while
computing this period.
9. The crucial date for computing the completion or
otherwise of the tenure will be 30th of September.
10. Transfers may not be effected save in exceptional
circumstance (which will include administrative
necessity) in the middle of the academic session.
11. Transfers will be effected sufficiently in advance
of the commencement of the academic year. Officials
who are due to complete their tenure by 30th September
in any year should be transferred in the preceeding
April-June period or the following December-January
period depending upon the academic session. Those
who are completed tenure after the 30th September
should be considered in December of the year or in
April-June of the following year depending upon the
starting date of the academic session.
12. Extension of post tenure for all non-gazetted staff
may be allowed in deserving cases for a period of six
months by the Regional PMsG and to gazetted officers
up to the STS level by the Head of the Circle.
13. Those due to retire by 31-3-99 should not be shifted
unless there are very special reasons.
14. In respect of Circle cadres where transfers/posting
are done by the Regional PMsG, Chief PMG must
ensure that all reallotments in the said cadres to various
Regions are finalised and conveyed to the Regional
PMsG concerned by 15-3-98 so that while considering
rotational transfer orders it is possible for them to take
the same into account.
15. In the case of officers on deputation to other
Ministeries/Deptts at the same station, tenure will be
computed in accordance with instructions contained in
Directorate order No. 141-214/96-SPB-II dated 3-12-1996.
16. Transfer in the interest of service may be ordered
with the approval of the competent authority even
7. ROTATIONAL TRANSFER POLICY GUIDELINES FOR THE YEAR 2000-2001
I am directed to invite a reference to the
guidelines for the rotational transfers for the financial
year 1999-2000 issued under this office lr. No. 141-
1/99-SPB.II dt. 23-3-1999. There is no deviation in
the policy to be adopted for the rotational transfers
of the financial year 2000-2001. In order to curb
expenditure on rotational transfers especially in the
context of the need for effecting economy, it has been
decided to restrict transfers to the barest minimum
during the year 2000-2001 also. However, there will
be no bar to transferring officials in all cadres
including gazetted cadres, from one office to another
in the same station where no TA expenditure is
VENTURE
though they do not fall within the purview of the above
guidelines.
17. While ordering transfers, administrative needs of
a particular division/office/region should be kept in view.
18. As far as possible effort should be made to utilise
the expertise of computer-trained personnel by
transferring them to post offices equipped with
M.P.C.M. and other technological aids. If a computer
trained official cannot be substituted by another official
of similar skill, an exemption from rotational transfers
may be given by the concerned Regional P.M.G./
C.P.M.G.
19. Retransfer of an official/officer to the station from
which he was transferred should not be normally
considered for a period of two years. In other words,
on officer/official should serve minimum of two years
at the station to which he is transferred before he can
be considered eligible for retransfers. Two years break
is, however, only a minimum condition and it will not
entitle an officer/officials to claim retransfer to the old
station in preference to others who have spent longer
periods out-side. Retransfer after a break of two years
may be considered on administrative as well as
compassionate grounds. In such cases, on retransfer,
an officer/official will count his tenure at the old station
afresh for the purpose of further rotational transfer.
Retransfer before completion of two years may be
considered only in extreme public interest or on extreme
compassionate grounds in exceptional cases with
approval of the Heads of the Circle. No request for
retransfer will be considered with respect to any officer/
official who does not join the station assigned to him.
20. As regards posting of working couples at the same
station the same should be allowed if it is
administratively convenient.
21. The aforesaid instructions may please be read in
conjunction with the relevant rules contained in the
Chapter-II of P&T Man. Vol. IV.
(D.G.(P) No. 141-4/98-SPB.II, dt. 23-2-98)
involved. Also, there will be no bar to transferring
officials in all cadres including gazetted cadres, from
one place to another on administrative reasons and
in the interest of service. However it may be ensured
that transfers are made from sensitive posts to non-
sensitive posts and also transfers outside a HO to
another office in the same station to accommodate
the requests for posting from those outside the
station. In such cases, transfers should be in phases
so as not to affect the operational efficiency and
priority for transfer should be given for officials having
longest period of postings.
(D.G.(P) No. 141-6/2000-SPB-II, dt. 24-4-2000)
18 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 8. ROTATIONAL TRANSFER POLICY GUIDELINES FOR THE YEAR 2001-2002
I am directed to invite reference to the guidelines for
rotational transfer for the year 2000-2001 issued under
this office letter No. 141-6/2000-SPB.II dated 24-4-2000.
There is no deviation in the policy to be adopted for
rotational transfer for the year 2001-2002. All the
employees completing post tenure may be rotated subject
to following broad principles of rotational transfers.
(i) Matching of human resource with requirements of
posts and placing officials in the choice stations may
be considered in the overall context of administrative
requirements and austerity measures.
(ii) Inter-station transfers should be restricted to
minimum in view of the austerity measures.
(iii) Extension of tenure by one year except in the case
of single handed Sub Postmaster may be
considered by the Head of Circle. The employees
retiring within one year may be considered for
retention. In respect of Group 'A' officers proposal
of extension may be referred by Head of Circle to
the Directorate.
2. New products and services are being introduced
by the Department from time to time. Officials are being
specifically trained to handle these products and
9. ABOLITION OF STATION TENURE - TRANSFER OF NON-GAZETTED
STAFF FROM ONE STATION TO ANOTHER
As you are aware, the station tenure for non-
gazetted staff has been abolished and as far as
possible on completion of tenure in a post, the non-
gazetted staff may be transferred to some other post
in the same station, provided of course that there are
no pending requests from other officials for posting to
that station and provided administratively there is no
other consideration vide our circular letter No. 69/49/
71-SPB.I dated 02-12-71. It has been brought to notice
that in respect of popular stations like Bangalore, there
are always pending requests for transfer to that
station, with the result that though station tenure has
10. MAINTENANCE OF REQUEST REGISTER - ROTATIONAL TRANSFER.
TRANSFER AT REQUEST FROM ONE STATION TO ANOTHER WITHIN THE
RECRUITING UNITS- MAINTENANCE OF REQUEST REGISTER
It is a normal practice for the various competent
authorities to maintain a request register for recording
requests of officials for transfer to different stations within
the same recruiting unit. While ordering rotational
transfers, the request registers are consulted and officials
are transferred, to the extent possible, to stations of their
choice, consistent with exigencies of service and
administrative requirements. It has been brought to our
notice by the staff side of the Departmental Council of
JCM that in some of the recruiting units, request registers
are not maintained. You are, therefore, requested to
instruct all the authorities competent to order transfer to
maintain a request register in which requests of officials
VENTURE
services. Heads of Circle should build up a pool of trained
officials to handle these newly introduced products and
services. However, officials especially trained to handle
newly introduced products and services will not be
transferred on completion of their tenure unless trained
substitutes are available for replacing them.
3. In respect of Senior Group 'A' officers, officers who
have put in four year of service in a particular post or at
a particular station may be invariably rotated, especially
if the post occupied by them is sensitive in nature. Their
transfers should be linked with their performance and
requirements of the posts to be filled up.
4. In view of the well defined principles of
rotational transfers in the Department and
provision of tenures and other administrative
instructions, issue of rotational transfer guidelines
is being discontinued. Changes in the policies will
be communicated whenever necessary.
5. Heads of Circles are requested to take immediate
action of issuing orders for rotational transfers.
6. Receipt of this letter may kindly be
acknowledged.
(D.G. (P) No. 141-35/2001-SPB.II, dt. 11-4-2001)
been abolished, a large number of transfers will have
to be effected if all pending requests have to be
accommodated. It is not the intention that wholesale
transfers should be effected to accommodate all
pending requests. At the same time the requests of
officials for transfer to particular stations should also
be considered and accommodated to the extent
administratively convenient. It is difficult to lay down
any hard and fast rule in this regard. The Heads of
Circles / Divisions will have full discretion to order
transfers keeping in view all the aspects.
[DG P&T No. 69/49/72-SPB.I dated 29-8-1973]
for transfer from one station to another may be entered
and the entries therein consulted at the time of issue of
transfer order. Normally requests may be considered in
the order of receipt. However, while deciding transfers
to particular stations, all the relevant factors such as the
suitability of the official for specific posts, his prior tenure
at the station of request, competing claims of other
officials etc. will have to be kept in mind. Transfers within
the station from one post to another, however may be
decided mainly on administrative grounds as no
individual official is put to hardship by way of shifting of
residence on account of such transfers.
(DG P&T No. 71-8/82-SPB-I, dt. 25-3-82)
19 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 11. TENURE OF NON-GAZETTED POSTMASTERS (TIME-SCALE)
I am directed to invite a reference to Rule 60 of
P&T Manual Vol. IV wherein the tenures of different
categories of postmasters has been prescribed. The
tenure of non-gazetted postmasters (LSG) and
postmasters HSG was increased from three to four years
12. PERIOD OF STAY AT TENURE STATIONS - CALCULATION OF
I am directed to invite a reference to this office
letter No. 69/5/75-SPB.I dated 01-03-75 wherein it has
been prescribed that while calculating the period of
stay at a tenure station all period of leave (excluding
Casual leave) will be excluded. The matter has been
re-considered and it has been decided that the period
of earned leave upto 30 days at a station where the
prescribed tenure is one year and 60 days at stations
with tenure of two years should be included in the
13. COMPUTATION OF TENURE FOR THE PURPOSE
OF ROTATIONAL CHARGES
The periodic rotation of charges in operative and
administrative offices of the Department of Posts are
laid down in Rule 37 to 62 of P&T Manual Volume IV
as modified from time to time. A question has been
raised whether in the computation of tenure for rotation
of charges the period spent by an official as Reserve
PA / SA should be included or not. It is clarified that
14. REDUCED TENURE IN RESPECT OF CERTAIN
STATION CONSIDERED ARDUOUS
I am directed to state that the Unions have
been representing for prescribing a shorter tenure
at certain stations which are considered arduous
where the conditions of life are comparatively
harsh because educational, medical, transport
facilities etc. available in those places are much
15. TENURE TRANSFER OF POSTAL ASSISTANTS WORKING IN GAZETTED
HEAD OFFICE UNDER THE CHARGE OF SENIOR POSTMASTERS
I am directed to refer to this office letter of
even number dated 19-10-89 vide which it was
clarified that there is no need to transfer P.As /
Clerks out of the HO or the city if they can be
rotated there itself.
2. The entire matter has been re-examined in
consultation with the staff side and it has been decided
that subject to the standing instructions regarding
tenure transfers, requests of officials working for long
VENTURE 20
in this office letter No. 69/4/76-SPB I dated 24-12-76.
It has now been decided that the tenure of non-
gazetted sub postmasters (Time Scale) may also be
increased to four years.
(D.G. P&T No. 69/15/79-SPB-I, dt. 14-2-1980)
period of stay if an employee actually avails the leave
during his stay at the tenure station. In other words,
the period of duty plus 30 or 60 days actual leave as
the case may be should not be less than the
prescribed tenure.
2. These instructions are applicable to all tenure
stations (even though all are not mentioned in the letter
referred to above.)
[ DG P&T 69/1/80-SPB.I dated 7-2-1980]
the reserve staff are headquartered at suitable offices
in the division for filling up of short or medium term
vacancies within the division. They are not posted as
such in any office or charge during the time when they
are Reserve PA / SA. This may be brought to the notice
of all concerned.
[DG Posts No. 70/168/87-SPB-I dated 07-08-87]
less as compared to other places. It has been
decided that for such stations the Heads of Circles
may fix shorter tenure of 3 years instead of 4 years
if they are satisfied that such reduction is called
for.
[DG Posts No. 141-98/90-SPB.II dated 26-12-1990]
periods in moffussil areas away from the H.Os /
Divisional Headquarters should also be
sympathetically considered while effecting tenure
transfers. This should be done keeping in view the
current instructions relating to economy and such
transfers should be kept to the minimum. Request
registers, as already prescribed should be maintained
for this purpose.
[DG Posts No. 69-20/87-SPB-I dated 6-12-1990]
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 16. TENURE TRANSFER OF POSTAL ASSISTANTS WORKING IN
GAZETTED HEAD OFFICE
In supersession of directorate earlier letter No.
69-20/87-SPB.I dated 19-10-1989 on the above cited
subject, now it has been decided that in the case of
First Class Head Office, which is recruiting unit, the
clerical and Group 'D' staff should be rotated within
that office only. However, in the case of Head Office
17. FIXATION OF TENURE FOR MAIL OVERSEERS
I am directed to say that in this office letter No.
153-1/63-SPB.I dated the 25th May 1964 it had been
intimated to all Heads of Cicles that no hard and fast
guidelines could be laid down in regard to fixation of
tenure for Mail Overseers, Sorting Postman etc. and
the matter was left to discretion of Divisional authorities.
2. In the absence of any tenure, the officials belonging
to Mail Overseers Cadre are allowed to continue in the
same beat for unduly long periods. The officials
concerned develop vested interests and laxity in
supervision of the working of Branch Post Offices on
their part affects efficiency of service. To ensure efficient
functioning of Branch Post Offices, suggestion has
been made that the officials holding the posts of Mail
Overseers should be rotated and for this purpose, a
tenure should be fixed for this category of staff.
3. The suggestion relating to fixation of tenure for Mail
Overseers has been examined in this office carefully.
18. SELECTION OF SPEED POST POSTMEN AND TENURE
The question of fixing a tenure and prescribing
the criteria for selection of speed post postmen was
under consideration of this office for sometime past.
The matter was examined in detail and it has now
been decided to prescribe the following criteria for
future:-
(a) Whenever it is proposed to fill up posts of speed
post postmen, applications should be called for from
all postmen serving in the unit.
(b) Selection should be made by the Head of the Office
in the case of Gazetted Post office and by Divisional
Supdts. in other cases.
19. FIXATION OF TENURE OF STAFF WORKING IN PSDs.
Attention is invited to Staff Section Circular letter
No. 69-24/87-SPG-I, dated 22-12-88 on the above
mentioned subject. According to this Circular letter, the
operative staff of the PSDs should be drawn from the
willing officials of the neighbouring divisions and rotated
periodically. For this it was prescribed to call for the
applications from the willing officials and if no willing
VENTURE
which are not recruiting units and under the
administrative jurisdiction of SSPO/SPOs the officials
should be rotated within the Division once in every
four years.
[DG (P) letter No. 141-236/94-SPB.II
dt. 1-12-1994]
Having regard to all relevant factors it has been decided
that Mail Overseers may be transferred from one line
to another line with the headquarters at the same station
once in two or three years. If necessary, they may be
transferred to another station within the same Postal
Division once in five years.
4. While effecting rotational transfers of Mail
Overseers in pursuance of these orders, the general
provisions regarding academic session,
computation of tenure, exemptions of officials who
are due for superannuation within two years from
transfer to another station within the same Division,
etc. as contained in this office letter No. 69-4/79-
SPB-I dated 12-11-81 and other relevant orders may
be kept in view.
5. The above orders may be brought to the notice of all
concerned for compliance.
[DG P&T No. 69-2/86-SPB-I dated 05-03-86]
(c) A good record of service should be the basic
criterion for selection.
(d) Seniority should be given due consideration.
(e) Postmen who possess and actually use bicycles /
motorcycles / mopeds / scooters should be preferred.
(f) Speed post postmen may be allowed to hold the
post for a period of 2 years which can be extended to
3 years at the discretion of the authority competent to
select speed post postmen.
The selection of speed post postmen in future
should be made keeping in view the above criteria.
(DG (Posts) No. 43-26/91-D dated 26-05-93)
officials in the neighbouring divisions were available
then the staff of the local division should be utilised for
posting to PSDs.
2. As a result of discussion in the three Workshops
on Material Management held recently it was felt that
proper persons are not being sent to PSDs. We have
received complaints that unwanted and inefficient
21 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
persons are being sent to the PSDs more or less as a
punishment. This adversely affects the functioning of
the PSDs. The nature of work in the PSDs is entirely
different than that of post offices and RMS offices.
3. Some Circles take proper interest in this aspect.
They call for volunteers from divisions throughout the
regions under which the PSDs are located and the
Regional Director personally selects proper people for
posting to PSDs because ultimately he is responsible
for the efficiency of the PSDs in his/her region.
4. You are, therefore, requested to please streamline
20. STAFFING PATTERN OF POSTAL STORES DEPOTS
I am directed to invite your attention to this office
letter No. 69-24/87-SPB-I dated 22-12-1988 on the
subject noted above and to say that the matter has
been examined and it has ben decided that the present
system of selection from among the volunteers of the
neighbouring Division may continue. The selection
should be made with a view to select really efficient
and interested officials with clean records and that too
21. ROTATIONAL TRANSFER OF DEPARTMENTAL STAMP VENDORS
I am directed to state that the question of rotational
transfer of Departmental Stamp Vendors has been
under the consideration of this Department. It has now
been decided that the existing system in this regard
may continue. However, circles may consider transfer
of stamp vendors selectively from one place to another
or exchange them with postmen wherever feasible and
required. The following instructions inter allia are
emphasized for necessary action and guidance.
22. ROTATIONAL TRANSFERS LIABILITIES OF SBCO STAFF
Attention is invited to para 6 of this Department's
letter No. 141-4/98-SBP-II dated 23-2-1998 which
states that:
"SBCO staff constitutes a circle cadre. However,
in order to minimise their hardship, their rotational
transfers may be confined as far as possible within the
same division or to the neighbouring divisions subject
to the exceptions as in para 4 above."
Service unions have been making representations
to the Department that SBCO cadre should be made
23. TENURE OF SB/SC COUNTER STAFF
Sl.No. Types of Office
a. Tenure in single handed and double handed offices
b. Over all tenure in A class and bigger offices
c. Over all tenure in Head offices and bigger sub
officds haiving fill then SB/SC clerks.
VENTURE
the system of selecting proper operative staff for the
PSDs from amongst the volunteers and nobody should
be posted to PSDs as a punishment. Willing people
with good records of service and above average
intelligence may be posted to PSDs so that the
efficiency of the PSDs could be improved and sound
material management in the regions and the Circle
could play effective part in supplying essential forms
and stores to a larger number of fields units in the
regions and Circles.
[D.G.(P) No. 12-5/89-UPE, Dated: 9th June 1989]
by the Director personally. Here more accent should
be given on integrity apart from the efficiency. This may
be made applicable to the Superintendents, PSDs as
well since it is observed that on quite a few occasions
Supdts., who are not considered as good to be in
charge of the division or who are sickly or those who
are to retire shortly are being posted to PSDs.
[D.G.(P) No. 60-9/80-SPB-I, Dt. ....09-91]
(i) With progressive installation of MPCMs, the posts
of Stamp Vendors may become redundant.
(ii) The existing provisions for monitoring and control
of the work of Stamp Vendors should be effectively
exercised.
(iii) Transfer of Stamp Vendors should be considered
as a measure of administrative action as a consequent
of perceived inefficiency or other cogent grounds.
[DG Post No. 141-152/98-SPB-II dated 8-6-2000]
a divisional cadre restricting their transfer liability
to within a division. The matter has been examined
in detail and incontinuation of the earlier
guidelines, it is now added that the rotational
transfer liabilities of SBCO staff may be limited
to within a region and any transfer outside a
region may be done only with the concurrence of
the Head of the Circle and on specific
administrative grounds only.
[D.G.(P) No. 93-8/97-SB-II dated 30-3-99]
Tenure
3 Years
4 years out of wich 3 years can be
either as counter clerk or ledger clerk continously.
5 years of which 3 years can be as either as
counter clerk, ledger clerk or supervisor continously.
22 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 24. SHORTER TENURE FOR COUNTER CLERKS IN H.O.S
HAVING INSTANT COUNTER FACILITY
Reference is invited to the provisions of Rule 404
(5) of P&T Manual Vol. VI, Pt. II, prescribing that the
S.B. counter clerk shall be rotated after every 3 years
with the other clerks. The matter came up for discussion
in the last Heads of Circle Conference when it was
pointed out that the period of tenure of 3 years for the
counter clerk is too long and its reduction as a fraud
preventive measure was suggested.
(2) The matter has been reviewed. It has now been
25. EXTENSION OF TENURE OF POSTAL ASSISTANTS WORKING
IN THE SB BRANCHES OF THE POS.
A reference is invited to this office letter no. 2-3/
86-XB dated 27th April, 1989 in which it was inter
alia provided that the maximum tenure in the SB
Branch will be 5 years inclusive of the period during
which of officials had worked in this branch prior to
the introducing of the Saving Bank Allowance Scheme
(Para 6).
2. It has been pointed out by some circles that
it would not be possible to replace all the existing
incumbents on completion of their tenure by those
officials who would qualify in the SB Aptitude Test
as adequate number of such qualified officials
may not be available for replacement. The matter
has been reviewed and it has been decided that
the Heads of Circles may extend the tenure up to
26. TENURE IN RMS HEAD RECORD OFFICES
It has been represented that in some of the
Circles are interpreting that the Rule 60 (15 & 15A)
of P&T Manual Vol. IV are not applicable in the
case of staff working in Head Record Offices.
2. It is hereby reiterated that the said Rules
27. TENURE IN RMS
The office circular letter of even number dated 18-
12-1992 reiterating that the Rule 60 (15 & 15A) of P&T
Manual Vol. IV is applicable to all staff in RMS includ-
ing Group 'D' and in the newly upgraded 58 posts to
HSG.I and it is further clarified that after completion of
28. UNIFORM TENURE POLICY IN RMS
I am directed to say that some of the Unions have
represented to this Department that a few circles are
not strictly following the rules/instructions relating to
the tenure policy in RMS. They have also complained
that extension of tenure is being granted without the
approval of the Competent Authority.
2. As the Circles etc. are aware, the existing orders
and guidelines on this issue are quite clear and
VENTURE
decided that in Head Post Offices having instant
counter facilities, the counter clerk will be rotated with
other officials working in S.B. Branch every two years
instead of 3 years.
(3) It is requested that these instructions may be
brought to the notice of all concerned.
(4) Necessary amendments to the rule will be issued
separately.
(D.G.(P) NO. 35-34/84-SB, dt. 9-4-87)
a period of two years in case it is not possible to
replace existing incumbents with qualified
officials.
3. However, it should be ensured that at least one
or two officials should be moved out of the SB
Branch/ of the S.C. branch every year on completion
of 5 years tenure. Extension should be allowed few
of them if a large number of officials complete the
tenure in the same year and sufficient number of
Aptitude test qualified hands are not available to
replace them.
4. Kindly acknowledge receipt of the letter to Sh.
K.K. Arora, Desk Officer (SB.I), II floor, SB Section,
Dak Bhavan.
[D.G.(P) No. 55-1/90-SB, Dated: 20th March, 1990]
covers all staff in RMS including Group 'D' and the newly
upgraded 58 posts of HSG.I. Hence, they may also be
rotated as per period prescribed in the said rules,
wherever possible.
[DG (P) No. 141-509/92-SPB.II dt. 18-12-1992]
tenure in HRO or Divisional Office, an official should
be made to work in a Mail Office before being posted
back in either to the two offices i.e., Divisional Office or
HRO and not simply rotated between office and HRO.
[DG (P) No. 141-509/92-SPB.II dt. 18-12-1992]
elaborate. The problem pointed out by the Unions
could be due to local aberrations. However, the
Circles are requested to take appropriate steps to
ensure that the tenure policy in RMS is followed
scrupulously keeping in mind the broad parameters
of the rotational transfer policy guidelines issued from
time to time.
(D.G.(P) No. 137-4/2002-SPB-II, dt. 10-6-2003)
23 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 29. FIXING OF TENURE OF SERVICE FOR MAILMAN AND ALSO SG MAILMAN
IN THE OFFICES OF SUPDTS. OF RMS & POST OFFICE AND HROS
I am directed to refer to the subject cited above
and to say that the matter was discussed in the
JCM meeting. After due deliberation, it has been
decided that the tenure for mailman and SG
Mailman in RMS divisional offices and Gr. 'D' staff
in Postal Divisional Offices should be for five years.
Further, rotation of mailman and SG Mailman may
be prescribed from the office of the Divisional
Superintendent RMS to HRO or any other office at
30. ROTATION OF OFFICIALS WHO OCCUPY POST QUARTERS
The following decisions have been taken.
i) An officials in occupation of attached to Post
Quarters, on transfer from that post to a post to which
no quarter is attached at the same station and in the
same unit should be allotted a quarters on out of turn
basis if his turn had come for regular allotment when
he was occupying the attached to Post quarters or if
he had vacated a P&T quarters at the same station
31. GIST ON TENURES
I) S.B. Tenure :
i) "The period of tenure in S.B. Branches will start from
the date on which the official is posted in SB/SC branch."
[DG 70-2/66-B/Pt II/SPB I dt. 17-7-68]
[DG 69/20/83-SPB I dt. 20-10-83]
ii) "HOs having instant counter facilities the counter
clerk will be rotated with other officials working in S.B.
branch every two years instead of 3 years.
[DG (P) No. 35-34/84-SB dt. 9-4-87]
II) Tenure for PRI (Ps):
i) "If transfer of PRI (P) in the middle of the academic
year results in hardship it may be deferred till end of
the academic session"
[DG P&T No. 6/65/78/SPB II dt. 17-10-78]
ii) "The term 'hardship' found in DG's letter in relation
to rotation of PRI (P) should be liberally interpreted and
that all rotational transfer of PRI (P)s should be kept in
abeyance till the end of academic year.
[PMG, MS D.O. No. STA/5-205/75
dt. 1-11-78]
iii) "After further consideration of the case if has been
decided that the transfer of PRI (P)s should normally
be effected at the end of academic session even though
the tenure period of 4 years expire before the end of
the academic session.
[DG P&T No. 6/65-78-SPB II dt. 12-12-78]
iv) "For all purpose PRI (P)s are LSG clerks since
PRI (P) is not a cadre by itself."
[DG P&T No. 6/33/80-SPB II dt. 27/29-11-80]
III) Tenure P&T Manual Vol. IV - Rule 61 A
VENTURE
the same station where the Divisional office is
located. Likewise, rotation for Gr. 'D' officials in
the Postal Divisional Offices is prescribed from the
office of the Divisional Superintendent to the HO
or any other office at the same station where the
Divisional Office is located.
2. This may be brought to the notice of all concerned
and necessary action taken accordingly.
[DG Posts No. 45-60/88-SPB.I dated 19-01-90]
duly allotted to him in his turn before occupying the
Post Quarters.
ii) As far as possible, officers occupying attached
Post Quarters should be rotated within themselves so
that hardship involved in vacating Post Quarters and/
or providing alternate accommodation is minimised to
the extent possible.
[DG P&T No. 2-20/66 dt. 5-6-73]
"Except when a longer tenure of service against a
post has been prescribed or is authorised by orders of
the Head of Circles in any special contingency, no
official shall be retained in the same branch, in the case
of other Post Offices for more than 4 years and shall
not be eligible for posting back to the same branch or
office as the case may be, until after three years of the
date of his last posting back"
(D.G. P&T No. 19/2/83, (SPB-I), dt. 19-1-83)
IV) Tenure to Mail Overseers :
"Mail overseers may be transferred from one line
to another line with the head quarters at the same
station once in two or three years. If necessary, they
may be transferred to another station within the same
Postal Division once in five years."
[Dept. of Post 60-2/86-SPB I dt. 5-3-86]
V) Tenure - Counter Clerks :
Shorter tenure for counter clerks in HOs having
instant counter facility :
Reference is invited to the provisions of Rule
404(5) of P&T Manual Vol. VI PT II prescribing that the
SB counter clerk shall be rotated after every 3 years
with the other clerks. It was pointed out that the period
of tenure of 3 years for the counter is too long and its
reduction as fraud preventive measure was suggested.
It has been now decided that in HPOs having
instant counter facilities the counter clerks will be
rotated with other officials working in SB branch every
two years instead of 3 years.
[DG (P) No. 35-34/84-SB dt. 9-4-87]
24 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
VI) Tenure for Counting L.R. Period :
"The reserve staff are head quartered as suitable
offices in the division for filling up of short or medium
term vacancies within the division. They are not posted
as such in any office or charge during the time when
they are Reserve PA.
[DG (P) No. 70/168/87-SPB I dt. 7-8-87]
VII) Tenure for Jeep Drivers:
In Supersession of the orders conveyed under
DDG(P) No. of even no.dt. 6-11-90, it is hereby ordered
to institutionalise rotation of drivers among Mail Motor
Vans, Inspection and other jeep and Staff cars. All Chief
PMG/PMGs are hereby directed to rotate all drivers so
as to observe a tenure of 4 years.
[DG (P) No. 141-105/90-SPB II dt. 15-11-90]
32. CONTINUITY OF COUNTER STAFF FOR AT LEAST ONE YEAR
I am directed to say that with the introduction of
various new activities through Post Office counters, it
has become imperative that there is some continuity
of the officials working on counters in big and important
offices. In addition, installation of multi purpose
counter machines and emphasis on better customer
services would necessitate that officials working in
counters should not be disturbed frequently. All the
officials may not be able to provide the specialized
33. ROTATINAL TRANSFERS- GUIDELINES-REGARDING
"R.T. Policy guidelines" were compiled and
communicated to all Regions vide C.O. letter No. STC/
102-1/2002 dated 15-4-2002. In the gist of the
Directorate orders communicated, instructions
regarding 'Station Tenure' were issued in para-1 of page-
1 and para under caption 'Station Tenure' in page-3. It
was informed therein that 'station tenure' of non-
gazetted staff would normally be 4 years which might
be extended up to 6 years in public interest. It was
also mentioned therein that an official who completed
'station tenure' was liable for transfer even though he
had not completed 'post tenure'. These orders were
issued based on Directorates orders No. 69/4/79-SPB-
I dated 12-11-81 and communicated in C.O. letters no.
STC/102-1/80 dated 18-11-1981 and 6-1-1982.
However, these instructions were modified
subsequently by Directorate in letter No. 69-23/83-SPB-
I dated 2-4-85.
It has been brought to the notice of this office
by one of the Service Unions that some of the non-
gazetted staff were shifted out of stations from
34. PUBLIC RELATION INSPECTOR (POSTAL) CRITERION FOR
SELECTION OF REGARDING
I am directed to invite your kind attention to office
circular letter No. 6-15/86-SPB-II dated 27-7-87 say that
the matter of selection of officials for the post of Public
VENTURE
VIII) Tenure of Postal Assts. working in Speed Post
Counter:
Two years tenure should not be a right rule.
Chief PMGs/PMGs can use their discretion change
the posting before completion of two years
provided:
a) Performance of the official is not upto the mark.
b) The change is not so frequent that it prevents the
official from acquiring experience and expertise.
c) Changes should not be used to distribute incentive
Money.
d) Quality of service is not compromised with.
e) Seniority should not be sole or main criteria for
selection.
[DG (P) No. 43/26-91-D dt. 15-2-93]
customer services and to handle varied products
across the counter. This would need specialised
training. Keeping in view of the above, Head of Circles
may make necessary selection based on the aptitude
and performance of the officials for their working in
front office. Such officials may be exposed to special
training in different spells and continued in the front
office as per administrative needs.
(DG (P) No. 141-172/2003-SPB.II dt. 08-09-2003)
where they were working even though they had not
completed "post tenure" as per the Rules. It is
presumed that some of the Divisions/units might
have misinterpreted the above instructions without
taking into account the latest guidelines of
Directorate dated 2-4-85.
In this connection, kindly see DG's letter No. 141-
35/2001-SPB-II dated 11-4-2001 (communicated in
C.O. letter no. STC/102-1/2001-02 dated 18-4-2001
(the last one received from Directorate on this subject)
in which it was categorically stated that 'All the
employees completing 'post tenure' maybe rotated
subject of certain conditions. This means that there is
no 'Station Tenure' for non-gazetted staff and only 'post
tenure' is applicable to them. However, there will be
no bar to transfer the officials in all cadres from one
place to another on administrative reasons and in the
interest of service.
Suitable instructions may kindly be issued to all
concerned in this regard.
(Pl. CPMG, T.N. No. STC/101-2/2002, Dt. 30-6-2006)
Relation Inspectors came for session in the recently
held Heads of Circles meet where was recommended
that there should be an upper age of 45 years for
25 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
appointing any person as Public Relation Inspector.
Since the posts of PRIs are norm-based LSG
Posts, which are to be manned by officials promoted
to HSG-II under the Biennial Cadre Review in
accordance with the orders issued in implementation
of the BCR scheme officials promoted under BCR
scheme are likely to be over years of age with the
possible exception of SC/ST officials. Therefore, in
implementation of the exercised consideration of the
35. EXERCISE OF POWERS FOR CANCELLATION OF TRANSFER ORDERS BY
APPOINTING AUTHORITIES-PROCEDRUE TO BE FOLLOWED
The question with regard to the procedure to be
followed in respect of cancellation of transfer orders of
staff/officers by appointing authorities has been under
consideration for some time. After taking into account
all relevant factors it has been decided that the transfer
orders once issued may be cancelled by the appointing
authoriting primarily in the interest of service. However
the appointing authority will infront be next higher
36. CHECK ON THE ISSUE OF TRANSFER ORDERS BY DIVISIONAL
SUPERINTENDENT RETIRING WITHIN (6) SIX MONTHS
Of late, it has been observed that some
divisional Superintendent who are about to retire
have issued a number of irregular transfer orders
just before retirement to keep proper check on
such cases. I am directed to request you to kindly
37. CANCELLATION OF TRANSFER ORDER BY APPOINTING AUTHORITIES
While examining the Vigilance/Disciplinary cases
it has come to the notice of the Vigilance branch/that
the instructions contained in DG P&T's lr. No. 69-18/
81-SPB-I dt. 6-1-82 regarding procedure to be followed
for cancellation of Transfer orders by appointing
authorities are not being compiled with the authorities.
A copy of these instructions is enclosed.
38. CHECK ON THE ISSUE OF TRANSFER ORDERS BY DIVISIONAL
SUPERINTENDENTS RETIRING WITHIN 6 MONTHS
Kindly refer to this office letter No. 4-19/92-Vig.
Dated July 1992 regarding check on the issue of
transfer / posting order by Divisional Superintendents
retiring within a period of 6 month. In the said letter, it
was laid down that the Divisional Superintendents
retiring within 6 months period must obtain prior written
approval of their DPS / PMG before issuing any transfer
/ posting orders and appointment of ED agents, which
was otherwise within their normal administrative
jurisdiction. The said instructions were necessitated
VENTURE
Heads of Circles meet it has been decided that, as
far as possible, officials of over 45 years age may be
not be posted as PRIs unless they are considered to
be merritorious, intelligent and energetic. In case no
such official from amongst those promoted under
BCR scheme is available there will be no objection if
the posts of PRIs manned by TBOP officials
possessing the qualities mentioned above.
(D.G. Lt. No. 4-52/92-SPB-II, dt. 23-11-92)
authority of his intention of such cancellation giving the
reasons therefor. If no reply is received within 7 days,
from the date of making the reference to the next higher
authority the appointing authority will issue the
cancellation of transfer orders.
The above instructions should be brought to the
notice of all offices concerned.
[Lr. No. 69-18/81-SPB-I, Dated: 6-1-82]
ensure that the divisional Superintendents,
retiring within six months be required to obtain
the prior approval of DPS/PMG before issuing
transfer orders.
(DG (P) No. 4-19/92/IV dt. ......7-92)
Accordingly it has been decided by DDG (V) that
the existing instructions on the subject need be reiterated
and all concerned authorities advised to observe them
scrupulously. I shall be grateful if necessary action to
reiterate these instructions to all concerned, is taken
expeditiously under intimation to the Directorate.
(D.G.(P) No. 16-7/88-Vig. I, dt. 27-3-91)
by many Divisional Superintendents on the verge of
retirement had issued a number of irregular transfer /
posting orders / appointment orders.
In spite of aforesaid specific and clear
instructions, instances have come to our notice
where the Divisional Superintendents retiring within
6 months period have committed similar nature of
irregularities. In some cases, we are contemplating
action against the erring retired officers under Rule 9
of CCS (Pension) Rules, 1972.
26 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 I would therefore, again impress upon you to
kindly ensure that the above quoted instructions of
this office are complied with strictly in letter and in
spirit and the Divisional Superintendents are again
39. GRANT OF TA & TRANSIT TO THE OFFICIAL TRANSFERRED ON
COMPLETION OF TENURE TO THE PLACE OF THEIR CHOICE
A proposal to grant TA and transit to officials who
are transferred on completion of tenure to the place of
their choice was under consideration in this Directorate
for sometime past.
SR-114 which governs TA on Transfer distinguishes
between transfer for public convenience and transfer on
own request. Although transfer on completion of tenure in
one office has not been specifically referred to in this Rule,
yet the transfer on completion of tenure, the official has to
be transferred out for operational reasons. Therefore, such
40. TENURE POSTING OF OFFICIALS IN SINGLE HANDED DOUBLE
HANDED POST OFFICES -- PREVENTIVE VIGILANCE MEASURE
Recently while reviewing serious fraud cases it has
come to notice that often officials who have completed
tenure as Sub Postmaster / Postal Assistant in a
particular single handed or double handed post office,
are posted back to the same office after a break of
tenure during which they worked in some other post
offices. It has been seen that in some cases such
officials have committed frauds over a long period of
time covering both their tenures in the same office.
Evidence of collusion with other officials / Agents etc.
has also come to light.
2. After considering the matter, it is therefore directed
that officials who have been posted as SPM / PA in a
single handed or double handed post office irrespective
41. CATEGORISING LSG OFFICIALS AS LEAVE RESERVE POSTAL ASSISTANTS
A reference has been received from one of the
Staff Unions stating that in many circles, LSG officials
are being treated as Leave Reserve Postal Assistants
erroneously. Those who join a new Division on Rule
38 transfers, even though they are LSG officials are
shown junior most to all Postal Assistants and made
Leave Reserves. It is clarified that on Rule 38 transfer
to another Division a TBOP official will become junior
42. TRANSFER AND POSTING OF CIRCLE CADRE STAFF BY REGIONAL
POSTMASTERS GENERAL -- REQUEST OF STAFF FOR TRANSFER
I am directed to state that it has been brought to
the notice of this office that difficulties are being
experienced in inter-regional transfers of staff borne
on Circle Cadres. It is, therefore, hereby clarified that
all requests for transfer from one region to another
region should be addressed to the Chief Postmaster
VENTURE
reiterated the earlier instructions for strict compliance.
The receipt of this DO letter may kindly be
acknowledged.
(DG (P) No. 7-4/88-VIG (PT) dated 12-06-1996)
a transfer is mandatory, while posting to a place of choice
is secondary and subject to public convenience. In
view of this posting to a place of choice after completion
of full tenure may not be normally termed as "transfer
on own request" under SR-114. It has, therefore, been
decided that henceforth officials transferred after
completion of full tenure as prescribed from time to time
to the place of their choice will be entitled for TA and
Transit.
[DG (P) No. 17-3/94-PAP dated 18-12-95]
of period of posting / completion of tenure should not
be posted back to the same office after a break as is
being done now. In other words, officials of single
handed and double handed post offices can have only
one posting in the such offices during their service period.
However, only in respect of double handed post
offices, the CPMG / PMG may personally relax this
provision in a specific case if warranted by exceptional
administrative exigencies.
3. All Circle / Regional Heads are requested to ensure
that above guidelines are kept in view while deciding
transfers / posting.
4. This issues with the approval of DDG (Vig.)/CVO.
(DG Posts No. 8-4/2005-INV. Dated 22-9-2005)
to the TBOP officials at the new Division. He cannot
become junior to Time Scale Postal Assistants. The
Leave Reserve is sanctioned only in the basic grade.
Therefore, only those who are in the basic cadre of
Postal Assistants should be made as Leave Reserve
Postal Assistants. Hence LSG (TBOP) officials
cannot be made Leave Reserves.
[DG (P) lt. No. 137-10/98-SPB.II dated …04-1998]
General whose office is expected to maintain a request
Register and post officials as and when vacancies
become available in Region concerned. All such
request for transfer should be submitted through
Regional PMGs to the Chief Postmaster General.
[DG Post No. 141-387/92-SPB.II dated 12-10-1992]
27 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 43. RULES FOR SELECTION OF DEVELOPMENT OFFICER (PLI)
A new Rule 279/6 of P&T Manual, Volume-IV (V
Edition) was introduced vide Memo No. 10-1/74-SPB.II
dated 08-10-1975 providing for a quota of 50% for
appointment of D.Os (PLI) on seniority-cum-fitness
basis from the eligible staff of Postal Circle Offices
and remaining 50% through a competitive examination
open to the Postal Assistants / Sorting Assistants
working in postal / RMS Divisions. The above quotas
of 50% each for staff working in Circle Offices and
Postal / RMS Divisions was subsequently revised to
2/3rd and 1/3rd respectively vide DoP Memo No. 10-
7/82-SPB.II dated 17-10-1984.
2. Consequent on introduction of TBOP and BCR
Scheme for the LDCs and UDCs of the Circle /
Regional Offices, these LDCs and UDCs have since
been merged into a single grade and re-designated
as P.AsCO. As per extent provisions of the aforesaid
Rule 279/6, a permanent or quasi-permanent P.As of
the Circle Offices / Regional Offices who are not more
than 45 years of age, and have completed 5 years'
service can be selected as D.Os (PLI) against 2/3rd
quota fixed therefore subject to fulfilment of certain
other conditions.
3. A large number of P.As have since crossed
prescribed maximum age limit of 45 years. As such,
some Circle have expressed their difficulties in finding
44. POSTING OF OFFICIALS AGAINST LSG SUPERVISORY POSTS
I am directed to state that as per the instructions
contained in this office letter of even number dated
28-11-1989, an official has to work in the
supervisory post for 2 years, once such a posting
is accepted, in this regard, it is clarified that the
said restriction of two years does not impose a ban
45. POSTING OF PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED CANDIDATES
A suggestion has been made that physically
handicapped candidates appointed under the Govt.
should preferably be posted in their native places or
atleast in their native district. The matter has been
examined carefully. It may not be possible or desirable
to lay down that physicaly handicapped employees
belonging to Group A or Group B who have All India
transfer liability should be posted near their native
places. However in cases of holders of Group C or
46. PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED OFFICERS/EMPLOYEES MAY BE GIVEN
PREFERENCE IN POSTING/TRANSFER NEARER TO THEIR NATIVE PLACES
It is clarified that the guidelines contained in Para
2 of this Department's O.M. dated 10-5-1990 that
requests from physically handicapped employees for
transfer to or near their native places may also be given
VENTURE
suitable officials to work as D.Os (PLI) from among 2/
3rd quota fixed for Circles / Regional staff as either
required number of officials either do not volunteer for
working as DO (PLI) or are not eligible. Consequently,
some posts of DO (PLI), remain lying vacant thereby
adversely affecting procurement of PLI business.
4. The matter has been examined and it has now
been decided that where required number of officials
against 2/3rd quota cannot be found to work as D.Os
(PLI), the resultant unfilled vacancies of D.Os (PLI)
will be transferred to 1/3rd quota available for the
staff having 5 years' service of Circle / Regions and
Postal / RMS Divisions to be filled up through
competitive examination. To make it practicable to
do so, the selection of officials to work as D.O.s (PLI)
against 2/3rd quota should precede the examination
to be held against 1/3rd quota in that year. It has
further been decided that the P.As of the Circle and
Regional offices promoted to TBOP cadre will also
be eligible for selection as D.Os (PLI) so long as
their pay do not exceed Rs. 7,000/- p.m. if they fulfill
other conditions.
5. Necessary formal amendment to Rule 279/6 of P&T
Manual, Volume-IV will be issued separately.
6. These orders will be effective from the date of issue.
(D.G. (P) No. 35-5/87-LI, Vol. II, dt. 26-8-02)
on transfer from one post of Supervisor to another
post of supervisor within the same station or at
another station before completion of the period of
two years. This may however be done in
exceptional/deserving cases.
(DG Posts No. 6-4/87-SPB II, dt. 5-3-1991)
Group D posts who have been recruited on regional
basis and who are physically handicapped, such
persons may be given posting as far as possible,
subject to administrative constraints, near their native
places within the region. Requests from physically
handicapped employees for transfer to or near their
native places may also be given preference.
[Min. of Per, PG & Pensions. A-B 14017/41/90-Estt.
(RR) dt. 10-5-90; DG (P) 141/179/90-SPB II dt. 26-7-90]
preference, covers physically handicapped employees
in Groups 'A', 'B', 'C' and 'D'
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No. AB-14017/16/2002-
Estt. (RR), dated 13-3-2002)
28 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 47. EMPLOYEES HAVING CHILDREN WITH HEARING IMPAIRMENT OR
MULTIPLE DISABILITY MAY BE GIVEN POSTING TO THEIR OWN
PREFERRED LINGUISTIC ZONE/STATE
The undersigned is directed to say that there has
been a demand that an employed parent of a child
suffering from hearing impairment or multiple
disability may be given posting to their own preferred
linguistic Zone or State where educational facility for
their hearing impaired or multiple disabled child exists
and that too in the same language exists. This
demand has been made on the ground that the
disabled children may have opportunities of learning
in one single language as these children cannot cope
up with learning their subjects in more than one
language, as result of transfer of their parents from
one State of another.
2. The matter has been examined, considering that
48. POSTING OF GOVT. EMPLOYEES WHO HAVE MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN
The matter has been examined. Considering
that facilities for Medical help and education of
mentally retarded children may not be available
at all stations, a choice in the place of posting is
likely to be of some help to the parent in taking
care of such a child. While administratively it may
not be possible in all cases to ensure posting of
49. POSTING OF GOVT. EMPLOYEES WHO HAVE MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN
The undersigned is directed to refer to this
Department's O.M. of even number dated the 15th
February, 1991 on the above subject and to say that
representations have been received from a number of
Government employees who have mentally retarded
children that their postings from one place to another
outside the State adversely affect the education of their
mentally retarded child due to change of language and
environment. It has been suggested that such
Government employees should be kept at the place of
his choice purely on the consideration of his ward with
mental handicap and even he/she is to be transferred,
efforts should be made to accommodate him/her in the
same State so that the change of language does not
50. POSTING TO HOME DIVISION/CIRCLE POLICY REGARDING ALL
CATEGORIES OF SUPERVISORY CADRES
i) Members of the Supervisory cadres (Inspectors/
ASPOs/Supdts/and Gazetted Postmasters) should not
be posted to their Home division/Parent division during
the first four years of their service in supervisory cadres.
ii) They should not be transferred (except in
administrative interest) from a Post unless they complete
atleast two years in that Post if they are working within
VENTURE
the facilities for medical care and education of
children with hearing impairment or multiple disability
may not be available at all Stations, such requests
from the parents of a child suffering from hearing
impairment or multiple disability, may as far as
possible, be considered sympathetically. Where,
however, this may not be possible, efforts may be
made to accommodate such a Government servant
in the same State to the extent possible.
3. All the Ministries/Departments etc., are requested
to bring these instructions to the notice of all the
appointing authorities under their control.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No. 36035/1/2000-Estt.
(Res.), dated 18-2-2000)
such an employee at a place of his/her choice
ministries/Departments are requested to take a
sympathetic view on the merits of each case and
accommodate to such requests for posting to the
extent possible.
[MOP PG& Pensions OM No. AB-14017/41/90-
Estt.(RR) dt. 15-2-91]
adversely affect the education of the child.
2. The matter has been examined. Considering that
the facilities for medical care and education of mentally
retarded children may not be available at the stations,
such requests from the parent of a mentally retarded
child may as far as possible, be considered
sympathetically. Where however, this may not be
possible, efforts may be made to accommodate such
a Government servant in the same State to the extent
possible. The same approach may be adopted in the
case of Government Servants having physically
handicapped children who require special medical
treatment due to chronic ailments are disabilities.
(DG (P) No. 141/35/93-SPB-II, dt. 18-3-93)
Circle (period of leave exceeding 15 days will not be
counted while computing the duration of two years. The
definition of two years will be 24 calendar months.
iii) Request for reposting to a post should not be
granted unless a period of two years has passed since
the requesting officer left charge of that post.
iv) In respect of officers posted on promotion to
29 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
outside circles their requests for transfer back to their
home circles could be considered when the next DPC
is held provided there are vacancies and they have
51. PROVISION OF POST ATTACHED RENT FREE ACCOMMODATION AS A
CONDITION OF SERVICE TO THE POSTMASTERS/SPMS
It has been brought to the notice of this Dte. that
the Postmasters/SPMs who are entitled for rent free
accommodation, are generally not provided with such
accommodation in the Post Office premises as per the
prescribed austerity standards.
In order to mitigate the grievance of such category
52. CHOICE OF OFFICIALS FOR POSTING AS TREASURERS / ASSTT.
TREASURERS IN POST OFFICES
In the course of discussions in the Committee of
Departmental Council (JCM) held on 30-08-1980, the
question of widening the area of selection for posting
as Treasurers / Asstt. Treasurers in post offices was
insisted upon by the staff side. In this connection, it
will appear that nothing has been specifically
prescribed that the selection has necessarily to be
confined to post office wise or Division wise or even
station wise. On the suggestion of the staff side it
was decided to examine that the panel of officials for
53. APPOINTMENT OF TREASURER/CASHIERS IN POST OFFICES REGARDING
I am directed to say that a number of references
from various Circles have been received regarding
difficulties being experienced by them in finding
suitable officials for posting as Treasures/Cashiers
in Post Offices. The matter has been receiving
attention and after careful consideration, it has been
decided that in order to meet the situation the existing
eligibility service conditions of 10/8 years is further
reduced to five years service in Postal Assistant
Cadre. It has also been decided that the existing
tenure of Cashiers/Treasurers in Post Office shall be
increased from one year to two years. However, if
54. APPOINTMENT OF LSG OPERATIVES AS TREASURER / CASHIER IN
POST OFFICES -- PAYMENT OF SPECIAL PAY
Attention is invited to this Directorate Memo
No. 3-2/85-SPB-II dated 14-12-1988 on the subject
cited above. The matter was taken up by the Staff
Side in the Departmental Council of JCM. The Staff
side has agreed with the principle of postings of
Postal Assistants in Time Scale only as Treasurer
in Post Offices. However, sometimes it so happens
that LSG operative have to be posted as Treasurers
due to paucity of volunteers and unwillingness of
VENTURE
worked outside the circle physically for six months
excluding the period of leave.
[DG (P) No. 141-495/92-SPB II dt. 11-10-93]
of staff, it is clarified that whenever accommodation is
rented for the post offices having rent free post attached
quarter for the PM/SPM, care should be taken to ensure
that the size of such quarters as far as possible
conforms to the standards laid down in this regard.
(DG Post No. 24/4/87/PRP/NB (P) dated 11-2-1988)
the Treasurers / Asstt. Treasurers would be drawn
station wise instead of its being office wise as at
present. The matter has been examined in all its
aspects and it has been decided that there may not
be any difficulty in having the area of selection being
widened to make it station wise. For the purpose it
has however been decided that the selection would
be made from amongst the eligible officials of the
concerned divisions.
(DG, P&T No. 3/4/80-SPB-II, dt. 18-3-81)
Postal Assistants with five years service are not
available for posting as Treasurers/Cashiers in Post
Offices. Postal Assistants promoted as LSG under
Time Bound one Promotion Scheme can also be
considered if they are willing. However, they will not
be entitled to special allowance admissible to time
scale Postal Assistants.
These orders takes effect from the date of issue.
However, the present incumbents who have not
completed their one year tenure, may be allowed to
continue for another one year.
(DG(P) No. 3-2/85-SPB-II, dt. 14-12-88)
Ti m e S c a l e o f f i c i a l s t o w o r k i n s h o r t t e r m
vacancies. In supersession of this Directorate
memo ibid it has now been decided that LSG
operatives promoted under the TBOP scheme
when posted as Treasurers in Post Offices will be
entitled to special pay as admissible to the Time
Scale Postal Assistants. This order will take effect
from the date of issue.
[DG Posts No. 6-3/91-PAP dated 23 -10-1992]
30 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 55. POSTING OF TREASURERS ON COMPLETION OF TENURE
I am directed to say that a question has been raised
as to whether an official who has completed a tenure of
four years in an office, in continuation, can be posted as
Treasurer / Cashier in the same office and vice versa.
The matter has been considered. It is hereby clarified
that there is no objection if an official, who has completed
a full tenure in another post in an office, is posted as
56. TRANSFER UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 38 OF P&T MAN VOL. IV
The present practice in dealing with Rule 38
transfers has been examined in detail and the PMG
has ordered that the following revised procedure
may be followed in regard to the disposal of Rule
38 cases.
2. The transfer of eligible officials under Rule 38 to
the division of their choice should be approved in
principal irrespective of availability of vacancies in that
unit. A waiting list of such approved transfers both in
departmental quota and in the direct recruitment quota
should be maintained in the divisional offices to which
the transfer is sought. At the time of computation of
vacancies for LGO's examination/direct recruitment,
such approved transfers should be taken into account
for necessary adjustment in the announcement for
vacancies. Similarly approved transfer of officials in
both the quotas from that Division to other units should
also be taken into account for the purpose of
computation of vacancies.
3. It is directed that the application for transfer
under Rule 38 from eligible officials will be restricted
to only one unit, otherwise it application for more
than one unit are entertained it will create
complications. If after approval of the transfer, the
concerned official changes his mind and applied for
another unit, it will be treated as a fresh application
after cancellation of his turn on the waiting list of
the old unit.
4. Transfer under Rule 38 of eligible within the
Region will be approved by the Regional Directors.
However, cases of inter region transfers and cases
requiring relaxation and for temporary deputations
of husband/wife at the same station should come to
the Circle Office. This would apply to the cases of
mutual exchange transfers also. The Regional
Directors as well as the Circle office will endorse
copies of approval of transfer to the concerned
transferee unit with instructions to bring the name
on the waiting list and to intimate the waiting list
number to the concerned official through the
controlling divisional superintendent. In the memo
of approval of transfer the date on the which the
VENTURE
Cashier / Treasurer subject to the administrative
convenience. In such circumstances the official may be
allowed to complete a full tenure as Treasurer / Cashier
even though he has done a full tenure in the same office
in another post.
[DG Posts letter No. 03-1/90-SPB.II
dated 16-5-1990]
application was received in circle Office/regional
office will be shown and the names of the officials
will be entered in the waiting list by the divisional
offices based on those dates.
5. In so far as the old cases pending with Circle
office/Regional offices are concerned, it is decided
that those cases will be decided first as per the above
instructions.
6. The case of transfer by way of mutual exchange
will be allowed as per rules on out of turn basis.
7. There are some LSG officials waiting reallotment
to their home division. Such repatriation will have to be
completed first before any rules 38 transfer is
considered and such repatriatees will be at the top of
the waiting list.
8. All Rule 38 transferees will be placed below all
APCs.RTPs and lower grade officials on approved list
for promotion PA/SA cadre including those who would
be successful in the examination for promotion to PA/
SA cadre held on 24-5-87.
9. The officials rendered surplus due to TBOP,
abolition of BRL system etc. who have been
transferred to other units/divisions as per Dte's
instructions on the subject should be brought back
first to their original unit/division on occurrence of
vacancy the repatriation of such officials will take
precedence over rule 38 transfers
10. T h e p o s i t i o n o f o f f i c i a l s w h o s e r u l e 3 8
transfer have been approved but are still waiting
for their posting orders will depend on the date
of approval of their transfer. They will be below
APCs, RTPs, LGOs awaiting appointment on
those dates.
11. The case of Rule 38 for transfer of wife/husband
for posting at the same station would be considered
on out of turn basis at per Dte's instructions on the
subject. Such transfer would be treated purely on
deputation without any monetary benefit till their actual
turn on the basis of their registration for transfer
comes.
(CPMG Gujarat Circle No. Staff-1-15/Rlg./Corr
dtd. at Ah'd-9, the 13-7-87)
31 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 57. RE-DELEGATION OF POWER TO HEADS OF CIRCLES TO ALLOW RULE 38
TRANSFER REQUESTS OF SURPLUS QUALIFIED OFFICIALS TO THEIR HOME
DIVISIONS IN RELAXATION OF 5 YEARS SERVICE CONDITION
I am directed to invite your attention to this office
letter No. 60-22/80-SPB.I dated 17-07-81, where by
on the basis of decision of the erstwhile P&T Board it
has been inter-alia stipulated that surplus qualified
departmental Lower grade officials who are promoted
to clerical and allied cadres in a division other than
their parent division may be transferred to their parent
division or any division other than the one in which they
are working, under Rule 38 against departmental
quota of vacancies only and direct recruits will
continue to be adjusted against outsiders quota. It
has further been stipulated that powers vested in
Heads of Circles vide this office letter No. 69/23/75-
SPB.I dated 29-10-75 to allow Rule 38 transfer
requests of surplus qualified officials before
completion of 5 years service in the unit / circle are
also withdrawn. It has further been clarified vide this
office letter No. 60/22/81-SPB.I dated 18-03-82 that
Rule 38 transfers of surplus qualified officials may
be permitted by Heads of Circles on mutual exchange
basis even if 5 years service in a division is not
complete subject to the condition that such transfers
are adjusted against departmental quota of
vacancies. It was also clarified that such transfers
can be also permitted to any unit other than the home
division and city units located in the station of
official's parent unit. Heads of Circles can consider
Rule 38 transfers of direct recruits in relaxation of 5
years service limit in their discretion as hitherto
before.
2. Certain Heads of Circles, staff Union and individuals
have represented to this office, inter-alia stating that
the five year ban imposed on repatriation of surplus
58. POSTAL ASSTS./SORTING ASSTS. - TRANSFER UNDER
RULE 38 OF P&T MANUAL VOL. IV
It is hereby further ordered that the result vacancies
arising from Rule 38 transfer in the division, from which
a departmental promotee is transferred, may not be
adjusted against direct recruit quota. This means if a
departmental promotee is transferred from A division
to B division, the vacancy in A division should be
adjusted against departmental quota and in the B
division also the vacancy should be adjusted against
59. INTER-CIRCLE TRANSFER WITHIN THE SAME CADRE UNDER
RULE-38 OF POSTAL MANUAL VOL. IV
This office has been receiving references from
various Circles where inter-Circle transfer having the
approval of both the concerned Chief Postmasters
VENTURE
qualified officials to their parent units has operated
harshly and that the discretionary powers earlier vested
in the Heads of Circles for considering such requests
in relaxation of minimum 5 years service limit may be
redelegated to Heads of Circles. An item on the subject
was also brought up for discussion in the heads of Circle
Conference held in Nov. 1985.
3. Accordingly, the mater has been reconsidered by
the Postal Service Board in its meeting held on 30-10-
85. It has been decided to delegate the powers to
Heads of Circles to permit Rule 38 unilateral transfer
requests of surplus promotees to clerical cadres to their
parent unit after completion of 3 years service subject
to the condition that the powers would be exercised by
the Heads of Circles personally in really deserving
cases and transfer of such officials will not jeopardise
the interest of appointees against other quota. In other
words, such transfers will be adjusted against
departmental quota of vacancies. The Heads of Circles
will not be empowered to allow Rule 38 transfer of
surplus officials to their parent unit before completion
of three years service.
4. As clarified in this office letter No. 60/22/81-SPB.I
dated 18-03-82 the Heads of Circles will continue to allow
Rule 38 transfer requests of surplus qualified officials to
their parent unit before completion of 3 years service if
the same are on mutual exchange basis or the transfer
sought for is to a unit other than the home unit or a city
unit where the parent unit of the official is located.
Similarly, they will continue to allow Rule 38 transfer
requests of direct recruits to T/S clerical cadres in
relaxation of 5 years service limit.
[DG P&T No. 60-34/84-SPB-I dated 05-02-86]
departmental quota. If a direct recruit is transferred from
A division to B division, the vacancy arising in A division
should be adjusted by appointment of direct recruit and
the vacancy should be adjusted in B division against
the vacancy of direct recruit. The existing proforma for
calculation of vacancies should be modified suitably
so as to given effect these orders.
[DG (P) No. 60-113/88-SPB I dt. 12-1-89]
General / Postmasters General require the approval of
the Directorate.
2. In this connection, it is reiterated that the Heads of
32 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
Circles are fully empowered under the existing
instructions vide Directorate, letter No. 33-1/88-PE.II
dated 5th December, 1989, pertaining to "power and
Function of Chief Post-masters General/Postmasters
General (Region)" to permit transfer of any employee
to any Central Government office or Department except
in respect of such officials whom the Chief Postmaster
General is not competent to appoint. Where such
permission is accorded by the Head of Circle, a
60. REVIEW OF THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 38 OF POSTAL MANUAL
VOL-IV - POSTAL ASSISTANTS / SORTING ASSISTANTS
I am directed to say that a provision exists in Rule
38 of Postal Manual Vol. IV for transfer of Postal
Assistants / Sorting Assistants who are recruited on
divisional basis from one division to another either on
mutual basis or on the basis of application given by an
official to be transferred foregoing his / her seniority in
the parent division and assuming seniority afresh in the
new division to which he / she is transferred. In recent
times, due to various reasons, there has been substantial
increase of applications for transfer under Rule 38.
2. The provisions of Rule 38 of Postal Manual Vol.
IV are under review and separate instruction of the
subject will follow. However, as regards transfer
under Rule 38 of Postal Manual Vol. IV from the
cadre of Sorting Assistant to Postal Assistant, the
same has been examined keeping in view the
availability of the manpower in both the wings. It
has been decided that the request for transfer from
61. CONDITIONS FOR RULE 38 TRANSFERS FROM THE CADRE OF
RMS SORTING ASSISTANTS TO POSTAL ASSISTANTS
A provision exists in Rule 38 of Postal Manual,
Vol. IV for transfer of Postal Assistants / Sorting
Assistants who are recruited on divisional basis from
one division to another either on mutual basis or on
the basis of application given by an official to be
transferred forgoing his / her seniority in the parent
division and assuming seniority afresh in the new
division to which he / she is transferred. In recent
times, due to various reasons, there has been
substantial increase of applications for transfer under
Rule 38.
The provisions of Rule 38 of Postal Manual, Vol.
IV are under review and separate instruction on the
subject will follow. However, as regards transfer
under Rule 38 of Postal Manual, Vol. IV from the
cadre of Sorting Assistant to Postal Assistant, the
same has been examined keeping in view the
availability of the manpower in both the wings. It
has been decided that the request for transfer from
the cadre of Sorting Assistant to the cadre of
VENTURE
reference to Directorate would not be necessary.
3. It is clarified that the aforesaid instructions do not apply
in cases involving transfer between two separate and
distinct cadres such as Postal Assistant (P.O) to Postal
Assistant (C.O. / R.O.)/PA (SBCO) SA or vice-versa.
In such cases the approval of the Directorate would
be required even if both the Chief Postmasters General
are agreeable.
(D.G.(P) No.141.13/94-SPB.II dated 18-04-96)
the cadre of Sorting Assistant to cadre of Postal
Assistant (Post Office) will not attract the provision of
Rule 38, Postal Manual Vol. IV and such requests will
be considered in the context of need for redeployment
of personnel from one operative wing to another. The
following conditions will apply to such transfers on
requests from RMS to Postal Wing:-
(a) the applicant will be ranked junior most in the new
cadre / recruiting unit on such transfer.
(b) He / she will bear the cost of training which will be
required to be imparted to him / her for the nature of
job in the new cadre and only after he / she qualifies in
the above training at his / her own cost. The transfer
from one cadre to another would materialize.
(c) The official will be permanently debarred from going
back to the old cadre / recruiting unit and he / she cannot
claim the old seniority in the earlier recruiting unit.
[DG Post No. 141-198/2001-SPB-II dt. 10-5-2002]
Postal Assistant (Post Office) will not attract the
provision of Rule 38, Postal Manual, Vol. IV and
such requests will be considered in the context
of need for redeployment of personnel from one
operative wing to another. The following
conditions will apply to such transfers on requests
from RMS to postal Wing:-
(a) The applicant will be ranked junior most in the new
cadre / recruiting unit on such transfer.
(b) He / she will bear the cost of training which will be
required to be imparted to him / her for the nature of
job in the new cadre and only after he / she qualifies
on the above training at his / her own cost, the transfer
from one cadre to another would materialize.
(c) The official will be permanently debarred from
going back to the old cadre / recruiting unit and he /
she cannot claim the old seniority in the earlier
recruiting unit.
(D.G.(P) No. 141-198/2001-SPB-II, dated
10-05-2002)
33 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 62. CLARIFICATION ON RULE 38 TRANSFER FROM SORTING
ASSISTANT TO POSTAL ASSISTANT
I am directed to refer to this Department's Letter
No. 141-198/2001-SPB.II dated 10-05-2002 on the
above subject and Letter No. 1-37/2001-Trg., dated
30-01-2002. It was indicated in Letter, dated 10-05-
2002 that one of the conditions to be fulfilled for
considering the requests from Sorting Assistants for
transfer as Postal Assistant (P.O.) was that, he / she
would bear the cost of training which would be required
63. TRANSFER/RETENTION OF OFFICIALS ON BIFURCATION
REORGANISATION OF A DIVISION- CLARIFICATION REGARDING
It is clarified that as far as possible such requests
may not be agreed to. This may be only after obtaining
the requisite declaration for transfer under Rule 38 of
P&T Manual Vol. IV and it may be made very clear to
the officials concerned that his retention is under the
provisions of Rule 38 with all consequential disabilities.
Rule 38 is applicable only in cases of transfers and such
64. IN REQUEST TRANSFER CASES, INTERVENING HOLIDAY'S CAN BE AVAILED
The holidays intervening the date of relief
and the date of joining the new place, even on
transfer of an official at his own request should
be deemed to have been availed of by the official
65. FILLING UP UNFILLED VACANCIES OF POSTMEN / MAIL GUARD CADRE
FROM CANDIDATES OF OTHER DIVISIONS AT REGIONAL LEVEL
Refer to CPMG, Rajasthan D.O. letter No. RECTT/
2-10/SR dated 04-06-99 on the above subject. The
point raised by his office is whether the examination
for postmen / Mail Guards is to be held for all Divisions
irrespective of vacancies or whether it is to be held for
only those Divisions where there are vacancies.
2. The matter has been examined. It appears that the
results of the examination held earlier have not been
declared. The fact that examination was not held in a
Division where there were no vacancies need not be a
ground for non-declaration of results in respect of
examination held in other Divisions where vacancies
were declared.
3. In case after the declaration of results, there is a
shortfall is certain Divisions, then a supplementary
66. POSTING OF HUSBAND AND WIFE AT THE SAME STATION
The question of formulation of a policy regarding
the posting at the same place of husband and wife who
are in Government service or in the service of Public
Sector undertakings has been raised in Parliament and
other forums on several occasions. Government's
position has been that requests of Government
VENTURE 34
to be imparted to him / her for the nature of job in the
new cadre and only after he / she qualified in the above
training, the transfer would materialize. In this context,
it is clarified that only when an official wants to change
his cadre on his / her own interest, the cost of training
will have to be borne by the concerned official.
[D.G.(P) No. 141-198/2001-SPB-II,
dated 22-08-2002].
retention are to be treated as 'notional' transfers from
the Residuary Division to the Division of option or
allotment as per rules and transfers to the residuary
division under Rule 38 will be on paper. This point will
have to be made clear to the officials and willingness
and declarations obtained.
[DG (P&T) No. 271-58/74-SPB dt. 4-3-77]
as holidays and he need not take leave for such
holidays.
[Dept. of Per &Trg. OM No. 19011/16/88-Estt.(All)
dt. 15-12-88]
examination may be held in Units / Divisions where no
examination was held earlier. However, the candidates
will have to be specifically told that the examination is
only for shortfall vacancies in other Divisions. After the
supplementary examination is held, then from among
the volunteers from all the Divisions in the Region, the
candidates will have to be selected based on their merit.
It may also be mentioned that Circles may
conduct examinations in Divisions where no
vacancies are declared, if volunteers are there for
likely shortfall vacancies in other Divisions, along with
the examination in other Divisions where there are
vacancies declared, if shortfall is anticipated. You
are requested to take further action accordingly.
(DG (P) No. 37-63/98-SPB-I (Pt.) dated 26-08-99)
servants and employees of public sector undertakings
for posting at the same station usually receive
sympathetic consideration, and that each case is
decided on merits, keeping in view the administrative
requirements.
2. The Government of India have given the utmost
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
importance to the enhancement of women's status in
all sectors and all walks of life. Strategies and policies
are being formulated and implemented by different
Ministries of the Central Government to achieve this
end. It is also considered necessary to have a policy
which can enable women employees under
Government and the Public sector Undertakings to
discharge their responsibilities as wife/mother on the
one hand, and productive workers on the others, more
effectively. It is the policy of the Government that as
far as possible and within the constraints of
administrative feasibility, the husband and wife should
be posted at the same station to enable them to lead a
normal family life and to ensure the education and
welfare of their children.
3. In February 1976, the then Department of Social
Welfare had issued a circular D.O. letter to all Ministries
and Departments requesting them to give serious
consideration to the question of posting husband and
wife at the same station. However, representations
continue to be received by the Department of Women's
Welfare in the Ministry of Human Resource
Development from women seeking the intervention of
that Department for a posting at the place where their
husband are posted. It has, therefore, now been
decided to lay down a broad statement of policy atleast
with regard to those employees who are under the
purview of the Central Government/Public Sector
undertakings. An attempt has, therefore, been made
in the following paragraphs to lay down guidelines to
enable the cadre controlling authorities to consider the
requests from spouse for a posting at the same station.
At the outset, it may be clarified that it may not be
possible to bring every category of employee within
the ambit for this policy as station of husband/wife
employment are varied and manifold. The guidelines
given below, are therefore, illustrative and not
exhaustive. Government desire that in all other cases
the cadre controlling authority should consider such
requirements with utmost sympathy.
4. The classes of cases that may arise, and the
guidelines for dealing with each class of cases are given
below :-
i) Where the spouses being to the same All India
service or two of the All India services, namely IAS,
IPS and Indian Forest service (Group 'A') :
The spouses will be posted to the same cadre by
providing for a cadre transfer of one spouse to the cadre
of the other spouse subject to their not being posted
by this process to their home cadre. Postings within
the cadre will, of course, fall within the purview of the
State Government.
ii) Where one spouse belongs to one of the All India
services and the other spouse belongs to one of the
Central services. The cadre controlling authority of the
VENTURE
Central services may post the officer to the station, or
if there is no post in that station to the state where the
other spouse belonging to the All India Service is
posted.
iii) Where the spouses being to the same Central
Service : The cadre controlling authority may post the
spouses to the same station.
iv) Where one spouse belongs to one Central service
and the other spouse belongs to another Central service
:
The spouse with the longer service at a station
may apply to the appropriate cadre controlling authority
and the said authority may post the said officer to the
station, or if there is no post in that station to the state,
where the other spouse belonging to the other Central
service is posted.
(v) Where one spouse belonging to an All India service
and the other spouse belongs to Public sector
undertakings :-
The spouse employed under the Public sector
under-taking may apply to the competent authority and
said authority may post the said officer to the station,
or if there is no post under the PSU in that station, to
the State where the other spouse is posted.
(vi) Where one spouse belongs to a Central Service
and the other spouse belongs to a PSU :-
The spouse employed under the PSU may apply
to the competent authority and the said authority may
post the officer to the station, or if there is no post under
the PSU in that station to the State where the other
spouses is posted if however the request cannot be
granted because the PSU has no post in the said station
State then the spouse belonging to the Central Service
may apply to the appropriate cadre controlling authority
and the said authority may post the said officer to the
station, or if there is no post in that station to the State
where the spouse employed under PSU is posted.
vii) Where one spouse is employed under Central
Government and the other spouse is employed under
the State Government;
The spouse employed under the Central
Government may apply to the competent authority and
the competent authority may post the said officer to
the station or if there is no post in that station, to the
state where the other spouse is posted.
5. As will be seen from the illustrations given above,
they do not cover all possible categories of cases which
may arise in fact it is not possible to anticipate all the
categories of cases. Each case not covered by the
above guidelines, will have to be dealt with keeping in
mind the spirit in which these guidelines have been
laid down and the larger objective of ensuring that
husband and wife are, as far as possible and within
the constraints of administrative convenience, posted
at the same station.
35 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
6. Ministry of Finance are to requested to bring the
above instructions to the notice of all administrative
authorities under their control and ensure compliance.
7. In so far as persons serving in Indian Audit and
Accounts Department are concerned, these orders
67. DISCONTINUATION OF SCHEME OF ENGAGEMENT OF SHORT DUTY STAFF
This Directorate's letter No. 60-18/71-SPB-I, dated
28-12-1971 by which orders were issued for
introduction of Short Duty Staff Scheme as an
experimental measure to cope with peak hour traffic in
Postal and RMS Branches of the Department. Certain
clarifications with regard to the Scheme were issued
from time to time subsequently by letter No. 60-18/71-
SPB-I dated 17-3-1973, all Heads of Circles were
informed that the Short Duty Scheme may be continued
till further orders. It was clarified, inter alia, by letter
No. 60-73/93-SPB-I dated 16-8-1995 that only
pensioners are to be engaged as Short Duty Staff for
peak hour traffic in the Postal Offices when the traffic
is at least 50% more than normal traffic and for seasonal
68. POSTING OF HUSBAND AND WIFE AT THE SAME STATION
The undersigned is directed to say that the policy
of Government has been to give utmost importance
to the enhancement of women's status in all sectors
and all walks of life. Keeping this policy in view, the
Government had issued detailed guidelines about
posting of husband and wife at the same station vide
OM No. 28034/7/86-Estt. (A) dated the 3rd April 1986
and OM No. 28034/2/97-Estt. (A) dated the 12th June
1997. Attention of the Government was drawn that
the instructions contained in these Office Memoranda
69. POSTING OF HUSBAND AND WIFE AT THE SAME STATION-REITERATED
The undersigned is directed to say that on the
subject mentioned above, govt. had issued detailed
guidelines vide OM No. 28034/7/86-Estt.(A) dt.
03-04-1986.
The fifth central Pay Commission, has now
recommended that not only the existing instruction
regarding the need to post husband and wife at the
same station need to be reiterated, it has been
recommended that the scope of these instructions
should be widened to include the provisions which posts
at the appropriate level exist in the organisation at the
same station. The husband and wife invariably be
posted together in order to enable to lead a normal
family life and look after the welfare of the children,
especially till the children are 10 years of age.
2. The Govt. after considering the matter has decided
to accept this recommendation of the fifth central Pay
Commission. Accordingly it is reiterated that Ministries/
VENTURE
issue in consultation with the comptroller and Auditor
General of India.
8. This issues with the concurrence of the Department
of Public Enterprises.
(Lt. No. 70/95/86-SPB-I, 9-9-1986)
spells of work at the time of festivals such as Christmas,
New Year etc.
2. The question of continuation of this scheme for
engagement of Short Duty Staff has been reviewed in
the respective of induction of technology into Postal
operations, changes is operational procedures and
traffic pattern, introduction of new services and products
customized for particular segment of customers and
various administrative implications of management of
the scheme. It has now been decided that engagement
of Short Duty Staff should be discontinued with
immediate effect. You are requested to take further
necessary action urgently.
(D.G.(P) No. 66-58/96-SPB-I, dated 22-2-2001)
are not being followed in letter and spirit by the
Ministries / Departments even when there were no
administrative constraints. Accordingly, it is
impressed upon all Ministries / Departments that the
guidelines laid down in the aforesaid Office
Memoranda are strictly followed while deciding the
request for posting of husband and wife at the same
station.
[Dept. of Per & Trg. OM No. 28034/23/2004-Estt.
(A) dated 23-8-2004]
Departments should strictly adhere to the guidelines
laid down in OM No. 28034/7/86-Estt. (A) dt. 03-04-
1986 while deciding on the request for posting of
husband and wife at the same station and should
ensure that such posting invariably done especially till
their children are 10 years of age if post at the
appropriate level exist the organisation at the same
station and if no administrative problems are expected
to result of consequence.
3. It is further clarified that even in case where only
the wife is a Govt. servant the concession elaborated
in para 2 of this OM would be admissible to the Govt.
servant.
4. These instructions would be applicable only to post
within the same Department and would not apply on
appointment under the central staffing scheme.
(GI Dept. of Personnel and Training OM NO.
28034/2/97-Estt.(A), dt. 12-06-1997)
36 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 2. PROMOTIONS, HSG-I, HSG-II, LSG, BCR, TBOP ETC.
1. UPGRADATION OF 1622 POSTS OF HSG.II TO HSG.I GRADE
The President is pleased to accord sanction for
creation of 1622 posts in the HSG.I grade in the pay
scale of Rs. 6500-10500 by suitably upgrading the
same number of existing HSG.II posts in the pay
scale of Rs. 5000-8000 with immediate effect as per
the details Circle-wise at annexure -A. (not printed)
As a result of this upgradaiton and along with 208
posts upgraded earlier to HSG.I grade vide this Office
letter of even number, dated 6-11-1995, 10% of
HSG.II posts stand upgraded to HSG.I grade.
These posts of HSG.II shall be upgraded to HSG.I
by simultaneously abolishing 690 existing live posts of
Postal Assistants / Sorting Assistants in the scale of
pay of Rs. 4000-6000 proportionally as indicated Circle-
wise in Annexure-A (Col. 4). The order to be issued by
the Circles for upgradation of posts should include a
clause mentioning the fact of abolition of posts in the
cadre of PA with reference to it's original sanction order.
Heads of Circles are requested to identify the number
of HSG.II posts as indicated against their Circle in the
Annexure -A and upgrade them to HSG.I under intimation
to this office. It may be ensured that there HSG.II posts
are upgraded on functional basis, identification being done
on the basis of following guidelines:-
(i) Posts of HSG.II, Head Postmasters at District
Headquarters where no HSG.I post exists at
present and identification of HSG.II posts in SB
Branches in Major Head Offices. The CPMG
should identify the District based on its importance
/ workload in the Regions, Postal and RMS Offices.
(ii) Other HSG.II posts in Gazetted H.Q. supervised
by HSG.II, carrying higher responsibilities, Circle
/ Regional Offices PO and RMS Divisions
(Administrative and Operative Offices), PSD / CSD
and Customer Care Centres (CCC) which are
considered important by the Heads of Circle.
(iii) These posts should also be distributed from
amongst SBCO staff (to whom the TBOP Scheme
was extended vide letter No. 20-2/88-PE.I dated
26-07-1991 where these HSG.I posts are justified
as per the norms.
2. UPGRADATION OF 1622 POSTS OF HSG.II TO HSG.I GRADE
Upgradation of 1622 posts of HSG.II to HSG.I
Grade ordered to be held in abeyance vide this Officer
letter of even number, dated 18-06-2001 are hereby
ordered to be released.
2. The order was reviewed due to discrepancies in the
number of sanctioned HSG.II posts available in all
circles. The revised number of HSG.II posts to be
VENTURE
(iv) As per SIU norms, there is a justification of one
post of Office Superintendent in each Circle
(Administrative Office) in HSG.I Grade. At present,
every Circle Office has the post of Office
Superintendent in HSG.I Grade, except Haryana,
H.P. and North-East. Circle Heads of these Circles
are requested to upgrade the post to HSG.I level
in their respective Circle from amongst their quota
allotted.
(v) It may also be ensured that the ratio between
HSG.II and HSG.I in the Circle at a particular unit
may be maintained as far as possible as per the
norms.
The work of identification of posts, holding of DPC
and placement of the officials against the posts should
be completed as early as possible. Concerned IFA
may ensure proper implementation of the above
instructions. Thereafter, a compliance report to this
effect, i.e., posts upgraded, unit-wise distribution of
posts, abolition of posts, etc., may be sent to S.O. (PE.I)
by 30-06-2001.
The mode of recruitment for the upgraded post
will be by the method of selection as prescribed in the
Recruitment Rules for the HSG.I posts for the
concerned unit.
The expenditure involved in this sanction is
debitable to the relevant heads and should be met from
the sanctioned grant for the respective year.
The respective Circles will retain these posts on
year to year basis themselves.
This issues with the concurrence of Ministry of
Finance vide their U.O. No. 2(5)/E.III/94 dated 23-02-
2001 and in consultation with the Internal Finance Advice
vide their I.D. No. 152/FA/2001 dated 28-03-2001.
NOTE: Consequent upon the bifurcation of Bihar,
Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh Circles into
Jharkhand, Chhatisgarh and Uttaranchal Circles, the
upgraded posts of HSG.I may also be distributed
proportionally to these Circles by the erstwhile Circles.
(Dept. of Posts, No. 22-1/89-PE.I (Vol.II)
dated 30-03-2001)
upgraded to HSG.I are given in Col. 4 of Annexure
enclosed. In addition, 193 posts of LSG, where BCR
Officials are deployed shown in Col. 5 of Annexure
enclosed are also hereby ordered to be upgraded to
HSG.I. Revised number of P.A.s/ S.A.s posts to be
abolished circle-wise are shown in Col. 9.
3. In addition to the parameters already given in letter,
37 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
dated 30-03-2001, the following additional guidelines
may also be kept in view while upgrading the HSG.II /
LSG posts to HSG.I:-
(i) Premier services, i.e. SPC, Business
Development, Customer Care Centre.
(ii) Incharge SBCO in Head Offices.
(iii) HSG.II Head Office situated at places other than
District Headquarters.
(iv) APM A/c, Head Treasurer in Gazetted Head Offices.
3. CLARIFICATION REGARDING UPGRADATION OF HSG..II POSTS TO HSG..I
Refer this Directorate letters of even number dated
30-03-2001, 16-07-2001 and 31-07-2001, vide which
certain number of posts were allowed to your Circle for
upgradation to HSG-I and conversion to HSG-II along
with the guidelines to implement these orders.
It has come to the notice of this office from the
reports received from Circles that some of them have
first upgraded LSG posts to HSG.II level, and thereafter,
upgraded selected posts to HSG.I from this common
pool of HSG.II posts including those not in the category
mentioned for upgradation in the letter, dated 16-07-
2001. This has resulted in the benefit of upgradation
being denied to certain posts that were actually
identified for such upgradation, on functional basis, in
the above reference.
The matter has been examined in detail in this office.
The orders, dated 16-07-2001, communicating the details
of posts to be upgraded to HSG.I in each Circle had clearly
indicated the category (HSG.II and LSG respectively) and
number of posts to be so upgraded in each category based
4. CLARIFICATIONS REGARDING THE DATE OF UPGRADATION OF
HSG..II POSTS TO HSG..I
References have been received in this office in
connection with orders on the above cited subject,
primarily in terms of the date from which the benefit of
promotion and consequent pay fixation can be given
those officials who are posted against the posts
upgraded to HSG.I.
In this connection, it is clarified that promotion
against upgraded posts is to be given from the
5. CLARIFICATION FOR PROMOTION TO HSG-I GRADE
I am directed to invite a reference to this
Department's Letter No. 22-1/89/PE.I(Vol. II), dated
18-04-2002 by which certain clarifications in
connection with the upgradation of 1622 HSG.II posts
to HSG.I were issued. References were received from
various Circles stating that they were facing difficulties
in filling up these HSG.I posts due to non availability
of eligible officials who had completed 3 years service
in the HSG.II cadre as prescribed in the relevant
Recruitment Rules to allow the circle to fill up these
VENTURE
(v) SRO, having two supervisors in the sets under its
jurisdiction.
(vi) Foreign Post.
4. For reviving HSG.II sanctioned posts, a separate
order will be issued shortly.
5. Other conditions prescribed in letter, dated 30-03-
2001 holds good.
(Dept. of Posts, No. 22-1/89-PE.I (Vol. II)
dated 16-07-2001)
on functional justification. Thereafter, separate orders were
issued on 31-07-2001 indicating the number of LSG posts
to be converted to HSG.II posts to maintain the ratio
between HSG.I posts and their feeder posts in HSG.II
grade.
The intent behind the orders, dated 30-03-2001 and
16-07-2001 on the one hand and the orders, dated 31-
07-2001 on the other were quite different. The first set of
orders for upgradation were to be implemented keeping
in mind only the functional justification while the later
sought to maintain the ratio between the HSG-I and HSG-
II Posts. If the action taken by the Circles to implement
these orders is not in consonance with this logic, then
there is a need to rectify the same, to ensure compliance
with the orders and to avoid future litigation.
You are requested to kindly take immediate action
to review the position and send us a report on the status
in your Circle at the earliest along with the information
in the enclosed proforma (not printed).
(D.G.(P) No. 22-89/PE-II (Vol.II) dated 28-01-2002)
prospective date on which promoted officials assume
the charge. Promotion is given after observing usual
formalities. Hence, the question of giving the benefit of
promotion or pay fixation, notional or otherwise will not
arise until the official assumes charge of the post after
the approval by the Departmental Promotion Committee.
(D.G.(P) No. 22-1/89-PE.I (Vol. II)
dated 01-04-2002)
posts from amongst officials who had completed 3
years service in BCR was taken up with the
Department of Personnel and Training. That
Department advised that norms based LSG / HSG.II
posts may be filled up notionally in terms of the
relevant Recruitment Rules from the year when the
norm-based promotions have not been carried out and
promotions to the upgraded posts in HSG.I could be
made in accordance with the Recruitment Rules from
amongst those formally appointed in HSG.II with the
38 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
requisite 3 years actual/ notional service in the grade,
as the case may be.
2. It has been decided to implement the advice of the
Department of Personnel and Training. You are
requested to immediately carry out the exercise as
6. PROMOTION TO HSG-I GRADE- CLARIFICATION REGARDING
I am directed to refer to this Department's letter of
even number dated 12-11-2002 on the above subject.
The question of relaxation of the Recruitment Rules
for HSG-I posts to allow the Department to fill up HSG-
I posts by promotion of HSG-II officials with one year
or more service was taken up with the Department of
Personnel and Training. That Department have since
agreed to the one time relaxation of the qualifying
service by one year as on 1-1-2005. In view of the
approval accorded by the Department of Personnel and
Training, HSG-II officials who have been formally
7. PROMOTION TO HSG-I GRADE- CLARIFICATION REGARDING
I am directed to refer to this Department's letter
of even number dated 7-1-2005 on the above subject
by which the Circles were informed that the
Department of Personnel and Training had agreed to
one time relaxation of the qualifying service for
promotion to HSG-I by one year as on 1-1-2005. In
view of the approval accorded by the Department of
Personnel and Training, the Circles were requested
to promote HSG-II officials who had been formally
appointed in HSG-II grade against norm based posts
with two years regular service in that grade as on
1-1-2005 to HSG-I after observing instructions relating
to holding DPC. The circles were also requested to
inform the Department about the number of HSG-I
posts that still remained unfilled along with the number
of officials with less than two years of service in HSG-
II as on 1-1-2005 to enable the Department to examine
the matter further.
2. From the information furnished by the Circles it was
observed that a number of HSG-I posts would still
8. PROMOTION TO HSG.I GRADE - CLARIFICATION REGARDING
Refer letter of even number dated 30-10-2002
regarding officiating arrangements in HSG.I cadre in
different offices. The letter was issued in partial
modification of the clarification given against serial
Number 9 of Letter No. 22-1/89-PE.I (Vol. II) (Pt.) dated
18-04-2002.
Some circles have requested for further
instructions regarding filling up of HSG.I posts. The
instructions have already been issued to fill up LSG,
HSG.II posts notionally in terms of the Recruitment
Rules in consultation with Department of Personnel
and Training. While action needs to be taken to fill
VENTURE
above and fill up the upgraded posts of HSG.I
accordingly, by convening Departmental Promotion
Committees (DPCs) as required.
(Dept. of Posts, No. 4-16/2002-SPB.II
dated 12-11-2002)
appointed in HSG-II grade against norm based posts
with two years regular service in that grade as on 1-1-
2005 may be promoted to HSG-I after observing the
instructions relating to holding DPC etc.
Kindly inform the Directorate about the number of
posts that still remain unfilled alongwith the number of
officials with less than two years of service in HSG-II
as on 1-1-2005. Kindly send this information on priority
to enable Directorate to take up the matter again with
DOP&T, if necessary.
(No. 4-16/2020-SPB.II, dt. 7-1-2005)
remain vacant as number of HSG-II officials with two
years or less than two years service in HSG-II was
meagre. The matter was again taken up with the DOPT
in view of the difficulties being faced by the Department
in filling up the vacant HSG.I posts. That Department
have since agreed to allow the Department of Posts to
fill up the vacant HSG.I posts by considering regular
HSG.II officials as a special case and as a one time
measure. In view of the approval accorded by the
Department of Personnel and Training you are
requested to take further necessary action to get the
vacant HSG.I posts filled immediately from amongst
regular HSG.II officials i.e. those who have been
appointed on regular basis against HSG.II norm based
posts in the circle after observing the instructions
relating to DPC.
3. The benefit of promotion to HSG-I will be
admissible from the date the officials assume charge
i.e. it will not be given retrospective effect.
(D.G.(P) No. 4-16/2002-SPB.II, dt. 15-4-2005)
up these posts which would be feeder cadre for
promotion to HSG.I, short-term vacancies in HSG.I
may continue to be filled up as per the existing rules.
Copy of Letter No. 137-42/2002-SPB.II dated 30-
10-2002
Refer to this Department's Letter No. 22-1/89-PE.I
(Vol.II) pt. Dated 18-04-2002, vide which certain
clarifications regarding upgradation of 1622 HSG.II
posts to HSG.I were issued. In partial modification of
clarification given against serial Number 9 of the above
orders, it is hereby clarified that leave / short-term
vacancies in HSG.I may be filled up on ad hoc basis
39 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
as per the procedure that was being followed prior to in this office in connection with upgradation of
issue of the above clarification. 1622 HSG.II posts to HSG.I which are clarified
A number of references have been received as under:-
S.No. Reference Clarification
1. Upgradaton of LSG posts to HSG.I Not permissible. As upgradation was to be based purely on
by ignoring the HSG.II posts functional justification, HSG.II posts available on 31-03-2000
available on 31-03-2000. are to be first upgraded to HSG.I in circles where LSG posts
were allotted, vide letter of even number dated 16-07-2001
are also to be upgraded to HSG.I.
However, LSG posts allotted for conversion to HSG.II vide this
office letter of even number dated 31-07-2001 cannot be
upgraded to HSG.I in lieu of already existing norm-based
HSG.II posts.
2. Date of upgradation of HSG.I posts. As mentioned in Directorate's letter of even number dated 01-
04-2002 i.e. from the date on which the official cleared by
DPC assumes duty on the upgraded post.
3. The manner of distribution of HSG.II Efforts may be made to maintain 1:1 ratio between HSG.I and
posts converted from LSG posts HSG.II posts and each wing should be given its due share.
among various units is not clear.
4. All LSG S.Os having 7 P.As and Identification of a post for upgradation to HSG.I or HSG.II should
more have already been upgraded be done keeping in view the relative functional justification.
to HSG.I it is proposed to upgrade However, upgradation of the post of a SPM to HSG.I or HSG.II
LSG S.Os having sanctioned is not tantamount to upgradation of the SO, e.g., Post of LSG
strength of 4 P.As and above. SPM of Mukhya Dak Ghar having 4 P.As or more may be
considered for conversion to HSG.II on the basis of functional
justification. This would also be in consonance with the guidelines
issued governing the setting of MDG vide this Office Order No.
14-21/2001-PE.I dated 21-01-2002 (Para 5.1)
5. Conversion of LSG posts not held Not permissible. This is why annex to Order No. 22-1/89-PE.I
by BCR officials to HSG.II (Vol. II) dated 31-07-2001 listed for conversion only those posts
which were held by officials enjoying BCR status.
6. Criteria for identification of posts for Directorate has issued guidelines on this issue vide letter of
conversion to HSG.II. even number dated 31-07-2001. Circles are to decide this
aspect purely on the basis of functional justification.
7. Eligibility of the officials for According to the Recruitment Rules of the concerned grade.
promotion to HSG.I and HSG.II.
8. Whether officials can be posted No. Since assumption of charge of HSG.I / HSG.II posts
against posts upgraded to HSG.I or involves assumption of higher responsibility, the process of
HSG.II without following the process selection by DPC keeping in view the Recruitment Rules of
of selection by DPC? the concerned grade cannot be avoided.
9. Whether officials unapproved by the No. As indicated above, the process of selection through the
DPC working against the posts DPC has to be undertaken before an official becomes eligible
identified for upgradation can get the for the benefit of upgradation, even on ad hoc basis. There is
benefit of upgradation with effect no correlation between such upgradation against identified
from 30-03-2001, if they already upgraded posts and the financial upgradation given by conferring
enjoy BCR status? BCR status based on an official completing 26 years of service.
10. Whether DPC should be held for BCR is a financial upgradation while HSG.II is a norm-based
placing BCR official in HSG.II grade? supervisory post; therefore, process of selection through DPC
is a must even for a BCR official to hold an HSG.II post.
(D.G.(P) No. 22-1/89, PE I (Vol. II) Pt., dt. 18-4-02)
VENTURE 40 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 9. RESERVATION OF POSTS IN HSG-I IN RMS FOR ACCOUNTS LINE OFFICIALS
The matter has since been examined in the
Directorate carefully. It is seen that para 4 of letter No. 6-
41/90-PE-II dt. 9-6-1992 clearly states that the "creation
of posts under these orders is a one time exercise
unrelated to the second time bound promotion. In other
words, creation of more HSG-II posts as a result of the
implementation of the second time bound further points
of HSG-I arising out of this decision of providing such
higher posts in ratio of 1:5" there is no scope for any
10. FILLING UP OF THE POSTS OF HSG-I
I am directed to say that the matter regarding
filling up of the number of posts in the Higher
Selection Grade -I lying vacant in various Postal
Circles was under consideration of this Department.
Due to upgradation of pay scale of HSG-I, the
existing Recruitment Rules are under revision.
Pending same, it was proposed to the Department
of Personnel & Training (DoP&T) to allow the
Department to fill up the vacant HSG-I posts from
amongst officers holding the HSG-II norm based
posts on regular basis in relaxation of existing
Recruitment Rules. The DoP&T have, however,
agreed as a special case to allow to fill up the
existing vacancies by promotion of the officers
holding HSG-II norm based posts on regular basis
(without prescription of any minimum service in
HSG-II), on purely ad hoc basis for a period of one-
year or till the Recruitment Rules are notified and
appointments are made according to the revised
Recruitment Rules, whichever is earlier.
It is requested that you may make necessary
action to fill up the posts of HSG-I lying vacant on ad
hoc basis in the manner stated above. It may,
however, be ensured that you have already taken
necessary action to fill up the posts as ordered from
time to time as per the Check-List enclosed herewith.
This issues with the approval of Secretary (Posts)
11. CONVERSION OF 2356 POSTS OF LSG TO HSG-II
This is in continuation of this office letter of even
number dated 16-7-2001 vide which 1622 posts of
HSG-II were upgraded to HSG-I grade by suitably
upgrading the 1429 posts of norms based HSG-II and
193 norms based LSG Posts. It has therefore, been
decided that 2356 LSG posts held by BCR officials in
the scale of Rs. 5000-8000/- may be converted into
HSG-II grade in the same scale of pay w.e.f. the date,
the post(s) of HSG-II were upgraded to HSG-I, thus
ensuring that there is no additional financial
implications for the Department in this process.
The numbers of LSG posts held by BCR officials
VENTURE
ambiguity in these orders.
It is, therefore, clarified that the reservation of 20%
posts for the accounts line officials in RMS in terms of
Directorate's letter dated 9-6-1992 was a one time
dispensation limited to 126 HSG-I posts and extension
for that benefit beyond the scope of that letter is
irregular. Any deviations in this regard need to be
rectified by the circles immediately.
(D.G.(P) No. 6-2/2002-D, dt. 2-6-2003)
CHECK LIST :
To ensure before resorting to ad hoc
promotions to HSG-I that:
1. As advised vide Department of Posts' Letter No.
4-16/2002-SPB-II dated 12th November, 2002, the
norm-based LSG and HSG-II posts have been filled
up notionally in terms of the relevant Recruitment
Rules from the year when the norm-based
promotions had not been carried out.
HSG-I posts have been filled up by promotion in
accordance with the Recruitment Rules from
amongst those so formally appointed in HSG II
having 3 years' actual/notional service in the
Grade. - Annual Exercise.
2. 33.34% of the posts in LSG and HSG-II are filled
up by promotion as laid down in the Recruitment
Rules notified on 24th January, 2002. - Action
with effect from 24-1-2002 to 18-5-2006.
3. Consequent upon amendment of Recruitment
Rules deleting the provision of Fast Track
Promotions and providing for filling up of LSG and
HSG-II posts by 100% promotion as laid down in
the Recruitment Rules notified on 18th May 2006
the DPC(s) have been convened to see if any HSG-
II becomes eligible for consideration for promotion
as HSG-I.
(DG Posts No. 4-16/2002-SPB-II dt. 20-11-2006)
to be converted in each Circle are shown in column 4
of the annexure enclosed (not printed). It may be
ensured that identification of these posts is done on
functional basis keeping in view of the following
guidelines:-
1. Post Offices
(a) LSG Postmaster who is supervising another LSG.
(b) LSG S.O. having more than seven PAs.
(c) Head treasurers in HSG-I H.O.
(d) APM A/C in HSG-I H.O.
2. SBCO
One LSG post in each SBCO headed by HSG-I
41 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
official
3. Circle Office
One LSG post in each circle
4. R.M.S.
(a) Account Supervisor in HROs, AHROs.
(b) LSG SRO having one LSG set under its jurisdiction.
(c) T.M.O./Mail Agency Computerized Registration
Centre.
5. Premier Services, i.e. Speed Post Centre, Business
12. FILLING UP OF NORMS BASED HSG-II POSTS
I am directed to refer to this Department's Notification
No. 137-10/96-SPB-II dated 24-01-2002 by which the
Recruitment Rules for LSG and HSG.II posts in PO and
RMS offices were amended providing, inter alia, for filling
up of 33-34% of the vacancies in HSG.II posts on the
basis of selection-cum-seniority from LSG officials who
have put in not less than ten years of regular services in
the LSG cadre. References have been received from
different circles explaining the difficulties being faced
by them in filling up the vacant HSG.II (Norm based)
13. GIST OF SELECTIVE ORDERS ON B.C.R.
1. BCR CLARIFICATION REGARDING
1. BCR Cadre will continue to be a Circle Cadre.
2. Officials Promoted under BCR Scheme should be
accommodated at the same station/Division/
Region.
3. They will be Posted against norms based HSG II/
norms based LSG Posts. Rest of the officials will
be utilising for better efficiency terming them as
HSG PA.
4. Erstwhile Standard LSG Posts should be identified
as HSG status to accommodate the BCR officials.
5. Appointing authority will be the Circle Head.
6. LSG seniority will be criterion for determination of
seniority of BCR officials.
7. Postponement of BCR Promotion will entitle loss
of seniority.
(DG (P) No. 4-4-92-SPB II dt. 30-3-92)
2. THE AUTHORITY IN LSG WILL BE BASIS FOR
SENIORITY IN HSG II
Provided that the officials get his placement the
HSG II grade in his turn. If his promotion to HSG II
grade is postponed one reason or the other, his seniority
in HSG II would be also with those with whom he is
promoted subsequently.
(Dept. of Posts No. 4-4/92-SPB-I dt. 30-3-92)
3. BCR -POSTING OF OFFICIALS, SENIORITY
1. The Promotion under BCR introduced in this
department w.e.f. 1-10-91 cannot be equated with that
of regular Promotion this has no link with availability of
Posts in the high grade. Thus this is in effect placement
of the official a higher scale and for that the prerequisite
VENTURE
Development, Customer Care Centre.
6. Foreign Post.
It is also pertinent to mention here that in this
process there would be no financial implications.
These 2356 posts now proposed to be converted will
be norm based posts of HSG-II and will be distinct
from the posts held by BCR officials (the pay scale of
Rs. 5000-8000) only because of deployment.
(DG(P) No. 22-1/89-PE-I (Vol.II) dated 31-7-2001)
posts as eligible employees with 10 years regular service
in LSG cadre are not available for promotion to HSG II
cadre under the said quota. The matter has been
examined and it has been decided that the length of
regular service in LSG cadre for promotion to HSG.II
cadre against the seniority quota, only as an adhoc one
time measure, would be three years. You are requested
to process the cases of eligible officials for promotion to
HSG-II cadre accordingly.
(DG (P) letter No. 44-28/2004-SPB-II dt. 12-07-2005)
is that he should have put in 26 years of services both
in the basic cadre and the next higher cadre put together
and he should have come to the next higher cadre as
a result of the TBOP Scheme introduced in the Dept.
w.e.f. 30-11-83 i.e. on completion of 16 years of service
in the cadre of clerk.
(D.G. NO. 93-12/92-SPB II dt. 20-5-92)
4. BCR - POSTING OF OFFICIALS
It has been represented that officials promoted
under BCR are being transferred and posted to some
single handed post offices. The matter has been
considered and I am to state that such posting be
avoided and such officials may be utilised in the bigger
offices themselves to man position involving
comparatively more responsibility.
(DG (P) No. 4-4/92-SPB II (Pt.) dt. 11-6-92)
5. BCR - POSTING OF OFFICIALS :
The All India Postal Employees Union - Class III
has represented that in your Circle Officials promoted
under BCR are being transferred and posted to some
single handed Post Offices. The matter has been
considered and I am to state that such posting be
avoided and such officials may be utilised in the bigger
offices themselves to man position involving
comparatively more responsibility.
(DG (P) No. 4-4/92-SPB II (Pt.) dt. 11-6-02
addressed to Chief PMG Rajasthan)
6. BCR - POSTING OF OFFICIALS -
CLARIFICATION REGARDING.
(i) The norm based HSG II Posts should be filled up
by the officials who have been in HSG II even prior to
42 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
the introduction of BCR and by the officials who
acquired HSG II status due to introduction of the BCR
Scheme.
(ii) All norm based LSG Supervisory posts should also
be filled by HSG II (BCR) officials in the manner as
ordered earlier. However, where HSG II (BCR) officials
are to be transferred to a different station for this
purpose, they may be posted against outstation norm
based LSG Posts at the end of the academic year
except where outstation LSG Posts are vacant. The
same procedure may be followed by the Heads of
Circles where HSG (BCR) officials are to be transferred
from surplus divisions to divisions where there are not
enough HSG II (BCR) officials.
(iii) After adjusting the HSG (BCR) officials against the
norm based HSG II and LSG Supervisory Posts, the
remaining HSG II (BCR) officials may be utilised for
providing better supervision and for dealing with work
involving comparatively higher responsibilities and skills
as ordered earlier. For this purpose, the HSG II (BCR)
officials may be posted against such posts as far as
possible within the same station. Where transfers are
to be made to outstations, it may be done only at the
end of the academic year.
(DG (P) No. 4-4/92-SPB II dated 5-8-92)
7. BCR CLARIFICATION REGARDING PO & RMS
ACCOUNTANTS :
In respect of the LSG (Acct.) Supervisory Posts if
the BCR HSG II officials with PO & RMS Accountants
qualifications are not available then TBOP LSG Officials
with PO & RMS qualifications may be allowed to
continue. If the officials who opted for defunct cadre of
PO & RMS Accountants and are now in LSG
Accountants Posts they should not be disturbed from
LSG Accountant Posts.
(DG (P) No. 4-54/91-SPB II dt. 5-9-92)
8. TBOP & BCR - COUNTING LEAVE PERIOD IN
BCR - CLARIFICATION :
I am directed to refer to this office letter of even
no. dt. 16-3-92 wherein it has been stated that the period
of EXOL without MC will be taken into account while
computing 16 years of services for Promotion under
14. BIENNIAL CADRE REVIEW - ORDER
For sometime past, the staff unions have been
pressing demand for granting two promotions to each
employee during his service career. The Department
had, in the first instance, considered the Time Bound
One Promotion Scheme for basic operative Group 'C'
and 'D' cadres after completion of 16 years of
satisfactory service and implemented the same vide
this office memo. No. 34-26/83-PE.I dated 17-12-83.
The staff unions have been pressing for acceptance of
their demand for Second time Bound Promotion on
VENTURE
TBOP Scheme.
It has been decided that :
1. Orders dated 16-3-92 will be effective from the date
of issue, and
2. The orders dt. 16-3-92 will also be applicable for
promotion under BCR.
(DG No. 6-28/90-SPB II dt. 14-9-92)
9. BCR CLARIFICATIONS
a) Debarment for one year will apply in case of declination.
b) In respect of LSG Accountant Posts, BCR
Accountants may be posted. If BCR Accountants are
not available TBOP Accountant may be posted.
(DG (P) No. 4-54/91-SPB II dt. 15-9-92)
10. BCR RESERVATION IN FAVOUR OF SC/ST
EMPLOYEES :
It has now been decided that henceforth for the
purpose of promotion under the BCR scheme if
sufficient no. of officials of SC/ST communities having
26 years of service (in the basic scale and TBOP scale
put together) are not available against the points
reserved for them in the 40 point roster SC/ST
officials with even less than 26 years of service will
be given promotion to the extent of the short-fall
provision they have rendered a minimum of 17 years
of services in the grades put together. This is in
supersession of the condition laid down in this office
Circular letter of even no. dt. 5-12-91 prescribing the
minimum period of service the lower grade in
accordance with the Recruitment Rules which were
in force to the relevant point of time before the
introduction of the scheme.
(DG (P) No. 37-50/91-SPB I dt. 6-1-93)
11. BCR - QUESTION OF IDENTIFICATION OF THE
POSTS :
There is no necessity to identify a Post as has been
done in some circles for posting BCR officials. Only
the offices are be selected where the surplus BCR
officials after being posted against standard HSG II post
and the LSG Supervisory Posts. They may be utilised
in the best manner as mentioned in our office letter of
even No. dt. 30-3-92.
(D.G.(P) No. 4-75/92-SPB-II, dt. 18-6-93)
completion on of 26 years of service in the basic grade.
After careful consideration, it has been decided that
this concept is not acceptable.
2. However, with a view to providing relief to the
employees, Government have accepted the need for
Biennial cadre reviews i.e. (once in two years) under
which the incumbents of existing posts would be enabled
to draw pay in higher scales on completion of 26 years
of service, not only for providing promotional
opportunities for the staff concerned but also on this
43 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
basis of functional justification. While it is at the same
time realised that in many cases the officials concerned
may continue to perform the same tasks even in the
higher scale, efforts would be made to utilise them for
providing better supervision and for dealing with work
involving comparatively higher responsibilities and better
skills. The following instructions are accordingly issued:-
(i) The Scheme will come into effect from 1-10-1991.
(ii) Biennial cadre reviews will be applicable for only
those cadres in Group 'C' and 'D' for which scheme of
One time Bound Promotion on completion of 16 years
of service in the basic grade is already in existence
vide letter dated 17-12-83 referred to in para 1 above.
Category Basic cadre
of Pay
1) Postal Asst/Sorting Asst/Postal
Asstt (SB) Office Asstt/PO&RMS 975-1660
Accountants/RLO Clerks/MMS
Clerks
2) Postmen/Mail Guard 825-1200
3) Postal Machine Asst. Grade I 1320-2040
4) Postal Machine Asstt. Grade II 950-1500
5) Departmental Stamp Vendors 800-1150
6) Group 'D' Test Category 750-940
Officials
(vii) Pay of the officials promoted under the Biennial
cadre Review will be fixed under the provisions of FR-
22-I(a) (I) substituted vide Ministry of Personnel, Public
Grievances and Pensions (Dept. of Personnel and
Training) No. 1-10/89-ESTT (Pay-I) dated 30/8/98 as
amended from time to time.
(viii)The first Biennial cadre Review for eligible officials
may be conducted immediately and orders issued
before 31st December 1991. Thereafter the Biennial
cadre review for eligible officials covering the period
from 1-1-92 to 31-12-93 who will be completing 26 years
of service or more on the crucial dates viz. the date of
the review 1-7-92, 1-1-93 and 1-7-93 may be
conducted. The number of posts needed to be
upgraded to provide for the promotions required
immediately and on 1-7-92, 1-1-93 and 1-7-93 may also
be worked out. With these posts it would be possible
to provide promotion to these employees who have
completed 26 years of service of or more on the above
crucial dates subject to their otherwise being found fit.
(ix) The 2nd Biennial cadre review, which will cover
the period from 1-1-94 to 31-12-95 should be completed
before 1-1-94. The required number of posts needed
to be released in half yearly instalments on 1-1-94,
1-7-94 and 1-7-95 to provide promotion to those who
would have completed 26 years of service on the four
VENTURE
(iii) Biennial cadre Reviews will be conducted in
respect of the eligible cadres at the level of authority
who control these cadre.
(iv) The criterion for promotion will be eligibility of 26
years of satisfactory service.
(v) In the Biennial cader reviews suitable number of
posts will be created by upgradation by the Heads of
Circles in consultation with their IFAs, subject to
reduction by 1% in respect of operative posts and 5%
in respect of supervisory posts as mentioned in sub
para (xi) below.
(vi) Creation of posts by upgradation will be in the
scales as indicated below:-
Scale of pay Scale of pay after Biennial
on Time Bound cadre Review (On completion
Promotion after of 26 years of more service)
16 years of service
1400-2300 1600-2660
950-1400 975-1660
1400-2600 1640-2900
1320-2040 1400-2600
950-1400 975-1660
800-1150 850-1400
crucial dates will be ascertained and sanctions released
in appropriate instalments so that the promotions of
eligible officials could be notified on due dates.
(x) Supervisory Special Pay/Special Allowance
admissible to various cadres under one time bound
promotion scheme will be abolished with the
implementation this scheme w.e.f. 1-10-1991. It is
expected that those who are promoted to the HSG II
scale under this scheme on completion of 26 years of
service would take over the Supervisory responsibilities
hiterto performed by the LSG Supervisor. Further
detailed instructions in this regard will follow.
(xi) Creation of posts by upgrdation under the Biennial
cadre Review will be by matching Savings to the extent
of 1% out on basic operative cadre and 5% cut on
supervisory cadre. These cuts are in addition to the
existing cuts of 5% on basic operative cadres and 15%
in Supervisory cadres under the First Time Bound
Promotion scheme.
(xii) Soon after implementation of the scheme by 31-
12-91, the circles should furnish information regarding
the number of posts of various categories that existed
as on 1st October 1991, the reductions that were
effected on the strength of operative and supervisory
posts in accordance with (xi) above the number of
officials who had completed 26 years of service in
44 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
various categories for whom posts in higher scales were
created and the net posts in the different scales that
are in force as on 1-1-92. The information duly vetted
by the IFA of the circle may be furnished on or before
1st February 1992.
3. The proposed scheme of promotion entails
expenditure in excess of the savings offered by the
staff side by way of increased productivity by reduction
of 1% operative and 5% supervisory posts. In order to
bridge the gap and also to improve productivity in the
Department, the implementation of the scheme is
subject to the condition that the Department introduces
a phased programme of modernisation through
suitable technological inputs as also through
simplification of procedures and review of existing
work norms wherever considered appropriate.
Therefore, the strength of Postal Assistants deployed
at the Post Office counters as well as in behind the
counter operations will be frozen at the existing level
(less the reduction as now proposed) in all the Post
Offices where multi-purpose counter machines or
other technological inputs have been installed/or are
15. POSTING OF BCR OFFICIALS AGAINST NORM BASED POSTS
The representatives of the Unions have brought
to the notice of Secretary (Posts) that implementation
of Directorate order dated 23-01-98 is resulting in much
difficulty to the staff members. The matter has been
examined, and in consultation with the unions the
following guidelines, regarding posting of BCR officials
against the norm based posts are conveyed. This is in
modification of the orders contained in this office memo
of even No. dated 23rd January 98 and orders dated
7/16 April 1998.
(1) The norm based HSG.II / LSG posts may be filled
up form among the volunteers in the BCR cadre
and the posting may be made according to the
16. SENIORITY FOR APPOINTMENT TO THE POSTS OF POST
OFFICE AND RMS ACCOUNTANTS
I am directed to invite a reference to para 1(a) of
this office letter No. 9/12/58-SPB. II dt. the 18-12-59
according to which appointment of the allowance posts
of time scale Accountants are made from amongst such
officials as have passed the Post Offices/RMS
Accountants Examinations according to their seniority
in the Divisional Gradation List. Since then
representations have been received from Service
Unions and Associations concerned and from
individuals for a change in the basis of reckoning
seniority from the seniority in the clerical cadre to the
year of passing the Post office and RMS Accountants
Examination. The question has been under
consideration for some time past and it has now been
decided in consultation with the Ministry of Home Affairs
VENTURE
proposed to be installed. The implementation of the
scheme is also subject to the condition that the
corporative strength of the Department would be kept
frozen to the maximum extent possible by a judicious
scheme or mechanisation and computerisation
programme in other areas such as sorting in Sorting
Offices, Savings Bank, PLI. Post office Accounts and
other operations.
4. The orders relating to reservation for SC/ST
Communities for promotion under this scheme, will be
issued separately by the staff Branch.
5. While the promotion in the first occasion will be in
terms of the existing norms of seniority-cum-fitness
subsequent promotions will be subjected to same
suitable evaluation procedure to be evolved in
consultation with the staff side.
6. This issues with the concurrence of Ministry of
Finance and in consultation with Member (Finance),
Postal vide his ID No. 2739/91 dated 8-10-91.
7. Receipt of this letter may please be acknowledged.
8. Hindi version will follow.
(DG (P) No. 22-1/89-Pt. I, dt. 11-10-91)
seniority ensuring that the senior most BCR official
in the office is holding the norm based post. If a
junior BCR official is now holding a norm based
post he may be allowed to continue till he
completes the tenure.
(2) Whenever rotation transfers are applicable, and
when rotation transfers are ordered if no senior
BCR official is willing for a posting in any norm
based post and if no BCR officials is available in
that office, the junior most BCR official in the
Division may be posted against the post.
(D.G.(P) No. 137-55/96-SPB.II
dated 28-07-99)
that appointment to the allowances posts of Time Scale
Accountant/Asst. Accountants should be made
according to the year of passing the Post Office and
RMS Accountants Examination; those qualifying in the
same examination will be appointed in the order of their
positions in the Divisional Gradation list. This decision
will take effect from the examination to be held in 1970.
Seniority of these officials who have already qualified in
examinations held prior to 1970 for the purpose of
appointments as Accountant/Assistant Accountant will
be determined in accordance with the instruction
contained in para 1 (a) of this office letter dt. the 18-12-
1959 i.e. in accordance with their position in the Divl.
Gradation list.
(D.G.(P) No. 9/10/68-SPB-II, dt. 2-3-70)
45 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 17. APPLICABILITY OF TIME BOUND ONE PROMOTION SCHEME
TO PO & RMS ACCOUNTANTS
I am directed to refer to para-21 of this O.M. No. 31-
26/83-PE.I dated 17-12-83 and to say that a PO & RMS
Accountant at the stage of completion of 16 years of
service before moving on the LSG scale of pay is required
to opt for either of the two lines of promotion (i.e.)
(i) LSG General Line, or (ii) PO & RMS Accounts. as
per instructions contained in Memo Nos 6-1/59-SPB.
dated 8-5-1959 and 6-15/60-SPB-II dated 16-7-1960.
The option once exercised is final.
2. The President is now pleased to decide that if such
an official opts for the Accounts line he may be allowed
to hold the post of Accountant in the LSG scale of pay
i.e. Rs. 425-640 but without special pay which was
being drawn hitherto. However, such officials would be
eligible for promotion to HSG-II General Line in
accordance with the existing rules.
3. On the other hand were such officials to opt for
the General Line, he shall be shifted to that line. In
such a contingency qualified Accountant will be posted
as PO & RMS Accountant in that vacancy on T/S pay
with a special pay. In cases where no qualified
Accountant in a Division is available as replacement,
such an official shall continue to hold the posting LSG
scale of pay until a qualified PO & RMS Accountant
becomes available to replace him. In that event his
seniority in the General Line shall be protected. The
instructions contained in Note below rule 276 of P&T
Man. Vol.IV will continue to be applicable in such cases.
4. The case in which Heads of Circles have already
taken action in contravention of the instructions in the
preceding paras may be decided in the following manner:-
18. REVIEW OF OPTION FOR PO & RMS ACCOUNTANTS
I am directed to say that it has come to the notice
of the Director General that options for LSG
Accountant's posts or LSG General Line were taken
from all qualified PO and RMS Accountants in
accordance with the orders issued in this office letter
No. 6/1/59-SPB dated the 8th May 1959 even though
their turn for either had not come. This was incorrect.
The intention of the orders dated the 8th May 1959
was that except in respect of those already officiating
in LSG for other the option should be demanded only
when the question of their promotion to LSG arises in
future. The options prematurely taken from such
officials may please be withdrawn and the officials
concerned allowed to exercise an option only when
their turn for promotion to either line comes in future.
[DG P&T No. 6/15/60-SPB-II dated 16th July 1960]
With reference to your letter No. Staff/B-5/a/1
dated the 9th February, 1959, I am directed to say that
appointment of unqualified officials to the post of time-
VENTURE
(1) If a qualified PO & RMS Accountant on promotion
to LSG under the Time Bound one promotion scheme,
has been replaced by another qualified PO & RMS
Accountant in the Time scale, no change in the
arrangement already ordered shall be made.
If a vacancy of Accountant subsequently become
available in the Dn. /Unit. the qualified PO & RMS
Accountant who has been promoted to LSG under the
Time bound one promotion scheme and was replaced
by another qualified Accountant in the Time scale, may
be considered for posting against this vacancy.
(2) If a qualified PO & RMS Accountant on promotion
to LSG under the Time bound one promotion scheme
has been replaced by an unqualified time scale
promotion and the qualified official give option for the
accountants, he may reverted to the post of Accountant
even in LSG but without the benefit of special pay.
(3) If an unqualified official in the time scale was
working against a post of PO & RMS Accountant
and he has been replaced by another unqualified
PO & RMS Accountant, on his promotion to LSG
under the Time bound One Promotion Scheme and
the former official has not yet completed his tenure,
he may be allowed to hold the post of Accountant
even while in the LSG scale of pay without the
benefit of special pay.
The arrangements already made by the Heads of
Postal Circles in respect of the posts of PO & RMS
Accountants may be reviewed by the Heads of Circles
in the light of these instructions.
(D.G.(P) No. 9-7/84-SPB.II dated 26-9-84)
scale as well as lower selection grade accountants
are Assistant Accountants in the absence of qualified
officials is to be regulated by the policy laid down in
this office letter No. 9/5/58-59 dated the 12th
September 1958. If the Lower Selection grade
Accountants vacancy is a short term once, the Head
of the Unit will make the selection and if it is a long
term one, the appointing should be made on the basis
of options. An option once exercised is final. Officials
who will be appointed. In future as Lower Selection
Grade Accountants or General Line officials according
to their turn will not be allowed to change their posts.
Officials who have already been confirmed as Lower
Selection Grade (Accountants or General Line) will
not be allowed to exercise any option and they will
continue to work in their existing posts till such time
as the posts are vacated by them on promotion or
retirement.
[Letter No. 6/1/59-SPB dated 8th May 1959]
46 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 19. FIXATION OF SENIORITY OF PO & RMS ACCOUNTANT - CLARIFICATION
I am directed to invite a reference to this office letter
No. 9-14/89-SPB.II (PO) dated 27-08-1991 by which
clarification regarding posting in the LSG Supervisory
posts in accounts line on the basis of seniority in LSG
grade was issued. Doubts have been raised by some
circles whether the modified schemes of promotion
under TBOP/BCR vide orders dated 08-02-96, 26-08-
96, 06-08-97 and 01-01-1998 are applicable to PO &
RMS Accountants.
2. It is hereby clarified that PO & RMS Accountant
is not a separate cadre. In this regard the instructions
issued by this office letter No. 44-60/96-SPB.II dated
20. DIVISIONALISATION OF PO & RMS ACCOUNTANTS AND APM
(ACCOUTNS) CADRES
The question of divisionalisation of the
cadre of LSG Accountants/APM (Accounts) at
par with the General Lines LSG Officials has
been under consideration for some time past.
The matter has been examined in depth and now
21. TRANSFER AND POSTING OF LSG ACCOUNTANTS
A question has arisen with regard to the rotational
transfers of PO & RMS Accountants and LSG
Accountants. As per the provisions of Rule 276 of
P&T Manual Volume IV, in the four metro cities,
posting of Accountants must be made from amongst
the eligible officials on the basis of the city as a whole.
But as per Dte. letter No. 9-3/94-SPB.II dated 8-6-
1994, the cadre of LSG Accountants were
divisionalised at par with the General line LSG
officials. Also, in our earlier order No. 6-19/82-SPB.II
22. TREATMENT OF SPECIAL PAY FOR THE PURPOSE OF FIXATION OF PAY ON
PROMOION - CASE OF PO & RMS & DTO ACCOUNTANT
For the purpose of Fixation of Pay on promotion to
higher posts, the question of commuting 3 years period
in regard to drawal of special pay by PO & RMS Acct.
in the event of certain types of interruptions has been
under consideration of the Govt. The President is now
pleased to decide that the period of 3 years referred to
in the aforesaid orders shall include.
a) All periods of leave during which it is certified that
23. REMOVAL OF HARDSHIP IMPOSED BY TBP ON POSTMEN
It has been reported that Postmen who were
promoted under the TBP scheme were being posted as
Mail Overseer/Cash Overseer etc. against their will. It
has further been mentioned that in the event of the
concerned official not being agreeable to take up the
posting as Mail Overseer/Cash Overseer etc. the
VENTURE
24-09-1996 be referred to. The PO & RMS
Accountants are borne on the gradation list of PA/
SA cadre. There is no change in the seniority in
PA/SA cadre of PO & RMS Accountants after
passing the Accountants exam. TBOP/BCR scheme
is applicable to PO & RMS Accountants (who had
opted for defunct scale) but their seniority will
remain the same as in PA/SA cadre as was already
clarified vide letter No. 44-60/96-SPB.II dated 24-
09-1996.
[D.G.(P) No. 93-13/99-SPB.II, dated 23rd
December, 1999]
it has been decided to declare the LSG
Accountants (APM-Accounts) as a divisional
cadre at par with the LSG General Line Officials
with immediate effect.
(D.G.(P) No. 9-3/94-SPB II dated 8-6-94)
dated 13-12-1985 it was mentioned that in metro
cities where more than one division exists, the whole
city will constitute one single cadre, in case of LSG
officials. The above orders read together makes it
clear that within a metro city limits, officials can be
transferred from one division to another as long as
they are in a city unit. You are requested to indicate
the position obtaining in your circle with regards to
the above. An early reply is requested.
[No. 141-22/96-SPB.II, Dated: 4th Sept. 1998]
the official concerned would have continued to officiate
and draw the special pay, but for proceeding on leave.
b) All periods of officiation in a higher post in short
term/leave vacancies provided it is certified that the
official concerned would have continued to hold the lower
post and draw the special pay, but for his appointment
to the higher post in a short term/leave vacancy.
(DG P&T No. 2-53/73-PAP (3), dt. 18-12-74)
concerned official was reverted as Postmen. It has been
urged that Postmen promoted under TBP should not be
compelled to work as Mail Overseer/Cash Overseer etc.
and they should not be reverted if they express their
inability to work as Mail Overseer/Cash Overseer etc.
2. The matter has been examined. There should be
47 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
no compulsion to the extent that if a Postman promoted
under TBP is not willing to work as Mail Overseer/Cash
Overseer etc. he should not be reverted. However,
24. BENEFIT OF FR 22 (I) (A) (I), NOT APPLICABLE IN THE CASE OF TBOP/BCR
OFFICIAL WHEN POSTED THE NORMS BASED POSTS i.e. LSG/HSG-II
The pay fixation of the officials placed in the next
higher scale of pay under TBOP/BCR Scheme is
allowed under FR 22(a) (1) (Previously FR 22-C) on
the basis of agreement reached by the Department with
the staff side, even though such a placement in the
higher scale of pay does not necessarily involve any
change in the level of the duties and responsibilities
discharged by the official concerned. Instances have,
however, come to the notice wherein some officials
when posted against the norms based posts in LSG
and HSG-II grade on their turn as per seniority, claimed
25. GIST OF SELECTIVE ORDERS ON T.B.O.P.
1. TBOP - CLARIFICATION REGARDING TEST
CATEGORY OF GROUP 'D' OFFICIALS :
A question has been raised whether service
rendered by a Test Category Group D official in non-
test Category could count for reckoning 16 years of
service for promotion under one Promotion Scheme.
The matter has been examined and it is clarified
that service rendered by Test Category Group D
employees in non-Test Category Group D Post (both
having the same Pay Scale of Rs. 196-232) would
count for computing 16 years of service for promotion
under the One Promotion Scheme. However, in case
where a Test Category officials has opted to work as
non-Test Category, he cannot be allowed to revoke
his option and become Test Category official again to
get benefit of Promotion under OTB scheme, as option
once exercised is treated as final. Such an official will
have to go through the prescribed procedure of
recruitment to Test Category, by appearing at the
literacy test etc., afresh.
(DG P&T No. 45/29/84-SPB-I dated 1-10-84)
2. TBOP - REFUSAL OF PROMOTION - DATE OF
EFFECT FOR COUNTING THE PERIOD OF ONE
YEAR LIMIT FOR DEBARRING FROM PROMOTION:
It has been decided that the date of effect for
counting the period of one year will be reckoned from
the date of competent Authority accepts and issues an
order accepting the refusal.
(DG P&T No. 6/28/81-SPB II dt. 29-10-84)
3. QUESTION WHETHER SERVICE RENDERED IN
CLERICAL CADRE PRIOR TO REVERSION ON
ACCOUNT OF FAILURE TO PASS THE
CONFIRMATION EXAMINATION WILL COUNT FOR
COMPUTING 16 YEARS SERVICE FOR PURPOSE
OF PROMOTION UNDER THE TBOP SCHEME -
VENTURE
specific cases of disobedience of orders can be
examined on merit and necessary action taken.
(D.G.(P) No. 44-19/86-SPB-I, dt. 17-4-89)
that their pay be re-fixed under the provisions of FR
22(1) (a) (1) again in the same scale of pay. As per the
provisions of FR 22 the benefit of FR 22(1) (a) (1) is
not applicable in such cases as in both cases the scale
of pay are identical.
2. This has also been upheld by the recent judgement
pronounced by the Hon'ble Supreme Court in the case
of Union of India and others v. Ashoke Kumare
Benerjee (AIR 1998 SU 2102) delivered in Civil Appeal
No. 2699 of 1997, dated 13-5-1998.
(D.G.(P) No. 22-6/96-P.E. I, dt. 8-10-1999)
CLARIFICATION REGARDING.
It has been decided that service rendered in Clerical
Cadres prior to reversion to lower grade for failure to
pass the confirmation examination will not be taken into
account for the purpose of computing 16 years service
for the purpose of Promotion under the TBOP Scheme.
It has been further decided that in case of officials
who were reverted to a lower grade on account of a
statutory penalty imposed on them under the relevant
provisions of the CCS (CCA) Rules, 1965, they will be
entitled to count the service put in by them in Clerical
Cadre prior to reversion. On restoratin to the cadre/
post from which they were reverted after the period of
statutary penalty for purposes of computting 16 years
service for promiotion under the Time Bound One
Promotion Scheme.
(D.G. P&T No. 20-10/84-SPB-I, dt. 10-12-84)
4. TBOP - Refusal of Promotion:
It has now been decided, in supersession of the
orders of even No. dt. 29-10-84 and on 5-2-85, that
the one year debarment for further consideration
for Promotion will operate from the date an
employee completes 16 years of service in the
grade. This date will be treated as the date of his
promotion becomes due.
(DG No. 6-28/84-SPB II dated 21-11-85)
5. TBOP - PROMOTION OF POSTMEN/
MAILGUARDS OFFICIALS TO SELECTION GRADE
POSTS - CLARIFICATION REGARDING.
The issue relating to allowing the officials promoted
under the One Promotion Scheme to work as Postmen
in upgraded posts and promotion of officials with less
than 16 years service against standard posts of Mail
Overseers has been examined in this office. It is felt
that in a Division, at any given point of time, there would
48 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
be so many Sorting Postmen Head Postmen/Mail
Overseers/Cash Overseers with 16 years of service,
that placement of these officials against standard posts
should not normally pose any problem. Further only
the senior most officials, who are approved by the DPC
can be promoted/placed against special allowance
supervisory posts and not each and every one. Hence
the question of straightaway posting juniors against
allowanced post does not arise. In any case, the officials
who have not completed 16 years service and adjudged
fit by the DPC for Promotion under the scheme cannot
be posted against allowances posts.
(D.G.(P) No. 44-10/85/SPB-I, dt. 13-2-86)
6. IMPLEMENTATION OF TBOP - OPTION TO PO
& RMS ACCOUNTANTS:
The PO & RMS Accountants holding non-tenure
posts can also exercise their option to continue as PO
& RMS Accountant drawing Pay plus Special Pay for a
period of 3 years and accept the promotion to LSG
Cadre after completion of 3 years.
(Dept. of Posts No. 43-15/84-PE I, dated 26-5-86)
7. TBOP - CLARIFICATIONS REGARDING :
It has been decided that the post from which
'charge allowance' has been withdrawn, should be filled
up by the official placed in the LSG Cadre under TBOP
scheme. If these posts are being manned by TS officials
they should not be disturbed now but should be
transferred only in April/May. However if any post falls
vacant, it should be filled only by the LSGs under TBOP
Scheme.
(DG (P) No. 6-17/87-SPB II dt. 11-9-87)
8. TBOP - REMOVAL OF HARDSHIP IMPOSED ON
POSTMEN.
There should be no compassion to the extent that
if a Postman promoted under TBOP is not willing to
work as Mail Overseer/Cash Overseer etc. he should
not be reverted. However, specific cases of
disobedience of orders can be examined on merit and
necessary action be taken.
(DG (P) No. 44-39/86-SPB I dt. 17-4-89)
9. COUNTING OF DIES NON PERIOD FOR TBOP
SCHEME.
It has been decided that the period declared as
'Dies-non' will not be taken into account towards
qualifying service for the purpose of Promotion under
TBOP Scheme.
(D.G.(P) No. 6-2/87-SPB-II, dt. 25-4-89)
10. RESERVATION OF SC & ST IN TBOP :
It has been decided that the orders ibid relating to
introduction of 40 point Special Roster for SC/ST
employees in the matter of Promotion under TBOP
Scheme will be effective retrospectively from 29-8-
1988.
(DG (P) No. 66-47/84-STB I (Pt.) dt. 11-10-89)
11. DIVISIONALISATION OF LSG CADRE :
VENTURE
It has now been decided that the LSG will be a
divisional cadre even in cities having more than one
divisions except in four Metropolitan cities of Bombay,
Calcutta, Delhi and Madras. In other words LSG Cadre
has not been divisionalised in four Metropolitan cities.
(DG (P) No. 6-19/82-SPB II (Pt. I) dt. 16-10-89)
12. DIVISIONALISATION OF LSG CADRE -
PREPARATION OF GRADATION LIST -
CLARIFICATION REGARDING
1. The Circle Seniority list of LSG officials will be
based on the date of Promotion to the LSG. In such a
list, it will, however be ensured that inter-se-seniority
list of officials in the Divisional LSG is not disturbed.
2. There may be cases that officials in different
divisions will be having the same date of promotion to
LSG. In such cases the seniority in the Circle list will
be determined on the basis of total length of service in
the Time Scale Clerical Cadre. In case the total length
of service is also the same then interse seniority
amongst such officials will be determined on the basis
of age i.e. an official older in age would rank senior.
3. Since for purposes of promotion under the TBOP
scheme what is to be counted is the total length of
service whether in one division or in different divisions,
the condition that the transferees under Rule 38 will
rank junior most in the new division will have effect
only to the extent that seniority of such an official in the
divisional LSG will be below the official of that division
promoted during the year in question. Since prior to
divisionalisation of LSG cadre the Rule 38 transfer of
PAs from one division to another division did not
adversely affect the seniority of the transferred officials
for the purpose of promotion to LSG it is hereby clarified
that the above condition (iii) will be applicable only in
the case of transferees from another Circle.
(DG (P) No. STA/9-4/89 dt...............89)
13. APPOINTING AUTHORITY IN RESPECT OF LSG
CADRE
Kindly refer this office letter No. STA/5-1/86 Pt. dt.
27-2-91 and this office may be approached for issuing
formal retirement orders in respect of LSG Officials
appointed prior to 8-7-89 i.e. on or before 7-7-89.
A report with Gradation list particulars and vigilance
clearance report on officials who are all due for
retirement should reach this office on the first day of
every month to enable this office to release such
retirement orders atleast three weeks in advance.
This will be applicable to the officials who seek
voluntary retirement and retirement on invalidation.
(Chief PMG Tamilnadu No. STA/8-59/89 MS
dt. 8-3-91)
14. GRANT OF ADVANCE INCREMENTS TO
SIGNALLERS ON BEING PROMOTED UNDER TBOP
SCHEME.
1. The officials who have already been trained, may
49 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
be given the advance increments as a special case
even though they have been promoted and were not
eligible for being sent for training.
2. It is also reiterated that only Postal Assts. may be
deputed for such training, if and when necessary TBOP
officials who have undergone the training and given
advance increments are also liable to the posted for
signalling work.
(DG No. 65-1/9/SPB I dt. 24-9-91)
15. UNAPPROVED SERVICE - CLARIFICATION
FOR TBOP :
"Service rendered as LDC in Circle Office/SBCO in
unapproved capacity with or without payment of
deputation allowance can be counted for completing
16 years of service for the purpose of promotion to
LSG under TBOP Scheme on reversion to Time Scale
clerical cadre on their own violation.
(D.G.(P) No. 51-13/89-PE I dated 27-11-89 )
16. EXOL W/O. MC FOR TBOP :
"I am directed to refer to your letter No. STA/100-
2/84 dt. 22-8-90, and to state that question whether
the period of EXOL without MC can be taken into
account for computing 16 years of service for
promotion under TBOP scheme has been examined.
It has been decided that the period of EXOL without
Medical Certificate will not be taken into account while
computing 16 years of service for promotion under
TBOP Scheme as EXOL. without Medical Certificate
is not treated as qualifying service for any purpose.
(D.G.(P) No. 6-28/90-SPB II dt. 28-1-91)
17. TBOP SCHEME CLARIFICATION REGARDING
The question whether the period of EXOL without
medical certificate can be taken into account for
exempting 16 years of service for promotion under
TBOP scheme has been re-examined in consultation
with DOP & TRG.
It has now been decided that the period of EXOL
without medical certificate will be taken into account
while computing 16 years of service for promotion under
TBOP scheme. Earlier orders dt. 2-1-91 referred above
may be treated as cancelled.
(D.G.(P) No. 6-28/90-SPB-II, dt. 16-3-92)
18. EOL W/O MC for TBOP and BCR"
"I am directed to refer to this office letter of even
number dated 16th March 1992, wherein it has been
stated that the period of EOL without medical
certificate will be taken into account while computing
16 years of service for promotion under TBOP
scheme. In this regard, enquiry is being made to this
office as to what would be the date of effect of the
above orders.
Secondly, references are also being received in
this office applicable in the cases of promotions under
BCR. Both the issues have been examined in this office
in depth and it has been decided that.
1) Orders dt. 16-3-92 will be effective from the date
of issue, and
2) The orders dt. 16-3-92 will also be applicable for
promotion under BCR.
(D.G.(P) No. 6-28/90-SPB-II, dt. 8-9-92)

26. DIVISIONALISATION OF LOWER SELECTION GRADE CADRE

CLARIFICATIONS ON VARIOUS ISSUES ORIGINATING THERE FROM
I am directed to invite your attention to this offices cadre were issued. In this connection the following
letter of even No. dt. 02-06-86 wherein clarifications clarifications on few more points sought by different
on various issues on adhoc of divisionalisation of LSG rules are issued for guidance of all concerned.
POINTS : CLARIFICATIONS
(a) The authority competent to The officials in the LSG who could not be allotted their home units at the
consider to issue transfers of time of promotion to the LSG for want of vacancies there have been given
officials whose requests for option of transfer back. These officials might have been posted in a Unit
transfer the Home division and for jurisdiction of the same RDPS or in the jurisdiction of another RDPS.
where standing prior to the For the sake of proper co-ordination and order, such transfers may be
introduction of TBOP carried out by the divisional head with the approval of the concerned
scheme and whether these R.D.P.S.
powers would be delegated
to Divl. Heads/Postmasters.
(b) How to determine seniority Regarding seniority in the lower selection grade for transferees on their re-
of LSG officials who are allotment to the home divn./Unit, the same will not undergo any change as
transferred without mutual their seniority in the LSG is governed by the Circle Gradation List. This
exchange, whether such applies to those officials who were allotted out side their home unit prior to
allotment may be treated as introduction of TBOP Scheme. Regarding those who would seek transfer
transfer under Rule 38 of from one unit to another for their own consideration after introduction of
P&T Manual Volume IV. the divisional cadre i.e. w.e.f. 18-12-85 their seniority will be governed

VENTURE 50 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'


(c) Composition of D.P.C. for
promotion in divisional cadre.
(d) How to indicate in the Circle
Gradation list position of
officials who lose their
seniority because they have
been looked over for
promotion to the L.S.G. at a
particular time.
under Rule 38 of P&T Man. Vol. IV of the limited purpose of holding LSG
supervisory posts only. Their seniority in the combined Circle gradation
list for the purpose of selection to HSG II will remain unaffected.
The composition of the D.P.C. will be as below :
1. Regional Director - Chairman
2. Concerned Divisional Head - Member.
3. Group 'A' or group 'B' Officer of the neighbouring Postal/RMS/Unit/
Postmasters Group 'A' or Group 'B'. - Member
Point is not clear as to what decision is sought from Directorate. It is
however, clarified that as mentioned at item 9 of this Dte. O.M. of even No.
dt. 02-06-86 the principle of fixing seniority of the LSG officials on Circle
basis, who were promoted before 30-11-83, remains unaffected. In other
words, seniority of LSG officials fixed on circle basis before the introduction
of the TBOP Scheme shall remain undisturbed. The seniority of the LSG
Officials promoted under TBOP Scheme will be determined in terms of
para 2 of this office letter of even No. dt. 13-03-86.
(D.G.(P) No. 6-19/82-SPB-II, dt. 9-7-86)

27. NO SUPERSESSION IN 'SELECTION' PROMOTION - REVISED GUIDELINES

Refer to the Departmental of Personnel and
Training (DoP&T) Office Memorandum (OM) No. 22011/
5/86-Estt. (D) dated 10-03-1989 and OM of even
number dated 10-04-1989 (as amended by OM No.
22011/5/91-Estt. (D) dated 27-03-1997) which contain
the instructions on the Departmental Promotion
Committees (DPCs) and related matters. In regard to
the 'selection' mode of promotion ('selection-cum-
seniority' and 'selection' by merit'), the aforesaid
instructions prescribed the guidelines (As briefly
discussed in Paragraph 2 below) for overall 'grading'
to be given by the DPC, 'benchmark' for assessment
of performance and the manner in which the 'select
panel' has to be arranged for promotions to various
levels of posts / grade.
2. Existing Guidelines
2.1 As per the existing ( Aforementioned) instructions,
in promotions up to and excluding the level in the pay
scale of Rs. 12000-16500 (expecting promotion to
Group 'A' posts / services from the lower group), if the
mode happens to be 'selection-cum-seniority', then the
benchmark prescribed is 'good' and officers obtaining
the said benchmark are arranged in the select panel in
the order of their seniority in the lower (feeder) grade.
Thus, there is no supersession among those who meet
the said benchmark. Officers getting a grading lower
than the prescribed benchmark ('Good') are not
empanelled for promotion.
2.2 In the case of promotions from lower Groups to
Group 'A', while the mode of promotion happens to be
'selection by merit', the benchmark prescribed is 'good'
and only those officers who obtained the said
benchmark are promoted in the order of merit as per
grading obtained. Thus, officers getting a superior
grading supersede those getting lower grading. In other
VENTURE
words, an officer graded as 'outstanding' supersedes
those graded as 'Very Good' and an officer graded as
'Very Good' supersedes officers graded as 'Good'.
Officers obtaining the same grading are arranged in
the select panel in the order of their seniority in the
lower grade. Those who get a grading lower than the
prescribed benchmark ('Good') are not empanelled for
promotion.
2.3 In promotion to the level in the pay-scale of Rs.
12000-16500 and above, while the mode of promotion
is 'selection by merit' the benchmark prescribed is 'Very
Good' and only those officers who obtain the said
benchmark are promoted in the order of merit as per
the grading obtained, officers getting superior grading
supersede those getting lower grading as explained in
paragraph 2.2 above. Officers obtaining the same
grading are arranged in the select panel in the order of
their seniority in the lower grade. Those who get a
grading lower than the prescribed benchmark ('Very
Good') are not empanelled for promotion.
3. Revised Guidelines
The aforementioned guidelines which permit
supersession in 'selection' promotion('selection by
merit') have been reviewed by the Government and after
comprehensive / extensive examination of relevant
issues, it has been decided that there should be no
supersession in matter of 'selection' ('merit') promotion
at any level. In keeping with the said decision, the
following revised promotion norms / guidelines, in partial
modification (to the extent relevant for the purpose of
these instructions ) of all existing instructions on the
subject (as referred to in Pargraph 1 above) are
prescribed in the succeeding paragraphs for providing
guidance to the Departmental Promotion Committees
(DPCs).
51 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
1.1 Mode of Promotion
In the case of 'selection' (merit) promotion, the
hitherto existing distinction in the nomenclature
('selection by merit' and ' selection-cum-seniority') is
dispensed with and the mode of promotion in all such
cases is rechristened as 'selection' only. The element
of selectivity (higher or lower) shall be determined with
reference to the relevant benchmark ("Very Good" or
"Good") prescribed for promotion.
1.2 'Benchmark' for promotion
The DPC shall determine the merit of those being
assessed for promotion with reference to the prescribed
benchmark and accordingly grade the officers as 'fit'
or 'unfit' only.
Only those who are graded 'fit' (i.e. who meet
the prescribed benchmark) by the DPC shall be
included and arranged in the select panel in order to
their inter se seniority in the feeder grade. Those
officers who are graded 'unfit' (in terms of the
prescribed benchmark) by the DPC shall not be
included in the select panel. Thus, there shall be no
supersession in promotion among those who are
graded 'fit' (in terms of the prescribed benchmark)
by the DPC.
3.2.1 Although among those who meet the prescribed
benchmark, inter se seniority of the feeder grade shall
remain intact, eligibility for promotion will no doubt be
subject to fulfilment of all the conditions laid down in
the relevant Recruitment / Service Rules, including the
conditions that one should be the holder of the relevant
feeder post on regular basis and that there should have
rendered the prescribed eligibility service in the feeder
post.
1.3. Promotion to the revised pay scale (Grade) of Rs.
12,000-16,500 and above.
(i) The mode of promotion, as indicated in Paragraph
3.1 above, shall be 'selection'.
(ii) The benchmark for promotion, as it is now, shall
continue to be 'Very Good'. This wil ensure
elements of higher selectivity in comparison to
selection promotion to the grades lower than the
aforesaid level where the benchmark, as
indicated in the following paragraphs, shall be
'Good' only.
(iii) The DPC shall, for promotion to said pay scale
(grade) and above grade officers as 'fit' or 'unfit'
only with reference to the benchmark of 'Very
Good'. Only those who are graded as 'fit' shall be
included in the select panel prepared by the DPC
in order of their inter se seniority in the feeder
grade. Thus, as already explained in Paragraph
3.2 above, there shall be no supersession in
promotion among those who are found 'fit' by the
DPC in terms of the aforesaid prescribed
benchmark of 'Very Good'.
VENTURE
3.4 Promotion to grades below the revised pay scale
(Grade of Rs. 12,000-16,500 including promotions from
lower Groups to Group 'A' posts / grades / service)
(i) The mode of promotion, as indicated in Paragraph
3.1 above, shall be 'selection'.
(ii) The benchmark for promotion, as it is now, shall
continue to be 'Good'.
(iii) The DPC shall, for promotion to posts / grades /
services in the aforesaid categories, grade officers
as 'fit' or 'unfit' only with reference to the benchmark
of 'Good'. Only those who are graded as 'fit' or
'unfit' only with reference to the benchmark of
'Good'. Only those who are graded as 'fit' shall be
included in the select panel prepared by the DPC
in order of their inter se seniority in the feeder
grade. Thus, as already explained in Paragraph
3.2 above, there shall be no supersession in
promotion among those who are found 'fit' the DPC
in terms of the aforesaid prescribed benchmark of
'Good'.
3.5 Zone of consideration
The guidelines relating to the 'Zone of
consideration' in its existing form (twice the number of
vacancies plus four) DoP&T O.M. No. 22011/1/90-Estt.
(D), dated 12-10-1990 shall continue to have general
application. However, in view of the modifications in
promotion norms indicated in Paragraph 3.3 above, the
following stipulation as is already applicable in the case
of promotions below the revised pay scale (grade) of
Rs. 12,000-16,500 vide DoP&T O.M. No. 22011/8/98-
Estt. (D), dated 06-11-1998, is also made in the regard
to the zone of consideration for promotion to the revised
pay scale (grade) of Rs. 12,000-16,500 and above:
"While the zone of consideration would remain
as already prescribed, the DPC, in the aforesaid
category of cases, may assess the suitability of
eligible employees in the zone of consideration
(in the descending order) for inclusion in the panel
for promotion up to a number which is considered
sufficient against the number of vacancies. With
regard to the number of employees to be included
in the panel, the DPC may also be required to keep
in view the instructions issued vide Department of
Personnel and Training Office Memorandum No.
22011/18/87-Estt. (D), dated 09-04-1996 relating
to norms for preparing extended panel for
promotion. In respect of the remaining employees,
the DPC may put a note in the minutes that "the
assessment of the remaining employees in the
zone of consideration is considered not necessary
as sufficient number of employees with prescribed
benchmark have become available".
4. Provisions of the Paragraph 1 (vii) of the DoP&T,
O.M. No. AB-14017/2/97-Estt. (RR) dated 25-05-1998,
stand modified in accordance with these revised
52 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
instructions. In addition to this, if the guidelines
contained in this Office Memorandum come in conflict
with the provisions of any other executive instructions
(OM) issued by DoP&T on this subject, the same shall
be taken to be modified to the extent provided herein.
5. The instructions contained in this Office
Memorandum shall come into force from the date of
this issue.
6. Ministries / Departments are requested to give wide
circulation to these revised instructions for general
guidance in the matter so that immediate steps are
taken to amend the Service Rules / Recruitment Rules
28. PROMOTION OF EMPLOYEES ON WHOM ANY PENALTY
HAS BEEN IMPOSED - CONSIDERATION FOR
The undersigned is directed to state that the staff
side of the National Council, as its meeting held on the
27th and 28th January 1971 raised the following points:-
(i) 'Censure' should not be a bar to eligibility to sit for a
departmental / promotional examination or for
promotion;
(ii) Where the responsibility of an employee for any
loss is indirect, he should not be debarred from
being considered for promotion during the period
or recovery of the loss; and
(iii) A distinction should be made between stoppage
of increments and reduction to a lower stage of
the pay scale and in the former type of cases, the
employees should not be debarred from being
considered for promotion.
2. As regards the first point, under the existing
instructions, every person eligible for promotion and in
the field of choice has to be considered for promotion.
Attention in this connection is also invited to Ministry of
Home Affairs OM No. 1/9/58-RPS dated 16th May 1959
and OM No. 1/4/55-RPS dated 16th May1957. The fact
of the imposition of the minor penalty of censure on a
Government servant does not itself stand against the
consideration of such person for promotion as his
fitness for the promotion has to be judged, in the case
of promotion by seniority, on the basis of an overall
assessment of his service record, and in the case of
promotion by section on merit, on the basis of his merit
categorisation which is again based upon an overall
assessment of his service record (vide para 2 of MHA
O.M. No. 1/3/68-Ests. (D) dated the 18-03-1968) . So
far as the eligibility of a Government servant who has
been awarded the penalty of censure, to appear at a
departmental / promotional examination is concerned,
the same principles would apply viz. that he cannot,
merely because of the penalty of censure, be debarred
from appearing at such an examination. In case,
however, the rules of such an examination lay down
that only those eligible persons can be allowed to
VENTURE
of various services / posts / grades so as to
appropriately incorporate the mode of promotion as
'selection' (in accordance with these instructions) in
place of 'selection by merit' and 'selection-cum-seniority'
(as was hitherto prescribed by the aforementioned
O.M., dated 27-03-1997) as the case may be. The
powers to amend Service Rules / Recruitment Rules
in this regard are delegated to the Ministries /
Departments. DoP&T need not be consulted to carry
out the required amendments.
(Dept. of Per & Trg., O.M. F.No. 35034/7/97-Estt.
(D) dated 08-02-2002)
appear at the examination who are considered to be fit
for the purpose, the fitness of an eligible candidate,
who has been awarded the penalty of censure, to
appear at the examination has to be considered on the
basis of an overall assessment on his service record
and not merely on the basis of the penalty of censure.
3. As regard the other two points mentioned in paragraph
1 above, while it is not possible to lay down any hard
and fast rules in this regard, and it is for the competent
authority to take a decision in each case having regard
to its facts and circumstances, it is considered necessary
to reiterate the existing instructions of the subject.
Recovery from the pay of the Government servant of
the whosoever part of any pecuniary loss caused by
him to Government by negligence or breach of orders
or withholding of increments of pay, are also minor
penalties laid down in rule 11 of the CCS (CCA) Rules.
As in the case of promotion of a Government servant,
who has been awarded the penalty of censure the
penalty of recovery from the pay for the loss caused by
him to Government or of with-holding his increment (s)
does not stand in the way of his consideration for
promotion through in the latter case promotion is not
given effect to during the currency of the penalty. While
therefore, the fact of the imposition of such a penalty
does not by itself debar the Government servant
concerned from being considered for promotion, it is also
taken into account by the Departmental Promotion
Committee, or the competent authority, as the case may
be, in the overall assessment of his service record for
judging his suitability or otherwise for promotion of his
fitness for admission to a departmental / promotional
examination (where fitness of the candidates is a
condition precedent to such admission.)
4. The Ministry of Finance, etc. are requested kindly to
bring the position indicated in the foregoing paragraphs
to the notice of all administrative authorities in and under
them for guidance.
(DG P&T No. 35-7/71-SPB.II dated the 4th Aug. 1971)
53 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 29. PROMOTION TO HIGHER GRADE OF POST CLARIFICAITON IN REGARD
TO SEALED COVER PROCEEDURE - EFFECT OF WARNING,
CENSURE ETC. ON PROMOITON
Attention of the Ministry of Finance etc. is OM No.
38/3/59-Estt(A) dated31-8-1960, O.M. No. 7/28/63-
Estt(A) Dated 22-12-1964, and O.M. No. 22011/3/77-
Estt.(A) dated 14-7-77, which lay down the guide-lines
for following the 'sealed cover' procedure and for
granting benefits with retrospective effect on the
"complete exoneration" of the official concerned. The
scope of the term "complete exoneration" was very vide,
resulting in denial of benefits even to those who had
not been awarded any of the prescribed penalties as,
a result of disciplinary proceedings but were only issued
a warning. There is also in vogue the practice of issuing
"recordable warning" to Government employees which
affects their career prospects. The matter has,
therefore, been examined carefully and the following
decisions have been taken:
(i) As clarified in the Ministry of Home Affairs O.M.
No. 39/21/56-Estt(A) dated 13-12-1956, warning is
administered by an authority superior to a
Government employee in the event of minor lapses
like negligence carelessness, lack of thoroughness
delay etc. It is an administrative device in the hands
of superior authorities for cautioning the Government
employees with a view to toning up efficient and
maintaining discipline. There is, therefore, no
objection to the continuance of this system. However
where a copy of the warning is also kept in the
confidential Report dossier, it will be taken to
constitute an adverse entry and the officer so warned
will have the right to against the same in accordance
with the existing instructions relating to
communication of adverse remarks and
consideration of representations against them.
(ii) Where a departmental proceeding has been
completed it is considered that the officer concerned
deserves to be penalised, he should be awarded one
of the recognised statutory penalties as given in Rule
11 of CCS (CCA) Rules, 1965. In such a situation, a
recordable warning should not be issued as it would,
for all practical purposes, amount to "censure" which
is a formal punishment and which can only be awarded
by a competent disciplinary authority after following the
procedure prescribed in the relevant disciplinary rules.
The Delhi High Court, has in the case of Madhan
Singh Vz. Union of India, also expressed the view
that warning kept in the C.R. dossier has all the
VENTURE
attributes of "Censure". In the circumstances, as
already stated where it is considered after the
conclusion of discipline any proceedings that some
blame attaches to the officer concerned which
necessitated cognizance of such fact the disciplinary
authority should award the penalty of "censure"
atleast. If the intention of the disciplinary authority is
not to award a penalty of "Censure", then no
recordable warning should be awarded. There is no
restriction on the right of the disciplinary authority to
administer oral warnings or even warning in writing
which do not form part of the character roll.
(iii) Where the departmental proceedings have ended
with the imposition of a minor penalty, viz. censure,
recovery of pecuniary loss to the Government,
withholding of increments of pay and withholding of
promotion, the recommendation of the DPC in favour
of the employee, kept in the sealed cover will not be
given effect to. But the case of the employee concerned
for promotion/confirmation maybe considered by the
next DPC when it meets after the conclusion of the
departmental proceedings. If the findings of the DPC
are in favour of the employee, he may be promoted in
the turn if the penalty is that of "censure" or "recovery
of pecuniary loss caused to the Government by
negligence or breach of orders. In the case of
employees who have been awarded the major minor
penalty of "withholding of increments" or "withholding
of promotion", promotion can be made only after the
expiry of the penalty.
(iv) In a recordable warning has been issued to an
officer as a result of disciplinary proceedings before
the issue of this office Memorandum and the case of
the officer concerned for promotion is still under
consideration, he should be treated as having been
"censured". The officer will also have the right of
representation against such warning and such
representation shall be dealt with by the competent
authority as if it were an appeal under the relevant
disciplinary rules.
2. In so far as personnel serving in the Indian Audit
and Accounts Department are concerned, these
clarifications have been issued after consultation with
the Controller and Auditor General of India.
[MHA DOP OM No. 22011/2/78-Estt (A),
dt. 16-2-1979]
54 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 30. PROMOTION TO HIGHER GRADE OF POST - CLARIFICATION IN REGARD
TO SEALED COVER PROCEDURE -- EFFECT OF WARNING, CENSURE
ETC. ON PROMOTION
The undersigned is directed to invite the attention
to the Ministry of Finance etc. to the instructions
contained in this Department Office Memorandum No.
22011/2/78-Ests. (A) dated the 16th February 1979
(copy enclosed) and to say that a question has been
raised whether this OM empowers the disciplinary
authorities to issue warnings as a result of regular
departmental proceedings conducted under the
relevant disciplinary rules. This is because the last
sentence of para 1 (ii) of this Department OM No.
22011/2/78-Ests. (A) dated 16-02-79 has been
mistaken as permitting the issue of oral or written
warnings even as result of disciplinary proceedings.
It is clarified that this is not the intention of the OM
of the 16th February 1979 under reference. This is
made clear in para 1(ii) of the aforesaid OM of 16th
February 1979 in which it is stated that a warning should
not be issued as a result of regular disciplinary
proceedings. There is however, no bar to issuing a
warning orally or in writing as a result of administrative
action in the case of an officer against whom no formal
proceedings are taken under the disciplinary rules
applicable to him. The manner in which such warnings
should be mentioned in the Confidential Report of an
office is also explained in this Department Office
Memorandum No. 21011/1/81-Ests (A) dated the 5th
June, 1981 (Copy enclosed).
[Dept. of Per. & A.R.s O.M. No. 22011/2/82-Ests
(A) dated 21-05-82]
# The attention of the Ministry of Finance etc. is
invited to MHA OM No. 39/3/59-Estt (A) dated 31-08-
1960, O.M. No. 7/28/63-Estt. (A) dated 22-12-1964 and
OM No. 22011/3/77-Estt. (A) dated 14-07-1977, which
lay down the guidelines for following the 'sealed cover'
procedure and for granting benefits with retrospective
effect on the 'complete exoneration' of the official
concerned. The scope of the term ' complete
exoneration' was very wide, resulting in the denial of
benefits even to those who had not been awarded any
of the prescribed penalties as a result of disciplinary
proceedings but were only issued a warning. There is
also In vogue the practice of issue 'Recordable warning'
to Government employees which effect their career
prospects. The matter has, therefore, been examined
carefully and the following decisions have been taken:
(i) As clarified in the Ministry of Home Affairs OM No.
39/21/56-Estt. (A) dated 13-12-1956, warning is
administered by any authority superior to a
Government employee in the event of minor lapses
like negligence, carelessness, lack of
thoroughness, delay etc. It is an administrative
device in the hands of superior authorities for
VENTURE
cautioning the Government employees with a view
to toning up efficiency and maintaining discipline.
There is, therefore, no objection to the continuance
of this system. However, where a copy of the
warning is also kept in the Confidential Report
dossier, it will be taken to constitute an adverse
entry and the officer so warned will have the right
to represent against the same in accordance with
the existing instructions relating to communications
of adverse remarks and consideration of
representations against them.
(ii) Where a departmental proceedings has been
completed and it is considered that the officer
concerned deserves to be penalised, he should
be awarded one of the recognised statutory
penalties as given in Rule 11 of CCS (CCA) Rules,
1965. In such a situation, a recordable warning
should not be issued as it would for all practical
purposes, amount to a 'censure' which is a formal
punishment and which can only be awarded by
the competent disciplinary authority after following
the proceedure prescribed in the relevant
recruitment rules. The Delhi High Court has, in the
case of Nadhan Singh, Vs. Union of India, also
expressed the view that warning kept in the CR
dossier has all the attributes of 'censure'. In the
circumstances, as already stated, where it is
considered after the conclusion of disciplinary
proceedings that some blame attaches to the
officer concerned which necessitiates cognizance
of such fact that the disciplinary authority should
award the penalty of 'censure' atleast if the intention
of disciplinary authority is not to award a penalty
of 'censure', then no recordable warning should
be awarded. There is no restriction on the right of
the disciplinary authority to administer oral warning
or even warnings, in writing which do not form part
of the character roll.
(iii) Where the departmental proceedings have ended
with the imposition of a minor penalty, viz. censure,
recovery of pecuniary loss to the Government,
withholding of increments of pay and withholding
of promotion, the recommendation of the DPC in
favour of the employees kept in the sealed cover
will not be given effect to. But the case of the
employee concerned for promotion / confirmation
may be considered by the next DPC when it meets
after the conclusion of the departmental
proceedings. If the findings of the DPC are in
favour of the employee, he may be promoted in
his turn if the penalty is that of 'Censure' or
'recovery' of pecuniary loss caused to the
55 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 Government by negligence or breach of orders".
In the case of employees who have been awarded
the minor penalty of 'withholding of promotion',
promotion can be made only after the expiry of the
penalty.
(iv) If a recordable warning has been issued to an
officer as result of disciplinary proceedings before
the issue of this office memorandum and the case
of the officer concerned for promotion is still under
consideration, he should be treated as having been
'censured'. The officer will also have the right of
representation against such warning and such
representation shall be dealt with by the competent
authority as if it were an appeal under the relevant
disciplinary rules.
2. In so far, as personnel serving in the Indian Audit
and Accounts Department are concerned, these
clarifications have been issued after consultation with
the Comptroller and Auditor General of India.
[Dept. of Per. & A.Rs OM No. 22011/2/78-Ests. (A)
dated 16th February 1979]
# The undersigned is directed to say that questions
have been raised from time to time regarding the stage
at which a mention about warnings, admonitions,
reprimands etc. administered in the course of normal
day-to-day work by superior officers should be mentioned
in the Confidential Report of the official to whom the
warning, reprimand etc. has been administered. As there
seems to be some doubt in this regard, the position is
clarified in the following paragraph.
2. There may be occasions when a superior officer may
find it necessary to criticise adversely the work of an
officer working under him or he may call for an
explanation for some act of omission or commission
and taking all circumstances into consideration, it may
be felt that while the matter is not serious enough to
31. RECOVERY OF PAY NOT A BAR TO PROMOTION
"Enquiries have been received in this office
whether an official who has been punished with
recovery of pecuniary loss caused to Government
can be considered for promotion and promoted
during the period when such recovery from pay is in
progress. The matter has been considered in
consultation with the Ministry of Home Affairs and
the position is that the appointing authority, in
consultation with the Departmental Promotion
32. PROMOTION EFFECT OF PUNISHMENT AND MONETARY RECOVERY
Promotion of the official can be given effect to
during the currency of the Punishment of monetary
recovery. In this connection your kind attention is invited
to the instructions issued by the Min. of Home affairs,
Dept. of Personnel and A.R. under Memo No. 22011/
1/68-Estt.(A), dt. 16-2-79 their stating interalia that the
VENTURE
justify the imposition of the formal punishment of
censure, it calls for some formal action reprimands
where such a warning / displeasure / reprimand is
issued, it should be placed in the personal file of the
officer concerned. At the end of the year (or period of
Report), the reporting authority while writing the
confidential report of the officer, may decide not to
make a reference in the confidential report to the
warning displeasure / reprimand, if, in the opinion of
that authority the performance of the officer reported
on or after the issue of the warning or displeasure or
reprimand, as the case may be, has improved and
has been found satisfactory. If, however, the reporting
authority comes to the conclusions that despite the
warning or displeasure or reprimand, as the case may
be has improved and has been found satisfactory. If,
however the reporting authority comes to be conclusion
that despite the warning/displeasure/reprimand the
officer has not improved, it may make appropriate
mention of such warning / displeasure / reprimand,
as the case may be, in the relevant column, in part -II
of the form of Confidential Report relating to
assessment by the reporting officer and, in that case,
a copy of the warning / displeasure / reprimand
referred to in the Confidential Report should be placed
in the CR Dossier as an Annexure to the Confidential
report for the relevant period. The adverse remarks
should also be conveyed to the officer and his
representation, if any, against the same disposed off
in accordance with the procedure laid down in the
instructions issued in this regard.
3. Ministry of Finance etc. are requested to bring the
above clarifications to the notice of all the
administrative authorities under their control.
[Dept. of Pers. & A.Rs OM No. 21011/1/81-Estt (A)
dated 5th June 1981]
Committee, wherever it exists, will consider the fact
of his having been punished while adjudging his
suitability for promotion notwithstanding the fact that
he has been punished with recovery from pay of the
pecuniary loss caused to Govt. There is no bar to
his being promoted while the recovery is in progress
because such promotion will not affect the
enforcement of the penalty."
[D.G. P&T No. 35/7/37-SPB dt. 22-12-1987]
punishment of censure, recovery and recuniary loss
and stopping of increment do not constitute a bar to
promotion of the official provided on the basis of over
all assessment of his record of service, the DPC
recommends his promotion to the next higher grade.
(DG P&T No. 35/9/84-SPB-II, dt. 19-5-84)
56 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 33. PROMOTION-APPLICATION OF BENCH MARK & WRITING OF CRS
One of the major reasons for delay in holding DPCs
in the Directorate is that the ACRs are invariably not
complete in some Circles with the result that even those
who have submitted their CRs and can be promoted
are unable to get promotion, especially if the case has
to go to ACC. A major reason for delay in holding DPCs
is actually deliberate act on the part of some officers or
sheer negligence with the result that the CRs are never
submitted before a person demits his office. In order to
ensure that all DPCs of Group 'A', 'B' and 'C' can be
held by the Competent Authority on the prescribed
schedule, it has been decided that whenever an officer
is due for transfer or whatever may be the reason, he
should be relieved two days in advance so that he can
write all the pending CRs within these two days. In other
words, two days should be allowed for writing all CRs
and the meaning of this is that the officer should be
divested of all work for two days to enable him to
complete all the CRs. This will not lead to any increase
in joining time because period will be treated as duty
for all purposes. The practice of writing CRs after
demitting office and after joining the new assignment
maybe discontinued because it invariably leads to delay
in completion of CRs. Whenever any officer still does
not give the CR on time, then adverse remarks may be
made in his Confidential Report to the effect that the
officer concerned did not submit his self-appraisal in
time. In practice, ordering transfers with immediate
effect may be discontinued unless the Circle Office is
on fire- this will ensure in the long run CRs are available
in time. It has also been observed that in some Circles,
34. APPLICATION OF BENCH MARK ON PROMOTION IN
LSG, HSG-II AND HSG-I - REGARDING
I am directed to say that it has come to the notice
of the Directorate that in many Circles, officials in Group
C are not getting promoted to LSG mainly because as
per the findings of the Departmental Promotion
Committee (DPC) they do not attain the required
benchmarks in their Annual Confidential Report (ACR),
and thus fail to get empanelled for promotion.
2. As per the amended Recruitment Rules for Lower
Selection Grade (LSG) and Higher Selection Grade II
(HSG II) posts in post offices and RMS offices notified
on 18-05-2006, these posts are to be filled up by
promotion by 'Selection'. In the case of promotion by
'Selection', the officials are required to attain the
benchmarks as prescribed vide Department of
Personnel & Training (DoP&T) O.M. No. 35034/7/97-
Estt. D) dated 08-02-2002. According to the DoP&T
OM No. 22011/5/91-Estt. (D) dated 27-03-1997, the
benchmark for all Group C, Group B and Group A posts
(upto the excluding the level of Rs. 3700-5000 (pre-
revised) presently JAG] is 'Good'.
VENTURE
factual errors are not corrected before sending the case
for consideration of the DPC and even non-grant of
Vigilance Clearance is an important reason for delay.
2. Similarly, when an officer is on long leave, he
should be allowed to proceed on long leave only when
the CRs which are due to be written at the end of the
financial year or otherwise are completed.
3. The officers who are deputed for any long term
training aboard or within India, should be required to
submit the CRs and their deputation order may be
withheld till CRs are completed.
4. Under ideal circumstances, the promotion should
be given to an officer on the date he is due to get
promoted but there are invariable factors which delay
the process and many persons suffer in default for no
fault of their with the result that their pensionery benefits
are also affected because the concerned officer is
unable to complete 10 months in the last pay being
drawn by him or her.
5. Similarly, no officer should be relieved for going
on Central Deputation till he submits all CRs due to be
written by him.
6. These orders apply to all officers of the level of
HAG and below but it is hoped that similar action will
be taken at the level of Member.
7. The above action may result in some delay in
relieving the concerned officer when he or she is
transferred but a delay of two days will affect the whole
system and in fact will allow DPCs to be held at the
prescribed date.
(DG (P) No. 1-13/2007-SPG, dt. 20-4-2007)
3. It has been observed that many a times, the official
could not attain the required benchmarks because of
indifference shown while writing ACRs even by the
senior officers in the Department or are not written with
the required devotion and attention to details.
4. The DPCs, while assessing the officials for
promotion as 'Fit' or 'Unfit' for LSG and HSG-II, without
diluting DoP&T guidelines, should not be guided merely
by the overall grading given by the Reporting Officer or
by the Reviewing Officer alone but should form an
assessment based on the remarks/performance
recorded in the individual columns in the ACR.
5. To sum up :
(a) The ACRs in respect of all the officials should be
written by the Reporting Officers with proper and
due application of mind.
(b) The Reporting/Reviewing Officers should take into
account the benchmarks for promotion and that
benchmarks are known to the officers while writing
the ACRs.
57 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
(c) The DPC while assessing the ACRs for promotion
of officials to various grades should not be merely
guided by the overall grading given by the Reporting/
Reviewing Officers but also satisfy themselves by
an objective assessment of the ACRs.
(d) While prescribed benchmark should not be
diluted, the DPC should be realistic and objective
in their assessment in order to avoid unnecessary
staff grievances and depriving the due claims of
the staff for promotion.
6. All the concerned officials may please be briefed
accordingly.
(DG(P) letter No. 137-04/2006-SPB-II (Pt)
dated. 16-5-2007)

35. STATUS OF OPERATIVE OFFICIALS DESIGNATIONS / NOMENCLATURE

The Department has Introduced Time Bound One (iv) After 26 years of service
Promotion Scheme and BCR Scheme since 1983 and if the LSG official has
1991 respectively. These schemes aim at upgradation not been promoted to
of pay for the employees who were otherwise facing HSG.II - LSG (BCR)
problems of stagnation in their career progression. In (v) Those who are not LSG
the course of time such upgradations have been but have crossed 26
construed in some quarters as 'promotion' against the years of service - PA /SA (BCR)
regular supervisory posts available in the Department. (vi) Those who are promoted
Upgradation under TBOP / BCR schemes and to HSG.II - HSG.II
promotion to LSG / HSG.II as per provisions of (vii) Those who are promoted
Recruitment Rules are two distinct matters. Therefore; to HSG.I - HSG.I
to clarify the position for all concerned. It has been 2. Specific care should be taken to ensure that there is
decided that the status of operative officials at various no deviation from these designations in any
point of their career should be indicated by the following circumstances.
designations / nomenclature as applicable: 3. It is also reiterated that Circles should hold DPC at
(i) Upto 16 years - PA / SA regular intervals, at least once a year, to fill up all the
(ii) After 16 years - PA / SA (TBOP) vacancies in LSG, HSG.II & HSG.I to ensure operational
(iii) Those who have get efficiency at these levels.
promotion to LSG - LSG (DG (P) No. 137-18/2001-SPB.I dated 23-04-2001)

36. SIMPLIFICATION OF CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - CLARIFICATION

A reference is invited to this office instructions
in Lr. No. STA/5-1/88 dt. 18-10-89 on the above
subject.
In future, the procedure stated below may kindly
be adopted for terming certain officials as LRCs.
In any division in respect of clerical cadre, those
officials who have completed 2 years of service in the
37. PERIOD OF INDUCTION TRAINING SHALL ALSO COUNT FOR
PROMOTION UNDER THE TBOP / BCR SCHEME
The issue regarding counting of the period of
induction training spent by the employees of this
Department for benefit of promotion under the TBOP /
BCR Schemes has been under consideration of this office
for some time. After consultation with the Department of
Personnel and Training, it has now been decided that
the period of induction training may also be counted
clerical cadre on the Ist January of the year (among
the Junior officials) whether confirmed or otherwise may
be named as LR PAs/SAs upto the sanctioned strength
of LR Posts of that division including permanent and
temporary LR Posts.
(Chief PMG, Tamilnadu, No. STA/5-1/88-Union,
Dt. 12-9-92)
for benefit of promotion under the above schemes.
However, past cases decided otherwise would not be
covered by the above orders. This issues with
concurrence of Integrated Finance Advice vide their
Diary No. 378/FA/2000, dated 25-07-2000.
(Dept. of Posts, No. 44-47/98-SPB.II
dated 31-07-2000)

38. COUNTING OF INDUCTION TRAINING PERIOD FOR PROMOTION

UNDER TBOP / BCR SCHEMES
Refer to this Department's Letter of even number,
dated 03-08-2000 on the above subject. Reference have
been received from many circles seeking clarification
VENTURE
on the above orders. The matter has been examined in
detail in consultation with the Integrated Finance Wing
of this Department and the position is clarified as under:
58 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 S.No. Point raised
1. What will be the date of effect of the
above orders?
2. Whether the departmental candidates
will also get the benefit of counting of
induction training period prior to their
promotion as time scale clerks can be
counted for the benefit of promotion
under TBOP / BCR?
3. If the junior officials get promoted earlier
than the seniors as per the orders the
seniors can claim benefit of promotion
under the above scheme from the date
of promotion of the junior officials?
Clarification
Cases decided prior to 3-8-2000 would not be covered by
the orders, dated 3-8-2000.
DoP&T has clarified that since the period of induction training
is counted for the purpose of increments and qualifying
service for departmental examination, it would also count
for the purpose of promotion under the TBOP / BCR
schemes. Therefore, it is clarified that the period of induction
training in respect of departmental candidates would also
count for the purpose of promotions under TBOP / BCR
Schemes provided that such training period is obligatory for
the departmental candidates in respect of the cadre to which
they are to be promoted and they are promoted immediately
on completion of such induction training period and also such
training period is counted for increment in the promoted
cadre.
As per Letter No. 22-6-2000-PE.I, dated 17-05-2000, official
would be promoted under the TBOP / BCR Schemes only
after completion of qualifying service. Therefore, the
question of senior claiming benefit with reference to the
juniors, etc., does not arise.
(Dept. of Posts, No. 44-47/98-SPB-II dt. 27-07-2001)

39. COUNTING OF TRAINING PERIOD FOR DEPARTMENTAL CANDIDATES

Our letter dt. 27-7-01 issued with the approval of
Finance Advice, clearly states that the period of
induction training would count by promotion under
TBOP/BCR for departmental candidates also provided
that such training period is counted for increment in
40. VACANCIES OF NOT LESS THAN 14 DAY'S DURATION
Officiating arrangements may be made if the
vacancies are of at least 14 days duration or more
subject to the following conditions:-
(I) The nature of state of work of the officer whom it is
proposed to appoint should be such as would not
admit of a combination of posts and the officer
should be competent to perform full duties of the
vacant post; or when the nature or state of work in
the vacant post itself is such as cannot be managed
without a full time substitute.
(II) In cadres which have leave reserve included in
them, vacancies will be filled up without involving
any extra officiating appointments.
(3) Vacancies of more than 30 day's duration:-
the promoted scale. Since the period is counted for
increment in the lower scale, the period of Induction
training cannot be counted for promotion under TBOP/
BCR for departmental candidate.
(DG (P) No. 44-47/98-SPB II, dt. 16-1-02)
Short term officiating vacancies in the cadres and
of nature other than those indicated against sub-
headings (1) and (2) above may be filled in only in
cases where the duration of the vacancy exceeds 30
days. The limit will apply irrespective of whether it is
a single vacancy or part of a chain of vacancies, i.e.
the part in a chain of vacancies should itself be more
than 30 days, if the vacancy is to be filled. In the
other posts / cadres, officiating promotions in
vacancies of 30 day's duration or less could be made
only in very exceptional circumstances with the prior
approval of the competent authority.
[(DG P&T) letter No. 33/7/74-SPB-II dated
16-08-75]

41. APPROVAL OF OFFICIATING ARRANGEMENTS COUNTINUING

FOR MORE THAN ONE YEAR
It is observed that most of the circles are indulging
in allowing continuation of adhoc arrangement beyond
the prescribed period. Reference are being received
VENTURE
from many circles seeking ex post facto approval of ad
hoc appointments/promotions continued for more than
one year which is contrary to instructions of the
59 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
Government. I am directed to state that post facto
approval of such ad hoc arrangements done in violation
of the rules of the Government cannot be agreed to.
DOPT does not approve such references.
It is therefore, requested to kindly ensure strict
42. GENERAL PRINCIPLES TO BE FOLLOWED IN MAKING OFFICIATING
APPOINTMENTS IN SHORT TERM VACANCIES
(1) In cadres in which promotion is made from
amongst officials working in the same office
or station, officiating arrangements in case of
vacancies of not more than one month's
duration may be confined to the officials in
the section or branch of the office or the sub-
office where the vacancy occurs even if this
involves supercession of a senior qualified
official.
(2) In cadres in which promotion is made from officials
working in different stations-sub-divisions or
divisions:-
(a) In the case of vacancies of not more than one
43. OFFICIATING ARRANGEMENT IN SHORT TERM VACANCIES IN
THE DEPARTMENT OF POSTS
1. Duration of short term vacancies for which officiating
arrangements may be made:
For the purpose of officiating arrangements in short
term vacancies, vacancies have been divided into three
categories: i.e. (1) Vacancies of less than 14 day's
duration. (2) Vacancies of not less than 14 day's
duration; and (3) Vacancies of more than 30 days
duration. Standing instructions regarding filling in of
vacancies of all these three types are reproduced
below:-
(1) Vacancies of less than 14 day's duration:-
Casual leave vacancies caused by absence of
officials on account of illness or urgent private affairs
occurring in postmen and Group 'D' cadres in offices
in which the number of postmen, V.P.M. and Group D
44. FILLING UP OF LOCAL, SHORT OR LONG TERM VACANCIES IN IPOs/IRMs
CADRES BUT UNAPPROVED CANDIDATES ON ADHOC BASIS:
Para 3 : "Where arrangements are made against
vacant posts of IRM/IPOs on adhoc basis for less
than 45 days the upper age limit of 40 years will be
adhered to; but where it exceeded 45 days it would
be necessary for the Divisional Supdt. to consider
whether the vacancy falls in the share of the officials
belonging to SC and ST communities as per roster
point which is applicable even for adhoc
arrangements against vacancies of 45 days duration.
If the vacancy falls to the share of other community
VENTURE
compliance of the existing instructions and do not
continue ad-hoc arrangements beyond one year. No
request for ex post facto approval will be entertained
in future.
(DG (P) No. 4-4/2004-SPB.II, dt. 4-4-2004)
month's duration, officiating arrangements may be
confined to the officials at the station where the vacancy
occurs. In the case of a station where there are more
officers than one, each independent of the others,
officiating promotion may, at the discretion of the
sanctioning authority, be confined to the office where
the vacancy occurs.
(b) In the case of vacancies of more than one
Month's duration but not more than four month's
duration, officiating arrangements may be confined
to the officials in the office, sub-division or division
where the vacancy occurs.
(Rule 50 of P&T Manual Vol. IV)
staff taken together does not exceed four may be filled
in by appointing paid substitutes in their place
irrespective of the duration of vacancies. (The
condition that the total staff strength of postmen,
V.P.M. and Group 'D' in the office shall not exceed
four may be relaxed by the Head of the circle in
individual cases in which it is found impossible to
distribute the work of those granted leave among the
staff present on duty).
The amount to be paid to the substitute must not
exceed the minimum of time scale of pay plus DA and
other allowances. Claims for payment to the substitutes
will be sanctioned by the concerned appointing
authorities.
(Appendix 6 of P&T Man Vol. IV)
officials, upto the age of 40 years including those
belonging to SC/ST Community only will be
considered, if however the vacancy falls in the share
of SC/ST community officials belonging to these
communities upto the age of 45 years may be
considered for adhoc arrangements on the basis of
their seniority in view of the fact that officials
belonging to those communities are eligible to appear
in the IPO/IRM examination upto the age of 45 years.
[D.G.(P) No. 7-3/83-SPB II dt. 10-12-84 ]
60 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 45. OFFICIATING ARRANGEMENTS IN LEAVE VACANICES
"I am directed to state that a question has been
raised as to whether officiating arrangements are
permissible when the leave vacancies are of less than
14 days at initial stage and if extended to 14 days or
more subsequently. The matter has been examined in
this office and it has been decided that officiating
arrangements can be made for the period of 14 days
46. OFFICIATING ARRANGEMENT IN LEAVE VACANCIES
I am directed to refer to this office letter No. 6-6/
88 SPB-II dated 5-5-1988 wherein the orders were
issued on the subject noted above. In the above order
dated 5-5-1988 it was mentioned that short term
vacancies caused by regular incumbents proceeding
on leave for 45 days or more may be filled up by
officials available on approved panel. There being
many operative offices in the department of posts,
hardships were faced in keeping the vacant posts
unfilled upto 45 days.
Therefore the matter was taken up with the
Department of Personnel and Training and Ministry of
Finance for relaxing the condition of 45 days mentioned
in the DOP, O.M. No. 28036/8/87-Estt. (D) dated
30-3-88 mentioned above and it has since been agreed
47. OFFICIATING ARRANGEMENTS IN HSG-II AND HSG-I
Vacancies in HSG II and HSG I are filled up both
from among IPO line and General line officials. Once a
Circle Posting is ordered the post is vacated as
earmarked for the IPO line or the General line
depending on the line of the official who is posted.
Cases occur from time to time wherein due to delay,
he official posted on Circle basis, joining the post or
the incumbent proceeding on leave, local officiating
arrangements are made by divisional offices.
2. It has ben clarified by the Directorate that such
officiating arrangements should be made in HSG II or
HSG I posts only from among officials of the concerned
line with reference to the vacant post. In case, an ASP
is not in a position to officiate in HSG I vacancy
48. APPOINTMENT OF DRIVERS ON DAILY WAGE BASIS AND THEIR
SUBSEQUENT ABSORPTION
Instances have come to the notice of this office,
where at the time of regular appointment of Drivers
working on daily wage basis, the upper age limit is being
relaxed in certain cadres to the extent of period spent
as casual Driver from the actual age as is done in regard
to absorption of casual labourers on their absorption in
Group 'D'.
2. The question whether persons appointed on daily
wage basis as Drivers are eligible to age concession
to the extent of service put in by them for regular
appointment as drivers, has been further examined in
consultation with Department of Personnel and
VENTURE
and also in cases where spells of leave vacancy shorter
than 14 days (initially) added together without any
interruption continues beyond 14 days. These
instructions are applicable only in operative offices of
RMS & Post Offices where officiating arrangements
are permissible for vacancies of 14 days or more.
(D.G.(P) No. 9-25/82-SPG/SPB II dt. 29-5-86)
that officiating arrangement can be made in leave
vacancies of less than 45 days in operative cadres only
where the post cannot be kept vacant without adversely
effecting service to the public No. officiating
arrangement should be made in vacancy of less than
14 days duration except in a few categories of staff
such as overseers Mailoverseers, Head Postman, stg.
Postman, Village Postman, Mailguards UDC in Savings
Bank control Organisation and internal checking
organisation officers, where such officiating
arrangement can be made even in vacancy of less than
14 days subject to the provision in rule 100(b) of P&T
Manual Vol. IV.
This may be brought to the notice of all concerned.
(D.G. No. 44-19/87-SPB-I dated 25-7-90)
belonging to the IPO line, then a HSG II of the IPO line
maybe shown as temporarily promoted to the cadre of
ASP and posted to work in the HSG I vacancy.
3. If in a particular division, the HSG I is in General
line and there is no General line official in HSG II, the
senior most LSG official may be temporarily promoted
to HSG I and posted to look after the work of the HSG
I Posts.
A vacancy in HSG I Post falling to the share of
General lien official cannot be filled up by the ASP on
IPO line official. A LSG General line official cannot also
be straight away promoted to HSG I even in an
officiating capacity in short term arrangements.
(Chief PMG, T.N. No. STA/2-3/74-II,dt. 28-10-75)
Administrative Reforms. It is clarified that the said
instruction regarding deduction of the service rendered
on daily wage basis as driver for determining upper
age limit as applicable to casual workers for absorption
to Group 'D' are not relevant as the posts of Drivers
are in Group 'C'. It may be relevant as the posts of
Drivers are in Group 'C'. It may be ensured that persons
should not be engaged on daily wage basis as Driver
for work of regular nature.
3. These instructions may be brought to the notice of
all concerned for compliance.
(D.G.(P) No. 37/24/83-SPB-I) dt. 11-12-1994)
61 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 49. MERGER OF POSTS OF HINDI TYPISTS IN DIVISIONAL OFFICES
WITH POSTAL ASSISTANTS / SORTING ASSISTANTS
A proposal for merger of posts of Hindi Typists
in the divisional offices in the pay scale of Rs. 3200-
4900 with those of Postal Assistant and Sorting
Assistant in the scale of pay of Rs. 4000-6000 was
under consideration in the Department. Now the
matter has been further examined in consultation
with Ministry of Finance (Department of
Expenditure) and it has been decided to merge the
posts of Hindi Typists in the Divisional Offices (in
the pay scale of Rs. 3200-4900) with those of Postal
Assistant and Sorting Assistant in the scale of pay
of Rs. 4000-6000 with effect from 01-01-1996 (Their
U.O. No. 6/66/98-IC dated 18-03-2003 refers).
2. In view of the above decision, immediate action may
please be taken as follows:-
(a) Posts of Hindi Typists in the Divisional Offices (in
the pay scale of Rs. 3200-4900) be merged with
Postal Assistant / Sorting Assistant in the pay
scale of Rs. 4000-6000 with effect from 01-01-
1996.
(b) Existing incumbents of the Hindi Typists in the
Divisional Office be treated at par with PA / SA of
Circle / Administrative office in the matter of
50. EXTENSION OF TIME BOUND ONE PROMOTION AND BIENNIAL CADRE
REVIEWS TO HINDI TYPISTS OF DIVISIONAL OFFICES
This issue of merger of Hindi Typists in the
Department of Posts with the Postal Assistant's
cadre and grant them the benefit of placements
under TBOP / BCR schemes at par with PA / SA
cadre has been examined in detail in the
Directorate in consultation with the Ministry of
Finance (Department of Expenditure) after a CAT
judgment of Jodhpur Bench, dated 09-07-2002 in
the case of Hepa Ram Sanger, Hindi Typist, Pali,
Rajasthan. In the said judgment, the Hon'ble
Tribunal had directed the respondents that "Hindi
Typist would be entitled to the scale of Rs. 4,000-
6,000 at par with Postal Assistants. The applicant
would further be entitled for promotion to LSG as
per one Time Bound Promotion Scheme, if found
suitable". In order to comply with the directions of
the CAT Bench, the case of merger of the cadre of
Hindi Typists and applicability of TBOP / BCR
schemes to Hindi Typists has been examined in
detail keeping in view the welfare of all similarly
placed Hindi Typists working all over India in the
Department of Posts. In the first phase, orders of
merger of posts of Hindi Typists in the Divisional
Offices in the scale of Rs. 3,200-4,900 with Postal
Assistants in the higher scale of pay Rs. 4,000-
VENTURE
promotion subject to the conditions incorporated
in Recruitment Rules.
(c) Till such time the existing incumbents continue to
work as Hindi Typists, they may be given a normal
training of the working of the post of PA / SA to
discharge their duties efficiently.
(d) The existing procedure of filling up the post of
Hindi Typists in the Divisional offices would
continue as hither to fore.
(e) Inter se seniority of the incumbents of Hindi
Typists in the cadre of PA / SA should be fixed at
the bottom of P.As / S.As with reference to the
years of recruitments.
3. With the issuance of these orders, all the cases
pending in various CATs / Courts in the matter (i.e.
Grant of upgraded pay scale of Rs. 4000-6000 to Hindi
Typists of Divisional Offices) stand disposed of.
Respective Circle Offices may please make a reference
in the Court / CAT to this effect.
4. These orders may please be brought to the notice of
all concerned immediately and further necessary action
taken accordingly.
(DG (P) No. 7-3/2000-PE.II dated 26-03-2003)
6,000 with effect from 01-01-1996 stood issued
vide letter No. 7-3/2000-PE.II dated 26-03-2003.
2. The second proposal regarding grant / extension of
TBOP / BCR schemes has again been considered in
consultation with the Ministry of Finance (Department
of Expenditure) in the light of the directions of CAT,
Jodhpur Bench as mentioned above and it has now
been decided that the benefit of TBOP / BCR schemes
to Hindi Typists of Divisional Offices will be applicable
with effect from 01-06-2003 after completion of 16 and
26 years of service in basic grade as per the guidelines
/ instructions issued in regard to TBOP / BCR schemes
from time to time. The cadre of Hindi Typists will now
be covered under TBOP / BCR scheme and ACP
scheme will not be applicable to them. The cases of
Hindi Typists will be regulated under TBOP / BCR
scheme with effect from 01-06-2003.
3. The pay of officials who will complete 26 years of
service as on the date of implementation of the TBOP
/ BCR schemes (1-6-2003) will be fixed twice, once in
TBOP scale of pay and further in BCR scale of pay on
the same date as per the latest guidelines issued vide
this office Letter No. 22-4/2000-PE.I dated 25-09-2003
and 03-10-2002.
4. The Hindi Typists are liable to be transferred to any
62 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
Unit located at the headquarters of the Regional
offices / Circle Offices, in addition to their original
liability. However, it may not be administratively
convenient to disturb the existing members of staff
working in Divisional offices, in view of their
proficiency and experiences that they have acquired
over the years in handling specific jobs (Hindi
Typists) in the Divisional Offices. This policy should
generally be adhered to. If it becomes essential
and the services of Hindi Typists are not fully utilized
in the Divisional offices, the employees can be
transferred. The employees cannot refuse the
transfer liability. In the event of such a refusal, the
official concerned will render himself liable for
disciplinary action as per rules.
5. Necessary amendments in the Recruitment Rules may
be incorporated by the Staff Branch. Hindi Typing will
be one of the essential qualifications in addition to other
required qualifications for PA / S.As for Hindi Typists
now merged with Postal / Sorting Assistant's cadre so
51. JOINING OF NEW STATION OF POSTING ON PROMOTION
INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING
It has been observed in some cases that the
officers do not join their new stations of posting on
promotion ordered on a regular basis immediately.
This is particularly so in where the station of posting
is not of the choice of the officer. In such cases,
representations are received for change of the
station of posting. In a number of cases, the officers
proceed on long spells of leave in the hope of getting
a change in the station of posting. In some other
cases even the Heads of Circles are approached
to request the Directorate to change the station of
posting.
While in some cases, there may be genuine reason
for some delay in proceeding to the new station of
posting the dilatory tactics are also employed in the
hope that the station of posting would be changed. This
52. TIME LIMIT FOR RELIEVING AN OFFICIAL CONSEQUENT HIS
PROMOTION TO THE HIGHER GRADE
The Staff Side in the National Council (JCM) is
contended that in many cases of promotion, involving
change of station, the officials are not being relieving
of their duties from the lower post even after issues of
formal orders of promotion, on one pretext or the other.
This delay, in relief from lower post, cause pecuniary
loss to individual concerned in the form of pay and
pensionary benefits, etc. Therefore, the Staff Side had
demanded that a time limit may be prescribed within
which an official must be relieved of his duties from
lower post on his promotion to higher post. The Official
side agreed to issue suitable instructions for expeditious
relieve of the Govt. servant on promotion.
2. After careful consideration of the demand of Staff
VENTURE
that merged Hindi Typists may continue to do Hindi
Typing as per the requirement and as per the provisions
of the Official Language Policy of the Government.
6. The Hindi Typists of Divisional Offices who
complete 16 or 26 years of service and who are
placed to the next higher scale of pay under TBOP /
BCR scheme at par with PA / SA's cadre will continue
to perform their existing duties until and unless they
are posted to regular supervisory posts, i.e., LSG
and HSG.II in their turn. Hindi Typists will be given
a normal training of the working of the post of PA /
SA to discharge their duties efficiently. They
cannot claim their posting against supervisory
posts merely because they got LSG and HSG.II
scale under TBOP / BCR scheme after completion
of 16/26 years of service. The required experience
in the lower grade (working against PA / SA posts)
will be considered before posting them against
supervisory posts.
(Dept. of Posts, No. 7-2/99-PE.II dt. 26-05-2003)
causes administrative difficulties in so far as either post
remain vacant or is continued to be held on adhoc basis
while the officers selected for regular promotion remain
on leave. It is, therefore, requested that all officers
including those on Group 'C' may be informed that delay
in joining the new post on promotion may eventually
come in the way of their promotion to the higher grade
for want of fulfilling the condition of approved length of
service on a particular date. It is, therefore in the interest
of the officers that they should join new station of
posting after orders of promotion are issued so that
the regular approved service commences from the date
they join the new post on promotion and there is no
occasion in which the senior officers have lesser service
than their juniors.
[D.G.(P) No. 25-90/85-SPG, Dated: 4-3-86]
Side and having regard to the relevant factors, it is
hereby directed that Govt. servants offered for
promotion should be relieved immediately on receipt
of the relevant orders of promotion. In exceptional
circumstances where the retention of the official in the
lower post is felt absolutely necessary in interest of
services, the fact may be brought to the notice of the
controlling officer and orders sought for retention for a
specific period ranging from 1-3 months depending the
merits of each case. While doing it should specifically
be brought to the notice of the controlling officer that the
delay in relieving the officer result him pecuniary loss
so that the retention may be avaided as for as possible.
[MOP & PG No. 16/7/90-Estt. (Pay-I) dated 9-01-1992]
63 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 53. UTILISATION OF HOLIDAYS/OFF DAYS FOR JOURNEY PERIOD IN CASE OF
TRANSFER FROM ONE STATION TO ANOTHER OF ANOFFICIALS HIS OWN REQUEST
The undersigned is directed to refer to this to
department's S.O. M.No. 19011/33/31-Estt (Dated 29/
1/83 in which instructions have been issued that in the
case of transfer of a Government servant at his own
request, there is no objection to his being granted
regular leave, as admissible, by the competent authority
under the leave rules applicable to him to cover the
period between the date of handing over charge at an
old station and that of taking over at the new station if
the Government Servant applies for it and the
competent authority is willing to sanction it. Accordingly,
when an official is relieved on transfer at his own
request on the eve of holiday/holidays and reports for
duty at the transferred station in the forenoon after the
54. REVISED OPTION FOR FIXATION OF PAY ON PROMOTION
The undersigned is directed to refer to the
existing provision relating to exercise of option by a
Central Government servant for fixation of pay on
promotion/appointment to the higher grade/post
under FR 22(1) (a) (i) and to say that a demand was
raised by the Staff Side in the National Council (JCM)
that a Central Government servant may be allowed
to revise the option exercised by him on promotion/
appointment on the higher grade/post under FR 22
(1) (a) (i) in the event of unanticipated developments
or change of rules, etc. The Staff Side had also
demanded that a specific provision to this effect be
incorporated in the existing rules/orders.
2. The demand of the Staff Side has been examined
by the Government and the President is pleased to
decide that pursuant to any unforeseen developments
or change of rules, a Government servant may give a
55. RESERVATION FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED IN POST FILLED BY PROMOTION
It is clarified that no roster points have been fixed
for the physically handicapped persons in case of
promotion. You may consider reservation on the lines
56. RESERVATION FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED IN POST FILLED
BY PROMOTION
i) The Roster Point for Physically Handicapped for
the purposes of promotion have not yet been decided.
However the benefit of reservation for the physically
handicapped may be allowed in the different modes of
promotion in respect of each feeder grade if the posts
to which the promotion is being made is a post identified
for the physically handicapped.
ii) The total reservation for physically handicapped
against outsiders well as departmental quota should
VENTURE
holiday/holidays the employee is required to, take leave
for the intervening holidays.
2. The question whether the Government servant is
required to take regular leave to cover such holidays
has been under consideration and it has now been
decided that in such cases intervening holidays may
be deemed to have been availed of by the Government
servant as Holidays an he may not be required to take
leave for such holiday/holidays.
3. Pay for holidays intervening the date of relief and
the date of joining the new place will be borne by the
Department where the Government servant joins after
his transfer.
(D.G.(P) No. 70-270/87-SPB-I, dt. 8/3/89)
revised option for pay fixation under FR 22 (1) (a) (i)
within one month from the date of orders of such
unforeseen developments or change of rules.
Acceptance of such revised option may thereafter be
examined and decided on merits by Ministry/
Department concerned with the approval of Department
of Personnel & Training. In case, it is decided to allow
fresh option to the Government servant concerned, the
option once exercised shall be treated as final. The
past cases of similar nature can be referred to this
Department which will be decided on merit.
3. In so far as the persons serving in the Indian Audit
& Accounts Department are concerned, these orders
issued after consultation with the Comptroller & Auditor
General of India.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No. 16/8/2002-Estt. (Pay-
I) dated 25-2-2003)
of DOP & Training OM dated 1-4-86 in case of
Promotion of physically handicapped persons.
(DG (P) No. 20-30/89-SPB I, dt. 2-9-93)
not exceed the prescribed limit of 3%. Therefore, if there
are more than one feeder cadre, to the higher post, the
3% quota to be filled by physically handicapped may
be divided equally among the different feeder cadres.
In case a candidate belonging to physically
handicapped is not available in the particular feeder
grade, the identified post may be filled up by interse
exchange.
(DG (P) No. 20-30/89-SPB I, dt. 8-7-92)
64 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 57. INSTANCES WHICH DO NOT CONSTITUTE AS ANOMALY FOR
STEPPING UP OF PAY WITH REFERENCE TO JUNIORS
Cases for stepping up of the pay of seniors in a
pay scale to that of juniors generally considered if
the following conditions are satisfied :
(a) Both the junior and senior officers should belong
to the same cadre and the posts in which have been
promoted or appointed should be identical and in the
same cadre;
(b) The scales of pay of the lower and higher posts
in which the junior and senior officers are entitled to
draw pay should be identical;
(c) The anomaly should be directly as a result of the
application of FR 22-C. For example, if even in the
lower post the junior officer draws from time to time
a higher rate of pay than the senior by virture of grant
of advance increments or on any other account, the
above provisions will not be involved to step up the
pay of senior officer.
2. Instances have come to the notice of this
Department requesting in for stepping up of pay due
to the following reasons:-
(a) Where a senior proceeds on Extra Ordinary
Leave which results in postponement of Date of Next
Increment in the lower post, consequently he starts
drawing less pay than his junior in the lower grade
itself. He, therefore, cannot claim pay parity on
promotion even though he may be promoted earlier
to the higher grade;
(b) If a senior forgoes/refuses promotion leading to
his junior being promoted/appointed to the higher post
earlier, junior draws higher pay than the senior. The
senior may be on deputation while junior avails of
the adhoc promotion in the cadre. The increased pay
VENTURE
drawn by a junior either due to adhoc officiating/
regular service rendered in the higher posts for
periods earlier than the senior, cannot, therefore, be
an anomaly in strict sense of the term.
(c) If a senior joins the higher post later than the
junior in the lower post itself whereby he is in receipt
of lesser pay than the junior, in such cases also the
senior cannot claim pay parity in the higher post
though he may have been promoted earlier to the
higher post.
(e) Where a person is promoted from lower to a
higher post his pay is fixed with reference to the pay
drawn by him in the lower post under FR 22-C and
he is likely to get more pay than a direct appointee
whose pay is fixed under different set of rules. For
example, a UDC on promotion to the post of Assistant
gets his pay fixed under FR 22-C with reference to
the pay drawn in the post of UDC, whereas the pay
of Assistant (DR) is fixed normally at the minimum
under FR 22-B (2). In such cases, the senior direct
recruit cannot claim pay parity with the junior
promoted from a lower post to higher post as seniority
alone is not a criteria of allowing stepping up.
(f) Where a junior gets more pay due to additional
increments earned on acquiring higher qualifications.
3. In the instances referred to in paragraph 2 above,
a junior drawing more pay than the senior will not
constitute an anomaly. In such cases, stepping up
of pay will not, therefore, be admissible.
(G.I. Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No. 4/7/92-
Estt.(Pay-I) dated 4-11-1993)
65 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 3. DEPARTMENTAL EXAMIANATION
1. LGOs EXAMINATION ABSORPTION OF SURPLUS CANDIDATES
I am directed to invite your attention to this
Directorate-General letter of even number dated 14-4-
88 regarding raising of minimum educational qualification
for recruitment to the cadre of Postal/Sorting Assistants
and to say that the issue of promotion of surplus
candidates has been under consideration. The matter
was discussed in the JCM (Departmental Council) and
was referred by the JCM (DC) to a Committee.
2. It has now been decided as a result of the
deliberations of the above referred Committee, as follows:
(a) When the number of officials in any Division who
pass the examination is more than the number of
declared vacancies the excess passed candidates
from that Division and also from other such Divisions
in the Circles where there may be excess passed
candidates will be considered as per merit for
vacancies of the departmental quota of that year
remaining unfilled in other divisions in the Circle. A
combined merit list on Circle basis will be prepared
of the excess passed candidates. The merit list will
be strictly in accordance with the marks obtained in
2. RAISING OF NUMBER OF CHANCES FOR THE LGOS EXAMINATION
For the LGO's examination for promotion of the
officials from Group 'D' / Postmen / Mail Guard to the
cadre of Postal Assistants / Sorting Assistants the
number of chances is limited to five at present. The
matter has since been examined and I am directed to
3. TRAINING TO THE POSTMEN AND GROUP 'D' CADRES /
APPEARING FOR LGO EXAMINATION
This issue of arranging training to the candidates
of Postmen and Group 'D' cadre who appear for LGO
examination has been under consideration of this
Directorate.
1. It has, now been decided to organize, coaching under
Distance Learning method locally at the Divisional,
Regional and Circle headquarters depending on
number of candidates appearing from a Division /
Region. The module of the coaching would consist of
the following:-
(i) The paper for Mathematics would be of CBSE
pattern (10th Standard level) in future.
(ii) The duration of the coaching class would be for
a maximum of 15-20 days after office hours. No
TA / DA is admissible for attending these course.
(iii) PTC Mysore has developed a guide for paper III
at a nominal cost of Rs. 50.
(iv) Coaching would be provided for all the three
papers. However, candidates should make their
VENTURE
the examination. Candidates from this merit list will
be appointed to the unfilled vacancies of
departmental quota of that year strictly according to
merit. That is to say the appointment from this merit
list will be confined to the actual number of unfilled
vacancies of the departmental quota in the whole
circle for that year. Before posting the candidates
from this merit list of excess passed candidates, their
preference for a division for the choice where there
may be unfilled vacancies will be ascertained. They
will be asked to give upto four preferences. They
will be posted as far as possible according to the
preference given by them.
In the event of an official in the merit list of excess
passed candidates not being willing to accept promotion
in another Division, the post will be offered to a next
official in that list. The total number of appointments from
the list of excess passed candidates will however, in
any case not to exceed the number of vacancies of
departmental quota remaining unfilled in other Divisions.
(D.G.(P) No. 60-127/85-SPB-I, dt. 27-7-89)
inform you that the number of chances for appearing
in the LGO examination has been increased from five
to six.
( DG (P) No. 37-63/98-SPB-I (Pt.)
dated 26-08-99)
own arrangements to purchase required books
for Paper I & II.
2. PTC Mysore will send copies of the coaching material
to A.P., Karnataka, Kerala and Tamilnadu Circles for
getting requisite copies prepared according to
requirement. Copy of the coaching material will be sent
to PTC Saharanpur, Vadodara and Darbhanga for
translation in Hindi, if necessary, and further supply to
the Circles catered to by them. One copy of guide may
be provided to each of the Postal Training Centres by
Postal Training Centre, Mysore.
3. Necessary action to conduct classes for the willing
candidates who appear for the LGO exam may please
be taken. Services of resource persons from Inspector
Posts cadre having aptitude may be utilized for
coaching. Contents of this letter may be brought to the
notice of all concerned.
(Dept. of Posts No. 1-18/2001-Trg.,
dated 23-04-2002)
66 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 4. LGO EXAMS - CHANCES ALREADY AVAILED NOT TO BE COUNTED
It has been decided that the number of chances
already availed prior to be issue of these orders should
not be taken into account. The restriction on the number
of chances should take effect from the date of issue of
5. REVIEW RESULT OF FAILED SC/ST CANDIDATE OF FTP (LSG/HSGII) EXAM.
It has been decided that there shall no review of
the results of failed SC/ST candidates of the FTP
examination, since the intention behind the FTP scheme
6. REVISED ORDERS ON POSTAL TRAINING TO SAS
Kindly refer to my D.O. letter no. even dated
30-1-2002 regarding training of Sorting Assistants in
new activities. Your attention is drawn to para 5 of the
aforesaid letter wherein it was mentioned that
preference should be given to officials who have a
maximum of 10 years of service in the sorting assistant
cadre.
2. The intention was to train younger officials having
less than 10 years of service. This office has received
7. ELIGIBILITY CONDITION FOR APPEARING IN DEPT. COMPETITIVE
EXAM FOR PROMOTION TO P.S. GROUP 'B' CADRE
In continuation of this office letter of even number
dated 20-7-03 on the above subject it is to further clarify
that officials who are promoted to LSG or HSG and
are having five years of service in the LSG either on
8. ELIGIBILITY OF OFFICIALS PROMOTED UNDER TBOP / BCR FOR
APPEARING IN THE DEPARTMENTAL COMPETITIVE
EXAMINATION TO PS GROUP B GRADE
Refer to DO letter No. R&E / 1-86/DLGs dated
17-09-2003 regarding eligibility of officials promoted
under TBOP / BCR for appearing in the
Departmental Competitive Examination to PS Group
B Grade. In letter dated 28-07-2003 it was
mentioned that the official promoted under TBOP /
BCR are also eligible for appearing in the said
departmental competitive examination if they have
5 years notional or regular service in LSG or higher
grade. Therefore, there should be no ambiguity in
9. ELIGIBILITY CONDITION TO APPEAR FOR THE PS GR. B EXAMINATION
IN R/O GENERAL LINE OFFICIALS - REGARDING
References from heads of some Postal Circles
have been received in this Dte. seeking clarifications
whether the officials (PAs) promoted under TBOP/BCR
having 5 year continued regular service or more are
also eligible for appearing in the P.S. Gr. B Examination.
The matter has been examined in the Dte. I am
directed to clarify that officials promoted under TBOP/
VENTURE 67
order imposing such restrictions (5 chances only)
namely 20-4-89. Any chances availed of before this
date should be disregarded.
(DG (P) No. 60-127/35-SPB-I (Pt.), dt. 17-5-90)
is to induct effective and efficient supervisor, no further
dilution of the standards is considered necessary.
(DG (P) No. 44-18/2005-SPB II, dt. 6-7-05)
complaints that older officials are being sent for training.
I would, therefore, advise you to ensure that younger
officials with less than 10 years of service be deputed.
If there are set of willing officials they should be
preferred in the first instance. I would also like to
reiterate that the officials deputed for such training need
to be purposefully utilized at the station from where
they have been deputed.
(DG (P) No. 1-37/2001-Trg. Dt. 17-4-2002)
notional or regular basis or in combination of posts
would be eligible for appearing in the Deptl. competitive
examination for promotion to PS group 'B'.
(D.G.(P) No. 9-30/92-SPG, dt. 5-9-2003)
the matter. While TBOP / BCR are financial up
gradation granted on the basis of length of service,
promotion to LSG / HSG.II which are supervisory
provisions, is based on recruitment rules. 5 years
service in these grades is the eligibility condition
for appearing in Departmental Competitive
examination for promotion to PS Group B.
Any CAT case on the subject as apprehended may
be defended effectively.
(DG (P) No. 9-36/92-SPG dated 23-09-2003)
BCR scheme are eligible to take the examination on
completion of five years. Five years service in LSG
are reckoned from the date the official is notionally
promoted to LSG or higher grade as to be eligible for
appearing in the Departmental competitive
examination for promotion to P.S. Group 'B' grade.
(No. B2/Gr.'B" Exam/2003, dt. 22-9-03)
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 10. SYALLABUS FOR S.B. INCENTIVE EXAMINATION
i) Legislative Enactments h) National Savings Schemes Rules 1987.
a) The Govt. Saving Bank Act 1873 i) The P.O. Savings certificate Rules 1960.
b) The Govt. Savings Certificates Act, 1959. j) National Savings Certificate Rules VI issue, 1981.
c) The Public Provident Fund Act 1968. k) National Savings Certificate Rules VII issue 1981.
ii) Rules l) Social Security Rules 1982
a) The Post office savings Bank General Rules 1981 m) Indira Vikas Patra Rules 1988
b) The Post Office Savings Accounts Rules 1981 n) Kisan Vikas Patra Rules 1988
c) The Post Office C.T.D. Rules 1981 o) National Savings Certificate VIII issue Rules 1989
d) The Post Office R.D. Rules 1981 iii) Procedures
e) The Post Office T.D. Rules 1981 a) P.O. S.B. Manuals Vol. I & II
f) The Public Provident Fund Scheme, 1968. The examination will be without aid of books.
g) The Post Office Monthly Income Account Rules, Qualifying marks in 50 percent.
1987. (DG P&T No. 55-3-89-SB dt. 27-6-1989)
11. SYALLABUS FOR P.O. AND R.M.S. ACCOUNTANT EXAM.
Paper I :- (With Books) 3 hours 100 marks 2) Postal Manual Volume VI, Part II & III (Relating to
Part I MOS, IPOS, BPOs, Sub Accounts & Accounts in
FRS 1 to 56 SOS).
SRS -1 to 203 Part III
CCS (Joining Time) Rules 1979 1. Over time Allowance, Medical Reimbursement,
CCS (Leave) Rules 1972 HBA, LTC & Group Insurance Scheme.
CCS (Pension) Rules 1972 2) Post Office Insurance Fund Rules - Procedure for
GPF (CS) Rules 1960 POs.
Part II : Notes: 1 : Both papers will consists of theoretical
DA, HRA, CCA, CEA, and Allowances to ED Questions and practical questions in the proportion
Employees of 1/3rd theoretical and 2/3rd practical questions. In
Paper II (With Book) 3 hours - 100 marks both the portions, there will be some compulsory
Part I questions. Marks for theory portion would be 30 and
1) Financial Hand Book Vol. I & Vol. II those for practical portion will be 70.
2) P&T Manual Vol. II (Chapters IV, V, VII, VIII, IX, X 2. For O.C. Candidates, Qualifying marks will be 45%
& XII) in each paper and 50% in the aggregate. SC/ST
3) Schedule of Financial Powers of Dept. of Posts. candidates will require 38% and 43% marks
Part II respectively for qualifying in each paper and in the
1) P&T Manual Vol. IV Chapter I, II, VIII, XII, XVI, aggregate.
XVII. (DG (P) No. 9-2/89-SPB II dt. 17-1-90)

12. SYALLABUS FOR JUNIOR ACCOUNTS OFFICER - PART I

Subject I - (Paper I Time 3 Hrs. Marks 250) advances and reimbursement. (eg. Conveyance
Precis Writing, Drafting and Grammar Allowance, H.R.A., C.E.A. Productivity Linked
Subject II Bonus, Medical Reimbursement, Group Insurance,
i) F.R. 1 to 56, 109 to 127 Appendices relating to rates H.B.A. etc.)
to Leave Salary and Pension Contribution and SRs Paper - II Theory (Without Books) Time 2 hrs.
1 to 203. Marks 100
ii) CCS (Joining Time) Rules 1979 Paper - III Practical (With books) Time 3 hrs. Marks
iii) CCS (Leave) Rules, 1972 150.
iv) CCS (Pension) Rules, 1972 Subject - III
v) CCS (Commutation of Pension) Rules, 1981 General Financial Rules and Procedure.
vi) Leave Travel Concession. i) P&T FHB Volume-I
vii) G.P.F. (CS) Rules, 1960. ii) P&T FHB Volume-II
viii) O.T.A. Rules iii) P&T Manual Volume-II (Chapter IX, X, XII)
ix) Rules and instruction relating to all allowances, iv) P.A.M. Volume-I
VENTURE 68 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
v) Appendix 5 to P.A.M. Volume- I.
vi) Delegation of Financial Powers Rules 1978.
vii) Schedule of Financial powers of officers of the
Department of Posts.
viii) Demand for grants, Appropriation of Accounts (P)
and Audit Report (Posts) for the relevant year.
ix) Constitution of India Article 107 to 123, 148 to 151,
264 to 290, 311, 323 A.
Paper -IV Theory (Without Book) - Time : 2 Hrs.
Marks 100
1. Fundamental Principles of Accounting.
2. Final Accounts.
3. Bills of Exchange and Promissory Notes.
4. Depreciation Reserves and Provisions.
5. Receipts and Payments Accounts, Income and
Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet.
6. Company Accounts - Introduction, Shares,
13. SYALLABUS FOR JUNIOR ACCOUNTS OFFICER - PART II
EXAMINATION (POSTAL)
Subject - I
i) Book keeping to the trial balance.
ii) Bank Reconciliation Statement.
iii) Final Accounts.
iv) Bills of Exchange.
v) Depreciation, Reserves and Provisions.
vi) Receipts and Payments Accounts, Income and
Expenditures Accounts.
vii) Self Balancing Ledger.
viii) Single Entry.
ix) Correction of Errors.
x) Accounts Current and Average Due Dates.
xi) Funds Flow Statements.
xii) Financial Appraisal of Projects.
xiii) Elements of Costs:
Cost Sheets or Statement of costs, purchase
control, stored control, Method of valuing material
issue, Material control, Labour cost computation
and control, Labour Remuneration and incentive,
Labour Accounting and Control, Overhead
Accounting and Control overhead accounting, and
control Depreciation Unit costing, Job costing,
Batch Contract, costing, Marginal costing,
Reconciliation of costs and Financial Accounts,
Standard Costing.
Paper vi) Practical without books - 3 hours and
150 marks
14. SYALLABUS FOR DEPARTMENTAL COMPETITIVE EXAMINATION FOR
PROMOTION OF GENERAL LINE OFFICIALS TO PSS GROUP 'B'
First Paper (With aid of books) 100 marks
Postal Manual Volume V
(Postal Offices and Railway Mail Service General
Regulations).
VENTURE
Debentures etc.
7. Company Accounts : Final Accounts.
8. Cost Accounts.
9. Criticism of Financial Statements, Inflation
Accounting.
10. Accounting Ratios.
11. Cash and Funds Flew Statements, Cash Budgets
and Working Capital.
12. Management Accounting. (Vide DG(P) No 3-10(iii)/
88/PACE/2208 to 2237, dt. 23-2-88)
Paper -V Practical (With Books) Time 3 Hrs.
marks : 150
(Total 3 subjects 5 papers and maximum of marks
650)
Note: Not more than 53 years of age on the first
day of January of the year writing the exam.
(DG (P) No. F-3-10(VIII)/90-PAC/46 dt. 9-4-90)
Subject II : Postal Accounts
i) P.A.M. Volume II (except chapter on Government
Security, Army Postal services and Custom Duty)
ii) Postal Manual Volume-VI Part I and II
iii) Postal Manual Volume-VI Part III (Chapter I & II
only).
iv) Saving Bank Manual.
v) P.O. Insurance Fund Rules.
vi) Manual of SB Controls Pairing and Internal Check
Organisation.
vii) Book of P&T Accounts Office Form.
viii) Book of P&T Accounts Form
ix) Accounting Procedure for P&T Motor Service.
Paper VII - Theory without books - 2 hours and
100 marks.
Paper VIII - Practical with books- 3 hours and
150 marks.
Subject III- Civil Works Accounts and Procedure
i) C.P.W.D. code
ii) C.P.W.D. Accounts code with Appendices and Forms.
iii) C.P.W.D. Manual.
iv) Book of Forms.
Paper IX Practical with book - 3 hours and 150
Marks.
(Total 3 Subject 4 papers and maximum marks 550)
(DG (P) No. 3-10/3/89/PACE/1564 to 1604
dt. 24-11-89)
Postal Manual Volume IV
Part I - whole Establishments
Chapter I Appointments & Promotions
Chapter II Transfers and Postings
69 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
Chapter - III Leave Post Manual Volume III Full Less RLO
Chapter IV Pension and Gratuities Post Office Guide Part I : Whole
Appendices Post Office Guide Part II : Whole
Appendix 6 Casual Leave Post Office Guide Part IV : whole
Appendix 23 Volunteers for field service Vol. VI Part I : Whole
Appendix 36 Departmental Examination Part II : Whole
Appendix 39 Rules of Recruitment for stamp vendors. Part III : Whole
Brochure on reservation for SC/ST candidates Manual for SBCO : Whole
Postal Manual Volume II - General Regulations. Branch office Rules
Chapter I Organisation Third Paper (with the aid of books) 100 marks.
Chapter IV Personal Matters 1. Postal Financial Handbook : Volume I & II
Chapter V Security Deposits 2. Schedule of Financial Powers
Chapter VI Stock 3. FRS/SRS
Chapter VII Forged, Counter feit and defaced Postage 4. CCS (Pension) Rules
Stamps, Silver coins and Currency notes 5. CCS (Leave) Rules
Chapter XI Misc. Rules 6. Postal Manual Vol. II Chapter III : Appeals and
Chapter XII Budget Estimates and Control Petitions.
Postal Manual Volume III. Fourth Paper (without books) 100 marks
Chapter I Discipline Appeals and petitions General Knowledge and Intelligence 75 marks.
Schedule 1-A CCS (CCA) Rules 1985 i) General Knowledge with special reference to:
1-B Rules relating to conduct ant service of the a) Public Relations
Postal ED Agents. b) Staff Relations
Schedule 5 Administrative powers of Post Master, c) Grievance handling
Report on the time test in the Post Office by R.V. d) Staff Welfare
Maratha & M.K. Report. e) Supervisory skills, and Office Management.
CCS (Conduct) Rules 1964 ii) Precis Writing 25 marks
Second Paper (with aid of books) 100 marks. (DG (P) No. 11/86-SPG dt. 14-8-86)
15. SYALLABUS OF DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATION FOR PROMOTION TO BE
GRADE OF "INSPECTOR OF POSTS"
PAPER I PAPER 3
(Without the aid of books) (With the aid of books)
Time : 3 hours Max. Marks : 100 Time : 3 hours Max. Marks : 100
1. P&T Manual Vol. V i) P&T Financial Hand book Vol. I Chapter II to VI
2. P&T Manual Vol. IV and Chapter VIII to XIII and Appendix-11.
(Chapters I and II (except traffic and engineering ii) Postal Financial Hand Book Vol. II chapter II, IV
portions (III, V, VIII, XII, XVI & XVII). and V.
3. P&T Manual Vol. II Note : The appendices referred in the above chapters
(Chapters II, IV (Rules 127 to 147 only) V and VI. are also included in the syllabus.
4. CCS (Conduct) Rules 1964. iii) Fundamental rules whole except Rules 82, 94 to
5. Postal Manual Vol. III 100, 102 and 109 to 130.
(Schedules I-A, I-B, I-B(I) 4 and 7) iv) Supplementary rules whole including appendices
6. Time test by Shri. R.V. Marathe. except rules 166 to 174, 242 to 266, 274 to 283
PAPER II and 307 to 310.
(Without the aid the books) v) CCS Pension Rules 1972, CCS Leave rules 1972,
Time : 3 hours Max. Marks : 100 CCS Joining Time Rules 1979.
a) 60 Marks PAPER 4
(i) P&T Manual Vol. VIII where except chapter I (With the aid of books)
(ii) PO Guide Part I and II. Time : 3 hours Max Marks : 100
b) 20 Marks i) Indian Post Office Act of 1898.
(i) Postal Manual VI Part I, II and III ii) The Government Saving Bank Act of 1873 as
(ii) Post office Savings Bank Manual Vol. I and amended by the Government savings Bank
Vol. II. (amendment) Act 1959.
(c) 20 Marks. iii) The Government Saving Certificates Act 1959.
Postal Manual Vol. VII. iv) The Indian Panall code chapters I, II, V, IX, XII to
VENTURE 70 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
section 424 and XVIII to section 477A.
v) The Indian evidence act.
vi) The code of criminal procedures chapters I, V, VI,
VII, XIV, XXII, XXIV, XXV, XXXIX to XIII.
vii) Central Administrative Tribunal Act 1985.
viii) Consumer protection act 1986.
PAPER 5
Time : 3 hours Max Marks : 100
Essay 30 marks
General knowledge 30 marks
Computer basics 10 marks
Intelligent test 30 marks.
Syllabus for General Knowledge section will cover
History, Geopraphy, Culture and Constitution India.
(DG (P) No. 1-11/2001-Trg. dt. 18-7-01)
CORRIGENDUM
This is with reference to Sr. DDG (CP)s D.O. letter
16. OFFICIALS CAN BE ALLOWED TO APPEAR DEPARTMENTAL
EXAMINATIONS UNDER SUSPENSION
The question whether an official who submits an
application for permission to sit at the examination
for departmental candidates, and against whom
either disciplinary proceedings have been initiated
or who is under suspension should be allowed to
take the examination or not, has been under
consideration for some time past. It has now been
decided in consultation with the Ministry of Home
Affairs that such an official might be admitted to the
examination even though he may be under
suspension or disciplinary proceedings might have
been initiated against him, if he satisfies all the other
conditions prescribed for admission to such
examination. The official can, however, be promoted
only after the disciplinary proceedings are over and
17. COMPETITIVE EXAM - CANDIDATES OBTAINING EQUAL MARKS -
SELECTION AND DETERMINATION OF INTER-SE-MERIT.
I am directed to invite your attention to this office
letter of even no. dated 8-9-94 on the subject mentioned
above and to state that para 2 of erstwhile DGP&T letter
No. 27-24/65/NCG dated 7-4-66 may be deleted and
substituted by the following para in its place.
"SELECTION" :- If two or more candidates got
clubbed due to obtaining of equal marks against last
vacancy to be filled on the basis of the competitive
exam. Selection of senior-most of such candidates in
the merit shall be made based on their Inter-Se-
18. NO. OF CHANCES FOR IPO EXAMINATION :
"A candidates is allowed a maximum of four
chances to appear in the IPO examination. 70 percent
aggregate marks more in 4th chance may be allowed
VENTURE
of even no. dated 13/18-07-2001 regarding syllabus
for the examination for the Departmental candidates
to the cadre of "INSPECTOR POSTS".
Please include the corrigendum as follows:
PAPER 2
Column b) iii) may be added as follows :
Branch office Rules read along with GDS conduct
and Employment Rules 2001 (formerly ED agents
conduct and service Rules 1965).
PAPER 4
Column IV ; Indian Penal Code. Please include
chapter XVII after chapter XII and before to section 424.
Column VI : The code of criminal procedure chapter
XXXIX to XIII may please be read as XXXIX to XLI.
The receipt of this letter may kindly be
acknowledged.
(D.G.(P) No. 1-11/2001-Trg. dt. 22-10-01)
he is completely exonerated.
If on the basis of the disciplinary proceedings any
punishment is imposed (other than removal, dismissal
or retirement, in which case the question would not
arise), the appointing authority should consider each
case on its merits to see whether a person should be
promoted in spite of the penalty imposed on the basis
of the results of the examination which he has passed.
If it is decided to promote him, then he should be
promoted only after the expiry of penalty (other than
ensure), but his seniority in the higher grade may be
determined on the basis of the rank obtained in the
competitive examination.
(D.G. P&T's letter No. 7/31/63-SPB.II dated the
25th June 1965)
Seniority in the feeder post, if they belong to common
seniority list, if not their length of regular service in the
feeder post may be taken into account for this purpose.
Above amendment issues in the light of Deptt. of
Personnel & Training U.O. No. 6-6/93/Estt.(D) dated
18-5-93 and will apply to all exams held by the Deptt.
of posts in the year 1993 and onwards.
The above instruction may please be brought to
the notice of all concerned.
[D.G.(P) No. 5-10/93/DE dated 8-11-95]
one more chance as a special case."
"SC/ST candidates may be allowed six chances."
[DG (P) No. 7/24/80-80-SPB II dt. 5-9-81]
71 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 19. RELAXATION OF AGE LIMIT AND REMOVAL OF LIMITED CHANCES TO
APPEAR FOR J.A.O. PARTS I & II EXAM:
Relaxation of age limit : Part I 53 years. Part II
No age limit.
No. of chances : six chances to appear Part I exam.
Indefinite chance, however may be allowed to
20. COUNTING OF TRAINING PERIOD FOR THE PURPOSE OF DRAWING
INCREMENTS-CLARIFICATION REGARDING
(i) Under FR 26 only duty in a post on time scale
counts for increments in that time scale. As per FR
9(6)(a) (i) the services as a probationer or apprentice
is treated as duty provided that service is followed by
confirmation. As such, the training period during which
a Government Servant is not remunerated in the scale
of pay attached to the post cannot be treated as duty.
2. The staff side in the National Council (JCM) have
raised a demand that the training periods should be
counted for the purpose of drawing increments as
otherwise the concerned staff, particularly the non-
gazetted in the technical Departments, where the
training periods is a long one is put to perpetual dis-
advantage vis-a-vis the staff in non technical job who
21. RMS GROUP B EXAM FOR THE GENERAL LINE OFFICIALS -
ELIGIBILITY THEREFORE
It is stated that in so far as syllabus for
this Examination is concerned, it is in no way
exhaustive than that prescribed for I.P.O.'s
examination. Further the first three papers
are to be attempted with the aid of books
whereas in the IPO's examination this
VENTURE
those candidates who secure 30 per cent marks or
above in the aggregate in any one of the last two
chances availed of by them.
[Dept. of Telecom. NO. 36-1/90-SEA dt, 10-7-90]
are recruited along with technical staff in the same scale
of pay.
3. The matter has been considered in The National
Council (JCM) and it has been decided that in case
where a person has been selected for regular
appointment and before formally taking over charge of
the post for which selected person is required to
undergo training, training period undergone by such a
Government Servant whether on remuneration of
stipend or otherwise may be treated as duty for the
purpose of drawing increments.
4. These orders take effect from the 1st of the month
in which this OM is issued.
(OM No. 16-16/89-Estt (Pay-I) dt. 22-10-90)
relaxation is not there.
As regards, eligibility of cadres to appear in the
examination, it is hereby clarified that the officials
belonging to RMS, MMS and RLO cadres and not
eligible to appear in this examination.
(DG (P) No. 11-7/86-SPG, dt. 30-12-86)
72 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 4. RECRUITMENTS
1. DEPARTMENT OF POSTS (POSTAL ASSISTANTS AND SORTING
ASSISTANTS) RECRUITMENT RULES 2002
I am directed to forward herewith a copy of
notification dated 9-1-2002 published in the Gazette
of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section-3 sub section
(i) dated 10-1-2002 promulgating the Revised
Recruitment rules for the posts of postal/Sorting
assistants. These rules are effective from 10-1-2002,
the date of publication of the notification in the
Gazette of India. Recruitment to the posts of PA/SA
will be in accordance with the notified rules, special
attention is attracted to the following provisions.
a) In column of 8 of the schedule to the Recruitment
rules, knowledge of local language of the state
concerned has ben made as essential qualification. The
candidate should have studied the local language as a
subject at least up to matriculation level to be eligible
for the post.
b) The minimum educational qualification for direct
2. COPY OF NOTIFICATION (DOP) DATED 9TH JANUARY, 2002
G.S.R. ...(18)(E).........In exercise of the powers
conferred by the proviso to Article 309 of the
Constitution and in supersession of the Department
of Posts (Postal Assistants and Sorting Assistants)
Recruitment Rules, 1990, except as respect things
done omitted to be done before such supersession,
the President hereby makes the following rules
regulating in the Department of Posts, Ministry of
Communications, namely :-
1. Short title and Commencement :-
(1) These rules may be called Department of Posts
(Postal Assistants and Sorting Assistants) Recruitment
Rules 2002.
(2) They shall be into force on the date of their
publication in the Official Gazette.
2. Application ;-
These rules shall apply to the posts specified in
columns of the Schedule annexed to these rules.
3. Number of Posts their classification and scale
of pay :-
The number of posts their classification and scale
of pay attached there to shall be as specified in col No.
(2) to (4) of the said Schedule.
4. Method of recruitment, age limit, qualification
etc.
The method of recruitment, age limit, qualification
and other matters relating to the said posts shall be as
specified in columns (5) to (14) of the said Schedule.
5. Disqualifications :- No person :-
(a) Who, has entered into or contracted a marriage
VENTURE
recruits for the post is 10+2 standard or 12th class
pass of a recognized University or Board of school
education or Board of secondary education with
English as a compulsory subject (excluding
vocational streams).
(c) The educational qualification of GDS candidates
for the post of PA/SA minimum marks to be secured
by them, and age limit have been provided from
column 11.
d) As per para 6 of the Revised Recruitment Rules,
any person appointed to the said posts shall be
liable to service in the Army Postal Service in India
or abroad as required.
It is requested that the provisions of recruitment
rules may be brought to the notice of all concerned.
Relevant revised provisions may be suitably
incorporated in future notifications of vacancies.
with a person having a spouse living ; or
(b) Who, having a spouse living, has entered into or
contracted a marriage with any person. Shall be eligible
or appointment to the said post.
Provided that the Central Government may, if
satisfied that such marriage is permissible under the
personal law applicable to such person and the other
party to the marriage and there are other grounds for
doing so, exempt any person from the operation of this
rule.
6. Requirement to serve in the Army Postal
Services :-
Any person appointed to the said posts shall be
liable to serve in the Army Postal Service in India or
abroad as required.
7. Power to Relax :
Where the Central Government is of the opinion
that it is necessary or expedient so to do, it may by
order, and for reasons to the recorded in writing, relax
any of the provisions of these rules with respect to any
class or category of persons.
8. Saving :-
Nothing in these rules shall affect reservations and
other concessions required to be provided for the
Scheduled Castes, the scheduled Tribes, the Other
Backward Classes, the Ex-Serviceman and other
categories of persons in accordance with the orders
issued by the Central Government from time to time in
this regard.
(DG (P) No. 6-29/98-SPB-I, dt. 25-1-2002)
73 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 3. RECRUITMENT TO THE CADRE OF POSTAL/SORTING ASSISTANT-REG.
I am directed to refer to this Department's
Notification No. 60-29/98 SPB-I dated 9-1-02
promulgating the Department of Posts (Postal
Assistants and Sorting Assistants) Recruitment
Point raised
1. Whether the revised recruitment rules
PA/SA will also be applicable to the
cadre of PA (SBCO) and PA (CO/RO).
2. If candidate has passed 10+2 without
English and passed graduation with
English whether such candidates can
be considered educationally qualified
and eligible for recruitment to the
cadre of PA/SA.
3. In case of GDS minimum qualification
is prescribed as 10+2 whether
candidates who have passed 10+2
without English and working as GDS
are eligible for promotion to the cadre
of PA/SA.
4. In the Col. 11(b) it has been mentioned
that if vacancies remain unutilised by
GDS they shall be filled by subsequent
direct recruitment of other open market
candidates. Whether unutilised
vacancies are to be offered to
candidates of direct recruitment of the
same year by raising vacancies
declared for direct recruitment quota.
5. Whether the scheme for promotion of
lower grade officials to the cadre of
PA/SA under incentive scheme is in
existence.
6. Whether officers of BSNL can be
nominated in DPC constituted in
connection with recruitment of PA/SA.
7. Whether Gr. D of P&T dispensary can
be allowed to appear in LGO
examination for promotion to the cadre
of PA/SA.
8. Whether lower grade officials who
have already availed maximum of six
chances as prescribed to appear in
LGO exam. for promotion to the cadre
of PA/SA under Special recruitment
drive to fill up back log vacancies
reserved for physically handicapped
SC/STs are eligible.
VENTURE
Rules 2002. Some of the Circles have sought
clarifications regarding applicability etc. of these
rules. These have been examined and the position
clarified as under:-
Clarification
In respect of PA(SBCO) and PA (C.O./R.O.) there are different
sets of recruitment rules notified vide Dept. Notification No. 60-
29/98 SPB-I dated 9-1-2002 clearly specified the posts which
these rules are applicable. Hence no further elaboration is
required.
The candidates who have passed 10+2 without English but who
possesses the qualification of graduation with English should be
considered as educationally qualified for the recruitment to the
cadre of PA/SA.
Gramin Dak sevaks are outsiders. The educational qualifications
prescribed for direct recruits will be applicable in the case of
Gramin Dak Sevaks also. Recruitment rules are being amended
to make this point explicit.
The revised recruitment rules clearly stipulates that the unfilled
vacancies of Departmental quota which remain unutilized by the
GDS shall be filled by subsequent direct requitement of other
open market candidates of direct recruitment of the same year
by raising vacancies declared for direct recruitment quota as this
will create complications since the marks of GDS are to be
compared with the last direct recruit of the relevant category of
the same year. Such unfilled vacancies should be filled through
direct recruitment by renotifying those unfilled vacancies.
No. There is no provision in the recruitment rules for giving any
such promotion.
Constitution of DPC is clearly mentioned in Col. 13 of the Scheme
and should be strictly followed.
In Col. 12 of the schedule to the Rectt. rules the categories of
officials who are eligible for promotion to the cadre PA/SA through
LGO examination has been given. No other category of officials
are eligible for consideration.
The restriction of 6 chances will be applicable for the LGO
examination which are held in the normal course. The chances
availed under the Special recruitment drive to fill up the backlog
vacancies of reserve categories are governed by the relevant
instructions issued for filling up the backlog vacancies from time
to time.
(D.G.(P) No. 37-25/2001-SPB I dt. 28-5-2002)
74 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 4. RECRUITMENT PROCEDURE TO CADRE OF POSTAL/SORTING
ASSISTANTS IN POST OFFICES - CLARIFICATIONS
Refer to this Department's letter No. 60-1/2002-
SPB-I, dated 1-7-02 on the above subject. Some of
the Circles have sought certain clarifications
Sl. No. Point Raised
1. Whether the unfilled vacancies of
departmental quota, which are to be
offered to eligible GDS's as per
recruitment rules are, required to be
cleared by the Screening Committee
for finalizing Annual Direct
Recruitment Plan.
2. Approval be given for filling up of
certain direct recruitment vacancies
which were not included in the
proposal by the Circles furnished for
drawing the Annual Direct
Recruitment Plan.
3. Whether Employment Exchange
registration is to be insisted for making
recruitment.
4. Whether the DPC as prescribed in the
recruitment rules has to conduct the
interview or whether interview. Board
mentioned in the Department's letter
No. 60-36/93-SPB-I, dated 28/2/95 is
to conduct the interview.
5. If the direct recruitment is not made
in any year. While the recruitment
from GDS to PA/SA is to be made in
the year, then who will be the last
direct recruit of the same year?
regarding recruitment rules procedure to the cadre
of Postal/Sorting Assistants in Post Offices. The
points raised are clarified as under:-
Clarification
Recruitment of GDS candidates to the cadre of PA/SA is not a
promotion but direct recruitment as Gramin Dak Sevaks are
not departmental employees. The vacancies meant for direct
recruitment, irrespective the category from which they are filled,
are required to be cleared by the Screening Committee before
it is filled up.
The vacancies cleared by the Screening Committee for being
filled up have already been communicated to the Circles vide
this Department's letter No. 60-29/98-SPB-I (Pt.II), dated 11/
6/02. As already indicated in this letter, there is no scope for
any change in the allocation. If any vacancy has not been
included in the Annual Recruitment Plan proposal, it cannot
be filled. Hence no reference regarding grant of approval for
filling such vacancies will be entertained.
As already clarified in this Department's letter No. 60-31/97-
SPB-I, dated 31/1/2001. Employment Exchange registration
need not be insisted upon for direct recruitment to the cadre of
PA/SA.
Composition of Departmental Promotion Committee as
indicated in Col. 13 of the Schedule to the Recruitment Rules
to the cadre of PA/SA is meant for confirmation purposes. The
composition of the interview Board for direct recruitment will
be as indicated in this Department's letter No. 60-36/93-SPB-
I, dated 28/2/95.
The unfilled vacancies of the Departmental quota are offered
to GDSs. However, there may be a situation where due to
certain unavoidable circumstances like ban on direct
recruitment or litigation, direct recruitment may be held up. In
such cases where direct recruitment cannot be made, the
question of making recruitment from GDS candidates will not
arise as direct recruitment from open market candidates and
from GDS candidates are done simultaneously.
(D.G.(P) No. 60-1/2002-SPB-I, Dt. 6-9-02)

5. REVISED RECRUITMENT PROCEDURE FOR POSTAL

ASSISTANTS/SORTING ASSISTANTS
I am directed to refer to this Department's letter
No. 60-36/93-SPB.I dated 28th February, 1995 by
which the Recruitment procedure for direct recruitment
to the grade of Postal Assistants/Sorting Assistants was
revised. Certain clarifications sought for by the Circles
with reference to the recruitment procedure were also
issued from time to time. In the mean time, a number
of suggestions were received from the Circles to further
streamline the procedure. Accordingly, a Committee
VENTURE
consisting of the Chief Postmaster General, Karnataka
Circle as Chairman, the Chief Postmaster General,
Andhra Pradesh Circle as Member and Director (Staff),
Department of Posts as Member Secretary was
constituted to look into the existing procedure,
suggestions received from the Circles, judicial decisions
in the matter and recommend a revised procedure for
recruitment.
2. The report submitted by the Committee was placed
75 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
before the Postal Services Board. The Board has
considered the recommendations of the Committee and
approved a revised procedure for recruitment to the
cadre of Postal/Sorting Assistants. A copy of the revised
recruitment procedure is enclosed for necessary action
and compliance. This procedure will be applicable for
direct recruitment to the following grades :
a) Postal Assistants in Post Offices.
b) Postal Assistants in Circle Offices and Regional
Offices.
c) Postal Assistants in Returned Letter Offices.
d) Postal Assistants in Savings Bank Control
Organisation.
e) Sorting Assistants in Railway Mail Service.
f) Postal and Sorting Assistants in Army Postal
Service.
(3) Pricing and sale of application form and
prospectus:
The cost of the prospectus, application form etc.
will be Rs. 10. The form will be sold in full set only. The
sale of forms may be done through all the Head Post
Offices, Sub Post Offices and other Post Offices to be
selected by the Head of Circle.
(4) Short-listing of candidates :
(a) The process of recruitment will be done on
centralized basis.
(b) The candidates will be short-listed to the extent of
10 times the number of vacancies.
(c) The marks of 10+2 level will only be taken into
account for the purpose of Short-listing. Weightage to
the marks of 10+2 will be 40% and a merit list of all the
eligible candidates with 40% weightage will be
prepared. No bonus marks will be awarded for higher
qualifications.
(d) The vocational courses are not to be considered
equivalent to 10+2. The candidates having qualification
in vocational course after matriculation will not be
eligible.
(e) The short-listed candidates will be issued with the
hall permits and addressed to appear for the written
test.
The procedure for processing applications and
maintaining records is in Annexure-IV.
(5) Examination Fee : An Examination Fee of Rs. 100
will be charged from the general candidates. For SC/
ST/OBC/Ex-Servicemen/Physically handicapped
candidates, the Examination Fee will be Rs. 50/-. The
fee will be credited under unclassified receipts in any
post office. Only the short-listed candidates will be
asked to credit the amount in any post office and bring
the receipt in original for admission to the aptitude test.
However, a Post Office with limited functions can
function in the examination hall premises on the day of
aptitude test to accept the fees, in case any candidates
has not credited the amount earlier and desires to credit
VENTURE
the same on the day of test.
(6) Aptitude test :
(a) The candidates who are called for the aptitude test
and who produce the receipt for having credited the
examination fee will only be permitted to take the test.
(b) The aptitude test will carry 100 marks. The question
paper shall contain 50 objective type questions of 2
marks each and will include 10 questions on English,
10 questions on Mathematics and 20 questions on
General Knowledge and 10 questions on Reasoning
and analytical obility. The duration of the test will be 60
minutes.
(c) The question paper will be set by an officer of JAG
level within the Circle. However, the CPMG will have
the discretion to get the question papers set by an
officer of JAG level outside the Circle, if he considers it
necessary, in consultation with CPMG concerned.
(e) Apart from setting of the question paper, required
number of copies will also be prepared by the Circle
and sent in sealed packets. The key of the question
papers will be prepared by the paper setter but the key
will be sent to the indenting Circle only after the date of
the examination.
(f) The valuation of the papers will be entrusted to
Group-A officers in STS and above within the Circle or
to the question setter.
(g) 50% Weightage of marks secured in Aptitude Test
will be given for final selection of the candidates.
(h) Appearing in this test will be compulsory.
(7) Bonus Marks for higher qualification:
No bonus marks for higher qualifications will be
awarded.
(8) Type test :
There will be no test to assess typing knowledge
on the typewriters. However the typing knowledge shall
be tested on computer.
(9) Computer Test :
The data entry knowledge and typing knowledge
shall be tested on computer. The weightage for
computer test will be increased from 5 to 10 marks.
The test shall include one passage in English or Hindi
to be typed to test the typing knowledge. It shall also
include data entry of some data consisting of figures
and letters.
The test shall be for 30 minutes- 15 minutes for
each part, i.e. typing knowledge and data entry and
each part shall be given 5 marks. Marks shall be given
at 0 or 5 based on whether the candidates achieve
minimum standard or not. There will be no graded
marks. The question paper for the whole Circle shall
be set at Circle level. A software shall be developed
for conducting the test so that the valuation can be
done instantly on completion of test and certified by
the supervisor and the candidate. A sample of software
is in Annexure-V.
76 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
(10) Interview : The interview now being held shall be
dispensed with.
(11) Scrutiny of applications etc. :-
(a) Receipt of applications etc. and maintenance of
X,Y and Z registers (Annexure-IV) should be done by
OA/PA and checked by the ASP/Inspector/Supervisor
entrusted with the work who will be responsible for
correctness of all entries made. The entries made in
the registers should be checked and certified by the
Divisional Superintendent or the office-in-charge of
recruitment in the Division.
(b) The entries in all parts of Y and Z registers will be
checked by the Recruitment Committee consisting of
Divisional Supt./Head of Office/Incharge of the
recruiting division/unit and two Divisional Supdts. of
the neighbouring units. Out of the three officers, one
should be belonging to SC/ST and at least one officer
in Group A. If there are more than 10 vacancies, one
officer belonging to minority community may also be
coopted as member. The Senior most officer among
the three officers will be the Chairman of the
Recruitment Committee. In addition, the Committee will
also carry out test a check of entries made in 'X' Register
with reference to the relevant applications.
(13) Final Merit List :
The final merit list of 100 marks shall be consisting
of different components as given below :
(a) 40% weightage to the marks of 10+2 or 12th Class;
plus
(b) 50% weightage to the marks secured in aptitude
test; plus
(c) 5 marks for knowledge of typing on computer.
(d) 5 marks for data entry in Computer.
The final select list will be displayed in the Notice
Board of the Recruiting Unit and Head Post offices in
the Division. One copy of the select list should be sent
to CO/RO on the same day of declaration of select list.
(14) Waiting list :
A waiting list shall be prepared only to the extent
of vacancies announced in the relevant category. The
candidates of the waiting list may be considered only
in case the selected candidates do not respond or
refuse to accept the offer. The names of candidates in
the waiting list will not be announced. This list will be
current for six months only from the date of declaration
6. INTRODUCTION OF FAST TRACK PROMOTION TO FILL UP LSG/HSG-II
POSTS IN PO & RMS OFFICES-AMENDMENT TO RECRUITMENT RULES
Refer to this Department's letter of even number,
dated 11-2-2002 on the above subject. A copy of the
revised Recruitment Rules for LSG/HSG-II Posts in
PO&RMS Offices notified in the Gazettee of India
on 7-2-2002 was forwarded to Heads of all Circles
by letter, dated 19-2-2002. A number of Circles have
VENTURE
of result and will be strictly operated against drop-outs
from select list and not against any other vacancy or in
any other contingency.
(15) Issue of appointment order :
The appointment orders to the selected candidates
should be issued only after satisfactory completion of
training. However, such appointment order shall not be
issued unless all the pre-appointment formalities,
verification of certificates, etc. are completed and there
is clear vacancy for appointment.
(16) Recruitment of PA/SA for deputation to APS:
(a) The candidates should be asked to produce a
medical certificate from the Govt. Medical Officer in the
prescribed format (Annexure-III, Part 'A' Appendix-I).
(b) The Medical Examination of all the candidates shall
be done at the same station in consultation with the
Zonal Army Recruitment Centre.
(c) The candidates found unfit on medical and physical
examination shall have no right to claim appointment
in the Postal/RMS division concerned.
(17) Period of preservation of recruitement records:
(a) Applications received are entered in 'X' Register.
Acceptable applications are sorted out and sent to the
selected officers for scrutiny and orders. Accepted
applications are entered in 'Y' Register. A merit list is
prepared based on total marks obtained and entered
in 'Z' register.
(b) The applications received, answer books, soft copy
of the registers, if any, the Receipt Register, X-Register
and Y-Register will be preserved for 3 years or till the
court case/Vigilance case/disputes are decided,
whichever is later.
(c) Z Register will be preserved for a period of 40 years
since it contains the relative merit and eventually
seniority in the cadre.
(d) The application of the selected and appointed
candidate shall be filed as the first serial in the Personal
File of the official.
(18) In case a candidate applies from more than one
Division, the recruiting unit from where he appears for
the exam would be deemed to be the Recruiting
Division and the application submitted from other
recruiting units will not be considered. This will be
mentioned in the application form.
(D.G.(P) No.51-2/2003-SPB-I, dt. 10-11-2004)
sought clarification relating to the Fast Track
Promotion Scheme and other connected issues. The
points raised by the various Circles are clarified as
under:-
Point 1. LSG being a Divisional cadre, in the
absence of Circles seniority list for the feeder cadre,
77 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
how to convene the DPC at Circles level for promotion
to LSG.
Clarification- As LSG is a Divisional cadre, there
is no need of preparing any Circle seniority list for
promotion to LSG. As regards promotion to HSG.II,
instructions contained in this Department letter No. 6-
19/82-SPB-II, dated 13-3-1986 and 2-6-1986 may be
followed.
Point 2. Since LSG/HSG-II posts were filled up by
posting according to Divisional/Regional seniority
respectively, whether all the posts filled up by posting
can now be filled up by promotion by seniority cum-
fitness basis.
Clarification- Vacancies in norm-based LSG and
HSG-II posts which existed prior to the notification of
the revised Recruitment Rules may be filled up notionally
in terms of the relevant Recruitment Rules as envisaged
in the instructions contained in the Department's letter
No. 4/16/2002-SPB-II, dated 12-11-2002. Vacancies in
LSG and HSG-II posts that arose after the notification
of the revised Recruitment Rules on 7-2-2002 will be
filled up in terms of the provisions of the revised
Recruitment Rules.
Point 3. Whether all the vacancies in LSG/HSG-II
available prior to the date of issue of amendment of
Recruitment rules can be filled up now by seniority-
cum-fitness without any apportioning of vacancies as
1/3 or 2/3.
Clarification- Clarification given against Item No.
2 above may be referred to.
Point-4. Service condition has been stipulated for
promotion to HSG-II from LSG. Since all the vacancies
were filled up by posting only, how the services in LSG
is to be reckoned.
Clarification- Instructions contained in this
Department's letter No. 4-16/2002-SPB-II, dated 12-
11-2002 may be referred to. Clarification given against
Item No. 2 above is also relevant.
Point 5. Some of the LSG norm-based posts are
already manned by earlier LSG 1/3 & 2/3 quota officials.
After issue of Order No. 137-55/96-SPB-II, dated 28-7-
1999, the norm-based LSG and HSG-II posts were filled
up by BCR officials who have not been promoted to LSG/
HSG-II through DPC. It needs clarification whether the
norm-based posts which are presently manned by BCR
officials are to be treated as filled up or vacant.
Clarification- Instructions contained in this
Department's letter No. 4-16/2002-SPB-II, dated 12-
11-2002 may be followed.
Point 6 - Whether these amendments to
Recruitment Rules will be applicable to SBCO staff.
Clarification- Amendments to Recruitment Rules
are not applicable to SBCO staff as Recruitment Rules
for LSG and HSG-II posts in Post Offices and RMS
Offices only have been amended.
VENTURE
Point 7- In respect of HSG-II, the condition of
eligibility for promotion through seniority-cum-
fitness is shown 10 years service in LSG and for
selection through aptitude test 8 years in LSG. It is
not clear whether LSG means regular LSG selected
against erstwhile 1/3 or 2/3 quota or also those in
TBOP/BCR working against norm-based LSG/HSG-
II posts.
Clarification- As per the instructions contained
in this Department's letter No. 4-16/2002-SPB-II, dated
the 12th November 2002 norm-based LSG/HSG-II
posts are to be filled up notionally in terms of the
relevant Recruitment Rules from the year when the
norm-based promotions have not been carried out.
Notional seniority in LSG may be taken in to account
for reckoning eligibility for HSG-II.
Point-8. In the Recruitment Rules, it is laid down
that PA/SA having not less that 16 years of service
are eligible for consideration for promotion against
1/3 LSG norm-based posts. There is no maximum
service limit prescribed in the Recruitment Rules.
BCR officials can also claim against these posts.
Otherwise, they will have to work as Postal Assistant
under the supervision of LSG supervisor drawing less
pay scale.
Clarification- BCR is only a financial upgradation
given whereas LSG is a sanctioned cadre. In future,
only service rendered in LSG including notional service
in LSG will be reckoned for promotion to HSG-II. In
view of this, an official who has been given BCR scale
and who has not been formally appointed to LSG may
be given the option for being considered for promotion
to LSG. If he declines appointment in LSG, he will not
be considered for promotion to HSG-II and HSG-I when
vacancies arise in these grades.
Point-9. Most of the PA/SA having 16 years of
service are promoted to LSG grade TBOP scheme.
Whether selection of such officials against supervisory
LSG posts will involve transfer/placement only or
involve higher responsibilities warranting fixation of pay
and benefit under FR 22 (1) (a) (i).
Clarification.- Selection of TBOP/BCR scheme
shall be final based posts is to be treated as placement.
Benefit of fixation of pay under FR 22 will not be
admissible.
The financial benefit allowed under the TBOP/BCR
scheme shall be final and no pay fixation benefit shall
accrue at the time of regular promotion i.e. posting
against a functional post in LSG.
Point 10. On introduction of TBOP/BCR schemes,
the posts of A/Cs line had lost its entity. It is not known
as to how the posts of APM (A/Cs) will up on
introduction of new Recruitment Rules.
Clarification- APM (A/Cs) posts are to be treated
as norm-based LSG Posts and are to be filed up strictly
78 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
from among PAs/SAs who have qualified in PO & RMS
Accountant examination.
Point 11. According to Recruitment Rules of
HSG-I posts, HSG-II officials having three years of
regular service are eligible for consideration for
promotion to HSG-I. The HSG-II posts are now being
manned by HSG-II (BCR) officials in order of
seniority. As contained in Recruitment Rules under
consideration, minimum service condition in LSG
has been prescribed for promotion to HSG-II.
Therefore, it will take a couple of years for such
HSG-II officials posted on regular basis to become
eligible for promotion to HSG-I. It needs clarification
whether during this transitional period HSG-I posts
could continue to be filled up from amongst the
officials promoted to HSG-II under BCR scheme.
Clarification- Instructions contained in this
Department's letter No. 4-16/2002-SPB-II, dated 12-
11-2002 may be referred to.
Point 12.- Whether officials promoted under BCR
will rank en bloc senior to those promoted to HSG-II
under new Recruitment Rules. Position regarding inter
se-senority of BCR officials working in HSG-II grade
since 1-10-1991 and those to be recruited now also
needs clarification.
Clarification - Those officials who were promoted
to HSG-II against norm-based posts by following the
provisions of the Recruitment Rules before introduction
of BCR scheme will rank en block senior to those who
were placed in BCR scale. Officials who were given
BCR scale and promoted against norm-based HSG-II
after the selection process as per the Recruitment Rules
for HSG-II posts as directed in this Department's letter
No. 4-16/2002-SPB-II dated 12-11-2002 may be ranked
senior to those who are to be promoted to future in
terms of the provisions of the revised Recruitment
Rules.
Point 13 - There will be two categories of LSG
officials, those recruited under Recruitment Rules and
those promoted under TBOP. Whether officials of both
those categories would be eligible for promotion under
the selection-cum-seniority basis and if so, how the
inter se-seniority is to be fixed and what should be the
ratio to be maintained between these two categories
for promotion to HSG-II.
Clarification.- This situation will not arise if the
instructions contained in letter No. 4-16/2002-SPB.II,
dated 12-11-2002 are followed.
Point 14.- Hitherto, posting to norm-based LSG
posts was not done by selection by DPC. Since no
officials was posted to LSG post on regular basis, there
will not be eligible officials for both 33.34% and 66.66%
for promotion to HSG-II. Hence this conditions needs
be relaxed for immediate implementation of the
scheme.
VENTURE
Clarification- Instructions contained in this
Department's letter No. 4-16/2002-SPB-II, dated 12-
11-2002 may be referred to.
Point-15. At present, PO & RMS Accountants in
BCR or TBOP are being posted as APM (A/Cs)/
AHRO (A/Cs). Whether same procedure is to be
followed or any official who has been promoted after
fast track scheme can be posted in these posts
irrespective of whether he is a qualified Accountant
or not. If only qualified Accountants are to be posted,
it may be intimated whether all such norm-based
posts are to be kept out of purview of fast track
promotion scheme.
Clarification-. For manning these posts, officials
promoted to LSG having Accounts qualifications may
be considered.
Point 16-. It is presumed DPC is to be held on
Regional basis (Since in Recruitment Rules it is stated
that DPC is to be convened by PMG).
Clarification-. Since HSG-II is a circle cadre, it
will be necessary to hold DPC meetings at Circle level.
Point 17- At present, no circles/regional seniority
of officials in clerical cadre is available. Since selection
to 33.34% LSG is on the basis of selection-cum-
seniority, it is presumed that the seniority to be followed
is the Circle/Regional seniority and as such a circle/
regional seniority list of PAs/TBOP PAs is to be
maintained. The criteria of fixing inter-se-seniority of
TBOP and LSG officials who passed the merit exam
need be clarified.
Clarification- The question of fixation of inter se
seniority of those to be promoted to LSG under Fast
Track scheme and TBOP officials will not arise as TBOP
is only a financial upgradation and does not constitute
a separate cadre.
Point 18- Senior BCR of fixation of inter se seniority
of those to be promoted to HSG-II against norm-based
posts are not eligible for promotion to HSG-I.
Clarification- Instructions contained in letter No.
4-16/2002-SPB-II, dated 12-11-2002 may be referred
to.
Point 19- As per syllabus for promotion to HSG-II
grade, 50 marks are followed for record of service. It is
presumed that the DPC constituted has to assess the
ACRs of the officials and allot the marks (out of 50)
which will be added to the marks secured in Paper-I
and Paper-II to arrive at the aggregate marks.
Clarification- This is confirmed.
Point 20.- At present, 20% of the posts are
reserved or Accountant line officials in RMS for
promotion to HSG-II. Whether similar reservation also
exists under fast track promotion scheme both in LSG
and HSG-II and HSG-I posts.
Clarification- There will be no reservation for
Accounts line officials in Fast Track Promotion Scheme.
79 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 Point 21.- It is presumed that only officials
promoted to LSG under seniority-cum-fitness quota/
after qualifying merit exam are eligible for promotion to
HSG-II and HSG-I and TBOP/BCR officials cannot be
considered for promotion to HSG-II and HSG-I.
Clarification-. Clarification given against Item
Nos. 4, 5 and 11 may be referred to. The officials
promoted to LSG/HSG-II by the DPC either
substantively or notionally with required length of
service will be eligible for consideration for promotion
to next higher grade.
Point 22. It is not maintained whether departmental
merit exam and aptitude test for LSG and HSG-II are
with the aid of books or without books.
Clarification. Examination for promotion to LSG
will be with the aid of books (for papers PO Guide &
Postal Manuals III, IV, V, VI, VII and Financial Hand
Book) and the test for promotion to HSG-II will be
without aid of books.
Point 23. The orders do not indicate the level of
officers (Group 'B'/Group 'A'/JAG, etc.) who are to
evaluate the answer scripts.
Clarification.- Answer scripts will be evaluated by
Group 'A' (JTS/STS) and JAG Officers.
Point -24 For eligibility for promotion to HSG-II
7. RULES OF RECRUITMENT TO SELECTION GRADE POSTS 1976
G.S.R. In exercise of the powers conferred by the
proviso to article 309 of the Constitution and in
supersession of the Indian Posts and telegraphs
(Selection Grade Posts) Recruitment Rules, 1962, the
president hereby make the following Rules regulating
the method of recruitment of persons to selection grade
posts in the post offices, Railway, Mail Service offices,
Independent Postal Stores Depots, Return letters
offices, Foreign Post Offices and Circle Offices of the
Post and Telegraphs Department under the Ministry of
Communications, namely :-
1. Short Title :
1. These Rules may be called Post and
Telegraphs (Selection Grade Posts)
Recruitment Rules, 1976.
2. They shall come into force on the date of their
publication in the official gazette.
2. Applications:
These Rules shall apply to the Selection Grade
Posts specified in column 2 of the Schedule annexed
to these rulese.
3. Number of Posts, Classification and scale of
pay:
The number of posts, the classification and scale
of pay attached thereto shall be as specific in column
3 to 5 of the said schedule.
4. Method of recruitment, age limit, qualification
etc.
VENTURE
posts on selection-cum-seniority, officials have to put
in not less than 10 years of 'regular service in the
Selection grade" whereas for promotion by means of
an aptitude test, the eligibility criteria is that, the
officials have to put in no less than 8 years of 'regular
service in norm-based. Lower Selection Grade Post".
Thus, apart from the length of service, there is
difference between the eligibility criteria. It is presumed
that the 10 years criteria for promotion on the basis of
selection-cum-seniority is not necessarily in norm-
based LSG posts but an official who has put in 10
years of service in LSG/TBOP Grade, i.e., TBOP is
eligible for consideration for promotion to the grade.
Clarification- Clarification given against Item No.
4 and 5 may be referred to. The length of service in the
relevant grade including notional service should be
considered.
Point 25. While promoting for the cadre-based
HSG-II posts, it may not be possible to get officials in
LSG having 10 years of service. This is because no
DPC for LSG was held or posts of TBOP were
considered as good as LSG.
Clarification-. Such instances may not arise in
view of clarification given against Item Nos. 4 and 5.
(D.G.(P) No. 137-10/96-SPB-II, Dt. 28-1-03)
5. Disqualification:
No persons:-
(a) Who has entered into or contracted a
marriage with a person having a spouse
living, or
(b) Who having a spouse living, has entered
into or contracted a marraige with any
person shall be eligible for appointment to
any of the said posts provided that the
Central Government may, if satisfied that
such marriage is permissible under the
personal law applicable to such person and
the other party to the marriage and there
are other grounds for doing so, exempt any
person from the operation of this rule.
6. Power of relax :-
Where the Central Government is of the opinion
that it is necessary or expedient to do, it may, by order
and for reasons to be recorded in writing relax any of
the provisions of these rules with respect to any class
of category of persons.
7. Savings:
Nothing in these Rules shall affect reservation and
other concessions required to be provided for to
schedule caste, the schedule Tribes and other
categories of persons in accordance with orders issued
by the Central Government from time to time in this
regard.
80 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 SCHEDULE
Sl. Name of No. of Classification Scale Whether Age Educatinal Whether Period Method of In case of If a Deptl. Circumst-
No. Posts Posts of selection limit for & other age and of recruitment rectt. By promotion ance in

VENTURE
the pay Post or direct qualification edn. probation Whether by promotional committed which
Non- rectt. Requried Qualification if any direct deputation, exists what is Union
selection for direct prescribed recruitment or transfer, grade its public
post rectt. for direct by promotion from composition. Service
recruit-will or By promotion commi-
apply in deputation/ deputation ssion is
the case of trans. And % transfer to be to be
Promotees. of the made consulted
vacancies to in making
be filled by recruit-
various ment
methods
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1. Higher 225 General Selection N.A. N.A. N.A. Two 50% by Promotion 1. A Director N.A.
Selection Central post of Years promotion from Higher of Postal
Grade I Services general 50% by Selection Services to be
In Post non- line transfer. Grade II nominated by
Offices gazetted officials General Line the PMG or if

81
Ministerial and transfer There are no
Group -C from Asst. such offices
Supdt. of PO the PMG
in the ratio of 2. One class I
50:50 odd post officer of the
Going to Postal/RMS
general Line. side preferably
In the case of a Director of
Promotion the Postal
HSG-II officials Services to the
must have nominated by
completed 3 the PMG.
years of 3. A class-I
Regular officer of tele
Service in the communi-
grade. cation side

2. Higher 68 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. Two By Higher Same as N.A.
selection years Promotion Selection above
Grade-I Grade II in

A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Railway RMS office with
Mail 3 years regular

VENTURE
Service service in the
office grade

3. Higher Higher
selection 1 at -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- selection Same as N.A.
Grade-I Bombay Grade-II in the above
In Return and 1 respective RLO
Letter at at Bombay or
Office At Calcutta Calcutta as the
Bombay case may be
& with 3 years
Calcutta regular service
in the grade.
4. Higher Lower selection
selection 705 -do- Rs. non- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- grade/Inspector 1. and 2 as N.A.
Grade II 550-20- selection Of POs in Post above
In Post 650-25- post. offices in the 3. A class I
Offices 750 ratio of 50:50 officer of

82
& odd post going another
Foreign to general line. Central Govt.
Post In every case dept.
Offices the official must
other have
than completed 3
SBCO years of
Services in the
grade.

5. Higher 209 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Lower selection Same as N.A.
selection grade above
Grade II Accountants
In RMS and LSG
Offices (general line)
officials in RMS
offices in the
Ratio of 20:80
with 3 years
regular service

A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
in the grade subject to
the following

VENTURE
conditions:- Out of
every 5 vacancies
The first four
vacancies shall
be filled from the
LSG Grade (General
line)) in RMS And the
fifth vacancy shall be
filled for the LSG
Accountants in RMS
provided That the
number of LSG Accts
.
Lower selection Same as Sl. N.A.
6. Higher 14 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Grade in the No. 1
selection respective Return
Grade II In letter office with 3
Return Letter years regular service

83
Office. in the grade.
Lower selection grade Same as Sl. N.A.
7. Higher 7 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- in foreign post at No. 1
selection Bombay with 3 years
Grade II In regular service in
Foreign Post grade.
at Bombay
8. Higher 2 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Inspector of Post Same as Sl. N.A.
Selection Offices/LSG No. 1
Grade II alternately, who have
Accountants in passed the post office
Post Offices accountants
examination and
worked as accountant
thereafter for at least
3 years.

9. Higher 1 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Lower selection 1. Post N.A.
selection Grade in Circle Master
Offices with 3 years General

A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Grade II in regular service in the 2. The
Circle Office grade. senior most

VENTURE
officer On
the postal
side next to
PMG.
3. A class I
officer of
Telecom
side.
10. Higher 3 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Lower selection Grade Same as N.A.
selection in independent Postal Sl. No. 1
Grade II in stores depots with 3
Independent years regular service
Postal Stores in the grade.
Depots.

11. Lower 13660 -do- Rs. Selection N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- By promotion Clerk in post offices Same as N.A.
selection 425- Post (i) 66 2/3% on with 10 years regular Sl. No. 1
grade in Post 15-560 the basis of service in the grade.

84
Offices EB-20 seniority cum-
640. Fitness: (ii) 33
1/3% by
selection.
12. Lower 3302 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Sorters in RMS offices Same as N.A.
selection with 10 years regular Sl. No. 1
Grade in RMS service in the Grade.
Offices
13. Lower 57 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Clerks in the Same as
selection respective Return Sl. No. 1 N.A.
grade in letter offices with 10
Return Letter years regular service.
office

14. Lower 41 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Clerks in Foreign Post Same as N.A.
selection at Bombay with 10 Sl. No. 1
grade in years regular service
Foreign Post in the grade.
at Bombay

A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15. Lower 538 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Clerks in post Offices Same as N.A.
Selection with 10 years regular Sl. No. 1

VENTURE
Grade service in the grade
Accountants who have passed the
in Post Post offices and
Offices Railway Mail Service
Accountant's
Examination.
16. Lower 76 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Clerks or Sorters in Same as N.A.
Selection Railway Mail Service Sl. No. 1
Grade offices with 10 years
Accountants regular service in the
in Railway grade, who have
Mail Service passed the Post
Offices. Office and Railway
Mail Service
Accountant's
Examination.

17. Lower 32 -do- -do- -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Clerks in independent Same as N.A.

85
selection Postal Stores Depots Sl. No. 1
grade in with 10 years regular
independent service in the grade.
Postal Stores
Depot.

18. Lower 200 -do- Rs. -do- N.A. N.A. N.A. -do- -do- Upper-Division clerks 1. Post N.A.
selection 425- in the respective Master
grade in 15- Circle Office with 10 General
Circle Offices. 500- years regular service 2. The
EB-15- in the grade. Senior
560- Most
20-700 Officer of
the Postal
Side next
to the PMG
3. A class I
officer of
Telecom
Side.

A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

 8. SELECTION GRADE POSTS RECRUITMENT (AMENDMENT) RULES 2002
G.S.R. 88(E) ; In exercise of the power conferred by Posts) Recruitment (Amendment) Rules 2002.
the proviso to article 309 of the Constitution The President (ii) They shall come into force on the date of their
hereby makes the following rules further to amend the publication in the official Gazette.
Post and Telegraphs (Selection Grade Posts) Recruitment 2. In the Schedule to the Post Telegraphs (Selection
Rules, 1976 except as respect things done or omitted to grade posts) Recruitment rules 1976, :-
be done before such amendments, namely :- (i) for SL. No.s 4 and 5 and the entries relating
1. (i) These rules may be called the Department of thereto, the following Sl. Nos and entries shall
Posts (Posts and Telegraphs) (Selection Grade respectively substituted namely :-
1 2 3 4 5 6
*4 Higher selection Grade II 705 General central 5000-150- Not applicable
in Post Office including service Non- 8000
foreign post office other gazetted Ministerial
than at Bombay Group C
5 Higher selection grade II 209 General Central 5000-150- Not applicable
in Railway Mail services service Non gazetted 8000
offices Ministerial Group C
7 8 9 10 11
Not Not Not Two (a) By 100 per cent promotion (for posts in foreign
applicable applicable applicable year post offices other than at Bombay)
(b) By promotion (for posts in post offices)
(i) 33.34% on the basis of selection cum seniority and
(ii) 66.66% by means of an aptitude test relating to
functional need
Note : The details of the test shall be as per the
administrative instruction issued by the Department
from time to time.
Not Not Not Two By promotion
applicable applicable applicable Years (iii) 33.34% on the basis of selection cum seniority and
(iv) 66.66% by means of an aptitude test relating to
functional needs
Note : The details of the test shall be as per the
administrative instruction issued by the Department
from time to time.
12 13 14
For posts in Foreign Post Office other than 1. A Director of Postal service to be Not
at Bombay nominated by the Postmaster General applicable
Lower Selection Grade (General Line) and or if there are no such offices the
Lower Selection Grade Accountants in Post postmaster General.
offices, having completed three years regular 2. One group A office of the Postal/
service in their respective grades. Railway Mail Service side. Preferably
Note : The Post Office and Railway Mail service a Director of Postal services to be
Accountants, who have exercised their option to nominated by the Postmaster General
retain the defunct scale of Rs. 380-620 in terms 3. A Group 'A' officer of
of Posts and Telegraphs Directorate letter no. Telecommunications side
31/56/79-PE-I dated 24-2-81 and later on
promoted as Lower Selection Grade Accountants
shall not be eligible for consideration.
VENTURE 86 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
For Posts of Post Offices
i. For 33.34% Promotion from Lower Selection
Grade officials in Post offices who have put in
not less than ten years of regular service in the
Lower Selection Grade.
ii. For 66.66% Promotion through an aptitude test
form Lower Selection Grade officials in Post
offices who have put in not less than eight years
of regular service in norm based Lower Selection
Grade Posts.
I. For 33.34% Promotion from Lower Selection 1. A Director of Postal services to be Not
Grade officials in Railway Mail Service who have nominated by the Postmaster General applicable
put in not less than ten years of regular service or if there are no such offices the
in the Lower Selection Grade postmaster General.
ii. For 66.66% Promotion through an aptitude 2. One group A officer of the Postal/
test from Lower Selection Grade officials in Railway Mail Service side. Preferably
Post offices who have put in not less than eight a Director of Postal services to be
years of regular service in norm based Lower nominated by the Postmaster General
Selection Grade posts. 3. A Group 'A' officer of
Telecommunication side

(ii) For Sl. nos. 11 & 12 and the entries relating thereto, the following Sl. Nos and entire small respectively
be substituted
1 2 3 4 5 6
11 Lower Selection Grade 12960 General Central 4500-125- Not applicable
in Post Offices Services Non-Gazetted 7000
Ministerial Group C
12 Lower Selection Grade 3302 General Central Services 4500-125- Not applicable
in Railway Mail Offices Non Gazetted Ministerial Gr. C 7000
7 8 9 10 11
Not Not Not Two B y Promotion
applicable applicable applicable year (i) 33.34% on the basis of selection-cum-seniority; and
(ii) 66.66% by means of promotion through a departmental
merit examination realting to functional need
Note : The details of the examination will be as per the
administrative instructions issued by the Department
from time to time
Not Not Not Two By promotion
applicable applicable applicable Years (i) 33.34% on the basis of selection-cum-seniority; and
(ii) 66.66% by means of promotion through a departmental
merit examination relating to functional needs
Note : The details of the examination will be as per the
administrative instructions issued by the Department
from time to time.
12 13 14
(i) For 33.34% Promotion from Postal Assistant 1. A Director of Postal services to be Not
who have put in not less than sixteen years of nominated by the Postmaster General applicable
regular service in the Grade or if there are no such offices the
postmaster General.

VENTURE 87 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

 (ii) For 66.66% Promotion through a Limited 2. One group A office of the Postal/
Departmental merit examination from Postal Railway Mail Service side. Preferably
Assistants who have put in not less than 10 a Director of Postal services to be
years of regular service in the grade nominated by the Postmaster General
3. A Group 'A' officer of
Telecommunications side
(1) For 33.34% Promotion from Sorting Assistants 1. A Director of Postal Services to be Not
who have put in not less than 16 years of regular nominated by the Postmaster General applicable
service in the grade. or if there are no such offices, the
Postmaster General
(ii) For 66.66% Promotion through a Limited 2. One group 'A' officer of the Postal/
Departmental merit examination from Sorting Railway Mail service side, preferably
Assistants who have put in not less than 10 a Director of Postal Services to be
years of regular service in the grade. nominated by the Postmaster General
3. A Group 'A' officer of
Telecommunications side
(D.G.(P) No. 137-10-96-SPB-II, dt. 19-2-02)
9. RECRUITMENT RULES FOR HSG-I POSTS- AMENDMENT REGARDING
According to Recruitment Rules for HSG-I Posts 4-82/92-SPB.II dated 8-01-93.
in Post Offices notified by this Department's 2. Consequent on the recommendations of the Fifth
Notification No. 6-26/73-SPB.II dated 30-9-76, HSG- Central Pay Commission, HSG-I Posts and posts of
I Post in Post Offices were to be filled 50% by ASPOs and ASRMs have been placed in the same
promotion and 50% by transfer. Transfer has to be scale of pay i.e. Rs. 6,500-200-10,500. The relevant
made from ASPOs in the Ratio of 50:50 odd post provision of the Recruitment Rules for HSG-I post
going to general line so far as the posts existing on has been reviewed in this context and it has been
the date preceding the commencement of P&T decided that henceforth posting of ASPO, ASRMs
(Selection Grade Posts) recruitment (Second against HSG-I Posts shall be by "Transfer" and not
Amendment) Rules, 1980. These rules were by "Appointment" or "Promotion. In this regard,
amended vide Notification No. 4-15/81-SPB dated attention of the Circles etc. is also invited to orders
23-07-84 providing for filling up of these posts by contained in letter No. 44-11/98-SPB.II dated 6-5-98
promotion and ASPOs who had completed two years of this Department relating to issue of properly
of regular service were made eligible for promotion. worded appointment orders.
In 1992, certain posts of IRM/ASRM were upgraded 3. Necessary action is being taken for amending
to HSG-I and the upgraded posts in HSG-I were the Recruitment Rules for HSG-I Posts suitably. A
ordered to be filled after selection on seniority-cum- Copy of the Revised Recruitment Rules will be sent
fitness basis of ASRMs who had completed at least to the Circle due course.
3 years of regular service in the grade vide letter No. (DG (P) No. 4-23/2000-SPB-II, dt. 26-6-2001)

10. RECRUITMENT TO THE POSTS OF INSPECTOR OF POSTS, RULES

REGARDING-MERGER- ETC.
G.S.R. - In exercise of the powers conferred by
provision to article 309 of the Constitution and
supersession of the Posts and Telegraphs Department
(Inspectors of Post Offices, Inspector of Railway Mail
Service and Inspectors (Uniforms) Recruitment Rules
1977, except as a respect things done or omitted to be
VENTURE
done before such supersession, the President hereby
makes the following rules regarding the method of
recruitment to the Posts of Inspector of Posts, in the
Department of Posts, Ministry of Communication,
namely :-
I. Short title and commencement:
88 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
i) These Rules may be called Department of Posts,
Inspectors of Posts Recruitment Rules, 2001.
ii) They shall come into force on the date of their
publication in the official Gazette.
2. Number of Posts, their classification and Scale of
Pay-The number of Posts, their classification and the
scale of pay attached thereto shall be specified in
columns (2) to (4) of the Schedule annexed to these
Rules.
3. Method of Recruitment, age limit, qualifications,
etc.- The method of Recruitment, age limit,
qualifications and other matters relating to the said post
shall be as specified in columns (5) to (14) of the said
Schedule.
4. Disqualification: No Person:
(a) Who, has entered into or contracted a marriage
with a person having a Spouse living: or
(b) Who, having a spouse living, has entered into or
contracted a marriage with any person shall be eligible
for appointment to the said Posts.
Provided that the Central Government may, if
satisfied that such marriage is permissible under the
personal law applicable to such person and the other
party to the marriage and there are other grounds for
so doing, exempt any person from the operation for
this rule.
5. Power to relax: Where the Central Government
is of the opinion that it is necessary to expendient
so to do, it may, by order, and for reasons to be
recorded in writing, relax any of the provisions of
these rules with respect to any class or category of
persons.
6. Saving : Nothing in these Rules shall affect
reservations. Nothing in such rules shall affct
reservations 4 other concessions required to be
provided for the schedule caste/schedule tribe and
other Backward classes, the Ex-Servicemen and to
other categories of persons in accordance with the
orders issued by the Central Government from time to
time in this regard.
7. Initial Constitution: The person, who has held the
post of Inspectors of Post Offices/Inspectors of
Railway Mail Services/Inspectors (Uniforms) on
regular basis before the commencement of these
Rules, shall be deemed to have been appointed as
inspectors of posts under these Rules, and their
services shall be counted for purpose of benefit of
promotion etc.

Name of Number of Classification Scale of Pay Whether selection by Age limit for
Post Post merit or selection- direct
cum-Seniority or recruits
non-Selection Post
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Inspectors 2187*(2001) General Central Rs. 5500-175- Not applicable 18-27 years
of Posts subject to Service Group 'B' 9000
variation Non-Gazetted
dependent Ministerial
on work load

Whether benefit of added Educational and Whether age and educational Period of
years of service other qualification prescribed for direct probation if any
admissible under Rule 30 qualification recruits will apply for the case of
of the Central Civil Service required for promotees
(Pension) Rules 1972 direct recruits
(7) (8) (9) (10)
Not applicable Degree of a Qualification No. Age-not exceeding Two years
recognized 40 years for appearing at the
University or Limited Departmental Competitive
equivalent Exam. Relaxation by 5 years for
Scheduled Caste/scheduled Tribe
officers
VENTURE 89 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
Method of recruitment In case of recruitment If a Departmental Circumstances in
whether by direct by promotion or p r o m o t i o n which Union Pubic
recruitment or by deputation or Committee exists, S e r v i c e
promotion or by absorption grades from what is its Commission to be
deputation or absorption which promotion/ composition consulted in
and percentage of the deputation/absorption making recruitment
posts to be filled by to be made
various methods
(11) (12) (13) (14)
(i) 33.34 percent direct Promotion through limited Group 'B' Consultation with
recruitment through staff departmental Competitive Departmental Union Public Service
selection commission and Examination Promotion Committee Commission not
(ii) 66.66 percent (a) Not less than five (for considering necessary.
promotion through limited years regular service in confirmation)
Departmental Competitive grade of Postal/Sorting 1. Post Master
Examination Assistants, Lower General/Director of
Selection Grade officials, Postal Services
Stenographers in- Chairman
- Post Offices, Railway Mail Service: or 2. Two Group 'A' Officers nominated by the
- Postal/Railway Mail Service, Chief Post Master General, amongst them one
- Divisional Offices, Circle offices: or should be in the Grade of Director-Members.
- Foreign Post; or
- Return Letter Offices: or 3. Officers belonging to Scheduled Caste/
- Postal Store Depots: or Scheduled Tribe of appropraite status
- Saving Bank Control Organization or Nominated by the Chief Post Master General -
- Internal Check Organizations of the Circle. Member
(b) (in) Not less than five years regular service in Postal
Accounts Office in the grade of:
(a) Stenographer or
(b) Junior Accountants
Provided that they may opt for appearing in the Inspectors
of Posts line in case of selection while appearing in the
Inspector Examination.
(ii) Not less than Nine years regular service in the grade
of Lower Division clerks in Postal Accounts officer.
Provided that they may opt for appearing in the Inspectors
of Posts line in case of selection while appearing in the
Inspector Examination.
Note: 1) A candidate is allowed a maximum of four chances
to appear in the Departmental Examination;
Provided that the candidate, who secure more than 70
percent aggregate marks in fourth chance may be allowed/
one more chance as a special case:
provided further that a candidate belonging to Scheduled
Caste/Scheduled Tribe may subject to his eligibility be
allowed a maximum of six chances to appear in the said
examination. Provided further also that the said Scheduled
Caste Scheduled Tribe candidate shall, if he is successful
at the said Examination in his fifth or sixth chance, be
VENTURE 90 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
entitled to appointed only to a post reserved for Scheduled castes or
Scheduled Tribes, as the case may be.
Note: 2) Candidate who are serving or having served in Army Postal Service
may be given such concessions in regard to age limit, maximum number
of chances to appear in the Departmental Examination for appointment to
those posts on obtaining the minimum qualifying marks as may be decided
by the Central Government from time to time.
Note : 3) Syllabus for the Limited Departmental competitive Examination
and the percentage of marks required for qualifying in the said Examination
shall be as decided by the Department from time to time.
(D.G.(P) No. F.NO. 4-4/98-SPB-II, Dt. 26-4-01)

11. EXEMPTION FROM REQUIREMENTS OF EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS IN

RESPECT OF WIDOWS OF GOVERNMENT SERVANTS APPOINTED ON
COMPASSIONATE GROUNDS
The undersigned is directed to refer to this
Department O.M. No. 49019/6/80/Estt.(C) dated 19-
10-82 on the subject mentioned above exempting
widows of Government servants appointed on
compassionate grounds to the posts of peon from
need for requiring educational qualifications.
Recently references have been received in this
Department from various quarters enquiring whether
the provisions of the OM dated 19-10-82 can also
be made applicable to Group D posts other than
those of peon. The matter has been considered
carefully in this Department and it has been decided
12. THE GAZETTED OF INDIA NOTIFICATION REGARDING RULES REGULATING
THE METHOD OF RECRUITMENT TO THE POSTS OF POSTMAN/VILLAGE
POSTMAN AND MAIL GUARD IN THE DEPARTMENT OF POSTS
G.S.R. In exercise of the powers conferred by
the proviso to article 309 of the Constitution and in
supersession of the Indian Posts and Telegraphs
(Postmen/Mail Guard/Head Mail Guards)
Recruitment, Rules, 1969, except in respect of
things done or omitted to be done before such
supersession, the President hereby makes the
following rules regulating the method of recruitment
to the posts of Postman/Village Postman and Mail
Guards in the Department of Posts, namely :-
Short title and commencment :-
(1) These rules may be called the Department of Posts
(Postman/Village Postman and Mail Guards)
Recruitment Rules 1989.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their
publication in the officials Gazettee.
Number, classification and scale of pay :-
The number of the said posts, their classification
and scale may attached thereto shall be as specified
in columns 2 to 4 of sechedule annexed to these Rules.
VENTURE
that the widows of Government servants appointed
to Group D posts other than those of peon on
compassionate grounds may also be exempted
from the requirements of educational qualifications
in terms of the above said (OM dated19-10-82)
provided the duties of these posts( other than those
of Peon) can be performed by these widows
satisfactorily without having the prescribed
qualification of Middle Standard pass specified in
the Recruitment Rules.
[O.M. No. 49015/3/23/Estt.(GS, dated the 10th
November]
(3) The method of recruitment age limit, qualifications
and other matters relating to the said posts shall be as
specified in column 5 to 14 of the said schedule.
4. Disqualifications - No person.
(a) Who has entered into or contracted a marriage with
a person having in spouse living, or
(b) Who, having a spouse living, has entered into or
contracted marriage with any person.
shall be eligible for appointment to the said post :
Provided that the Central Government may, if
satisfied that such marriage is permissible under the
personal law applicable to person and the other party
to the marriage and that there are other grounds for so
doing, exempt any person from the operation of this
rule.
5. Power to relax :
Where the Central Government is of the opinion
that is necessary or expedient so to do, it may, by order,
for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of the
provisions of these rules will respect to any class or
91 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
category of persons. to be provided for the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled
6. Saving : Tribes, ex-servicemen and other special categories of
Nothing in these rules shall affect reservations, persons in accordance with the orders issued by the
relaxation of age limit and other concessions required Central Government from time to time in this regard.
SCHEDULE
Name of No. of Posts Classification Scale of Whether Qualification
Posts Pay non-selection
1 2 3 4 5
Postman/ *56086 (1987) General Central Services Rs. 825-15-900 Selection
Village Postman Group C Non-Gazetted -EB-20-1200
Ministerial.
* Subject to variation dependent on work load
Whether benefit of added Age limit for direct recruits Educational and
years of service admissible other qualification
under rule 30 of the CCS required direct
(Pen) Rules, '72' recruitments
6 7 8
Not Applicable (i) Between 18 and 25 years relaxation for Matriculation or
Government servants upto 35 years in accordance equivlent
with the instructions issued by the Central Government.
(ii) Extra Departmental Agents who have been recruited
on or before 16-11-82 shall be eligible if they are within
42 years (47 years for SC/ST) of age and those appointed
after 16-11-82 shall be eligible, if they are within 25
years (40 years for SC/ST) of age and have put in three
years of regular and satisfactory service.
Note : The cruicial date for determining the age limit shall
be the closing date for receipt of applications from
candidates in India (other than Andaman and Nicobar
Islands and Lakshadweep). In the case of recruitment
made through Employment Exchange, the cruicial date
for determining the age limit shall be the last date upto which
the Employment Exchange is asked to send the names.
upper age and educational Period of Method of recruitment whether by direct recruitment
Qualification is prescribed probation or by probation or by deputation/transfer & percentage
direct recruitment apply in if any of the vacancies to be filled by various methods.
the case of promotion
9 10 11
No Two Years 1. 50% by promotion, failing which by Extra Departmental
Agents on the basis of their merit in the Departmental
Examination.
2. 50% by Extra Departmental Agents of the recruiting
division or unit, in the following manner, namely :-
(i) 25% from amongst Extra Departmental Agents on the
basis of their seniority in service and subject to their passing
the Departmental Examination failing which by Extra
Departmental Agents on the basis of merit in the Departmental
Examination.
(ii) 25% from amongst Extra Departmental Agents on the
basis of their merit in the Departmental Examination.
VENTURE 92 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 3. If the vacancies remained unfilled by EDAs of the recruiting
division, such vacancies may be filled by EDAs of the postal
division failing in the zone of Regional Directorate.
4. If the vacancies remained unfilled by EDAs of the recruiting
units such vacancies may be filled by EDAs of the postal
division located at the same station. If the vacancies
remaining unfilled will be thrown open to Extra Departmental
Agents in the region.
5. Any vacancy remaining unfilled be filled up by direct
recruitment through the nominees of the Employment Exchange.
In case of recruitment by promotion/deputation/transfer/grade If a DPC exists UPSC be consveted
from which promotion deputation/transfer to be made. what is its composition in mainly
recruitment
12 13 14
1. Promotion from Group 'D' officials who have put in three Not applicable Not applicable
years of regular satisfactory service as on the closing date
for receipt of applications through a Departmental Exam.
2. Extra Departmental Agents through a Departmental Exam.
3. Direct Recruitment through a Departmental Examination.

SCHEDULE

Name of No. of Posts Classification Scale of Whether Qualification

Posts Pay non-selection posts
1 2 3 4 5
Mail Guard (1870)* General Central Services Rs. 825-15-900 Selection
(1987) Group C Non-Gazetted -EB-20-1200
Ministerial.
* Subject to variation dependent on work load
Whether benefit of added Age limit for direct recruits Educational and
years of service admissible other qualification
under rule 30 of the CCS required direct
(Pen) Rules, '72' recruitments
6 7 8
Not Applicable (i) Between 18 and 25 years relaxation for Matriculation or
Government servants upto 35 years in accordance equivlent
with the instructions issued by the Central Government.
(ii) Extra Departmental Agents who have been recruited
on or before 16-11-82 shall be eligible if they are within
42 years (47 years for SC/ST) of age and those appointed
after 16-11-82 shall be eligible, if they are within 35
years (40 years for SC/ST) of age and have put in three
years of regular and satisfactory service.
Note : The cruicial date for determining the age limit shall
be the closing date for receipt of applications from
candidates in India (other than Andaman and Nicobar
Islands and Lakshadweep). In the case of recruitment
made through Employment Exchange, the cruicial date
for determining the age limit shall be the last date upto which
the Employment Exchange is asked to send the names.
VENTURE 93 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
upper age and educational Period of Method of recruitment whether by direct recruitment
Qualification is prescribed probation or by probation or by deputation/transfer & percentage
direct recruitment apply in if any of the vacancies to be filled by various methods.
the case of promotion
9 10 11
No Two Years 1. 75% by promotion, failing which by Extra Departmental
Agent.
2. 25% by Extra Departmental Agents of the recruiting
division or unit.
3. If the vacancies remained unfilled by Extra Departmental
Agents of the recruiting division, such vacancies may be filled
by Extra Departmental Agents of the postal division falling in
the zone of Regional Directors.
In case of recruitment by promotion/deputation/transfer/grade If a DPC exsits UPSC to be
from which promotion deputation/transfer to be made. what is its composition consveted in
mainly recruitment
12 13 14
1. Promotion from Group 'D' officials who have put in three Not applicable Not applicable
years of regular satisfactory service as on the closing date
for receipt of applications through a Departmental Exam.
2. Extra Departmental Agents through a Departmental Exam.
3. Direct Recruitment through a Departmental Examination.
(D.G.(P) No. 44-31/87-SPB-I, dt. 6-7-89)

13. DEPARTMENT OF POSTS (GROUP D POSTS) RECRUITMENT RULES 2002

I am directed to forward herewith a copy of
Notification dated 23rd January 2002 published in
the Gazette of India, Extraordinary Part II, Section
3, Sub section (i) dated 23-1-2002 promulgating the
Revised Recruitment Rules for the Group 'D' posts
in Circle administrative and Subordinate offices.
These rules are effective from 23-1-2002, the date
of publication of the Notification in the Gazettee of
India. Recruitment to Group D posts will be in
accordance with the revised rules. The main changes
that have been made in the revised Recruitment
Rules when compared to the previous Recruitment
Rules are as under :-
i) Earlier, recruitment of casual labourers in Group
D in test category in Subordinate offices was made
only when officials from non test category and Extra
Departmental Agents (Now Gramin Dak Sevaks) in
the Recruiting Division/Unit were not available. Now
25% of the vacancies which remain unfilled after
recruitment of non test category employees is given
to casual labourers for their absorption. The method
of recruitment for filling up the vacancies by Gramin
Dak Sevaks and Casual labourers is selection cum
seniority. (The detailed provision in this regard may
VENTURE
be seen in Column 11 of the revised Recruitment
Rules).
ii) For test category in Sub ordinate offices, 'Middle
School standard pass' is prescribed as essential
qualification for direct recruits instead of desirable
qualification of Primary School Standard pass
prescribed earlier.
iii) For promotion as Daftry Jamadar in Circle and
Administrative offices three years continuous
service as orderly/packer/peon is prescribed.
Earlier, no length of service is prescribed as
permanent or Quasi permanent orderlies, Packers
and Peons were eligible.
iv) Likewise, promotion as Daftry in Sub ordinate
offices, Three years continuous service in the grade of
peon etc. is prescribed. Earlier, no length of service
was prescribed as permanent or quasi permanent
peons were eligible.
v) As per para 6 of the Notification of the
revised Recruitment Rules any person appointed
to the said post shall be liable to serve in the
Army Postal Service in India or abroad as
required.
(D.G.(P) No. 37-15/01-SPB.I, dt. 30-1-02)
94 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 14. REVISION OF RATES OF TRAINING ALLOWANCE PAID TO INDUCTION
TRAINEES SELECTED FOR INITIAL APPOINTMENT IN PA/SA
The office letter No. 13-12/87-Trg. dated 28-2-1990
whereby the rates of training allowance payable to
induction trainees selected for initial appointment in PA/
SA and allied cadres were last revised w.e.f. 1-3-90.
2. In consequence of acceptance of the
recommendations of the V Central Pay Commission,
the Pay Scale of Central Government employees
including that of Postal Assistants/Sorting Assistants
and allied cadres have since been revised upward.
3. In view of the above, the question of revision of
the rates of training allowance payable to the induction
trainees in PA/SA and allied cadres had been engaging
in employment of Government for sometime past.
Supersession of this office letter referred to above,
the President has been pleased to decide that the
15. RATES OF FEES PAYABLE TO STATE GOVERNMENT MEDICAL OFFICERS
FOR MEDICAL EXAMINATION OF CANDIATES FOR APPOINTMENT TO
GROUP 'C' POSTS
I am directed to say that according to the
instructions contained in this office Letter No. 54/10/
61-SPB I dated 10-12-1965 the fees payable to a
Civil Surgeon/District. Medical Officers of equivalent
Status, for examination of a candidate for
appointment to a non gazetted post is Rs. 8/-. The
fees paid by a candidate to the State Government
Medical Officer is reimbursable after appointment.
It has been reported that some State
Governments have prescribed a higher fee for
16. DISTRIBUTION OF RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
AMONGST THREE CATEGORIES OF DISABILITIES- CLARIFICATION
According to the Persons with Disabilities (Equal
Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full
Participation) Act, 1995 in every establishment not
less than 3% of vacancies in identified posts are
reserved for persons with disabilities of which 1%
each are served for persons suffering from (i)
blindness or low vision (ii) hearing impairment and
(iii) Locomotor disability or cerebral palsy.
2. There are some posts which have been
identified as suitable for being manned by persons
with one category of disability and not for persons
with other two categories of disabilities. It is hereby
VENTURE 95
outside candidates recruited for appointment to PA/SA
and allied cadres in the Department of Posts, shall
during the period of their induction training, be paid the
training allowance at the rates indicated hereunder with
effect from 1-9-1999.
Post for which recruited Monthly training
Allowance
All PA/SA and allied Rs. 2,800/- plus
clerical cadre in the proportionate DA
Scale of Rs. 4000-6000 as admissible from
time to time.
This issues with the concurrence of the Finance
Advice Postal vide their Dy. No. 456/FA/99, dated 21-
9-1999.
(DG(P) No. 1-10/09-Ed. & Trg., dt. 25-9-1999)
examination by their civil surgeons or medical officers
of equivalent status and a doubt has arisen as to
whether the fees paid by a candidate is to be
reimbursed in full or whether only Rs. 8/- has to be
reimbursed to the candidate.
It is hereby clarified that where the State
Governments have prescribed a fee higher than Rs.
8/- the higher fee is to be reimbursed to the
candidates after their first appointment.
(D.G. P&T No. 54/2/81-SPB-I, dt. 19-2-1981)
clarified that in such posts reservation of 3% will be
provided for the persons with disability for whom it
has been identified as suitable. Likewise, if a post
is identified suitable for two categories of the
disabled and not for the third category, reservation
of 3% will be distributed between the two categories
of disabled for whom it has been identified suitable.
All efforts should, however, be made to ensure that
reservation is equally distributed between persons
with disabilities for whom the post has been
identified suitable.
(No. 36035/3/2001-ESTT(RES), dt. 30-1-2002)
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 5. SPECIAL PAY ALLOWANCES & PERSONAL CLAIMS
1. TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE
(I) ENTITLEMENT FOR TRAVEL ON TOUR W.E.F. 01-10-1997
(I) JOURNEY BY RAIL
Pay Range Normal Rajdhani Express Shatabdi Express Jan Shatabdi
Rs. 16,400 A/C First Class AC First Class Executive Class -----
and above
Rs. 8,000 - II AC 2 Tier Sleeper II AC 2-Tier Sleeper ----- -----
16,399
Rs. 6,500 - First Class / II AC -3 AC Chair Car AC Chair Car AC Chair Car
Rs. 7,999 Tier Sleeper / AC Chair Car
Rs. 4,100-Rs. First Class / II AC -3 AC Chair Car ------ ------
6,499 Tier Sleeper / AC Chair Car
Below Rs. 4,100 Second Sleeper AC Chair Car ----- ------
(II) JOURNEY BY ROAD (MILEAGE ALLOWANCE)

Pay Range (Rs.) Entitlements

16,400 and above AC Taxi / Ordinary Taxi / Authorickshaw / Scooter / any public bus including AC bus
8,000 - 16,399 Taxi / Autorickshaw / any public bus including AC bus but excluding AC Taxi
6,500 - 7,999 Taxi / Autorickshaw / any public bus excluding AC Taxi and AC bus
4,100 - 6,499 Autorickshaw / Own Scooter / Motor Cycle / Moped / any public bus except AC bus
Below 4,100 Autorickshaw / Own Scooter / Motor Cycle / Moped / Ordinary Public Bus

RATES OF DAILY ALLOWANCE

Sl. Pay Range A-1 Class Cities A Class Cities & B-1 Class cities Other localities
No. specially and expensive (Ordinary Rate)
expensive localities localities
Govt./Public Hotel Govt./Public Hotel Govt./Public Hotel Govt./Public Hotel
Sector Guest etc. Sector Guest etc. Sector Guest etc. Sector Guest etc.
House/Own House/Own House/Own House/Own
Arrangements Arrangements Arrangements Arrangements
1. Rs. 16,400
and above 260 650 210 525 170 425 135 335
2. Rs. 8,000 -
16,399 230 505 185 405 150 330 120 225
3. Rs. 6,500 -
7,999 200 380 160 305 130 250 105 200
4. Rs. 4,100 -
6,499 170 245 135 195 110 160 90 130
5. Below Rs.
4,100 105 125 85 100 70 85 55 65
6. Members of
Regional Council
Office Council,
JCM 200 380 160 305 105 200 105 200
7. Members of
National Council
JCM at any place 230 per day for own arrangement etc.505 per day for Hotel etc.
VENTURE 96 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
BASIS FOR CALCULATION OF DA :
i) D.A. is calculated on daily basis depending on the duration of absence on each day from Head quarters.
ii) The day is taken from midnight to midnight.
iii) the percentage of D.A. allowed on each day is
a) For absence not exceeding 6 hours - No DA.
b) For absence of more than 6 hours but not exceeding 12 hours - 70%.
c) For absence exceeding 12 hours -Full D.A. (i.e.) 100%
D.A. ON TOUR :
If the boarding and/or lodging is availed DA will be regularised.
i) for free boarding & lodging - 25% of ordinary rate
ii) For free boarding alone - 50% of ordinary rate.
iii) For free lodging alone - 75% of ordinary rate.
iv) For stay of office building - 75% of ordinary rate.

JOINING TIME
(a) Joining time is admissible based upon the distance between the old and new stations as follows:
Distance between the old and new Normal cases Joining time admissible where
Headquarters there is continuous travel by road
for more than 200 km.
Upto 1,000 km 10 days 12 days
More than 1,000 km and upto 2,000 km 12 days 15 days
More than 2,000 km 15 days 15 days
N.B.: In case of air travel, the maximum joining time available is 12 days.
TRANSPORTATION OF PERSONAL EFFECTS
Pay Range Maximum weight entitlement by train Rate per km for transport by road
A-1/A/B-1 Class Cities Other cities
Rs. 16,400 and above Full four wheeler wagon or 6000 kg by
goods train, or one Double Container 30.00 18.00
Rs. 8,000-Rs. 16,999 Full four wheeler wagon, or 6000 kg by
goods train, or one Single Container 30.00 18.00
Rs. 6,500 - Rs. 7,999 3000 kg by goods train 15.00 9.00
Rs. 4,100 - Rs. 6,444 1500 kg by goods train 7.60 4.60
Rs. 3,350 - Rs. 4,099 1500 kg by goods train 7.60 4.60
Below Rs. 3,350 1000 kg by goods train 6.00 4.00
RATES OF OVERTIME ALLOWANCE FOR OPERATIVE STAFF

Emoluments OTA per hour (Rs.) for those with a duty of

(Pre-revised pay) 48 hours 44 hours 42 ½ hours
On Working On Other On Working On Other On Working On Other
Days Days Days Days Days Days
Upto Rs. 1200 7.95 10.60 8.65 11.50 8.95 11.45
Rs. 1201 to Rs. 1450 9.55 12.75 10.40 13.85 10.75 14.40
Rs. 1451 to 1700 11.35 15.15 12.35 16.50 12.80 17.10
Rs. 1701 to Rs. 1950 13.15 17.55 14.35 19.10 14.85 19.80
Rs. 1951 to Rs. 2200 14.95 19.95 16.30 21.70 16.90 22.50
Rs. 2201 and above 15.85 21.15 17.25 23.05 19.90 22.85

VENTURE 97 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

 THE ENTITLEMENT FOR TRAVEL ON LTC BY RAIL, W.E.F.01-10-1998 IS AS BELOW
Basic Pay Range Entitlement
Ordinary Trains Rajdhani Express Shatabdi Express
Trains
1. Rs. 18,400 and above AC First Class by AC First Class Executive Class
train, at their option
2. Rs. 16,400 and above but
below Rs. 18,400 AC First Class AC First Class Executive Class
3. Rs. 8,000 and above but
below Rs. 16,400 II AC II - Tier sleeper II AC 2 - Tier Sleeper AC Chair Car
4. Rs. 4,100 and above but First Class / AC III - Tier AC 3 - Tier AC Chair Car
below Rs. 8,000 sleeper / AC Chair Car
5. Below Rs. 4,100 Second sleeper ---- -----

2. TRANSPORT ALLOWANCE W.E.F. 1-8-1997

Pay scale of the employee Rate of Transport Allowance
Per month (in Rupees)
'A'-1/'A' Class City Other Places
1. Employees drawing pay in the scale of pay of Rs. 8,000-
13,500 or above Rs. 800 Rs. 400
2. Employees drawing pay in the scale of pay of Rs. 6,500-
6,900 or above Rs. 400 Rs. 200
3. Employees drawing pay below the scale of Rs. 6,500-6,900 Rs. 100 Rs. 75
4. Casual labour with T.S. Rs. 100 Rs. 75
(Min. of Finance O.M. No. 21(1)/97/E II (B), dt. 3-10-97)

3. REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES IN PAY RANGES

In supersession of S.R. 17 and G.O.I., M.F., O.M.
No. 19030/5/86-E.IV dated the 24th November, 1986,
the groupings of pay ranges are revised as follows
with effect from 1-10-1997.
(i) Rs. 16,400 and above.
(ii) Rs. 8,000 and above but less than Rs. 16,400
(iii) Rs. 6,500 and above but less than Rs. 8,000
(iv) Rs. 4,100 and above but less than Rs. 6,500
(v) Below Rs. 4,100.
(MoF OM No. 10/2/98-IC, dt. 19030/2/97-E-IV, dt. 17-4-98)

4. WHEN THE GOVERNMENT SERVANT STAYS IN A HOTEL OR OTHER

ESTABLISHENT PROVIDING BOARDING AND/OR LODGING AT SCHEDULE TARIFF'S
Pay range Localities other than B-1 Class cities A Class Cities A-1 Class
those mentioned in and expensive and specially expensive cities
column 3, 4 and 5 localities* localities
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.
Rs. 16,400 and above 335 425 525 650
Rs. 8,000 and above
but less than Rs. 16,400 225 330 405 505
Rs. 6,500 and above but
less than Rs. 8,000 200 250 305 380
Rs. 4,100 and above, but
less than Rs. 6,500 130 160 195 245
Below Rs. 4,100 65 85 100 125
* As specified by Govt. from time to time.
VENTURE 98 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 5. GRANT OF OTA TO THE CLERKS WHEN REQUIRED TO ACT AS SPMS IN
THE ABSENCE OF REGULAR SPM ON LEAVE
Reference is invited to para 22 (2) of OTA orders
under which it has been provided that OTA is not
admissible to clerks when he is required to act as SPM
in the absence of the regular SPM i/c on leave, but he
is eligible to other benefits like HRA subject to the orders
in force.
A question has been raised whether the clerks
who act as SPM in the absence of regular SPM
I/C being on leave and have not been provided
with quarters and work on split duty for a period
of 8 hours would be entitled to OTA for extra
6. GRANT OF OVERTIME ALLOWANCES TO THE CLERKS WHEN REQUIRED
TO ACT AS SPMS IN THE ABSENCE OF REGULAR SPM ON LEAVE
Reference is invited to this office letter No. 31-
47/7 PE.I/PE.II dated 02-12-1978 under which
Overtime Allowance for the excess period of 45
minutes has been allowed to the clerks who are
required to act as SPM in the absence of regular
SPM in-charge being on leave and have not been
provided with quarters and work on split for a period
of 8 hours. To enable the Audit Office to exercise
non check about the fulfilment of these conditions in
cases of any other Allowance has been allowed for
the excess work period of 45 minutes, it is requested
7. GRANT OF OTA TO DEPARTMENTAL STAFF FOR CONVEYANCE OF CASH
It has come to notice that some Post Offices utilise
the services of Head Postman/Postmen & Group 'D'
officials for the conveyance of Cash between Post
Offices only at the last movement. Therefore the Head
Postmen/Postmen or Group D officials are prove to
claim DA or OTA for their duty beyond their working
hours. The Present TA/DA Rules do not allow earning
of DAs for an absence of less than 6 hours nor Rules
permit to draft Head Postmen/Postmen for outdoor
duties on O.T.A. basis.
8. TRAINING OF CLERKS TO WORK IN ACCOUNTS BRANCH OF HOS
I am directed to invite a reference to your
replies to this office letter of even number dated
17-05-85 on the above subject and to say that the
matter has been examined and it has been decided
that the unqualified officials who are posted to the
'Accounts Branch' of the Head Offices may be
given training while on the job for a fortnight. The
intention is that for a fortnight the newly appointed
official in the Accounts Branch may be made to do
all types of work of that Branch and his work should
be supervised by the Accountant concerned, with
a view to rectify the mistakes that are committed
VENTURE
duty performed beyond their split duty of 7 hours
15 minutes. After careful consideration it has
been decided to allow them OTA for the excess
period of 45 minutes as a special case. These
orders will take effect from the date of issue of
the letter.
3. Para 22 (2) of OTA orders may be treated as
modified to the extent mentioned above.
4. This issues with the concurrence of P&T Finance
Vide their U.O. No. 3354 -Fa-III/78.
(DG P&T No. 31-47/78-PE-II dated 02-12-1978)
that a certificate in the following form should
invariably be furnished in the Over Time Bills by all
concerned.
"Certified that the conditions prescribed in DG letter
No. 31-47/78-PE.I / PE.II dated 02-12-1978 have been
fulfilled in cases where Overtime Allowance has been
paid to the Clerks who act as SPM in the absence of a
regular SPM in-charge, being on leave and have not
been provided with quarters and work on split duty for a
period of 8 hours."
(DG No. 10-41/79-PE.II dated 11-04-1979)
Therefore the practice of utilising the services of
Head Postmen/Postmen/Group D officials for
conveyance of cash should be put an end to as far as
possible. Efforts should be taken to send maximum
cash in the cash bags and judiciously utilising the
services of Cash overseers who are specially intended
for this duty within their duty hours, without resorting to
O.T. duties.
[PMG, T.N. Circle No. APB/32-117/78
dated 12-6-78]
by the official. In addition, the concerned official
or officials may also be given one hour's theoretical
training only for a fortnight by the Accountant, if
necessary by putting him on overtime duty. The
Heads of Circles should, however, fit in this training
during the normal working hours as the number of
officials to be trained with act, in any case be more
than one or two at a time in each head offices.
Necessary instructions in this regard may please
be issued to all concerned under intimation of this
office.
(DG P&T No. 31-3/65-PRP dated 31--12-66)
99 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 9. RESTRICTION ON NUMBER OF HOURS OF OTA ADMISSIBLE TO SORTING
POSTMEN/GROUP 'D' STAFF CALLED ON DUTY ON A POSTAL HOLIDAY
For bringing about intra-circle and inter-circle
uniformity in the number of hour of OTA admissible to
Sorting Postmen/Group 'D' staff, in similar categories
of offices, it has been found necessary to fix a ceiling
on the maximum number of Hours of OTA admissible
to Sorting Postmen/Group 'D' staff, when called to
perform duty on a postal holiday for ensuring that mails
are not detained for more than a day. Accordingly, it
has been decided that the maximum limit for grant of
OTA may be restricted to 3 hours, which will be
applicable to the larger offices. In some cases, for
10. GRANT OF SPECIAL PAY FOR HANDLING / CUSTODY OF CASH
BY SUB POSTMASTERS
In pursuance of the Award delivered by the Board
of Arbitration in CA reference No. I of 1990, the
President is pleased to decided that the Sub-
Amount of cash handled on an average per day
Rs. 10,001 to Rs. 20,000
Rs. 20,001 to Rs. 50,000
Rs. 50,001 to Rs. 1,00,000
Above Rs. 1,00,000
2. The matter of determining the quantum of cash
handled by the Sub Postmaster single / double handed
post offices shall be the same as that laid down in the
Ministry of Finance O.M. No. FII (42)-E-III/62 dated
28-06-62 circulated for all Heads of Circles under this
office endorsement No. 14-43/61 P&A (P) dated 07-08-
62. In other words, the quantum of cash, handled will
be same as disbursed (for this purpose).
11. CASH HANDLING ALLOWANCE TO TREASURERS, ASST. TREASURERS-
REVISION OF RATES REGARDING:
This Office OM No. 6-16/86-PAP, dated 5-5-87
wherein the rates of Special Pay to Treasurers and
Asst. Treasurers in Post Office were communicated.
It has now been decided in consultation with Ministry
of Finance to enhance the rates of Cash Handling
Allowance as under:-
Amount of average Rates of Cash Handling
Monthly cash handled Allowance
Upto Rs. 2 lacs Rs. 120
Above Rs. 2 lacs Rs. 160
2. The rates are applicable to posts of Treasurers/
Asst. Treasurers in Post Offices. Officials posted
against these posts only will be eligible for the same.
It may be ensured that BCR officials are not posted
VENTURE
smaller offices, the limit may be fixed taking into account
the quantum of mail involved. (but should not exceed
3 hours).
4. It may also be ensured that the minimum numbers
of staff for minimum number of hours are brought on
duty on such days in order to avoid unnecessary
additional expenditure. Other terms and conditions as
stipulated in this regard vide Directorate letter No. 9-25/
92-Cl, dated 10-9-1992 should be strictly adhered to.
5. These orders come into effect from 1-9-2002.
(DG (P) No. 10-7/2001-PE.II, dated 11-10-2002)
Postmasters in single and double handed post offices
responsible for handling / custody of cash shall be
paid special pay at the following rates:-
Special Pay (Rs. Per month)
Rs. 20/-
Rs. 25/-
Rs. 30/-
Rs. 35/-
3. The monthly average cash divided by 24 will
determine the amount of cash handled on average per
day.
4. The expenditure involved would be debitable to the
head 3201 Postal Services B (2) (1) salaries and be met
from the sanctioned grant of the respective years.
5. This award shall take effect from 13th May 1989.
[DG (Posts) No. 6-4/80-PAP dated 27-02-92]
against posts of Treasurers and Asst. Treasurers. In
case such officials are posted inspite of these
directions they will not be eligible for Cash Handling
Allowance.
3. These enhanced rates of Special pay will be
payable with effect from 1-8-97.
4. All other provisions as stipulated in Para 2 of
Dept. of Personnel and Training OM No.6-31/86 shall
also be applicable to Treasurers and Asst. Treasurers
working in Post Offices.
5. This issues with the concurrence of the Finance
Advice vide their Dy. No. 496/FA/99, dated
15-10-99.
(DG (P) No. 6-1/99-PAP, dated 28-10-1999)
100 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 12. SPECIAL PAY TO POSTAL CANDIDATES WHO HAVE QUALIFIED THE
JAO EXAMINATION AND AWAITING PROMOTION
The demand for the grant of special pay to the
candidates who qualify in the department examination
for promotion of Junior Accounts Officer cadre and
awaiting promotion was under examination for some
time past. The matter was considered by the Group of
Ministers, constituted by the Hon'ble Prime Minister to
consider the various demands raised by the three
Postal federations and to examine the Pay Commission
related matters. Ministry of Personnel, Public
Grievance and Pension has now conveyed the decision
of Group of Ministers to grant Special Pay to candidates
who qualify in the departmental examinations for
13. SPECIAL PAY GRANTED TO JAO EXAMINATION QUALIFIED CANDIDATES
The matter regarding retention of Special Pay
(now Special Allowance) granted to JAO examination
qualified candidates on placement in the scale of JAO
under ACP Scheme and counting of Special Pay
(now Special Allowance) for fixation of pay on
promotion to JAO cadre was under consideration in
consultation with D.O. P&T vide its UO No. 296/
US(Estt.)/06 dated 28-6-2006 has clarified that since
14. PROMPT SETTLEMENT OF PERSONAL PROBLEMS OF THE EMPLOYEES
In the course of discussions at JCM (Departmental
Council) the staff side complained of excessive delay
in the settlement of personal cases of employees and
consequent hardship to them. In this respect
instructions have been issued from time to time, to give
adequate attention to these cases so that the staff do
not disgruntle / due to delaying settlement. Expeditious
disposal of personal claims like increments, efficiency
bar, pay fixation, promotion, drawal of leave salary and
other allowances is necessary for ensuring cordial
employer -- employee relationship which has a part to
15. GRANT OF SPLIT DUTY ALLOWANCE
Refer to this Directorate's letter No. 8-66/78 PE-II
(Vol.III) dt. 22-5-1990 and letter No. 6-66/78-PE. II/Vol.
IV, dated 17-6-93 on the subject noted above.
2. The question of continuance of payment of Split
Duty Allowance to Group 'C' and Group 'D' employees
of the Department of Posts who are placed on Split
Duty has been examined in this Directorate and it has
been decided to grant them Split Duty Allowance
subject to the fulfilment of the following conditions as
laid down in this office letter of even number dt. 22-5-
90 and 17-7-93.
(i) The break between the two spells is not less than
two hours.
VENTURE
promotion to the grade of Junior Accounts Officer and
are awaiting promotion and continue to be in the time
scale of the existing post with rates of special pay being
same as applicable to similarly placed persons in other
organised Accounts Departments which is currently Rs.
80 per month for the first year of waiting and Rs. 140
per month thereafter. These orders will take effect from
the date of issue of this order. This issues with the
concurrence of Integrated Finance Wing vide their Dy.
No. 49/PA/2001 dated 2-2-2001.
(Dept. of Posts, O.M. No. 8(2)/99-PA Admin. 1/606
to 646 dated 2-2-2001)
the higher pay scale has been allowed by way of
ACP, there is no question of retention of special pay/
special allowance. In such cases the special pay/
Special Allowance drawn in lieu of higher pay scale
may be taken into account for fixing pay under ACP
as clarified against point of doubt No. 18.
(D.G.(P) No. 6(1)/2004/PA-Admn.I/501 to 544,
dt. 29-10-2006)
play in the improvement of operational efficiency. It is
therefore requested that all concerned at various levels
are suitably instructed to keep this in view in the larger
larger interest of the Department.
The staff side also stated that sometimes officials
are kept under suspension for a long time without
charge sheets being eventuated. Secretary (C) has
ordered that effects should be made to issue charge
sheet in a month's time except in cases where police
complaints are involved.
(DG's letter No. 140/4/80-SPB.II dated 07/01-81)
(ii The Split Duty Allowance will be admissible only
for the actual period for which an official on Split Duty,
once he is placed on continuous duty he will forfeit the
right to draw Split Duty Allowance.
(iii) The Split Duty Allowance will not be admissible
for the period an official is on leave and training etc.
(iv) The official is residing beyond 5 kms. from his duty
place.
3. These orders will be effective for the period of three
years from 1-7-1996 to 30-6-1999.
4. This issues with the concurrence of the Finance
Advice (Postal) vide their Dy. No. 713/FA/79 dated
5-3-97.
101 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 16. FIXED MONETARY COMPENSATION OF POSTMEN STAFF
Reference para 25(i) (ii) of O.T.A. orders issued
in DOP office letter No. 10-1/64-PE dated 12th
February, 1964 embodied in Director General's
circular No. 33 of 25-2-64 as further modified in DOP
office letter No. 10-18/73-Pt.II, dt. 30-11-79, No. 10-
41/80/PE II dated 19-2-1983 and No. 10/23/87-PE II
dated 1-9-89 and 10-3-92 regarding monetary
compensation to Postmen staff for performing duties
of absentee Postmen on holidays.
The question of revising the rates of
compensation as set forth above has been under
consideration of the Government for sometime. The
President is pleased to revise the rates of
compensation as under:
Existing Revised
Rate Rate
(a) When one postman Rs. 18/- Rs. 24/-
performs duty of
an absentee
(b) When two postmen Rs. 12/- Rs. 12/-
perform duty of (Per (Per
an absence Postmen) Postmen)
(c) Holiday monetary Rs. 25/- Rs. 36/-
compensation.
17. ADMISSIBILITY TO HOME TOWN EVERY YEAR TO UNMARRIED CENTRAL
GOVT. EMPLOYEES HAVING DEPENDENTS LIVING IN HOME TOWN
It has been decided that the unmarried Central
Govt. employees who have left their wholly dependent
parents, sisters and minor brothers at their home
town may also be given the benefit of LTC to visit
their home town every year. This concession will be
18. FORFEITURE OF THE LTC CLAIM AFTER THE EXPIRY OF THE EXPIRY
OF THE STIPULATED PERIOD
It has been decided that in cases where no
travel advance had been drawn, the period within
which a Govt. Servant should submit his claim on
completion of the return journey should be
reduced from one year to three months.
Accordingly, the right of a Govt. servant for
reimbursement of his leave Travel Concession
claim, where no advance was drawn by him shall
stand forfeited or be deemed to have been
relinquished if the claim is not preferred within
three months of the date of completion of the
return journey. In case where advance has been
VENTURE
3. Consequent on the above decision para 25(i) as
embodied in O.T.A. order referred to above will stand
amended as follows:
Para 26(i): "Ordinarily Postmen will not be paid
any OTA on working day, but in case where the work
of an absentee Postmen is divided between two
Postmen, each would be paid compensation at the
rate of Rupee 12/- per day and where the entire
additional work is performed by a single Postmen,
compensation will be paid at the rate of Rupees 24/-
per day. As far as possible, it should be ensured that
the work of an absentee Postman is entrusted to single
Postman".
Para 26(ii): "The Postman required to perform
delivery work on holiday will be granted monetary
compensation at the flat rate Rupees 36/- (now 43/)
per holiday for duty performed on a Postal Holiday on
which there are either usual deliveries or restricted
deliveries of letters no amount would be payable on
the three National Holidays as there will be no delivery
on National Holidays".
4. These orders take effect from 16-12-93.
5. This issues with the concurrence of Finance
Advice, Postal vide their Diary No. 5229/FA/93 dated
20-12-93.
(Dept. of Posts No. 10-23/87-PE-II,
dated 21-12-93)
in lieu of all other LTC facilities admissible to the Govt.
servant himself and the aforesaid parents, sisters
and minor brothers.
(MoP, PG & Pension (DOP) OM No. 31011/17/85-
Estt.(A), dt. 3-4-86)
drawn towards LTC the final bill will have to be
preferred within one month of the completion of
return journey. If that is not done, the authority
which sanctioned the advance should enforce
lum-sum recovery of advance forthwith, and one
such recovery is made, it should be taken as if
no advance had been drawn and the claim
allowed to be preferred within a period of three
months, failing which it shall stand forfeited in
terms of these orders.
(MOP PG & Pensions (DOP & Trg) OM No. 31011/
28/86-Estt (A) dated 26-3-87)
102 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 19. LTC FACILITIES TO THE FAMILY MEMBERS NOT RESIDING WITH GOVT.
SERVANT- CLARIFCIATION REGARDING
It has been decided that in cases where the Govt.
servant has left his/her spouse and the dependent
Children at place other than his/her Head Quarter,
he may be allowed LTC in respect of them from the
place of their residence to home town in a block of 2
years or any place in India in a block of 4 years, as
the case may be, but the reimbursement should in
no case exceed the actual distance travelled by the
20. LTC - TRAVEL BY STATE TOURISM BUSES - CLARIFICATION - REG.
It is clarified that the journeys by the Chartered
buses shall be admissible for LTC, only in these cases
where the town is wholly operated and conducted by
the ITDC/State Tourism Development Corporations,
either by their own buses or buses taken on hire from
21. LTC- DENIAL OF LTC TO GOVT. SERVANTS FOUND GUILTY OF
MISUSE OF THE FACILITY.
It has therefore been decided that whenever a case
of fraudulent claim of LTC comes to notice and the
competent disciplinary authority arrives at a conclusion
that there is a Prima facia case of initiating disciplinary
proceedings against the Govt. servant for this
Monconduct, the claim for the LTC should be withheld
and he should not be allowed this facility till finalisation
of the proceedings.
2. If the Govt. servant is fully cleared of the charges
of misuse of LTC, he will be allowed to avail of the LTC
withheld earlier as additional set(s) of the LTC in future
Block of years but before his normal date of super
annuation. In such a situation, the provisions relating
22. DISABILITY UNDER FR 17 (A) - RELATING TO LTC - CLARIFICATION
It is seen that those who had already availed their
LTC before participation in the strike were naturally
not subject to any disability. In the circumstances it
would be unfair to those who participated in the strike
and were prevented from availing the facility for one
year upto May, 1990 and yet are not allowed to avail
the facility during the extended period of the block.
It has therefore been decided that there need
23. IMPOSING OF PENAL INTEREST ON UNUTILISED BALANCE OF TA/LTC ADVANCE
The refund of advance arises as a result of
change of programme, proceeding on short leave,
lack of hotel facility, non availability of class of rail/
hotel accommodation and the excess drawal of
advance is beyond the control of Govt. servant.
VENTURE 103
family or the distance between the headquarters/
place of posting of Govt. servant and the place
visited/home town, whichever is less. In case of other
members falling within the definition of 'Family' the
existing conditions and restrictions will continue to
be in force.
(MOP & PG (DOP & Trg) OM No. 310/11/14/86-
Estt.(A), dt. 8-5-87)
outside. It should, however be clearly certified by the
LTDC/State Tourism Development Corporation
concerned that the tour was actually conducted/
operated by them and not by any Private Party/Person.
(MOP P&T & Pen. OM No. 31011/9/86-Estt.(A), dt. 17-8-87)
to lapsing of LTC facility not availed of within the first
year of the next block will not apply.
3. If, however, the Govt. servant is not fully cleared
of the charges of misuse of the LTC, he shall not be
allowed the next two sets of LTC in addition to the
set(s) of the LTC already withheld. If the nature of
the misuse is grave, the competent authority may
disallow more than two sets of LTC. Such
disallowance shall be without prejudice to the
punishment, for any proved misconduct in the
disciplinary proceedings.
(MOP & PG & Pensions (DOP) OM No. 31011/110/
86-Estt.(A, dt. 8-10-87)
not be any embargo on officials whom FR 17A has
been invoked in availing Leave Travel Concession
during the extended period upto 31-12-90 provided
the minimum period of one year has elapsed and
provided further that the have put in a minimum
period of continuous service as required under LTC
Rules.
(DG No. 20-15/90-PAP, dt. 26-11-90)
Hence it is clarified that it is for the administrative
authority to satisfy itself, whether to charge penal
interest or not in such cases.
(C & AG No. 786- Audit I/85-90 III (154)
dt, 7-12-90)
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 24. GRANT OF OTA TO THE CLERKS WHEN REQUIRED TO ACT AS SPMS
IN THE ABSENCE OF REGULAR SPMS ON LEAVE
There is no objection to the grant of OTA
for 45 minutes to the clerk who is officiating
as LSG SPM and getting LSG Pay where he
officiates in the leave vacancy of regular LSG
25. CLAIM OF OTA IN LIEU OF HIGHER PAY
It has been decided that the officiating SPM
working against leave vacancy of regular SPM may
be granted OTA @45 minutes per day provided that
no charge allowance is given and the period of
arrangement does not exceed 30 (Thirty) days. It has
26. GRANT OF OTA - CLARIFICATIONS
Doubts have been raised in certain quarters
whether OTA or compensatory off should be granted
to the staff of operative offices for extra work done
by them. In operative offices, there are occasions
due to absentism or due to heavy work, when the
work cannot be finished during the normal working
hours and in the interest of service, staff have to be
27. GRANT OF OTA - CLARIFICATIONS
It has been brought to the notice of this office
that in some operative offices of the Dept.
Compensatory leave is granted to the staff detained
beyond duty hours and not granted overtime. It is
therefore, again clarified that when, under
inescapable circumstances operative staff is put on
duty outside the working hours to deal with the work
which can not be postponed to the next day in the
interest of service, payment of overtime allowance
28. GRANT OF OTA TO ASPM WHEN REQUIRED TO WORK AS HSG-II SPM
The orders for grant of 45 minutes OTA will be applicable to ASPM also who officiates as HSG II Sub PM,
provided the terms and conditions as laid down in the letter dated 2-12-78 are fulfilled.
29. CLARIFICATION ON OTA TO GROUP 'D' STAFF
It has been decided that the first preference in
such short term arrangements against Group D posts
should be given to ED Agents and Group D
30. GRANT OF COMPENSATORY OFF/OTA WHERE POSTAL HOLIDAYS
FALLS ON FIXED OFFS ON SUNDAYS/WEEKLY OFFS
I am directed to refer your letter No. NKB/STA-
2/513, dt. 9-9-92 on the subject mentioned above
and to say that Para 2 of this office letter of even
number dated 20-9-89 may be read as follows :
"In view of the above it is requested that the orders
VENTURE 104
SPM provided he performs split duty beyond 7
hours 15 minutes and has not been provided
with quarters.
(DG P&T No. 10-11/79-PE II, dt. 4-5-79)
further been decided that the OTA may be admissible
to the officiating SPM when the regular SPM incharge
is on any kind of leave such as EL/HPL/Com. Leave/
EXOL/Casual Leave.
(DG (P) No.10-29/84-PE-II, dt. 15-3-85)
deployed on duty outside the normal working hours
for completing the unfinished work.
It is hereby clarified that in such cases in the
interest of clearance of work which cannot be
postponed to the next day OTA may be paid under
the existing conditions applicable to operative offices.
(DG (P) No.10-37/86-PE-II, dt. 29-9-87)
may be regulated in the light of instructions contained
in this office letter of even No. dt. 29-9-87.
It is also clarified that the skeleton staff specially
ordered to perform duty on Postal/National holiday
for the work connected with these holidays in
operative offices may be granted OTA and provision
of Rule 20 of OTA Rules as amended from time to
time.
(DG (P) No. 10-37/86-PE-II, dt. 29-3-88)
(DG (P) No. 10-30/87-PE-II, dt. 15-2-88)
employees may be brought on over time duty only,
when ED Agents are not readily available.
(D.G.(P) NO. 17-498/90-ED & Trg., dt. 11-7-91)
already issued in the matter vide this Directorate letter
No. 10-98/83-PE II dated 20-3-85 and the clarifications
issued vide this office letter of even number dated 3-
7-87 should be followed in the matter."
(DG (P) No. 10-24/86-PE-II (Pt.), dt. 9-11-92)
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 31. REIMBURSEMENT OF LTC CLAIM TO BE RESTRICTED TO THE ACTUAL
FARE INCURRED BY LONGER ROUTE OR THE FARE BY THE ENTITLED CLASS
BY SHORTEST DIRECT ROUTE, WHICHEVER IS LESS
The provisions that the LTC claim for a Govt. route, whichever is less, shall be equally applicable
Servant who has travelled by a longer route is to be both to the journeys to home town as well as any
restricted to the actual fare paid by him or the fare of place in India.
the entitled class had he travelled by shortest direct (M.F. (DOR) No. A-27023/14/89, dt. 25-10-89)

32. ADMISSIBILITY OF LTC WHEN BOTH HUSBAND AND WIFE ARE GOVT.
SERVANTS AND ARE RESIDING TOGETHER
It has been decided that where husband and
wife both are Govt. servants, they could, at their
option, choose to declare separate home town
and both of them may claim the concession
separately under the normal provisions of CCS
(LTC) Rules in respect of the members of their
respective families subject to the conditions that
if husband or wife avails the facility as a member
of the family of the other, he or she will not be
entitled for claiming the concession for self
independently. Similarly, the children shall be
eligible for the benefit in one particular block as
members of the family of one of the parents only.
All other conditions for admissibility of the LTC
shall continue to be applicable as per normal
provisions of the scheme.
(MOP, PG & Pensions (DOP) No. 31011/8/89-
Estt.(A), dt. 8-5-90)

33. SOME MEMBERS CAN VISIT 'HOME TOWN' WHILE OTHER FAMILY MEMBERS
MAY AVAIL 'ANY PLACE IN INDIA' IN THE SAME TWO YEAR BLOCK LTC
Since the LTC facility can be availed by the family in respect of the same block of years
Govt. Servant and various members of his family provided such concession is otherwise
in separate batches there may not be any admissible.
objections in allowing home town LTC and the LTC (Dept. of Per & Trg. U.O. No. 1138/89-EST(A),
to any place in India to different members of the dt. 11-5-89)

34. LTC BY PRIVATE AIRLINES

Government employees may also travel by air including private airlines, but the reimbursement shall be
limited to the rail fare of the entitled class on production of air ticket or boarding pass.
(DoP&T OM No. 31011/2/2006-Estt. (A) dated 24-04-06)

35. LEAVE ENCASHMENT DURING LTC

Leave encashment for 10 days earned leave
can be availed at the time of LTC, subject to
following conditions:
(a) the total leave so encashed during the entire
career shall not exceed 60 days in the aggregate.
(b) earned leave of atlest an equivalent duration is
also availed of simultaneously;
(c) a balance of atleast 30 days of EL is still available
to his credit, after availing leave and leave
encashment; and
(d) the period of leave encashed shall be deducted
from the quantum of leave that can be encashed at
the time of superannuation.
(DOP&T No. 13026/1/99-Estt. (L) dated 18-04-2002)

36. LTC - FAMILY CLARIFICATION

The restriction of two surviving children in the definition of the family for eligibility condition for LTC shall
not apply in respect of children existing as on 20-10-97 and child born within one year from 20-10-97 and also
in case of multiple births after one child.
(DOP&T OM No. 31011/7/97-Estt. (A) dated 28-07-98)
VENTURE 105 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 37. LTC ADVANCE
90% fare can be availed as advance. The
advance can be drawn for both forward and return
journey in case the absence of Govt. Servant will
not be more than 90 days. If the absence will be
38. A SUBMISSION OF LTC CLAIM
LTC claim should be preferred within three
months from the date of completion of return
journey. However, if advance is availed the
claim should be submitted within a month from
the date of completion of return journey failing
which the advance paid will be recovered in
39. AVAITING LTC ON HOLIDAYS
Availing of LTC during Saturday (Administrative office) and holidays alone not allowed. Journey
during the week and holidays without any leave is not entitled to LTC. But LTC can be availed
during Casual Leave.
40. PROPORTIONATE MILEAGE ALLOWANCE WHEN JOURNEY ON TOUR IS
PERFORMED BY LONGER ROUTE BY RAIL PARTLY BY LOWER CLASS
AND PARTLY BY THE ENTITLED CLASS
It is clarified that the claim of the officer shall be
regulated on proportionate basis, by caclulating
mileage allowance for different modes/classes by the
shortest route in the ratio of distance covered by the
41. LTC TO HANDICAPPED EMPLOYEES
It has been decided that LTC facility could be allowed
for an escort who accompanies a handicapped Govt.
servant on the journey subject to the following conditions:
i) Prior approval is obtained on each occasion.
ii) The nature of physical disability is such as to
necessitate on escort.
42. REGULATION OF LTC CLAIM IF THE RAIL JOURNEY IS PERFORMED BY A
LONGER ROUTE AND BY DIFFERENT CLASSES
The general principle for regulating LTC claim of
a Govt. servant who performs journeys by a longer
route (which is not the cheapest) in different classes
of accommodation, continue to be regulated on
proportionate basis, in accordance with the provisions
of OM No. 43/10/58-Estt(A) dt. 11-4-58.
Note : As per the existing orders said above, the
VENTURE 106
more than 90 days, advance of outward journey
only will be admissible. Particulars of tickets should
be furnished within 10 days of the drawal of the
advance.
one lump sum with penal interest without
prejudice to his claim treating such claim as
one for which no advance has been
sanctioned. If the above time limit is not
adhered to, the Govt. Servant's right for the
claim shall stand forfeited.
such modes/classes by the longer (actually used)
route.
(C & AG No. 787 -Audit I/106-86-Vol II (155),
dt. 10-12-90)
iii) The Physically Handicapped Govt. servant does
not have an adult family member.
iv) Any other person who is entitled to LTC does not
accompany.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 31011/4/91-Estt(A),
dt. 9-7-91)
proportionate fares for the classes actually travelled
should be reimbursed. It is only in cases where part
of the journey is performed by bus the actual
expenses limited to the rail fare for the entitled class
by the shortest route are admissible.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. No. 31011/5/90-Estt. (A),
dt. 1-1-92)
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 43. GRANT OF FIXED MEDICAL ALLOWANCE TO THE STAFF WORKING
IN THE INTERIOR UNDER CS (MA) RULES, 1944
On a representation made by the M.E.S.
Employees Union, Mumbai for enhancement of Fixed
Medical Allowances, the Government have decided
to enhance the fixed medical allowance from Rs.
25/- p.m. to Rs. 100/- (Rupees One Hundred Only)
per month as recommended by the 5th Central Pay
Commission for the employees working in the interior
/ remote localities where no Authorities Medical
Attendant is available within a radius of 5 kms. on the
conditions that:-
(i) The Head of the Department should obtain a
Certificate from an appropriate District Authority that
44. DELEGATION OF POWERS TO CONDONE DELAY IN
SUBMISSION OF MEDICAL CLAIMS
i) Heads of Circles are delegated to condone
the delay in respect of claims beyond a period of
3 months and the amount should not exceed Rs.
500/-
ii) Only the bills delayed for more than six months
should be referred.
iii) Free to reject medical claims when not convinced
of the reasons for delay in the submission of the claim
45. PAYMENT ON ONE TIME BASIS TOWARDS CGHS CONTRIBUTION
BY PENSIONERS
It has now been decided that pensioners can opt
for making one time payment towards CGHS
contribution. The amount to be paid will be 10 times
the annual contribution payable at the time of retirement
and a permanent CGHS Card will be issued.
46. ENTITLEMENT OF TA/DA TO THE PATIENTS
Patients (Govt. Servants or dependants) and
attendants (Recommended by the Doctor) are
entitled to TA/DA for journeys performed for medical
47. MEDICAL ADVANCE - REVISED INSTRUCTIONS
It has been decided to delegate the powers to
Heads of Offices for sanction of Medical Advance
subject to the following conditions:
i) The amount of advance is limited to the ceiling
provided in this Ministry's OM No. S-11016/1/92-CGHS
(P) dated 29-10-92. (i.e.) 80% of the estimate submitted
by the Govt./Private recognised hospital.
ii) Medical advance is admissible to all Central
Govt. employees irrespective of any pay limit subject
VENTURE 107
there is no State Government / Local Body Hospital /
Dispensary available within a radius of 5 kms. and also
there is no qualified private medical practitioners
available and, if available, he is not willing to be
appointed as Authorised Medical Attendant.
(ii) The position will be reviewed every three years and
a fresh certificate is to be obtained by the Head of the
Department.
3. This issues with the concurrence of the Ministry of
Finance (Department of Expenditure) vide their U.O.
No. 1199/EV/99 dated 01-01-1999.
(O.M. No. 14025/33/98-MS of Min. of Health & FW)
after giving reasonable opportunity to the employees.
iv) Cases not covered by the aforesaid guidelines and
cases presenting special features will be referred to
P&T Directorate with recommendations of Head of
Circle Office order contained in DG P&T Memo No.
32/1/70-PAP/Cell (V) dated 5-5-70 will continue to
remain inforce.
(DG P&T No. 30/2/81/PAP(Pt.), dt. 25-3-82)
In respect of those beneficiaries who have already
retired, the lump sum amount will be worked out on a pro
rata basis assuming average life expectancy of 68 years.
(MoH & FW NO. S-11011/C/91-CGHS(P),
dt. 17-10-91)
attendance/treatment.
(MoH & FW No. S-14025/24/91-MS,
dt. 6-11-92)
to other conditions.
iii) Advance is allowed only in cases of estimate
submitted from the Govt. hospital or from a Private
hospital recognised for such treatment. The amount of
advance in cases where estimate is submitted from a
private recognised hospital should be calculated on the
basis of the rates approved for such treatments/
diagnosis/examination.
iv) The advance is paid directly to the hospital
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
concerned on receipt of an estimate from the treating
physician/Medical Superintendent of the hospital.
v) For settlement of advance, the employees may be
required to submit the adjustment bills within a period
of one month from the date of his discharge from the
hospital. In case the entire advance has not been
utilised for the treatment of the patient, the Head of
Office concerned will correspondent with the hospital
for refund of the unutilised balance of Medical advance.
The orders will come into force with immediate
effect.
(DG (P) No. 30-1/94-PAP, dt. 24-1-94)

48. REIMBURSEMENT OF MEDICAL CLAIM FOR TREATMENT TAKING IN

PRIVATE HOSPITAL IN EMERGENT CASES- CLARIFICATION
The Chief PMGs are the head of Department for all intent purpose and as such it is clarified that in future
all such cases of medical treatment in a Private hospital in emergency should be decided with the personal
approved of the Heads of the Circles. (i.e. Chief Postmaster General).
(DG (P) No. 31-24/93-PAP, dt. 25-1-94)

49. 'FIXED MONETARY COMPENSATION' TO POSTMAN FOR EFFECTING

DELIVERIES ON SECOND DAY OF THREE CONSECUTIVE HOLIDAYS
A number of references have been received from
the Unions/Federations requesting for upward
revision of FMC admissible to Postman staff for
effecting deliveries on second day of three
consecutive holidays.
2. The issue has been examined and it has been
decided to enhance the 'Fixed Monetary
Compensation' admissible to Postmen staff from the
existing Rs. 36 per day to Rs. 43 per day.
3. These orders come into effect from 1-9-2002.
4. This issues with the concurrence of IFA vide their
Dy. No. 393/FA/2002, dated 27-8-2002.
(Dept. of Posts, No. 10-7/2001-PE.II
dated 4-9-2002)

50. CCA/HRA RAISED RATES W.E.F. 1-8-1997

(i) Compensatory (City) Allowance :

Pay Range (Basic Pay) Amount of CCA in class cites

(Rs. per month)
A-1 A B-1 B-2
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Below Rs. 3,000 p.m. 90 65 45 25
Rs. 3,000 p.m. to Rs. 4,499 p.m. 125 95 65 35
Rs. 4,500 pm. to Rs. 5,999 p.m. 200 150 100 65
Rs. 6,000 p.m. and abvoe 300 240 180 120
(ii) House Rent Allowances :
Classification of cities/towns Rates of House Rent Allowance
A-1 30% of actual basic pay drawn
A
B-1 15% of actual basic pay drawn
B-2
C 7.5% of actual basic pay drawn
Unclassified 5% of actual basic pay drawn
N.B.: These orders shall be effective from 1-8-1997. For the period from 1-1-1996 to 31-7-1997, the above
allowance will be drawn at the existing rates on the notional pay in the pre-revised scale.
(Min. of Finace O.M. No. 2(3)/97-E.II(B), dated 3-10-1997)
VENTURE 108 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 51. GRANT OF CONVEYANCE ALLOWANCE TO BLIND AND ORTHOPAEDICALLY
HANDICAPPED CENTRAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES
I am directed to forward a copy of O.M. No. 19029/
1/78-EIV(B), dt. 16-7-1980 of the Ministry of Finance
(Department of Expenditure), New Delhi on the above
subject for information, guidance and necessary action.
That Ministry's O.M. No. 19029/1/78-E. IV (B) dated
31-8-78 and 19029/1/77-E IB dated 3-12-1979 was
forwarded to all Heads of Circles etc. under this office
letter No. 18-10/78-PAP dated 5-12-1978, 18-1-1979
PAP, dated 25-1-1980.
Copy of O.M. No. 19029/(1)/78-EIV (B) dated the
16th July, 1980 from Government of India, Ministry
of Finance (Deptt. of Expenditure) New Delhi,
addressed to all Ministries/Departments of the
52. GRANT OF SPLIT DUTY FOR TWO HOURS BREAK
It has been decided to modify the condition of
more than two hours duration specified in condition
(i) of order dt. 22-5-90 by 'not more than two hours'
with effect from 1-7-93. The implication of this
modification is that even employees having a break
53. GRANT OF SPLIT DUTY ALLOWANCE - CLARIFICATIONS
1. (i) Split duty is possible only to operative offices.
Split duty allowance is not admissible to the staff of
administrative offices.
(ii) Split duty allowance is paid on monthly basis
excluding the period for Sundays and holidays does
not arise.
54. SPLIT DUTY ALLOWANCE - CLARIFICATIONS
Split duty allowance is admissible only to Group
C and Group D employees (including LR Staff of
these categories). It is not admissible to EDAs and
55. GRANT OF SAVINGS BANK ALLOWANCE TO POSTAL ASSISTANTS
Reference is invited to Directorate's letter of even
number dated 27-4-1989 (SB order No. 26/89) on the
subject cited above.
2. Para 7 thereof be amended by adding the
words 'or above' after the word 'LSG' in first line
and 'and/or Biennial Cadre Review Schemes(s)'
after 'TBOP' appearing in second line to read as
follows:
56. REVISION IN THE RATE OF CYCLE (MAINTANCE) ALLOWANCE
(1) The question of upward revisions of cycle
maintenance allowance has been under consideration
for some time in the past. The issue was also raised by
the Staff Side of the National Council of the (JCM).
The rate of cycle maintenance allowance was last
VENTURE 109
Government of India, etc.
The undersigned is directed to refer to this
Ministry's Office Memorandum No 19029/1/78-EIV (B)
dated the 31st Aug. 1975 read with O.M. of the same
number dated the December, 1979 on the above
subject and to state that a question has been raised
as to the date from which orthopaedically handicapped
employees who were in service on 3-12-1979 and who
fulfilled the prescribed conditions on that date should
be granted conveyance allowance. It is clarified that
in such cases the allowance may be granted w.e.f. 3-
12-1979.
(D.G.(P) No. 18/8/80-PAP, dt. 6-2-1981)
in duty of exactly two hours will be now entitled to
Split Duty allowance, if they fulfil other prescribed
condition. These orders will be effective for a period
of three years from 1-7-93.
(DG (P) No. 6-66/78-PE-II, dt. 17-6-93)
2. Regarding postmen staff, normally the duty hours
of Postmen are continuous i.e. 08-00 hrs. - 16.00 hrs.
or 09.00- 17.00 hrs. and as such they are not entitled
to split duty allowance.
3. PRIs too are not to be paid Split duty allowance.
(DG (P) 6-66/78-PE-II (Vol. III), dt. 22-5-90)
Outsiders who work as substitutes in the leave
vacancies of Postmen/Group D.
(Chief PMG No. ESB/125-2/90, Dt. 30-9-91
Para 7 - The Postal Assistants promoted to LSG
or above as a result of the operation of the TBOP and/
or Biennial Cadre Review Scheme(s) will also be
entitled to the SB allowance subject to the various
conditions being fulfilled like other Postal Assistants.
However, no official drawing supervisory allowance will
be entitled to SB allowance.
(DG (P) No. 2-3/86-SB dated 4-1-2000)
revised vide this Ministry's O.M. No. 19030/5/86-E.IV
dated 3rd August, 1987 to Rs. 20/- per month with effect
from 1-1-1986.
(2) In the context of the demand raised by the staff side,
the matter has been further considered and the President
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
is pleased to revise the rate of cycle maintenance
allowance from Rs. 20/- to Rs. 30/- per month.
(3) In their application to the Staff serving in Indian
Audit and Accounts Department, these orders issue
57. TBOP/BCR OFFICIALS ENTITLED FOR SAVINGS BANK ALLOWACE
Reference is invited to Directorate's letter of even
number dated 27-4-1989 (SB order No. 26/89) on
the subject cited above.
2. Para 7 thereof be amended by adding the words
'or above' after the word 'LSG' in first line and 'and/or
Biennial Cadre Review Scheme(s)' after 'TBOP'
appearing in second line to read as follows:-
Para 7 - The Postal Assistants promoted to
58. ENHANCEMENT OF SAVING BANK INCENTIVE TO POSTAL ASSISTANTS
WORKING IN SAVINGS BANK BRANCHES-ACCEPTANCE OF FIFTH CENTRAL
PAY COMMISSION'S RECOMMENDATION (PARA 30.22) REGARDING
Ministry of Finance (DEA) vide its I.D. No. 17/1/
2001-NS.II, dt. 26-08-2004 has conveyed its agreement
regarding increase in the Savings Bank Incentive
amount from Rs. 60 per month to Rs. 150 per month in
respect of staff fully engaged in the saving bank work
and from Rs. 30 per month to Rs. 75 per month for
those partially engaged in the savings bank work, in
accordance with the recommendations of the Fifth
Central Pay Commission in para 30.22 of the Report.
59. FIXED CONVEYANCE ALLOWANCE
Fixed Conveyance Allowance per month
Average monthly Travels For Journeys by own For journeys by other modes
on official duty motor car
Rs.
201-300 Km 560
301-450 Km, 840
451-600 Km 1,035
601-800 Km 1,215
Above 800 Km 1,500
These orders will be effective from 1-8-97.
(M.F. O.M. No. 19039/3/98-E IV, dated 18-9-1998)
60. GRANT OF CONVEYANCE TO MAIL/CASH OVERSEERS
2. Keeping in view the general increase in fares of all
modes of conveyance, the financial powers of Divisional
Heads/Divisional Superintendents to sanction the
conveyance charges of Cash/Mail Overseers is
enhanced to Rs. 500 per month from the existing limit
of Rs. 200 per month.
VENTURE 110
after consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor
General of India.
(4) These orders will take effect from the date of issue.
(D.G.(P) No. 19050/4/92/E.IV, dt. 29-6-1993)
LSG or above as a result of the operation of the
TBOP and/or Biennial Cadre Review Scheme(s)
will also be entitled to the SB allowance subject to
the various conditions being fulfilled like other
Postal Assistants. however, no official drawing
supervisory allowance will be entitled to SB
allowance.
(DG (P) No. 2-3/86-SB dated 4-1-2000)
The increase in savings bank incentive would be
effective from the dates of issue of orders i.e. 08-10-
2004.
2. It is requested that the above decision may be
circulated immediately to all concerned for information
and compliance.
3. Compliance report of the above may be furnished
to DDG (FS) immediately.
(D.G.(P) No. 2-2/93-503, dt. 8-10-2004)
of conveyance
Rs.
185
240
320
375
425
3. The powers of the Heads of Circles and other
conditions for reimbursement will remain unchanged.
4. This issue with the concurrence of FA (Postal) vide
their Dy. No. 459/FA/02/Cs, dated 2-12-2002.
(Dept. of Posts No. 17-2/2002-PAP,
dated 3-12-2002)
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 61. SIMPLIFIED PROCEEDURE FOR CLAIMING CEA/TUTION FEES
i) A Certificate from the school need not be insisted
upon.
ii) Production of cash receipt or the counterfoil of
Bank voucher as a proof will be sufficient at the time to
initial claim.
iii) A declaration that he continues to incure
62. REIMBURSEMENT OF TUITION FEE SHALL BE ADMISSIBLE TILLTHE END
OF THE ACADEMIC YEAR IN CASE OF GOVT. SERVANT CEASES TO BE IN
SERVICE BY RETIREMENT, RESIGNATION, DISCHARGE, DISMISSAL
OR REMOVAL FROM SERVICE
In case of death of a Govt. Servant while in service, the RTF shall be admissible till the end of the
year provided the wife/husband is not employed in Central/State/Public Sector/Semi Govt. like Municipality
Port Trust etc.
(M.O.P. PG & Pensions OM No. 12013/1/90-Est.(Allowances) dt, 8-5-92)
63. GRANT OF FIXED STATIONERY CHARGES CLARIFICATION REGARDING
Rule 341 A of P&T Manual II and orders issued
by the Government from time to time revising the
rates for fixed stationery allowances, govern grant
to fixed stationery charges. It has been brought to
the notice of this office by a number of Associations
/ Unions that the items which are not to be met from
fixed stationery charges are not being supplied to
the Office/Officials drawing such fixed stationery
charges.
2. In this connection attention is invited to Para 6 to
Rule 341 A of P&T Manual Volume II, reproduced
below, which specified the times which are required to
be met from the sanctioned fixed stationery charges
and which are to be met from outside the contingent
allowance.
The expenditure on articles that are required to
be purchased every month e.g. pencils, pen holders,
nibs, ink tags, pin, thread, twines, ink pots, blotting
paper, sealing red and black wax, gum wicks, oil, match
boxes ink stands, candles, needles, eraser, ink powder,
64. ENHANCED RATES OF STATIONERY CHARGES FOR
P.OS, SBCO, IPOS / ASPOS
Consequent upon the rise in prices of stationery
articles, the question of increasing the existing fixed
stationery charge for Post Offices, Circle Pairing Units
and SBCOs as sanctioned in this Office Letter No. 23-
1/89-PAP dated 23-02-1993 has been under
consideration of the Government for sometime past.
VENTURE 111
expenditure should be accepted and claim
sanctioned.
iv) The Govt. Servant has to certify that his children
are actually studying in recognised school and incurring
expenditure on tuition fee.
(OM No. 12011/3/88-Estt.(All) dt, 17-10-88)
flour and copper sulphate should be met from the
sanctioned fixed stationery charges. The expenditure
on articles that are purchased periodically at longer
intervals e.g., paper weights, etc. should be met from
outside the contingent allowance.
3. The above rule clearly mentions that the
expenditure on articles that are purchased
periodically at longer intervals should be met from
outside the contingent allowance and only
expenditure on articles that are required to be
purchased every month should be met from the
sanctioned fixed stationery charges. It is therefore,
requested that the items of stationery which are not
converted under the F.S.C. should be sanctioned by
competent authority and should not be met from fixed
stationery charges. In case of any doubt on any items
of stationery, its admissiblity may be decided in
consultation with the IFA.
[DG Posts No. 23-1/89-PAD dated
12-07-93]
The proposal has been examined and it has been
decided to entrust the job of review of revision of Fixed
Stationery Charges (FSC) to a High Power Committee.
But as an interim measure, it has been decided to revise
the rates of FSC ranging from 15% to 50% as per details
below:-
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 S.No. Item Existing Revised
rate Rs rate Rs.
Cost Of
1. Closing and sealing of one bag daily 1.60 2.10
2. Burning on lamp for one hour daily throughout the month 3.25 3.73
3. Fixing 100 seals to insured envelopes closed 1.00 1.30
4. Burning on lantern for one hour daily throughout the month 2.00 2.30
5. Twine for 100 labelled bundles prepared V.P. payable posted 0.30 0.45
6. Paste for 100 Registered articles posted or received or insured
and Money order envelopes, Registered bundles and official
covers closed, excluding those posted with special registered journal
and at Branch Post Offices doing independent registration work. 0.30 0.45
Cost of Stationery each-
7. Member of the Supervising staff 1.60 2.10
8. Member of the clerical staff, excluding leave reserve clerks 2.60 3.35
9. Overseer (Mail and Cash) Postman and Village Postman 2.00 3.00
10. Mail Peon and Stamp Vendor 0.80 1.05
Only 15% increase on Item No. 2 and 4 has been amount to the effect and "such items of stationery which
decided, as most of the Post Offices in urban areas are requested to be met out of FSC are not being
are modernized. Item concerning stationery charges supplied by the concerned PSD / have not been
for cost of gum for teleprinter messages to be gummed purchased and will not be purchased separately from
in PCs has been deleted, as the teleprinter message the office contingency."
requiring cutting and gumming are not received any These orders come into force from the date of
more. issue. This issues with the concurrence of Finance
Moreover, while agreeing to the above proposal, Advice Wing vide their Dy. No. 505/FA/99 dated 26-
it has been decided that the concerned Postmaster 10-1999.
should record a certificate on the bill drawing FSC [Dept. of Posts No. 23-1/96-PAP dated 11-11-1999]

65. TIME LIMITS FOR SUBMISSION OF CLAIMS

1. L.T.C. Claim :
Bill should be preferred within 3 months of the date
of completing the return journey, otherwise the claim
shall be forfeited of advance taken, the final bill have
to be preferred within one month on completion of return
journey. If not made, the amount will be recovered in
one lump and if such recovery is made, it should be
taken as if no advance was taken and the claim is
allowed within a period of 3 months.
Availing of LTC during Saturday & holidays alone
not allowed. Journey during the weekend holidays
without any leave is no entitled to LTC.
(Dept. of P&T No. 31011/28/8-Estt. (A) dt. 26-3-87)
2. Medical Claims :
The claim is preferred within three months of
completion of treatment - Appx XVI.
3. T.A. Claims :
One year from the date of relief from the old station.

66. COMMISSION PAID TO AUTHORISED AGENTS

1. 1 year TD w.e.f. 10-12-87 - 0.5% (DG No. 48.6/87-SB, dt. 12-11-87)
2. 2 & 3 years TD - 1%
3. 5 years TD - 2½%
4. 7 years, NSe II Issue - 2½% (Discountinued w.e.f. 1-10-88)
5. 6 years VI & VII Issue - 2% (Sales stopped w.e.f. 1-4-89)
6. 5 years NDB - 2½%
7. 10 years SSC - 2% (Stopped from 1-4-89)
8. Monthly Income Scheme (19-10-87) - 1% (Dte.No. 97/5/87/SB, dt. 28-10-87)
9. Kisan Vikas Patras (1-4-88) - 1% (C.O. No. SB/44-1/87, dt. 11-5-88)
10. NSC 6 yrs. VIII issue (8-5-89) - 1% (Dte. 61-22/89-SI, dt. 12-6-89
# (Not permissible on institutional investment vide C.S. No. 132/89-90)
VENTURE 112 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 67. COMMISSION PAID TO ED SPM/ BPM
1. 1 year TD : 0.5% w.e.f. 1-3-89 (DG No. 48-2/88-SB, dt. 21-2-89)
2. 2 year & 3 year TD : 1% (DG's Lr. No. 48-19/77-SB, dt. 23-2-77
3. 5 year TD : 2%
4. 7 year NSC II Issue : 2% Sales stopped from 1-10-88
5. 6 year NSC VI & VII : 2% Sales stopped from 1-4-87
6. 5 year NDB : 2%
7. 10 year SSC : 2% Sales stopped
8. PO SB : On net accretion of not less than Rs. 500, exclusive of interest
and excluding deposits of March but including withdrawals of
March (BPM)
2. Incentive 2% of the sale of stamps/stationery upto Rs. 30/- to each customer.
3. Saving Bank :
1. Deposits made in March will be ignored. But withdrawals in March will be taken into account.
2. The deposits made in AO/HO will not be taken into account. But withdrawals made in AO/HO will be taken
into account.
(DG No. 46-2/81-SB, dt. 17-10-83)

4. ED BPMs are not authorised to sale NSC VIII Issue 7. Monthly Income Scheme A/c.
- Hence they are not eligible for commission. a) Opening of Account :
(C.O. No. SB/40-3/88/NSC VIII dt. 27-11-89) 1 Supervisor - 0-50 per A/c.
5. Commission paid to PR SS : 2. Asst. - 1-00 per A/c.
1. 1 year TD : Nil (DG No. 95-4/86-SB dt. 2-7-87 )
2. 2 & 3 year TD : 1% 3. Ledger Clerk - 0-50 per A/c.
3. CTD/RD : 2½% (DG No. 95-4/86-SB dt. 14-7-87 & 23-3-88)
4. 5 year TD : 2½% b) Payment :
5. 6 year NSC VIII issue : 0.5% (w.e.f. 8-5-89) 1. Supervisor - 0-50 per A/c. Overall
(DG No. 44-1/81-SB dt. 16-10-89 and C.O. No. SB/ ceiling Rs. 250/- p.m.
40-3/84/NSC VIII, dt. 6-12-89) 2. Counter Clerk - 1-00 per A/c. Overall
6. Incentives to Postal Staff for dealing in IVP's : ceiling Rs. 500/- p.m.
a) Sales w.e.f. 1-7-87 3. Ledger Clerk - 0-50 per A/c. Overall
1. Counter Clerk - Re. 1/- per IVP issued at ceiling Rs. 250/- p.m.
the counter subject to Rs. (DG No. 95/4/86-SB, dt. 14-7-1987)
500/- P.M. 8. Note : In case both the Monthly payment
2. Supervisor - Re. 1/- for 5 IVPs - ceiling scheme and the IVP scheme are handled at the
Rs. 250/- P.M. same counter, the overall ceiling mentioned
3. Group D - Re. 0.05 per IVP. above will apply to both the schemes counted
(DG No. 61-31/90-SB, dt. 6-6-90) together.
b) IVP Discharge w.e.f. 19-11-91 (DG No. 95/4/86-SB, dt. 14-7-87)
1. Counter Clerk (HOs & SOs) - Rs. 2/- per IVP
discharged. 9. Incentive for sale of Postage stamps :
2. Supervisor (whether work of Counter Clerk) or SPM Incentive scheme for sale of postage stamps
as the case may be Rs. 0.40 for IVP discharged and Postal stationery at the counter by
2. Group D - Rs. 0-10 per IVP discharged ceiling both departmental stamp vendor/ED Stamp Vendor
to PAs &Supervisor - Rs. 1000/- introduced vide DG's No. 48-1/87-PMR dt. 10-12-
(DG No. 61-37/87-SB, dt. 4-10-91) 87. Entire sales through Franking Machine also
Ceiling is per individual and not per counter or per qualify for incentive calculation vide DG's No. 48-
office. 1/87-PMP dt. 3-5-89. Sales exceeding Rs. 30/- at
(DG No. 61-37/87-SB (Pt.) dt. 28-9-92) a time will not qualify.
VENTURE 113 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 68. MONTHLY INCOME SCHEME- INCENTIVE
Reference is invited to this office letter No. 95-4/
86-SB dated 14-7-87 on the above mentioned subject
and instructions/clarifications issued in this regard from
time to time, the last one issued vide letter No. 97-A/
87-SB dated 8-9-93 conveyed that MIS incentive is to
be paid in those post offices where additional justified
staff, taking into account the work relating to MIS; has
not been provided.
2. An item submitted by staff side in the
Departmental Council relating to payment of MIS
incentive where the work hours are in exceed of staff
hours, though a full hand may not be justified, has
69. SPEED POST INCENTIVE
(1) (i) Incentive of Rs. 0.50 is payable for each
Speed Post article booked where no separate
booking counter is provided for speed post work.
(ii) Incentive of Rs. 0.75 per article booked over
& above the threshold specified where
separate post has been sanctioned for speed
post work.
(iii) Incentive to postman -- Rs. 0.50 per article
delivered in addition to his other normal duties.
[DG (P) No. 43-17/90 dated 16-11-90]
(2) (i) In respect of articles booked under special
journal, maximum limit of incentive payable is
Rs. 5/- per customer.
(ii) Incentive for pick up articles from for
customer's premises Re. 0/50 per article subject
to a maximum of Rs. 5/- per customer.
(iii) Where separate posts have been sanctioned
for delivery of speed post articles, incentive at
the rate of 50 paise per article is payable
70. GUIDELINES FOR GRANT OF HONORORIUM TO BE STRICTLY FOLLOWED
Instances have come to the notice of this Dept.
where payment of honorarium exceeding Rs. 5,000/
has been made during a year on the plea that the
limit of Rs. 5000/- is applicable to each item of work
separately. It is clarified that the total amount of
honorarium payable to a Govt. servant during a
financial year is limited to Rs. 5000/- under the power
delegated to the Ministries/Departments/C&AG of
71. AN OFFICIAL IS MISSING OF ABSCONDED
1. Payment of CREGIS amount to the nominees/
heirs when an employee is missing untraceable.
i) The accumulations in the savings Fund may be
paid to the nominees after elapse of a period of one
year following the month of disappearance.
ii) The family must lodge a report with Police. The
non traceable report from Police should also be
obtained.
VENTURE
been under consideration of the Department for some
time.
3. It has now been decided to grant MIS incentive for
excess MIS work in those post offices also where the
collective work hours of MIS and SB exceed the staff
hours.
4. These orders will come into force w.e.f. the date
of issue of orders. Other clarification governing the grant
of incentive would remain the same.
5. This is with the concurrence of Fin. Advice vide
the Dy. No. 3561 dated 27-12-95.
(SB order No. 1/96, dt. 5-1-96)
provided the number of articles returned
undelivered due to the reasons other than those
of customer premises closed or refused by the
addressee is Nil.
[DG (P) No. 43-17/90-D dated 24-12-90]
(3) Incentive is admissible for all speed post money
orders paid.
[DG (P) No. 43-7/88-D dated 25-04-91]
(4) In case of return is more than 2%, no incentive
is payable to postman. For return upto 2%,
incentive at the rate of 50 paise per article can
also be paid after test check of some of the cases
to confirm if the reason for non delivery given by
the postman was correct.
[DG (P) No. 43-17/90-D dated 03-05-91]
(5) No incentive is admissible to other staff employed
in sorting and despatch of speed post articles /
bags.
[DG (P) No. 43-17/89-D dated 19-06-91]
India and to Rs. 2500/- under the powers of Heads
of Departments. These limits cannot be exceeded in
any case by treating different items of work or same
item of work performed at different times of the year
as separate for the purpose of calculating the
entitlement of honorarium.
(Dept. of Per & Trg. OM No. 21011/26/96-Estt
(Allowances) dt. 20-1-1997)
iii) An indemnity Bond should be given.
iv) Full subscriptions for one year from the date of
dis-appearance should be collected. Thereafter
premium of Rs. 3/- per month for every Rs. 10,000 shall
be recovered for a further period of six years or till the
month in which the insurance cover is paid whichever
is later.
(G.I. M.F. O.M. No. 7(6) EV/87, dt. 30-11-87)
114 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
2. Interest of GPF balances of persons found
absconding :
When an employee disappears leaving his family,
the family can be paid in the first instance the amount
of salary due, leave encashment due and the amount
of G.P.F.
i) The family must lodge a report with the Police and
obtain a report that the employee has not been traced
by the Police.
ii) An indemnity bond should be given that all
Payments will be adjusted against the payments due
in case he appears on the scene and make claim.
iii) Interest on G.P.F. can be allowed upto 6 months
from the date of the report obtained from the Police
dept.
(C & AG, ND No. 1429-AC II/132-88, dt. 30-11-88)
3. Family pension in respect of officials/
pensioners who disappear and whose where bouts
are not known-clarificatory orders ;
i) Family pension is to be granted after a lapse of
one year from the date of F.I.R. is lodged with the Police
authorities regarding disappearance of the Govt.
employee.
72. NEW PENSION SCHEME FOR THOSE APPOINTED ON OR AFTER 1.1.2004
In pursuance of the Budget 2003-2004
announcement of a New Pension Scheme (NPS) has
been approved by the Union Cabinet on 23rd August,
2003 relating to introducing a new restructured defined
contribution pension system for new entrants to the
Central Govt. except to Armed Forces, in the first stage,
replacing the existing system of defined benefit pension
system. The new system will also be available, on a
voluntary basis, to all persons including self employed
professionals and others in the unorganized sector.
However, mandatory programmes under the Employee
Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) and other special
provident funds would continue to operate as per the
existing system under the Employee Provident Fund
and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 and other
special Acts governing these funds.
The New Pension Scheme (NPS) has been notified
by the Ministry of Finance, Deptt of Economic Affairs
(ECB & PR Division) Resolution NO. 5/7/2003-ECB
&PR dated 10th October, 2003.
The main features of the New Pension System are
given below.
The New Pension system would be based on
defined contributions, which will use the existing
network of bank branches and post offices etc. to collect
contributions and interact with participants allowing
transfer of the benefits in case of change of employment
and offer a basket of pension choices.
VENTURE
ii) In cases where the officials disappear after
committing frauds etc. the family pension needs
to be sanctioned only on the Govt. Servant being
acquitted by the Court of law or after the
conclusions of the disciplinary proceedings etc.,
as the case may be.
iii) This is applicable to the Missing Pensioners also.
(D.G.(P) No. 4-52/86-Pen, dt. 3-3-89)
4. Grant of Family Pension and Gratuity to the
families etc. of the Govt. employees/Pensioners
who disappeared suddenly and whose
whereabouts are not known :
It has now been decided that the family pension,
which is pursuance of the earlier orders, will continue
to be sanctioned and paid one year after the date of
lodging the FIR or expiry of leave of the employees
who has disappeared whichever is later. When the
sanction for family pension is issued, the payment of
pension from the date of accrual may be authorised.
The usual procedure of obtaining the indemnity bond,
etc. as laid down in the O.M. dt. 29-8-86 will continue
to be followed.
(DOP OM No. 1(17)-P&PW/86, dt. 18-2-93)
The system would be mandatory for new recruits to
the Central Govt. service except the armed forces and
the monthly contribution would be 10 percent of the
salary and DA to be paid by the employee and matched
by the Central Govt. however, there will be a contribution
from the Govt. in respect of individuals who are not Govt.
employees. The contribution and investment returns
would be deposited in a non-withdrawable pension tier-
I account. The existing provisions of defined benefits
pension and GPF would not be available to the new
recruits in the Central Govt. service.
In addition to the above pension account, each
individual may also have a voluntary tier-II withdrawable
account at his option. This option is given, as GPF is
proposed to be withdrawn for new recruits in Central
Govt. service entering into the Govt. service w.e.f. 1st
January, 2004 onwards, Government will make no
contribution into this account. These assets would be
managed through exactly the above procedures.
However, he would be free to withdraw part or all of
the 'second tire' of his money any time. This
withdrawable account does not constitute pension
investment and would attract no special tax treatment.
Individuals can normally exist at or after age 60
years for tier-I of the pension system. At exit the
individual would be mandatory required to invest 40
percent of pension wealth to purchase an annuity (from
an IRDA-regulated Life Insurance Company). In case
115 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
of Govt. employees the annuity should provide for
pension for the lifetime of the employee and his
dependent parents and his spouse at the time of
retirement. The individual would receive a lump-sum
of the remaining pension wealth, which he would be
free to utilize in any manner. Individuals would have
the flexibility to leave the pension system prior to age
60, however, in this case, the mandatory annuitisation
would be 80% of the pension wealth.
Architecture of the New Pension System :
It will have a central record keeping and accounting
(CRA) infrastructure, several pension fund managers
(PFMs) to offer three categories of schemes viz, option
A, B and C as detailed under Investment Strategy.
The participating entities (PFMs and CRA) would
give out easily understood information about past
performance, so that the individual would be able to
make informed choices about which scheme to choose.
Regulatory Authority.
A independent pension fund regulatory and
development authority (PFRDA) will regulate and
develop the pension market. PFRDA will develop its
own funding stream based on user charges.
Till such time a statutory PFRDA is established,
an interim PFRDA, on the pattern of SEBI and IRDA,
would be appointed by an executive order.
The interim PFRDA would be headed by a
Chairman with a status of not less than a Secretary to
the Govt. of India appointed by the Central Govt. Other
members of the interim body, not exceeding four in
number, of whom not more than two shall serve full
time, shall be selected by the Central Govt. from
amongst persons having experience and knowledge
in economics, finance, legal and administrative matters
with one persons from each discipline.
Investment strategy :
These will be different choices such as option A,
B and C, the option A would imply predominant
investment in fixed income instruments and some
investment in equity. Option B will imply greater
investment in equity. Option C will imply almost equal
investment in fixed income and equity.
Pension fund managers would be free to make
investment in international markets subject to regulatory
restrictions and oversight in this regard.
It is proposed to evaluate market mechanisms
(without any contingent liability) through which certain
investment protection guarantees can be offered for
the different schemes.
Tax treatment.
Pension contributions and accumulation would be
accorded tax preference upto a certain limit, but benefits
would be taxed as normal income.
VENTURE
Scope of the New Pension System.
The option of joining the new system would also
be available to the State Govt. and as and when they
decide, the new system would be capable of
accommodating the new participants.
Mandatory programmes under the Employee
Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO), and other special
provident funds would continue to operate as per the
existing system. However, individuals under these
programs could voluntarily choose to additionally
participate in this scheme.
Main steps to be taken by the Circle Office:
(i) Revised Estimate 2003-2004 (RE) may be made
for the new entrants in the Govt. in the current Financial
Year. The provision for New Pension Scheme shall also
be made in the Budget Estimates 2004-2005 (BE).
(ii) The contribution, collection, deduction and
remittance to CRA allotment of an account No. for each
employee entered Govt. w.e.f. 1-1-04 will be allotted
by the concerned Pay & Accounts Office. The account
number allotted to Govt.. servant will be a unique
number which will be of Permanent nature and not
change even on transfer of Govt. servant outside the
recruitment zone or on deputation to other Departments
of Govt. of India.
(iii) In the offer of appointment it shall be clearly
mentioned that the existing system of defined benefit
pension system is not available to new entrants. In its
place a new restructured defined contribution pension
system will be available to new entrants to the Central
Govt. w.e.f. 1st January, 2004.
All the appointing/recruiting offices under your
administrative control be duly informed about the
changes in the pension benefits on account of new
pension scheme and urgently advised to incorporate
the changes in their prospectus/applications forms/
offer letters likely to be issued to issued to the new
recruits.
(iv The Pay & Accounts Offices would be the nodal
point to collect contribution on behalf of both the
employees and the employer and the downstream
arrangements with the Drawing and Disbursing
authorities would be made by P&AOs. The DDOs are
not having this responsibility in this arrangement.
(v) Identification of individual's contributions and
balances in the pension accounts would be given top-
most priority so that when the institutional architecture
of NPS, such as, the Central Record keeping and
Accounting Agency and pension fund managers are
appointed, the accumulated balances under each
individual accounts could be transferred to CRA. Till
such time, such individual balances can be kept in an
account (viz. Public Accounts of India under a specified
116 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
"Head) and a suitable rate of return can be given by
the Govt. under a purely temporary arrangement.
(vi) Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances and
Pension would soon be issuing appropriate
amendments to all the recruitments and Pension Rules
for the new employees, copy of the notification will be
made available as and when these are received from
the nodal Department.
(vii) A copy of the Resolution issued by Ministry of
Finance (Dept. of Expenditure) constituting Interim
Pension Fund Regulatory & Development Authority
(PFRDA) is enclosed.
In view of the above it is requested that necessary
steps may please be taken so that new pension scheme
becomes operative w.e.f. 1-1-2004.
Please acknowledge the receipt of this letter to
ADG (Pension), Deptt. Of Posts, Dak Bhavan, Sansad
Marg, New Delhi.
(DG. (P) No. 4-28/03-Pen dated 17-12-2003)
NOTIFICATION DATED 22-12-2003
F.No. 5/7/2003-ECB & PR. The Government
approved on 23-8-2003 the proposal to implement the
budget announcement of 2003-04 relating to introducing
a new restructed defined contribution pension system
for new entrants to Central Government service, except
to Armed forces in the first stage, replacing the existing
system of defined benefit pension system.
(i) The system would be mandatory for all new recruits
to the central Govt.. service from 1 of January 2004
(Except the armed forces in the first stage). The monthly
contribution would be 10 percent of the salary and DA
to be paid by the employee and matched by the central
Govt.. However, there will be no contribution from the
Govt. in respect of individual who are not Govt.
employees. The contributions and investment returns
would be deposited in a non-withdrawable pension
tier-I account. The existing provisions of defined
benefit pension and GPF would not be available to
73. NIGHT HALT ALLOWANCE TO MAIL/CASH OVERSEERS
In continuation to this office letter No. 44-1/
83-PE-II, dated 1st October, 1996 wherein it has been
decided that the undermentioned Postal Staff should
be granted allowance on the following revised rates
of Night Halts away from Headquarters while on their
beats in the course of their duties:
Category of Staff Revised rates of Night
half allowance
Cash Mail Overseas 75% of D.A. as admissible
and Village Postmen/ to the officials per night
runner and mail Peon subject to the maximum
of 20 nights per month.
VENTURE
the new recruits in the central Govt. service.
(ii) In addition to the above pension account, each
individual may also have a voluntary tier-II withdrawable
account of his option. This option is given as GPF will
be withdrawn for new recruits in Central Govt. service.
Government will make no contribution into this account.
These assets would be managed through exactly the
above procedures. However the employee would be
free to withdraw part of or all of the 'second tier of his
money any time. This withdrawable account does not
constitute pension investment and would attract no
special tax treatment.
(iii) Individuals can normally exist at or after age 60
years for tier-I of the pension system. At exist the
individual would be mandatorily required to invest 40%
of pension wealth to purchase an annuity (from IRDA-
regulated life insurance company). In case of Govt.
employees the annuity should provide for pension for
the lifetime of the employee and his dependent parents
and his spouse at the time of retirement. The individual
would receive a lump-sum of the remaining pension
wealth, which he would be free to utilize in any manner.
Individuals would have the flexibility to leave the
pension system prior to age 60. However, in this case,
the mandatory annutisiation would be 80% of the
pension wealth.
Architecture of the New Pension System :
(iii) It will have central record keeping and accounting
(CRA) infrastructure, several pension funds Managers
(PFMs) to offer three categories of schemes viz. Option
A, B and C.
(iv) The participating entities (PFMs and CRA) would
give out easily understood information about past
performance, so that the individual would also to make
informed choices about which scheme to choose.
2. The effective date for operationalisation of the new
pension system shall be from 1 of January 2004.
(DG(P) No. 4-28/03-Pen, dt. 1-1-2004)
2. It is clarified that as and when D.A. is revised
Night Halt Allowance is also revised accordingly
through it remains 75% of D.A.
3. The above mentioned categories of staff
shall be entitled to reimbursement of actual
expenditure incurred on the sanctioned mode of
conveyance provided that the tour programme
is approved by the appointed authority. It shall
further be subject to SR 64-A in the case of Cash
Overseers.
(DG(P) No. 44-1/2000-PE-II,
dated 3-8-2000)
117 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 74. IMPLEMENTATION OF AWARD GIVEN BY THE BOARD OF ARBITRATION
(JCM) IN C.A. REFERENCE I OF 1990 REGARDING GRANT OF SPECIAL PAY FOR
HANDLING / CUSTODY OF CASH BY SUB-POSTMASTERS IN SINGLE AND
DOUBLE HANDED POST OFFICES IN DEPARTMENT OF POSTS.
Reference DG (P) Office letter No. 6/4/80-PAD post offices are eligible for special pay. This point
dated 25-02-92 in which orders for grant of special has been examined and it has been decided that
pay for handling / custody of cash by Sub officials promoted under TBOP / BCR scheme are
Postmasters in single and double handed post offices eligible for special pay for handling / custody of cash
have been issued. Some of the Heads of Circles have in single and double handed post offices.
sought clarification whether the officials promoted This issued with the concurrence of Finance Advice
under OTBP / BCR while working as Sub and vide their diary No. 509/FA-92 dated 18-02-92.
Postmasters in single handed and double handed [DG Posts No. 6-4/80-PAP dated 08-06-93]

VENTURE 118 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

 6. STAFF QUARTERS
1. RETENTION OF GOVERNMENT ACCOMMODATION IN THE
EVENTS OF LEAVE, TRANSFER ETC.
In suppression of the instructions contained in O.M.
No. 2/52/64-Pol. dtd. 20-3-1965, it has been described
that:-
(i) An officer allotted residential accommodation on
rent free basis may be allowed to retain the residential
accommodation on rent free basis may be allowed to
retain the residence free of rent while on leave upto a
maximum period of one month subject to the condition
that he is likely to return to the same post from which
he proceeds on leave.
(ii) A female officer who has been allotted residential
accommodation free of rent may be permitted to enjoy
the rent fee concession during the entire period of
maternity leave provided that the accommodation is
not required for the substitute, if any, engaged during
the absence on leave of the officer concerned and she
is likely to return to the same post from where she
proceeds on leave. No additional accommodation will
however be provided to the substitute.
(iii) On transfer from one station to another, the officer
may be allowed to retain the residence free of rent for
a period of first 15 days, and thereafter on payment of
rent under fundamental Rule 45-A for a period not
exceeding one month from the date of handing over
the charge.
(iv) In the event of death of the officer, his family may
be allowed to retain the residence, free for rent for a
period of one month from the date of the officer's death
and thereafter for a further period, of 3 months on
payment of rent under Fundamental Rule 45-A.
(v) On resignation, dismissal or removal rent free
concession to the officer will cease from the date of
resignation, dismissal or removal. In the case of
retirement from service, he maybe allowed to retain
the residence for a period of one month, on payment
of rent under F.R. 45-A.
The retention of residence in case mentioned
above is to be allowed only if the same is required for
the bonafide use of the officer or his family as the case
may be and the residence can be conveniently spared
by the competent authority. No additional
2. RETENTION OF GOVERNMENT QUARTERS BY RETIRED /
TRANSFER / FAMILY OF DECEASED EMPLOYEES
(a) Instructions / Guidelines were issued by the
Directorate from time to time regarding retention of
Government quarters in the event of transfer / death /
retirement of the Government servants who are in
occupation of Government accommodation. In this
VENTURE
accommodation for the new incumbent will be allotted.
2. A question has been raised if the allottees of
earmarked residence could as well be allowed to retain
the accommodation after handing over the charge. The
position is that an earmarked residence is intended for
occupation by the officer who actually holds the post.
He is not entitled to retain it during the period of leave
unless the competent authority permits him to do so.
The allotment subsists only during the period of
incumbency and immediately on change of
incumbency, the successor incumbent becomes the
allottee of the residence in question. It will, therefore,
normally be necessary for the successor incumbent
to occupy the residence immediately on change of
incumbency, the successor incumbent becomes the
allottee of the residence in question. It will, therefore,
normally be necessary for the successor incumbent
to occupy the residence immediately after taking over.
If notwithstanding these considerations an earmarked
residence can be made available of the outgoing
incumbent of the post or his family, it has been decided
that the concessional period mentioned in the
preceding para, may be allowed by the competent
authority to the allottee of the earmarked residence in
similar contingencies irrespective of the fact whether
the allotment is on rent free basis or on rent paying
basis provided that it is not detrimental to the interest
of the new incumbent of that post and the
accommodation can be conveniently spared and it
does not involve any loss of revenue or extra cost to
the Government. The Administrative Ministry/
Department of the Government of India will be the
competent authority for this purpose.
3. These orders issue with the concurrence of the
Comptroller & Auditor General of India as far as the
officers working under him are concerned.
4. This issues with the concurrence or the Finance
Division of Ministry of Urban Development vide their
U.O. No. 115/w & E/D III/91 dated 9-9-1991.
(Dir. of Estates, O.M. No. 12035(21)/90-Pol.II dated
4-10-1991)
connection, attention is invited to the instructions
contained in this office letter NO. 4-16/88-Bldg. Dated
13/16th September 1988.
It has been observed that these instructions /
guidelines are not being followed scrupulously either
119 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
by Government servant or by the members of their
family in the case of death of Government servant or
by the Circle / Regional or other competent authority
and, as such, cases for retention of quarters are referred
either by their officer or received directly from the retired
/ family members of the deceased Government servant
to this office even after expiry of period upto which
retention of quarter has been requested for.
It is therefore requested that the instructions /
guidelines issued by this office on the subject may be
followed strictly and when there is any delay in
forwarding any application, to the Directorate reasons
for the delay may be fully explained and specific
recommendations of the Chief PMG / PMG given.
To recapitulate the rules on the subject, the retention
of quarter can be allowed for the period mentioned
below.
(a) On payment licence fee at normal rate, the
admissible period is:
1. On retirement 4 months
2. On death of Govt. Servant 6 months
3. On transfer 2 months
(b) Retention of quarter beyond the above said period
should be discouraged. However, the Chief PMG /
PMG are competent to allow further retention in special
circumstances viz. Children's education, medical
grounds, etc. where the competent authority feels that
the family of the Government servant may suffer
hardship in the even of vacation of quarter upto a certain
specified period. The retention may be allowed for
another maximum period as indicated below, on
3. RETENTION OF QUARTERS BY RETIRED/DECEASED POSTAL
EMPLOYEES ON SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
It is clarified that on the expiry of the admissible
period of retention of the quarters at normal rates in
case of retirement, death and transfer, further retention
of the quarters under special circumstances such as
children's education, serious illness etc. the Chief
Postmaster General/Postmaster General may allow
retention of the quarters for another maximum period
as indicated below on payment of licence fee in
advance to twice the normal licence fee or as
chargeable under the rules:
(i) On retirement 4 months
4. RETENTION OF QUARTERS IN CASE OF DEATH OF THE ALLOTTEE
Instructions/guidelines were issued by the
Directorate from time to time regarding retention of
Government Quarters in the event of transfer/death/
retirement of Government servants who are in
occupation of Government accommodation. In this
connection, your attention is invited to the instructions
contained in Directorate Letter No. 4-16/88-Bldg., dated
VENTURE
payment of licence fee in advance at enhanced rate
i.e. twice the normal licence fee or as chargeable under
the rules:
(i) On retirement 4 months
(ii) On death 6 months
The retention beyond the period mentioned in (a)
above should not be allowed on any grounds
whatsoever and the Circle Office / PMG should ensure
that damage charges beyond the above admissible /
permissible period is invariably charged.
If the competent authority still feels that the
retention of quarter beyond the above said period is
necessary for the Government servant or his family,
such request of the official should be forwarded duly
recommended personally by the Chief PMG / PMG at
least 2 months before the date of expiry of the
permission already granted. It should, however, be
made clear to the applicant that licence fee at damage
rent is recoverable even if the request is under
consideration by the Department.
It is therefore enjoined that the Head of the Circle /
Region should ensure that official (s) who retired or
are transferred or the members of the family of a
deceased Government servant are not allowed to reside
in the Government quarters allotted to them, without
proper permission and that unauthorised occupation
of quarters should be strictly dealt with under the
provision of Eviction of Public Premises Unauthorised
Occupant Act, 1971.
[DG Posts Letter No. 4/33/92 Bldg. Dated
31-08-1992]`
(ii) Death 6 months
(iii) On transfer 6 months
2. It may be mentioned here that the Department
of Posts is following the same rules regarding
retention of quarters on retirement, death, transfer,
etc as stipulated in SR 317-B-11 and SR 317-B-22
as printed in Swamy's compilation of FR Sr, Part I,
1992 edition.
3. The other provisions of the circular dated the 31st
August 1992, will remain the same.
(G.I. Dept. of Posts No. 4-33/92-Bldg. dt. 7/93)
13/16-9-1988, 4-33/92 Bldg., dated 31-8-1992 and 4-
33/92 Bldg. dated 21-5-1993.
It has now been intimated by the directorate of
Estates, that the permissible period of retention of
general pool accommodation in the case of death
of the allottee has been increased from six months
to twelve months with effect from 30-5-1992. A copy
120 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
of the Directorate of Estates Notification No. 12035/
1/92, Pol. III dated 20-7-1992 is hereby enclosed Not
printed). According to this, in the case of death, no
5. SUB-LETTING OF GOVT. ACCOMMODATION VIOLATES RULE 3 OF
CCS (CONDUCT) RULES
It has been decided that in all cases where a Govt.
Servant has been found guilty of letting out of Govt.
residential accommodation allotted to him/her, the
concerned disciplinary authority after considering the
facts may take suitable departmental disciplinary action
under the disciplinary rules for imposition of a suitable
6. RETENTION OF POST ATTACHED QUARTERS BEYOND AUTHORISED PERIOD
The Post attached quarters cannot be permitted
to be retained beyond two months and that the
unauthorised occupation of such quarters, may be got
evicted without delay. It is therefore directed that
7. POSTAL POOL QUARTERS AND POST ATTACHED RENT FREE
QUARTERS OF PMS / SPMS -- DELEGATION OF POWERS
Normal period of retention of Govt. residential
accommodation in case of transfer from one station to
another is 2 months under Supplementary Rule 317-
B-11. However, further retention for a period not
exceeding six months can also be granted on
educational / medical ground under Supplementary
Rule 317-B-22. Damage rent is chargeable if the
accommodation is not vacated after the expiry of the
period for which permission is granted which in any
case shall not exceed a total of eight months as
mentioned above.
2. Cases have been brought to the notice of the
Directorate where there are no takers of postal pool
accommodation even if it is vacated after expiry
of the maximum permissible retention period of
eight months granted under SR 317-B-11 read with
SR 317-B-22 though the officer / official on transfer
continues to require that accommodation on
medical / educational grounds. Vacation of
accommodation in such eventuality by the existing
occupant on expiry of the permission granted
would result in loss to the Department in the shape
of non-receipt of rentals besides lack of
maintenance in case such quarters remain vacant
for unusually long period. Moreover, the policy of
the Department is to provide residential
accommodation to staff as far as possible.
3. As regards, post attached rent free quarters of PMs
/ SPMs, the allotment subsists only during the period
of incumbency and immediately on change of
incumbency; the successor incumbent becomes the
allottee of the residence in question. Further, it is
VENTURE
further retention on payment of enhanced licence fees
is permissible.
(D.G.(P) No 4-5/96-Bldg. dt. 19-3-1997)
penalty on grounds of unbecoming conduct of the Govt.
employee involving violation of Rule 3(1) (iii) of CCS
(Conduct) Rules 1964 or any other similar rule
governing them.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM NO. 11013/14/85-Estt.(A),
dt. 6-3-86)
remedial measure should be devised against this kind
of irregularity even by taking disciplinary action against
the delinquent officer/official if necessary.
(D.G.(P) No. 4-41/90-Bldg., dt. 30-10-91)
mandatory for incumbents to occupy such quarters.
Guidelines issued vide Directorate letter No. 5-6/86/
NB (P) dated 09-08-1990 provide for suspension of post
attached quarters of PMs / SPMs by Heads of Circles
up to a maximum period of six months under SR -313
(1) (a), (b), (c) and (f). Cases regarding suspension of
such quarters for the period exceeding six months are
required to be sent to the Directorate. Proposals from
circles are received from time to time for:-
(a) Retention of post attached quarter on transfer by
outgoing incumbent.
(b) Suspension of ear-marked post attached quarters
and its allotment to some other non-entitled official.
(c) Merger of post attached accommodation with the
post office accommodation due to inadequacy of
space in the post office.
(d) Dequartarisation of a post attached
accommodation due to inhabitable conditions.
4. The matter has been reviewed and it has been
decided by the competent authority that Heads of
Circles themselves may decide cases falling under SR
313 (1) (a), (b), (c) and (f) as well as those mentioned
in the above para Nos (2) and (3). The power of
dequarterisation of a post attached accommodation
due to inhabitable condition is now also delegated
to the Head of Circle. Following guidelines are issued
in the exercise of these powers:-
(i) The allottees of Govt. residential accommodation
from postal pool on transfer from one station to another
may be further permitted by Heads of Circles to continue
to retain the accommodation even beyond the
maximum permissible period of retention i.e. 8 months,
121 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
if the occupants so desire and there are no takers of
staff quarters, subject to the following conditions:-
(a) Request by such an allottee in this regard should
be made well in advance of the expiry of already
permitted period by Head of Circle under SR - 317-
B-11 read with SR 317-B-22.
(b) As and when an eligible contender for the quarter
arises, the quarter should be vacated on thirty days
notice.
(c) The occupant will have to pay double the licence
fee for the permitted period of retention beyond
expiry of maximum period of eight months provided
under SR 317-B-11 read with SR 317-B-22.
(ii) While considering request for retention of post
attached accommodation, the outgoing incumbent may
be permitted to retain the same accommodation if the
incoming incumbent does not require the said post
attached accommodation. Retention of post attached
accommodation at previous places of functioning on
request may be permitted subject to the following
conditions:-
(a) The allotment of post attached accommodation
will be cancelled on the basis of one month's notice
whenever such accommodation is required for the
use of the regular incumbent entitled to the post
attached quarters.
(b) The retention will be at double the rate of licence
fee for period exceeding eight months.
(iii) Suspension of post attached accommodation for
the reason of non-occupation by the incumbents due
to their having own residential accommodation /
arrangement in the area may be permitted only on the
condition that it does not adversely effect the work of
PM / SPM.
(iv) In case of merger of post-attached quarter with post
office space, Head of Circle will have to record a
certificate to the effect that:-
(a) The post office is a profit making one;
(b) Extra benefit will be there if such merger takes
place; and
(c) Total space of post office on merger does not
exceed the justified SOA of the post office.
(v) In case of dequarterisation of post attached
accommodation, Head of Circle make take a decision
about dequarterisation till it becomes habitable by
carrying out repairs or put the accommodation to any
other official use.
5. These instructions may be circulated to all concerned
for information, guidance and implementation.
6. Receipt of this letter may kindly be acknowledged to
the ADG (Bldg.), Dak Bhawan, Parliament Street, New
Delhi -110001.
7. Hindi version will follow.
[DG Post No. 10-4/2003-Bldg. Dated 06-05-2003]

8. POST-QUARTERS - AUTHORISED PERIOD AFTER RETIREMENT

The Sub-Postmasters occupying the quarters attached to the post and entitled to rent free accommodation
as a condition of service may be allowed to retain the quarters attached to their post in the event of their retirement
from service for a period of two months on payment of normal rent.
(DG P&T No. 1/87/81-NB, dt. 18-4-81)

9. CONSERVANCY/SERVICE CHARGES ETC. NOT TO BE RECOVERED

FROM RENT FREE ALLOTTEES
With the introduction of flat rates of licence fee
with effect from 1-7-87, common services, conservancy
and fire tax and scavenging tax payable by the licence
fee paying allottees of Govt. residences was
discontinued. It has been decided that the charges for
common services, conservancy and fire tax and
scavenging tax would not be recovered from rent-free
allottees also from the date the flat rate of licence fee
was introduced viz. 1-7-87.
(Directorate of Estate O.M. No. 18016/1/88/PO;-III,
dated 3-6-91)

10. RETENTION OF QUARTERS

Concessional period of retention :- Employees/families may be permitted to retain the quarters for the
periods noted against the events in the Table below, on payment of normal licence fee.
Events Permissible period for retention of
the residence
(i) Resignation, dismissal, removal or termination
of service or unauthorized absence without permission 1 Month
(ii) Retirement or terminal leave 2 months on normal licence fee; and another 2
months on double the normal licence fee.
On medical/educational grounds. Further
VENTURE 122 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'

(iii) Death of all Allottee
(iv) Transfer to an ineligible office at the station
(v) Transfer to a place outside the station
(vi) On proceeding on foreign service in India
(vii) Temporary transfer in India or transfer to a place
outside India.
(viii) Leave (other than leave preparatory to retirement)
(ix) Maternity leave
(x) Leave preparatory to retirement
(xi) Study leave in or outside India
(xii) Deputation outside India
(xiii) Leave on medical grounds
(xiv) On proceeding on training
11. REVISED SCHEDULE OF ACCOMMODATION FOR POST OFFICE
A reference is invited to this office letter No.
51-2/79-PRP dated 18-11-1981 vide which norms
of schedule of accommodation for construction of
post office building were laid down. Experience
has shown these norms to be very liberal and in a
number of buildings constructed by the Department
in the recent past, accommodation far in excess
of the actual requirement has been created. This
is because there is a general tendency to inflate
the SOA and also to incorrectly apply the provisions
for future expansion without any objective
assessment of the actual need of accommodation.
The question of further revision of present SOA
norms has, therefore, been engaging the attention
of this office for some time past. After due
consideration revised proforma of SOA separately
for sub and head post offices have been drawn up
VENTURE 123
retention 2 months on four times the normal
licence fee. Subsequent 2 months on six times
the normal licence fee.
2 years if the deceased or his/her dependent
does not own a house at the last station.
2 months
2 months
2 months
4 months
4 months
For the period of maternity plus the leave
granted in continuation subject to a maximum
of 5 months.
For the full period of leave on full pay subject
to a maximum of 180 days.
(a) In case of occupation of an accommodation
below entitlement, for the entire period of study
leave.
(b) In case of occupation of the entitled type
accommodation, for the period of study leave but
not exceeding six months; If the study leave
extends beyond six months, the officer may be
allotted alternative accommodation, one type
below entitlement, on the expiry of six months or
from the date of commencement of the study
leave if desired by the allottee.
For the period of deputation but not exceeding
six months.
For the full period of leave
For the full period of training.
(Annexure I and Annexure II respectively). A copy
thereof is sent for information and guidance. The
new schedule will be utilised for planning all post
office buildings with immediate effect.
2. While preparing the SOA the following points
should be kept in view:-
(i) The SOA itself need not be rigidly binding in any
case. These maximum guideline norms may be
taken for reference and not in all cases need be
implemented in toto. Based on actual observation
and a realistic assessment of the potential of the
office for which the building is planned to be
constructed, the SOA should be computed.
(ii) While making the provision for future expansion,
it is very necessary to assess carefully the likely
growth of the traffic of the office concerned. The
factor for future expansion should not be
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
mechanically applied on the total justified space or
on the space requirements of the branch concerned.
For working out future requirements the offices have
been categorized into four categories, viz., rural,
Rural
A Counters 10%
B Public Hall …….
C Telegraph Br. ………
D Treasury and Strong Room No future increase for strong room.
E Del. Hall 15%
F SB / SBCO -------
G Admn. Br. -------
H Amenities --------
I Other Prov. ---------
(iii) Further, the importance of the place where the
building is being constructed, its demographic
growth, rate of industrilisation, growth in
infrastructure, etc., should be the prime
indicators for assessing the traffic potential of
the office.
(iv) 50% future expansion for any particular branch
depending on special growth needs should be
considered only in the case of B-I, A and
metropolitan cities. However, to ensure that this
provision is not applied without proper basis
Chief PMsG / PMsG will have powers to allow
future expansion only upto a maximum of 25%.
Prior approval of the Directorate would be
required for any percentage higher than 25%.
Since, the construction of buildings is to meet
the long term requirements of the Department,
say for 80-100 years, it is necessary to ensure
that these are taken into account in the plan for
a particular building. The vertical expansion of
a building would be possible only if necessary
provision is made for the same at the foundation
stage. It is, therefore, desirable that, as far as
possible, necessary provision is made for vertical
expansion at a later stage in respect of important
buildings upto the maximum limit for which the
local FSI norms permit in metro, A-Class, B-I
cities and fast developing areas.
(v) Future expansion should be provided for,
depending on the plot and building size either
as horizontal or as vertical construction at a later
date.
(vi) Generally, the Delivery Branch requires more
space to offset the growth in traffic in the future.
However, this fact will generally apply to urban
and semi-urban areas. While designing buildings
VENTURE
mofussil / district town, B-I, A cities and the
metropolitan cities. On the basis of this classification
the following percentages of future expansion have
been decided.
Moffl. / Dt. H.Qrs. 'B-I' & 'A' cities Metro Cities
10% 20% 25%
15% 20% 25%
------- -------- ---------
20% 25% 25%
15% 25% 25%
------ 10% 10%
10% 10% 20%
------ 10% 10%
in such areas, it would be desirable to have the
delivery segment of the post office with adjacent
open space for future expansion at a later date.
More extensive use of PO boxes in such areas
should be kept in mind while planning the
construction.
(vii) Strong-room need be provided only in offices
where the average daily cash handling is very
high and the security risk is very great. Provision
for future expansion need not be made.
(viii) It should be attempted to reduce the standards
of the furniture so that they are functional and
occupy the least space of floor area. Modern
office furniture provides ample scope for doing
so. Similarly, by providing built-in cupboards,
along the walls, we should go in for vertical
storage and not use costly floor area.
(ix) Space for canteen -- Only the realistic maximum
number of staff on duty in the building should be
reckoned for calculating space for canteen. Total
number of maximum staff on duty at a time in a day
should, however, be mentioned in the proforma.
(x) Space for cycle stand -- As a rule, cycle stand/
garage should not be constructed as part of the
main structure, which is generally of RCC,
resulting in loss of valuable office space. Cycle
stand/garage should be set apart from the main
structure, usually, a lighter structure of iron poles
/ asbestos roofing, would suffice. Care should
also be taken to ensure that excess parking area
is not provided.
(xi) Telegraph Branch -- In view of the fact of the
bifurcation of the erstwhile P&T Department and
that at more and more places DTOs are being
opened, there is no need to plan for a separate
Telegraph Branch. Instead, in combined offices
124 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 one additional counter would suffice. operational requirements fully. The result is that often
3. The aspects of proper security of the building and the basement is not adequately used considering the
possibility of its damage in agitations, etc., should cost inputs. As a general measure, therefore, before
also be kept in view, apart form municipal fire-fighting planning a basement full justification should be
by-laws, etc., and the building should be designed worked out.
accordingly. Provision of electrical points, i.e. fans, etc.,
4. It is also felt that ordinarily our buildings should should be need based.
not exceed a height of 52 ft. beyond which provision 5. These new SOA norms will be given effect for a
of lifts would be generally required. By keeping ceiling period of five years within which time frame Circles
height to a maximum of 12 ft. even for a four-storeyed will give a proper feed back based on projects
building, we can keep it well below 52 ft. Further our completed under these norms. A future review will
experience has shown that construction of be undertaken accordingly, if necessary to moderate
basements, apart from being costly, does not meet the SOA.
ANNEXURE I
SCHEDULE OF ACCOMMODATION FOR SUB-POST OFFICE
SOA...................................................Sub-Post Office in account with.............................................................
Head Post Office................................................Postal Division
Category of Town : (Whether Rural/Mofussil/Dist. Head Qrt/B.I./A or Metro City)
(i) Status of the Post Office .... .... (Whether time-scale or LSG/HSG and whether Delivery
or Non-delivery or Combined Post Office)
(ii) Categorywise sanction: staff strength .... (1) SPM ....
(2) ASPM ....
(3) PAs ....
(4) Postmen ....
(5) EDDAs ....
(6) Group 'D' including EDs ....
(7) Others, if any ....
(iii) Accommodation available in the present building (in sq. ft.) Rented Departmental
(iv) Number of counters available in the present building .... ....
(v) Details of accommodation required to be constructed in the proposed departmental building-
Category of Staff Total No. Scale per Staff member Area required
of Staff (Sq. ft.) (Sq. ft.)
(a) SPM .... .... 1 75 75 (No F/E)
(b) ASPM .... .... .... 60 ......................
(c) PAs .... .... .... 40 + 20 Sq. ft. for SB/NSC PA ......................
(d) Delivery Staff .... .... No. of dely. beats (including EDDAs) x 25) ......................
(e) Public Space ..... .... .... No.of Counters x 50 .....................
(f) Group 'D' including ED .... .... 20 ......................
(g) Space for opening of mails .... .... No. of dely. beats x 3 ......................
(h) Space for closing of mails .... .... Max. No. of bags closed at a time x 3 ......................
(i) Post Box/Cabinets .... .... .... No. of Post Box/cabinets x 18 .......................
(j) PCO Booth .... .... .... No. of PCO booths x 20 .......................
(k) Treasury Room .... .... .... 200 (No F/E)
(l) Records and Forms room .... .... Min. 50 sq. ft. and Max. 75 Sq. ft. ........................
depending on the status of the office
(m) WC/Urinals/Wash .... .... Min. 40 and Max. 60 Sq. ft. (No F/E) .........................
Future expansion @.........................% except for items (a), (k), (l) and (m) .... .........................
Total carpet area of the Post Office .... .... .... .... .........................
Other items with full justification .... .... .... .... .........................
SPM's quarter .... .... .... .... .........................
Total area of the building .... .... .... .... .........................
Cycle shed (outside the building) No. of cycle x 12 .... .... .... .........................
VENTURE 125 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 (Signature and Designation
stamp of the officer preparing the SOA)
NB :- F/E means Future Expansion.
ANNEXURE II
SOA FOR HEAD POST OFFICE
Schedule of accommodation for...................................Head Post Office under
....................................Postal Division
Category of Town : (Whether Rural/Mofussil/Dist. H.Q./'B-1', 'A' or Metro city)
(i) Status of office .... .... .... (Whether HSG-I, HSG-II or Gazetted)
(ii) Categorywise sanctioned Staff strength .... (Separate list should be attached)
(iii) Accommodation available in the present building Rented Departmental
(iv) Details of accommodation required to be constructed in the proposed departmental building-
A. Counter
Category of Staff Total No. Scale per Staff member Area required
of staff (Sq. ft.) (Sq. ft.)
PM (Gazetted/non-Gazetted) .... 1 150 150 (No F/E)
100 100 (No F/E)
Supervisors Dy. PM/Asst. PM .... ..................... 75 ......................
SB/NSC Counter PAs .... ...................... 60 ......................
Parcel counter PA .... ...................... 50 ......................
MO/Regn/Eng. PA, etc. .... ...................... 45 ......................
SB Ledger Clerks .... ...................... 60 ......................
Group 'D' including ED staff .... ...................... 15 ......................
Total ......................
Future expansion @....................except for incharge of the office .... .... ......................
Grand Total ......................
B. Public Hall
No. and details of counters:
(i) in the present buildings .... ......................
(ii) in the proposed buildings .... ......................
(iii) additional counters for emergency .... ......................
(a) Total Nos. of counters, i.e., (ii) + (iii) above x 50 .... ......................
(b) PCO Booths .... ..... Nos. of PCO Booths x 20 ......................
Total of (a) + (b) ......................
Future expansion @....................% ......................
Grand Total ......................
C. Treasury and Strong-Room
DPM/APM .... ...... ............... 80 (No F/E) ......................
Treasurer .... ..... ............... 120 ......................
Asst. Treasurer .... ..... ............... 45 ......................
Cash Overseer .... ..... ............... 20 ......................
Group 'D' .... ..... .............. 15 ......................
Total ......................
Future expansion @..........................% except for DPM/APM ......................
Grand Total ......................
Strong-Room .... ..... Min. 120 and Max. 200 (No F/E) ......................
(depending on the status of the office)
Grand Total ......................
NB :- Strong-Room, if any, and Treasury should have built-in iron cupboards.
Category of Staff Total No. Scale per Staff member Area required
of staff (Sq. ft.) (Sq. ft.)
D. Delivery Hall : (including space for Regn., Parcel, MO Paid and Sub-Account Branch).
VENTURE 126 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
Dy. PM/APM .... .... .................... 75 (No F/E .......................
PAs
(a) Regn. .... .... ....................
40 ........................
(b) Parcel .... .... ....................
40 ........................
(c) MO Paid .... .... ....................
40 ........................
(d) Delivery .... .... ....................
40 ........................
(e) Sub A/c .... .... ....................
40 ........................
PRI (P)s .... .... ....................
50
Max. No. of Postmen and ....................... EDDAs attending office at
time x 20
Mail Overseers .... .... .................... 20 .......................
Group 'D' including EDDAs .... .................... 15 .......................
Space for opening and closing of mails: Min. 150 and Max. 250 .......................
depending on the status
PB cabinets of office No. of PB cabinets x 18 .....................
Total .......................
Future expansion @.......................% except for incharge of Delivery branch.
Grand Total .......................
E. SB/SBCO
(a) SB Branch
DPM/APM .... .... .................... 75 (No F/E) .......................
Ledger clerks .... .... .................... 60 .......................
(b) SBCO
Incharge SBCO .... .... .................... 75 (No F/E) .......................
UDCs/LDCs .... .... .................... 40 each .......................
Space for records (65 sq. ft. per desk) .......................
Group 'D' .... .... .................... 15 .......................
Total .......................
Future expansion@.........................% except for incharge .......................
Grand Total .......................
F. Administrative Branch
(i) Correspondence
DPM/APM .... .... .................... 75 (No F/E) .......................
Assistants .... .... .................... 40 .......................
Group 'D' .... .... .................... 15 .......................
(ii) Accounts
DPM/APM .... .... .................... 75 (No F/E) .......................
Accountant .... .... .................... 45 .......................
A/cs Clerks .... .... .................... 40 .......................
Group 'D' .... .... .................... 15 .......................
(iii) Complaints/Reference/Consolidation
DPM/APM .... .... .................... 75 (No F/E) .......................
Assistants .... .... .................... 40 .......................
Group 'D' .... .... .................... 15 .......................
Total .......................
Future expansion @.......................% except incharge of above branches .......................
Grand Total .......................
Storage of records of above branches .......... Min. 150 and Max. 250 .......................
Grand Total .......................
G. Amenities Block
1. Rest room for Delivery staff ..... 1/3 of the Max. staff on duty .......................
at a time x 10
VENTURE 127 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
2. Canteen/Tiffin Room ..... Max. No. of staff on duty at .......................
a time x 1
3. Recreation Room .... (a) No provision up to 100 staff .......................
(including reading room) only (b) 300 sq. ft. for 100 staff, 2 sq........................
when staff strength exceeds 100 ft. for every additional staff.
4. Ladies Retiring Room .... Min. 70 and Max. 125 .......................
5. W.C. ..... .... As per minimum local require- .......................
6. Urinals ..... .... ment
7. Wash Basin ..... .....
H. Other provisions:
1. Store room ..... ..... 150 150 (No F/E)
2. Forms and Records Room ..... Min. 150 and Max. 250 .... (No F/E)
3. Wading platforms ..... Min. 100 and Max. 150 .... (No F/E)
4. Water Room ..... ..... 40 40 (No F/E)
5. Co-operative Store/Society where it exists 120 120 (No F/E)
6. Sub-Divl. Office ..... ..... .............. 180 per unit (No F/E)
7. Any other item with full justification .......................
Total .......................
Total carpet area of the Post Office (Total of A to H) .... ..... ..... .......................
PM's quarter (As per existing standards) .... ..... ..... .......................
Inspection Room/Quarter (As per existing standards) .... ..... ..... .......................
Total area of the Building .... ..... ..... .......................
Cycle shed (outside the building) No. of cycle/scooter x 12 ..... ..... .......................
(Signature and designation
stamp of the authority preparing the SOA
NB:- F/E means Future Expansion.
[Dept. of Posts No. 51-53/90-BP dated 19-09-1991]
12. MAINTENANCE OF BUILDINGS
Department is constructing its own buildings in fully utilitarian.
a phased manner for operative / administrative offices 5. Maintenance of buildings may be divided into three
and staff quarters with a view to increase assets, effect categories:-
savings in rental liability, provide residential (a) Day-to-day service facilities:- The emergent
accommodation to its employees for efficient disposal works which are to be attended to on day-to-day
of work. basis, such as removing chokage of drainage
2. Buildings with good ambience, both internally & pipes, manholes, restoration of water supply,
externally, not only provides conducive atmosphere for minor repairs to door shutters, windows,
proper functioning but also helps in attracting clientale replacements of broken glass panel blown fuses,
for postal facilities. repairs to faulty switches etc. fall under this
3. Department has undertaken a project in a phased category of maintenance. The purpose of this
manner for new brand indentity of postal buildings. At facility is to ensure satisfactory and uninterrupted
the same time, it is equally important that maintenance functioning of various services in the building.
of buildings to the optimal extent required is also (b) Annual repairs: This include white-wash and
undertaken as improper planning and inadequate colour wash for a building for which periodicity is
attention towards maintenance of buildings gives a 2 years and painting for which periodicity is three
shabby / gloomy look. years. In addition, works such as patch repair to
4. Building maintenance may be defined as "work plaster, minor repairs and replacements,
undertaken to keep, restore, or improve every facility replacement of wiring damaged due to accident,
to keep, restore, or improve every facility i.e. every part replacement of switches, sockets etc. which are
of a building, its services and surroundings to a currently not emergent works but can wait till the time of
acceptable standard to sustain the utility and value of annual repairs fall under this category of
the facility". Proper maintenance aims at effective and maintenance.
economic means of keeping the building and services (c) Special repairs: As a building ages, there is
VENTURE 128 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 deterioration to the various parts of the building
and services. The following types of work become
inevitable and are undertaken under special
repairs to prevent the structure from deterioration
and undue wear and tear as well as to restore it
back to its original condition to the extent possible:-
(i) White washing, colour washing, distempering etc.
after scrapping completely the original finish.
(ii) Painting after removing the existing old paint from
various members.
(iii) Provision of water proofing treatment to the roof.
(iv) Repairs to roads.
(v) Repairs/replacements of flooring, skirting and dado.
(vi) Replacement of doors, window frames and
shutters.
(vii) Replacement of water tanks, WC cistern, wash
basins, kitchen sinks, pipes.
(Special repairs to newly purchased or previously
abandoned works and purchases required for bringing
them into use do not fall under maintenance of buildings
but come under original works.)
6. Besides the categories of 'Original Works' and
'Maintenance / Repairs', there is another category of
'Petty Works' which covers such of those works which
do not fall in the first two categories i.e. 'Original Works
' & ' Maintenance / Repairs'. No budget provision and
13. ASSESSMENT OF REASONABLE RENT/ENHANCEMENT OF RENT
OF PRIVATE BUILDING TAKEN ON LEASE
Reference to the Directorate's letter of No. 31-
27/89-Bldg. dated 25-2-92 vide which instructions on
periodicity for reassessing the reasonable rent to
private buildings taken on lease by the Department
were issued. It was stated in the last para of this
letter that guidelines for fixing enhanced/revised rent
will be issued separately. The question of
rationalising the principles for certifying the
reasonableness of rent in respect of rented building
under the occupation of the Department has been
exercised in consultation with Finance Advice
(Postal) and it has been decided that assessment of
revised/enhanced rent of such buildings will be
treated as a fresh case of rent assessment and will
be done according to the following principles:-
(i) Work out the reproduction cost of the building as
on the date of reassessment on the cost index for the
concerned locality.
(ii) Work out the depreciated value of building
assuming a straight line variation of depreciation
depending on the age of the building.
(iii) Work out land area appartment to the building
taking into account the local bye-laws. In case no such
bye-laws exist in the locality, general practices
prevailing in the locality should be followed. Any surplus
VENTURE
alterations to both residential and non-residential
buildings upto the limits prescribed in Schedule -II of
the Schedule of Financial Powers of the Heads of
Circles and Heads of Departments (Circulated vide
Directorate letter No. 6-1/2005-FC (Posts) dated 29-
07-2005) may be classified under "Maintenance".
7. The works relating to 'Maintenance / Repairs' may
be clearly differentiated from the other works
concerning modernization / ergonomics undertaken
in departmental buildings and the AA & ES issued
accordingly indicating the relevant Head of Account
besides ensuring incurring booking of expenditure
under Proper Head of Account. The fund provided
for maintenance of buildings should be utilised only
for maintenance works as detailed in paras (5) & (6)
above.
8. Attention is drawn to Directorate letter No. 10-5/
2005-Bldg. Daed 27-09-2005 regarding procedure for
building maintenance work.
9. The above instructions may kindly be brought to the
notice of all concerned for information, guidance and
strict implementation.
10. The receipt of this letter may kindly be
acknowledged.
11. Hindi version will follow.
(D.G.(P) No. 10-1/2006-Bldg. Dt. 11-5-06)
land that does not enhance the utility of the building
should be excluded.
(iv) The cost of appartment land should be ascertained
from the local Revenue Authority. For this purpose, the
cost of land should be divided between the number of
tenants in the building, apportioned between the tenants
according to the plinth area each one is having, if the
Department is not the sole tenant:
(v) Where the landlord has made additions/alteration
in the building as per Departmental requirements, the
same will be taken into consideration in working out
the capital cost of the building.
(vi) The cost of appartment land may be added to the
depreciated value of the building to assess the
reasonable return on the property. In case of
metropolitan cities, this percentage rate of return may
be taken as 10% per annum. In the case of other cities/
towns, this figure may be taken as 9% per annum.
(vii) The figure arrived at thus would constitute the
annual rent of the building on the basis of the principle
of valuation. This is the "core" rent, as mentioned in
Directorate's letter of even number, dated 25-2-92.
2. After working out the rent on the above principles
of valuation the market rate of rent current in the locality
will be ascertained by FRAC. For this purpose, rents
129 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
paid by Government and semi-Government
organisations, public sector undertakings and
nationalised banks will be taken into account. The data
collected must be authentic and the buildings should
be comparable in specifications and amenities
provided.
3. After getting the two values, i.e. rent based on the
recognised principles of valuation and the current
market rate, the endeavour of the competent authority
should be to balance the two factors of rent worked
out on the basis of the principles of valuation as well
as market rent. While weightage should be given to
the market rent so as to sufficiently compensate the
landlord, all efforts should be made to fix the rent lower
than the market rate. For this purpose after considering
the FRAC's report, the competent authority should
negotiate with the landlord. Where the enhanced rent
falls within the powers of the Divisional
14. PROVISION OF TOILET FACILITIES IN POST OFFICE BUILDINGS
It has been brought to the notice of this Directorate
that in large number of offices proper toilet facilities
either are not available or they are inadequate for the
staff working there.
2. Since this is one of the basic amenities, the
following remedial action may kindly be taken at your
end in a planned manner :-
a) Adequacy of toilet facilities available in the
departmental buildings should be examined keeping
in view the ratio of male/female employees working in
the office. Adequate number of toilets for ladies located
suitably should be identified for their exclusive use. In
case this is not feasible, construction of additional toilet
facilities should be undertaken on priority basis.
b) In case of new constructions while forwarding
Schedule of Accommodation and layout plan the
number of male/female employees expected to work
in each floor should also be forwarded to the Architect,
so that provision for adequate number of toilets can be
incorporated in the preliminary drawing. To calculate
the number of male/female employees floor wise,
number of such officials working in the office at the old
location or in case of a new establishment, male/female
ratio of employees working in similar types of offices
should be kept in view.
c) In case of rented buildings also the adequacy of
toilets as referred to in para (a) above should be
examined and if the toilet facility is not adequate, the
landlords may be persuaded to provide the same.
(d) If the landlord agrees to provide adequate toilet
facilities on the condition of increase of rent, the same
may be examined in respect of premises during the
currency of the lease already agreed upon provided
the following conditions are satisfied ;-
VENTURE
Superintendents, the negotiation will be carried out by
the next higher authority.
4. Rent will not be increased if the Department has
incurred any expenditure on maintenance/repairs of a
particulars building.
5. Enhancement of rent should be effected only after
a fresh lease deed is signed by these landlord.
6. For the purpose of those orders, the constitution
of FRAC's at various levels will continue to be guided
by the orders already in force. However, for all cases
where enhancement of rent would fall within the powers
of the Divisional Superintendents, the revision of rent
will be considered by a duly constituted FRAC even
where the initial rent had been within the delegated
powers of the Divisional Head without the assistance
of the FRAC.
(Dept. of Posts Lr. No. 31-27/89-Bldg.
dated 29-5-1992)
i) Accommodation is otherwise suitable/and
adequate and alternative better accommodation with
adequate toilet facilities is not available at an
economical rent.
ii) The landlord gives in writing his consent to abide
by the assessment to be made by the department in
consultation with the representative of the Civil Wing
and IFA about the quantum of increased rent on
completion of the work.
iii) Assessment of the revised rent will be restricted
to the additional expenditure incurred by the landlord
in providing the adequate toilet facility
iv) Increase in rent will be payable only on completion
and handing over the newly constructed/renovated
toilet to the Department.
e) In case of premises where lease has already
expired and landlord is willing to provide adequate toilet
facility on the condition of enhanced rent the same may
be examined if the following conditions are satisfied :-
i) Accommodation is otherwise suitable and
adequate.
ii) Rent quoted by the landlord is otherwise fair and
comparable to similar accommodation in the locality.
iii) The landlord gives in writing his consent to abide
by the assessment to be made by the department in
consultation with the representative of the Civil Wing
and IFA about the quantum of increased rent and enter
into a fresh lease.
iv) The landlord intimates the estimated cost of the
construction involved for providing the adequate toilet
facility and the date by which the newly constructed/
renovated toilets is to be handed over to the
department.
v) The segment of enhanced rent relating to capital
130 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
cost to be calculated by IFA and the representative of is reassessed by the department to ensure that
Civil Wing in providing the adequate toilet facility will estimated cost proposed by the landlord has actually
be reserved and payable to landlord only on handling been spent.
over the same to the department and the capital cost (D.G. (P) No. 25-1/99-Bldg., dt. 11-5-1990)

15. REVISION OF TARIFF FOR OCCUPATION OF INSPECTION

QUARTERS / INSPECTION ROOMS
I am directed to refer to this office letter No. 26-
16/85-NB (P) dated 08-11-1988, 12-7-1989 and 23-
12-1992 on the subject cited above.
2. It has now been decided by the competent
authority that the existing rates of Inspection
Quarters / Inspection Rooms may be further
Pay upto Rs. 16,400/-
Pay beyond Rs. 16,400/- (Rs. 16,401/- & above)
(ii) For others - Rs. 40/- per day
(iii) The charges for the us of:- Air-conditioner
rationalised as follows:-
(a) Inspection Quarters:
(i) For officer of the Department of Posts while on
duty / leave (Casual & earned), Central and State
Government Officers and retired officers of the
Department of Posts for period of 10 days:-
Rs. 8 per day (more than six hours) (Includes
charges for electricity and refrigeration)
Rs. 12 per day (More than six hours) (Includes
charges for electricity and refrigeration)
Room heaters - Rs. 2/- per day or a part thereof.
- Rs. 8/- per day or a part thereof.

(b) Inspection Room: Rs. 5/ per day irrespective of pay.

Pay upto Rs. 16,400/- Rs. 8 per day (more than six hours) (Includes
charges for electricity and refrigeration)
Pay beyond Rs. 16,400/- (Rs. 16,401/- & above) Rs. 12 per day (More than six hours) (Includes
charges for electricity and refrigeration)
The charges for the us of:- DG Posts):- 10% of the basic pay (includes special
Air-conditioner - Rs. 8/- per day or a part thereof. pay).
Room heaters - Rs. 2/- per day or a part thereof. 3. The revised rates indicated above will take place
(c) Rates for officers for stay in Inspection Quarters with immediate effect.
/ Inspection Rooms for periods exceeding 10 days 4. This may kindly be brought to the notice of all
(i) For period exceeding 10 days and upto 60 days concerned for information, guidance and necessary
(with the permission of the controlling authority i.e. action.
Head of Circle). 5. Hindi version will follow.
(ii) For period beyond 60 days (With permission of DG (P) letter No. 6-2/2004-Bldg. Dated 04-08-2005

16. OCCUPATION OF DEPARTMENTAL INSPECTION QUARTER BEYOND

NORMAL ADMISSIBLE PERIOD -- ADMISSIBILITY OF HRA
It is clarified that orders issued on the subject by
the DOT under their letters No. 14-04-85-NB dated 26-
11-85 & 15-01-87 (copies reproduced overleaf) as
incorporated in Muthuswamy compilation of FR SR
Part-V (corrected upto 1st February 86) will apply
Mutatis Mutandis to the Department of Posts as well.
These orders will take effect from 26-11-85.
The issue regarding admissibility of HBA during
the stay in Inspection Quarters at the Head Quarter of
their posting has been under consideration for some
time past. It has now been decided in consultation with
Ministry of Finance that officers staying in the Inspection
VENTURE
Quarters in the Headquarters of their posting will not
be entitled to draw HRA for the period during which
they stay in the Inspection Quarters. These instructions
may be followed strictly.
Occupation of Inspection Quarters / Rooms.
This office letter of even no. dated 28-11-85 may
be referred to. In line 5 thereof the words 'exceeding 7
days' may be inserted after the words 'Inspection
Quarters for a period exceeding 7 days' in the
Headquarters of their posting will not be entitled to claim
HRA for the entire period of their stay.
D.G. (P) No. 7-1/87-NB dated 28-04-88
131 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 17. ASSESSMENT OF REASONABLE RENT/ENHANCEMENT OF RENT OF
PRIVATE BUILDING TAKEN ON LEASE BY THE DEP. GUIDELINES-REG.
The Department has been acquiring/purchasing
land for postal buildings/staff quarters at locations/
stations where (i) a site is actually needed, and (ii)
where a site is available though there is no immediate
need for it, generally sites are acquired through the
land acquisition Act or taken on lease from local
authorities. In some cases, generally in rural areas,
"Gifted sites" are also accepted.
2. Some Circles, notably, Karnataka, Andhra,
Rajasthan, Gujarat, Bihar & Uttar Pradesh Circles
have acquired large number of sites at various places
in the Circle. Majority of these sites are located in
rural areas/places below the level of district head
quarters. Most of the sites lie vacant for a long time
due to paucity of funds which are needed to construct
buildings on them. In some cases, the lead time is
15-20-25 years after the site is acquired. In spite of
the fact that the department bears a significant
expenditure to safeguard these sites, cases of
encroachment, particularly in urban areas, occur.
Therefore, the question of outlining due priorities and
formulating a clear policy for acquisition of land etc.
was under consideration of the directorate. It has now
been decided that :-
(i) Acquisition of land in places below district
headquarters or anywhere where the strength of the
post office is less than 15 (including Postman & Gr.
D) should not be made except in very remote/hilly/
backward/tribunal and project areas where suitable
rented accommodation for the post office is not
available and staff quarters are to be provided to
the staff posted there as a matter of operational
necessity. Post Offices of smaller sizes at other
places manage with suitable rented
accommodation.
(ii) The practice of accepting "Donation of land for
P.O. buildings" specially in areas having no Post
Office or where the existing Post Office is below the
VENTURE
level of LSG or where suitable office accommodation
is easily available at reasonable rent, should be
stopped. This will avoid pressure being brought on
the department thereafter for the construction of Post
office building. There could, however, for exceptions
to this policy which would be examined in the
Directorate according to the merits of each case.
Therefore, such cases should be referred to the
Directorate, with detailed notes for orders.
(iii) Since the process of acquisition of land through
LA Act drags on for a number of years before such
cases become mature as also the land acquired
through LA Act could be used for a specific purpose
only for which it is acquired, the Circles/Regions
should explore the feasibility of purchasing free-hold
plots of land through the Negotiation Committee with
no restriction placed on land use, instead of through
the Land Acquisition Act.
(iv) As for staff quarter, in order to cut down the
lengthy process of acquisition/purchasing of land,
planning and executing works, the Circles should,
as far as possible, explore the possibility of acquiring/
purchasing ready built quarters from Governmental
bodies/public sector Corporations etc. at places
where now colonies are coming up.
3. The basic and essential requirements already
laid down in this office letter No. 51-15/78-PRP dated
14-6-1978 for site suitability should adequately be
taken care of before any site/ready built quarters are
acquired/purchased and necessary certificate in the
prescribed proforma should continue to be obtained
from the concerned Civil Wing authorities.
4. All pending cases of land acquisition should be
processes according to these instructions.
5. Receipt of this letter may please be
acknowledged to Director (BP), Room No. 404, Dak
Bhavan, New Delhi-110001.
(No. BDG/1-8/92-MS, dt. 30-6-02)
132 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 7. WELFARE
1. IMMDIATE RELIEF TO THE FAMILIES OF GOVERNMENT SERVANTS
WHO DIE WHILE IN SERVICE
The undersigned is directed to convey the
approval of the President of the following modification
to this Department's O.M. No. F. 11(1)/EV/(B)/71,
dated 19th November, 1971 as amended from time
to time: -
2. ACTION TO BE TAKEN ON RECEIPT OF INTIMATION ABOUT THE DEATH OF A
POSTAL EMPLOYEE/EXTRA-DEPARTMENTAL AGENT
It has generally been observed that in case of
unfortunate death of an employee/extra-departmental
agent, the officers and employees provide all possible
assistance to the bereaved family, sometimes even
at considerable personal inconvenience. While
deeply appreciating the human approach of our
officers and employees on such sad occasions, the
Secretary (Posts) has issued following instructions:-
i) Immediately on receipt of an intimation about the
death of any employee/EDA a senior officer should
visit the family and offer condolences of behalf of
the department.
ii) Possible assistance may be provided to the
family. For instance, if any member of family is away,
massages could be sent to inform him about it.
3. MODIFIED ORDERS FOR PRODUCTION OF MEDICAL CERTIFICATES
BY GAZETTED/NON-GAZETTED EMPLOYEES
Presently, under Rule 19 of CCS (Leave) Rules,
1972, whereas a Gazetted Government Servant has
to produce a medical certificate for grant of leave on
medical grounds from an Authorized Medical
Attendant (AMA), a non-Gazetted Government
Servant is required to do so either from an AMA or a
Registered Medical Practitioner (RMP). Further, in
accordance with the recommendation of the Fifth
Central Pay Commission made in Para. 117.14 of
its Report for production of Medical/Fitness Certificate
by all Government Servants either from a Doctor in
a CGHS Dispensary of from an AMA in places where
CGHS Dispensaries are not available. Instructions
have been issued vide this Department's O.M. No.
13015/2/97-Estt.(L) dated 7th October, 1997,
requiring non-Gazetted Government Servants, who
are CGHS beneficiaries and are residing in an area
covered by CGHS at the time of illness, to produce
such a certificate from a CGHS Doctor.
VENTURE
In Para 1(ii) of the O.M. ibid, substitute the figure
of 'Rs. 2,500' by the figure 'Rs. 8,000'.
The amendment will take effect from the date of
issue of this O.M.
(M.F., O.M. No. 26(1)/EV/99, dated 12-7-1999)
iii) If death occurs out of at station/circle or at a place
where the family is not residing with the employee, a
senior officer in that Circle/Division should personally
supervise the arrangements such as intimation to
the family, arrangements for transportation of the
dead body or arrangements for the stay of the family
members of the place where death has occurred etc.
iv) A floral wreath may be placed at the time of
funeral or as per the family conventions on behalf of
the Director-General (Posts) as a mark of respect to
the departed soul. The expenditure of this account
may be met from office expenses.
2. These instructions may please be circulated to
all concerned.
(DG No. 15-43/94-WL/Sports, dt. 9-5-94)
2. The matter has since been considered further
by the Government aud it has now been decided that,
in partial modification of the provisions of Rule 19 of
CCS (Leave) Rules, 1972 and this Department's OM,
dated 7th October, 1997, referred to above, the
production of Medical/Fitness Certificate by Gazetted
and non-Gazetted Government servants shall be
regulated as follows:-
(i) A Government servant (Gazetted to Non-
Gazetted) who is a CGHS beneficiary and is living in
an area covered by the CGHS at the time of illness
shall be required to produce the Medical/Fitness
Certificate, in the form prescribed in Rule 19 of CCS
(Leave) Rules 1972, either from a CGHS Doctor or
a Government Hospital.
(ii) A Government servant (Gazetted or non-
Gazetted) who is not a CGHS beneficiary (including a
Government servant who has opted out of the CGHS
or is a CGHS card holder but at the time of illness is
133 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
not living in an area covered by CGHS, i.e. proceeds
outside the Headquarters on duty, leave, etc.) will have
to produce the Certificate from the AMA, provided that
in the case of such a non Gazetted Government
servant, production of the Medical/Fitness Certificate
from an RMP may be allowed by the leave sanctioning
authority, if there is no AMA available within the radius
of 8 kms. of his residence (or place of temporary stay
outside the Headquarters).
(iii) In the case of hospitalzation/indoor treatment
permitted in a private hospital recognized under the
CGHS/Central Services (Medical Attendance) Rules,
1944, a Government servant (Gazetted or non-
Gazetted, whether a CGHS beneficiary or not) may
4. GRANT OF EARNED LEAVE TO CENTRAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES
A suggestion has been made to the Government
that as one of the institutional mechanisms to allow
Government servants to periodically free themselves
from the routine stresses of service life and thus help
them avoid falling prey to various stress related
diseases, they may be compelled to avail of atleast
15 days earned leave during a calendar year. Though
implementation of the suggestion in this manner is
not easible on account of the provisions of service
rules, the basic ideas underlying the suggestion is
un-exceptionable.
Under the extent provisions of CCS (Leave)
Rules, 1972, leave cannot be claimed as a matter of
right. When the exigencies of the public services so
require, discretion to refuse or revoke leave of any
description is reserved to the authority empowered
to grant it. However, as emphasises in the instructions
issued by this Department from time to time, such
provisions have been made in the Rules because it
is not possible to let all those at that time and there is
a limit beyond without dislocating the working of an
establishment. These instructions are not intended
to be used as in effect to abridge indeed desirable in
5. REPORT OF THE COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE CONSTITUTED FOR
PREVENTION OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT OF WOMEN AT WORK
PLACES -FOLLOW-UP ACTION
Refer to this Department 's O.M. No. 1013/10/
97-Estt. (A) dated the 13th February 1998, under
which the guidelines and norms laid down by the
Supreme Court in the case of Vishaka and other v.
State of Rajasthan and others (JT 1997 (7) SC 384)
for prevention of sexual harassment of women at
work places, were circulated to all Ministries /
Departments for compliance to all concerned.
2. The guidelines laid down by the Supreme Court
VENTURE
produce the requisite Medical/Fitness Certificate from
the authorized Doctor in such a hospital in case his
hospitalization/indoor treatment is on account of the
particular kind of disease (e.g., heart, cancer, etc.)
for the treatment of which the concerned hospital has
been recognised by the Ministry of Health and Family
Welfare. This relaxation will not be admissible in case
of any day-today/outdoor treatment or indoor
treatment in respect of any other disease.
. These orders take effect from 1st September,
2000. Formal amendment to the CCS (Leave) Rules,
1972, will follow.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No. 13015/3/2000-
Estt.(L), dated 24-8-2000)
the interest of the public leave at suitable intervals
and return to work relaxed and refreshed. It has also
been laid down that the leave sanctioning authorities
may encourage government servants to take leave
periodically, and in case where all applications for
leave cannot, in the interest of public service, be
granted at the same time, the leave sanctioning
authority should leave the applicants by turn with due
regard to the principles enunciated. Leave is
accordingly, not to be ordinarily denied to any employee,
especially in the last 10 years of his career.
3. Periodical availment of leave is in the interest of
the Government as well as the Government servants.
Ministries / Departments should therefore, further
streamline the procedure and chalk out an annual
leave programme keeping in view, the Parliament
sessions and other relevant functional requirements.
4. In so far as persons serving in the Indian Audit
and Accounts Department are concerned, this issues
with the concurrence of the Comptroller and Auditor
General of India.
DoP&T No. 1402 B/3/2000-Estt. (L)
dated 22/27-3/2001
provide, inter alia, for the constitution of a Complaints
Committee in the employer's organisation for redress
of the complaint made by the victim. In this
connection, a question has been raised regarding
the status of the inquiry held by the Complaints
Committee. It is clarified that the findings of the
Complaints Committee regarding sexual harassment
of the complaint / victim will be binding on the
disciplinary authority to initiate disciplinary
134 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
proceedings against the Government servant (s)
concerned under the provision of the CCS (CCA)
Rules, 1965. The report of the Complaints Committee
should be treated as a preliminary report against the
accused Government servant.
3. The Ministries / Departments are requested to
6. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE POSTAL STAFF WELFARE SCHEME
IN CAES OF PROLONGED ILLNESS/SURGICAL OPERATIONS, ENHANCED
Refer to this office letter No. 15-43/92-WL/Sports,
dated 2-9-1992 on the above subject. In the 7th meeting
of the Postal Services Staff Welfare Board the question
of increase in the power of Chief PMG/PMsG relating
to financial assistance in the above case was discussed
and the following decisions have been taken:-
1. The power of the CPMsG as indicated in item 1 of
the aforesaid letter for grant of financial assistance in
the cases of prolonged illness/surgical operations has
been enhanced from the present limit of Rs. 5,000 to
Rs. 10,000. There is no other change in other terms
and conditions indicated therein.
2. Similarly, in case of EOL/HPL as mentioned in item
2 of the aforesaid letter, it has been decided to enhance
the limit of financial assistance for prolonged illness as
follows.
Existing Revised
Extraordinary Rs. 1.000 p.m. Rs. 1,500 p.m.
leave or ½ of basis uniformly.
pay+DA which-
ever is less
7. GRANT OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE IN THE CASE OF DEATH OF POSTAL
EMPLOYEE WHILE IN SERVICE
I am directed to invite your kind attention to the
item No. 3 of the Agenda of the minutes of the 6th
meeting of the Postal Services Staff Welfare Board held
at Delhi on 1107-97 under the Chairmanship of
Secretary (P).
It has been decided to enhance the amount of
financial assistance to be paid to the families of such
deceased employees who are killed in attack by dacoit
8. EHNANCED RATE OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE POSTAL SERVICE
STAFF WELFARE BOARD IN THE CASE OF DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE
The financial assistance being paid in cases of
death was considered in the 8th Meeting of the Postal
Services Staff Welfare Board held on 8-3-2000. It was
decided to adopt the following rates for financial
assistance in cases of death:
(i) Immediate death relief Rs. 6,000/-
(ii) Death due to accident while Rs. 6,000/-
on duty.
(iii) Death due to attack by robbers, Rs. 50,000/-
terrorists, riots etc. while on duty
VENTURE
bring these instructions to the notice of all concerned
and ensure that necessary follow-up action is taken
on the report of the Complaints Committee without
any delay.
(G.I., Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No. 11013/11/
2001-Estt. (A) dated 12-12-2002)
Half Pay Rs. 500 p.m. of Rs. 750 p.m.
leave 1/3 of basic uniformly
+DA which-
ever is less.
All other conditions for grant of this financial
assistance will continue to be the same as laid
down in letter No. 15-43/92-WL/Sports, dated 2-
9-1992.
3. In case of financial assistance from the Welfare
Fund given to the EDAs/Casual/Part-time employees
for their own illness in case of surgical operations/
prolonged illness as indicated at page 4 in the
aforesaid letter have been enhanced from the present
limit of Rs. 750 to Rs. 1,500. Other terms and
conditions for grant of this financial assistance will
continue to be the same as mentioned in the
aforesaid letter.
4. These orders would be effected from the date of
issue.
(D.G.(P) No. 10-31/98/WL/Sports,
dated 11-3-1999)
/ Rabbor due to terroist violence / riots while on Govt.
duty, to Rs. 50,000/- to be paid from the Central Welfare
Fund: 50% of the aforesaid amount would be
admissible to the bereaved families of EDAs / Part Time
/ Casual Workers. There will be no change in the
amounts of the other death released reliefs.
DG (P) No. 1-12/97 WL and Sports
dated 18-09-97
(iv) Death due to attack by robbers, Rs. 10,000/-
terrorists, riots etc. while not on duty
(v) In case of EDAs/Casual labourers and part-time
employees also, the above amount to be paid to
the bereaved families.
The above amount is the total financial assistance
payable in each case.
(vi) The above rates would be applicable from 1-6-2000.
2. This supersedes all previous orders on the subject.
(D.G.(P) No. 1-3/99-WL/SPT, dt. 1-6-2000)
135 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 9. FINANCIAL ASISTANCE FROM WELFARE FUND FOR FUNERAL
EXPENSES - PAYMENT TO THE NEAR RELATIVES
Item No. 9 of the Minutes of the 6th Meeting of the
Postal Services Staff Welfare Board held at New Delhi
on 11-7-97 under the Chairmanship of Secretary (P). It
has been decided to release the funeral expenses from
the Circle Welfare Fund to the brothers or sisters or near
10. TRANSPORTATION CHARGES TO THE HANDICAPPED CHILDREN
OF POSTAL EMPLOYEES
Attention to the Item No. 17 of the Minutes of the
6th Meeting of the Postal Service Staff Welfare Board
and to say that it has been decided to enhance the
rates of financial assistance towards transportation
charges and Hostel/Mess subsidy to the handicapped
11. CLARIFICATION ON FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROM WELFARE FUND IN
CASES OF EOL/HPL DUE TO SERIOUS/PROLONGED ILLNESS
Refer to your office letter No. WEL/36-1 (Coorg)
VII dtd. 30-8-01 in which clarification have been sought
as to whether the financial assistance admissible to
the employees under order No. 15-43/92-WL/SP dtd.
2-9-92 as amended vide letter No. 10-31/98/WL/SP dtd.
11-3-99 can be paid in case of the officials who availed
EOL/HPL on medical grounds and they were
invalidated/expired/retired in the meantime.
The matter has ben carefully considered by the
Directorate and it is hereby clarified that the financial
assistance for the EOL/HPL availed by a Govt. Servant
12. INCREASE IN THE AMOUNTS OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE IN CASE OF DEATH
The amount of financial assistance being paid
was laid down vide this Office Letter No. 1-2/99-
WL/Sports, dated 1-6-2000 The question of
enhancing this limit was considered in the 9th
Meeting of the Postal Services Staff Welfare Board
held on 17-2-2002. It was decided to increase the
amount of financial assistance in cases of death as
mentioned in Sl. No. (i) of the aforesaid letter from
13. ENHANCEMENT OF RATES OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO THE
VICTIMS OF FIRE / FLOODS AND NATURAL CALAMITIES
I am directed to invite your kind attention to the
minutes of the 6th meeting of the Postal Services Staff
Welfare Board and to say that it has been decided to
enhance the rates of financial assistance to the victims
of fire / floods and natural calamities from Rs. 750/- to
VENTURE 136
relatives who perform the last rites of a deceased Postal
Employee in the absence of any other next of kin.
2. These orders will be effective from the date of
issue.
(DG Posts No. 1-17/97-WL & Sports dt. 17-9-97)
children of Postal Employees from Rs. 50/- to Rs.
100/- p.m. for Metropolitan cities and Rs. 40/- p.m.
to Rs. 80/- p.m. for other cities.
2. These orders will be effective from the date of issue.
(DG (P) No. 1-20/97-WL & Sports, dtd. 17-9-97)
upto the date of invalidation/retirement can be paid to
the Govt. Servant concerned. However, in case of death
of an employee the financial assistance as mentioned
above may be paid to the bereaved family as in case
of immediate death relief. In all the above cases the
payment of financial assistance will continue to be
subject to the conditions as laid down in the aforesaid
orders dated 2-9-92 and 11-3-99 on receipt of
application from the Govt. servant concerned.
(DG(P) No. 10-39/2001/WL-SP
dtd. 4/5/10.01)
Rs. 6,000 to Rs. 7,000. This limit would also be
applicable in case of Sl. No. (ii) i.e. death due to
accident while on duty. All other terms and
conditions as laid down is the same.
2. The above order would be applicable from the
date of issue.
(Dept. of Posts, No. 2-1/2001-WL/Sports, dated
26-4-2002).
Rs. 1500/- for departmental employees and from Rs.
375/- to Rs. 750/- for ED employees.
These orders will be effective from the date of issue.
DG (P) No. 1-13/97-WL and Sports
dated 26-09-97
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 14. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO SC & ST EMPLOYEES, DEPARTMENT OF
POSTS FOR (I) APPEARING IN THE DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATION AND (II)
PURSUING HIGHER EDUCATION THROUGH REGULAR CLASSES
I am directed to say that in connection with
celebration of Birth Centenary of Baba Sahab Dr. B.R.
Ambedkar, it has been decided to launch special
schemes for the benefits of SC/ST employees of the
Department of Posts. Accordingly, it has been decided
to grant financial assistance from Welfare Fund to the
SC/ST employees of Department of Posts for (i)
appearing in the Departmental Examination and (ii)
pursuing higher education through regular classes or
through correspondence courses.
2. (i) SC/ST employees, who are appearing in the
Departmental Examination held by the Department for
promotion to various categories will be granted financial
assistance to the extent of paying fee for attending the
Coaching Classes for Departmental Examinations
subject to the limits as indicated below :
a) Examination for promotion to the
Cadre of IPO/RMS/Inspectors Rs. 300/-
(MMS)/JAO and LSG (1/3rd)
Examinations and similar cadres.
b) Examinations for promotion to Rs. 200/-
the cadres of Junior Accountants
in Postal Accounts, UDCs and Similar cadres.
c) Examinations for promotion to
posts of Postal Assistants, sorting Rs. 150/-
Assistants, Sorters and other
Clerical Cadres.
This assistance will be provided only once as a
lump-sum for each category of Examination and will
15. REVISED RATE OF SCHOLARSHIPS FOR DEVELOPMENT
OF INDIVIDUAL PERSONALITY
This office letter No. 13-7/90/WL/SPT, dated 24-
7-1990 introducing the scheme for grant of
scholarships to postal employees to develop their
personality of acquiring higher qualifications in
specialized courses. At present the scholarship is
granted subject to a maximum of Rs. 2,000/- per
annum. The question of increasing this amount inter
alia was considered in the 8th Meeting of the Postal
16. SCHOLARSHIP FOR DEVELOPMENT OF INDIVIDUAL PERSONALITY
DECISION TAKEN IN THE 9TH MEETING OF THE POSTAL SERVICES
STAFF WELFARE BOARD MEETING HELD ON 17-02-2002
I am directed to refer to this office letter No. 13-7/
90-WL / Sports dated 24-07-90 introducing the scheme
for grant of scholarship to the postal employees to
develop their personality by acquiring higher
qualification in specialized courses. In the 9th meeting
of the Postal Services Staff Welfare Board, the question
VENTURE
be made available through the Heads of Division/Units.
The candidates will have to-refund the whole amount
in case they do not appear in any of the paper(s) of the
Examination or they don't secure minimum 25% aggregate
marks in the Examinations. For this purpose, an
undertaking to this effect will be obtained from them before
grant of financial assistance.
2. (ii) It has also been decided to grant financial
assistance from Welfare Fund to SC/ST employees
who are pursuing higher academic education through
regular classes in Evening Colleges or through
Correspondence Courses conducted by recognised
Board/University. Employees appearing in 10th & 12th
standard examination will be granted one time financial
assistance of Rs. 200/- and for those pursuing Degree/
Diploma or Post Graduate Degree/diploma beyond 12th
standard, financial assistance would be granted at Rs.
500/- per annum. Further, this assistance will be
restricted to the amount of fees paid for such higher
education and will be granted of if the candidate secures
minimum 40% marks in lower prerequisite examination.
This will be renewed only if the candidates gets through
the semester/annual examination.
There will be no pay limit for grant of financial
assistance for the above purpose. This expenditure will
be met from the amount of 55% earmarked for
scholarships under the Welfare Fund.
This may be given vide publicity among the staff.
(No. 24-46/90-WL/Sports, Dated 10-4-1990)
Services Staff Welfare Board. It was decided to
enhance with effect from 1-6-2000 the maximum
amount of scholarship to Rs. 5,000/- and to revise
the existing pay limit of Rs. 2,500 pre-revised) to Rs.
7,550/- in the revised pay scales subject to other terms
and conditions remaining the same as laid down in
this office letter No. 13-7/90-WL/SP, dated 24-7-1990.
(Dept. of Posts No. 1-3/99-WL/SPT, dated 1-6-2000)
of enhancing the maximum age limit of 35 years was
considered and it was decided to leave to the discretion
of the circles to give scholarship to the really deserving
candidates even beyond maximum age of 35 years as
laid down in the aforesaid order dated 24-07-90.
(D.G.(P) No. 2-1/2001-WL/Sports dated 26-04-2002
137 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 17. REVISION IN SCHOLARSHIPS / BOOK AWARDS FOR OBCS
I am directed to say that as per this office letter marks for award of Non-Technical scholarship / Book
No. 13-1/93-WL / Sports dated 20-05-93 educational Awards with relaxed standards for OBCs be
Non-Technical Scholarship / Book Awards are granted entertained after all other eligible candidates have
to the wards of the SC / ST employees with relaxed been awarded the scholarship and Book Awards
standards. The question of extending the relaxation subject to the condition that the additional expenditure
of marks for grant of the Scholarship / Book Awards should be met from the normal allocation to the Circle
for the wards of OBCs was considered in the 9th Welfare Fund.
meeting of the Postal Services Staff Welfare Board This will come into force with effect from the date
held on 17-02-2002. It was decided that OBC of issue of the orders.
candidates may also be given relaxation of 10% of No. 2-1/2001-WL/Sports dated 26-04-2002
18. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR NUTRITIVE DIET FROM WELFARE FUND
ADMISSIBLE TO ALL DEPARTMENTAL EMPLOYEES WHO ARE
SUFFERING FROM TB MAY BE EXTENDED TO ED EMPLOYEES
AND ENHANCEMENT OF FINAL ASSISTANCE
I am directed to invite your kind attention to Item their discharge from hospitals after treatment of TB and
No. 7 of the 6th Meeting of Postal Services Staff from Rs. 100/- to Rs. 200/- p.m. in case of OPD
Welfare Board held at Delhi on 11-07-97 under the departmental TB patients, 50% of the amounts
Chairmanship of Secretary (P). It was decided in the admissible to ED agents under similar circumstances.
meeting to enhance the rates of Financial Assistance This enhancement will be effective from the date
toward nutritional diet paid to TB patients from Rs. 200/ of issue.
- to Rs. 400/- p.m. for departmental employees after DG (P) No. 1-15/97-WL and Sports dated 17-09-97
19. GRANTS TO RESIDENTIAL WELFARE ASSOCIATIONS ENHANCED
This office letter No. 14-4/90-WL/Sports, dated 8-1990 was considered.
18-9-1990 vide which the orders No. 18-2/89-WL/ 2. It was decided to enhance the grant-in-aid to P&T
Sports dated 1-8-1990 were held in abeyance in Resident Welfare Association from Rs. 2 to Rs. 10 by
the matter of enhancing the grant-in-aid being paid allowing implementation of the orders issued on 1-8-1990
to P & T Residents Welfare Association from Rs. 2 in consequence of the decisions taken in Postal Service
to Rs. 10 per residential quarter per annum. In the Staff Welfare Board Meeting held on 4-6-1990.
8th Meeting of the Postal Services Staff Welfare (D.G.(P), No. 1-3/99-WL/Sports,
Board, the question of reviving the order, dated 1- dated 1-6-2000)
20. GRANTS TO POSTAL LAIDES ORGANIZATION FROM THE POSTAL
SERVICES STAFF WELFARE BOARD
This office letter No. 15-12/92-WL/Sports, dated (ii) Circle Postal Ladies Organizations from Rs.
19-3-1992 on the above subject and to say that the 10,000 to Rs. 15,000 per annum.
grants being paid to Postal Ladies Organizations were The above enhancement is subject to the terms
considered in the 8th Meeting of the Postal Services and conditions as contained in order No. 15-12/WL/
Staff Welfare Board held on 8-3-2000. It was decided Sports, dated 19-3-1992 and other relevant instructions.
to enhance the amounts of grants-in-aid as follows:- These would be effective from year 2000-2001.
(i) Central Postal Ladies Organizations from Rs. (D.G.(P) NO. 19-4/99-WL/SPT,
20,000 to Rs. 25,000 per annum. dated 1-6-2000)
21. ENHANCEMENT OF RECURRING GRANTS TO THE CRÈCHES
FROM THE WELFARE FUND
I am directed to invite your attention to item No. 16 of the Minutes of the 4th Meeting of Postal
Services Staff Welfare Board held on 04-06-90 and to say that it has been decided to enhance the
recurring grants by 50% as admissible to the creches run by voluntary organisations under the Welfare
Fund. Such crèches can now be granted 90% of recurring expenditure per month from the Circle
Welfare Fund indicated below:-
VENTURE 138 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
1. Two Ayahas/Helpers @ 300/-p.m.
2. Weekly Visits by a Doctor (Rs. 37.50 visits for travelling cost & fees) if Govt. Doctor
facility is not available
3. One Lady Supervisor
4. Medicines @ Rs. 3/- per baby per month (preferable) medicines should be arranged
from the Govt. Dispensaries where available)
5. Supplementary nutrition @ Rs. 1/50 per day per baby for 26 days in a month
6. Contingencies (Soap, Oil, Broom, deodorant etc.)
Total
Maximum financial assistance permissible would be
Rs. 2160/- p.m. i.e. 90% of Rs. 2400/-.
All other conditions laid down in the scheme for
22. SALARY OF PART-TIME TAILORING INSTRUCTORS UNDER THE
POSTAL STAFF WELFARE SCHEME
Refer to this office letter No. 2-11/89-WL/SP,
dated 18-7-1990, on the above subject and to say
that the question of enhancement of the salary of
the Part-time Tailoring Instructor was discussed in
the 7th Meeting of the Postal Service Staff Welfare
23. PERMISSION TO LEAVE OFFICE DURING OFFICE HOURS BE
GRANTED TO PRESIDENTS/GENERAL SECRETARIES OF THE
RESIDENTIAL WELFARE ASSOCIATIONS
The Presidents/General Secretaries maybe
permitted to leave office during office hours
occasionally, on receipt of specific written requests,
subject to exigencies of the office work and subject
to the satisfaction of the officer concerned that the
24. P&T COMMUNITY HALLS -- ALLOTMENT OF ACCOMMODATION --
ORDER OF PREFERENCE
I am directed to invite a reference to this Directorate
letter of even number dated the 12th December 1983
on the above subject and to say that the question of
providing accommodation in the P&T Community Hall
was further discussed in the 1st meeting of the P&T
Welfare Advisory Board (13th term) held on the 2nd
January 1984. The matter has been considered carefully
on the basis of the discussions held in that meeting and
it has further been decided that the allotment of the
community centres may generally be made to the
25. SPECIAL CASUAL LEAVE TO ED AGENTS AT PAR WITH THE REGULAR
DEPARTMENTAL EMPLOYEES FOR DONATING BLOOD TO RECOGNISED
BANKS ON WORKING DAY
I am directed to invite your kind attention to
Item No. 11 of the 6th Meeting of Postal Services
Staff Welfare Board held at Delhi on 11-07-97 under
the Chairmanship of Secretary (P). It was decided
VENTURE 139
Rs. 600/-
Rs. 150/-
Rs. 450/-
Rs. 75/-
Rs. 975/-
Rs.150/-
Rs. 2400/-
running of crèches under the Welfare Fund will remain
the same. These orders take effect from 1st June 1990.
[DG (P) letter No. 23-2/87-WL & Sports dt. 24-07-1990]
Board and it was decided to enhance the same from
the present limit of Rs. 400 p.m. as indicated in the
aforesaid letter, to Rs. 750 p.m. with effect from 1st
April, 1999.
(D.O.(P) No. 1-3/98/WL/Sports, dtd. 11-3-1999)
President and/or General Secretary concerned are
really going for some Welfare work in respect of their
respective colonies.
[Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 32/8/88-Welfare
6-9-88]
employees of the Department only. However, in case
the requests from the outsiders are received, they should
be sponsored by one or more allottee of the quarters of
the concerned P&T Colony, before such requests are
accepted.
The P&T employees should get preference in
allotment of the centre for their own use before the
requests for the outsiders sponsored by another P&T
employees can be considered.
(DG P&T No. B.20015/2/82-WL dated 02-06-84)
to allow payment from the Postal Services Staff
Welfare Fund to those ED Agents who donate blood
to recognised Blood Banks on working days.
(DG (P) No. 1-18/97-WL and Sports dated 17-09-97)
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 26. REVISION IN RATES OF SCHOLARSHIP
I am directed to invite your kind attention to Item No. 12 of the 6th Meeting of Postal Services Staff
Welfare Board held at Delhi on 11-07-97 under the Chairmanship of Secretary (P). It has been decided to
enhance the existing rates of scholarship by 50% as follows:
RATES OF SCHOLARSHIPS FOR VARIOUS CATEGORIES
Sl. Categories Existing rate Present rate
No. (In Rs.) (In Rs.)
a. IIT, AIIMS, ITM 200 p.m. 300 p.m
b. Technical education
(i) Degree 150 p.m. 225 p.m.
(ii) Diploma 100 p.m. 150 p.m.
c. Non-Technical DegreeBA/BSC/B. Com/ Degree in fine arts 80 p.m. 120 p.m.
d. ITI Certificate Courses 500 p.a. 750 p.a.
e. Book Awards for Technical education 300 p.a. 450 p.a.
f. School Students Awards
(i) V to VIII 200 p.a. 300 p.a.
(ii) IV to XII 300 p.m. 450 p.m.
g. Scholarship for physically handicapped children of
Postal Employees. 30 p.m. 45 p.m.
All other terms and condition remain the same.
This order will be effective from the date of issue. (DG (P) No. 1-19/97-WL and Sports dated 17-09-97)
27. PAY LIMIT FOR AVAILING FACILITY OF EXCURSION TRIPS
I am directed to refer to this office letter no. 5th Pay Commission, the Postal Services Staff
19-2/90-WL/SPT dated 10-07-90 on the above Welfare Board considered the question of revision
subject, in which interalia it was mentioned that the of the basic pay limit for the above purpose in the
subsidy is permissible in case of members of staff above meeting. It has been decided to revise the
drawing basic pay of Rs. 3500/- or less per month. basic pay limit from Rs. 3500/- to Rs. 10,600/- in
Consequent upon revision of pay scales as a result the revised pay scales.
of implementation of the recommendations of the (No. 1-19/97-WL/SP, dated 02-06-2000)

28. REVISED PAY LIMIT FOR GRANT OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR

PROLONGED SERIOUS ILLNESS, MAJOR SURGERY ETC.
I am directed to refer to this office letter No. financial assistance to handicapped employees
15-43/92-WL/SP dated 02-09-92 on the above when the pay limit is Rs. 4800/-. The Postal
subject which interalia under the caption of pay Services Staff Welfare Board in its 8th meeting
limits prescribes that employees drawing basic pay considered the question of revision of above pay
of Rs. 3500/- p.m. are eligible for the benefits as limits and it has been decided to revise these limits
mentioned above except in the case of grant of as follows:-
Sl. No. Scheme Existing Pay Limit Revised Pay Limits
1. Financial assistance for prolonged illness etc. Rs. 3500/- Rs. 10,600/-
2. Financial assistance for handicapped employees Rs. 4800/- Rs. 13,100/-
[DG (P) No. 1-19/97-WL/SP dated 02-06-2000]
29. INTRODUCTION OF SCHOLARSHIP FOR STAFF TO DEVELOP
INDIVIDUAL PERSONALITY
I am directed to invite your attention to item No. a scheme for grant of scholarships to the Postal
3(b) of the Minutes of the 4th Meeting of the Postal Employees to develop their personality by acquiring
Services Staff Welfare Board held on 4-6-90 at New higher qualifications in specialised courses. This
Delhi and to say that it has been decided to introduce scholarship will be admissible for the courses
VENTURE 140 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
recognised/approved by the Govt. of India/State Govt.
in the fields of Personnel and Labour Management,
Public Relations, Society, Social work, Sports (NIS),
Welfare, Accounting, Computer Programming,
Industrial Relations and Banking on the terms and
conditions as indicated below :-
(1) These awards will be for Post-Matric Classes.
(2) The employees will secure admission on his own.
He will not be sponsored by the Deptt.
(3) The scholarship will be granted at the rate of 75%
of the fee paid by an employee subject to a maximum
of Rs. 2,000/- per annum.
(4) Scholarships will be admissible for a maximum period
of 2 years and only once during the entire service.
(5) Employees below 35 years of age and drawing
basic pay less than Rs. 2500/- p.m. will be eligible.
The crucial date for determining age and pay will
be 1st July of every year.
(6) The employee will have to avail of his own leave
and should meet other costs.
(7) The course should be at the place of duty except
in case of NIS (Sports).
30. SPECIAL BENEFITS IN CASES OF DEATH AND DISABILITY IN SERVICE -
PAYMENT OF EX-GRATIA LUMPSUM COMPENSATION TO FAMILIES OF CENTRAL
GOVT. CIVILIAN EMPLYEES WHO DIE IN HARNESS - RECOMMENDATIONS
OF THE FIFTH CENTRAL PAY COMMISSION
Central Government Civilian Employees paid from
Civil Estimates, other than those to whom the
Workmen's Compensation Act applies, who sustain
injuries or contract diseases or die or are disabled or
incapacitated on account of causes which are accepted
as attributable to or aggravated by government service
are eligible for certain special benefits under the Central
Civil Services (Extraordinary Pension Rules). The
benefits available under these Rules have been
amended and liberalized from time to time. Separate
orders have also been issued by Government to provide
for the grant of Liberalized pensionery Awards in cases
of death or disability arising in certain special
circumstances, such as (i) attack by or during action
against extremists, anti-social elements, etc.(ii) enemy
action in international war or border skirmishes.
Instructions issued in this regard from time to time were
consolidated in this Department's O.M. No. 33/5/89-
P&PW (K) dt. April 9, 1990.
2. Orders were also issued in this Department's D.O.
letter NO. 46/1/88-P&PW (F) dt. November 24, 1988
in regard to payment of ex-gratia lumpsum
compensation to the families of Central Govt.
employees killed in incidents of terrorist violence in
Punjab. These orders were subsequently extended in
this Department's D.O. letter No. 46/1/88-P&PW (K)
VENTURE
(8) The official shall have to execute a bond to serve
the Deptt. for at least three years after completion of
the course, otherwise he shall have to refund the
amount of scholarship awarded to him. Format of Bond
will be sent in due course.
(9) Renewal of scholarship will be made only if he is
not detained in the 1st year annual/semester
examination of the course.
The expenditure on such scholarships will be met
from the 55% allocation towards scholarships and other
educational scheme from the annual grants 5% of the
allocation for educational schemes will be earmarked
for this purpose.
This scheme will be effective from the Academic
Year 1990-1991 i.e. the candidates getting admission
from June/July, 1990 onwards will be eligible. The
scholarships will be awarded at the circle level
provided that the above conditions are fulfilled.
Further, instructions regarding norms for the award
will be issued shortly. Applications may however, be
called for.
(D.G.(P) No. 13-7/90-WL & Sports dt. 24-7-90)
dt. May 25, 1990 to the families of Central Government
employees killed in terrorist violence in Jammu &
Kashmir.
3. Apart from the general orders and instructions
issued by this Department from time to time, individual
ministries and departments such as the Ministry of
Home Affairs, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting,
etc. have also issued separate orders to provide for
the payment of ex-gratia compensation at the
prescribed rates to the families of personnel of the
Central Police Organisations, Akashwani,
Doordarshan, etc. killed in the course of performance
of their duties as a result of violence by armed hostile,
extremists, terrorists, etc. or as a result of encounters
with anti-social elements.
4. The question of rationalization and further
liberalization of the existing schemes and guidelines has
been engaging the attention of Govt. for quite some time,
particularly in the context of the increase in militancy
and extremist activities in different parts of the country.
The Vth Central Pay Commission having been appointed
in the meantime, the Commission had been requested
to examine the existing benefits available in terms of
various schemes and guidelines and to recommend a
comprehensive policy that could be adopted in regard
to ex-gratia payment in cases of death in various
141 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
circumstances in any part of the country, which could
replace all isolated decisions that might have been taken
in the past by the Govt. or by various individual ministries
for different disturbed regions in the country.
5. In supersession of all earlier orders issued by Govt.
as well as by individual ministries and departments in
so far as these relate to the payment of an ex-gratia
lumpsum compensation in certain specified
circumstances the President is pleased to decide that
families of Central Govt. Civilian employees who die in
harness in the performance of their bonafide official
duties under various circumstances shall be paid the
following ex-gratia lumpsum compensation.
(a) Death occurring due to
accidents in the course
of performance of duties Rs. 5.00 lakhs
(b) Death occurring in the
course of performance
of duties attributable to
acts of violence by
terrorists, anti-social
elements etc. Rs. 5.00 lakhs
(c) Death occurring during
(a) enemy action in inter-
national war or border
skirmishes and (b) action
against militants, terrorists,
extremists, etc. Rs. 7.00 lakhs
6. The graded structure of ex-gratia lumpsum
compensation takes into account the hardship and risks
involved in certain assignments, the intensity and
magnitude of the tragedy and deprivation that families
of Govt.. servants experience on the demise of the
bread-winner in different circumstances. The
expectations of the employer from the employees to
function in extreme circumstances etc. The
compensation is intended to provide an additional
insurance and security to employees who are required
31. OUT OF TURN PROMOTIONS TO OUTSTANDING SPORTS
PERSONALITIES
I am directed to invite your attention to this office
letter No. 8-8/89-WL/Sports dated 21-11-89, No. 8-
9/89-WL / Sports dated 28-11-89 and No. 11-2/88-
WL / Sports dated 03-01-90 regarding inducting fresh
/ talent in various disciplines. In the meeting of Postal
Sports Board held at Calcutta on 08-02-95 under the
chairmanship of Secretary (Posts), it was observed
that Heads of Circle had already been delegated the
powers to make recruitment of eligible outstanding
Sports persons in Group 'C' and Group 'D' Posts
VENTURE
to function under trying circumstances and are exposed
to different kinds of risks in the performance of their
duties.
7. Powers were delegated in the Ministry of Finance
O.M. No. 19 (18)-EV (A)/66 dt. February 26, 1966 to
the appointing authorities to sanction awards under the
relevant Extraordinary Pension Rules in those cases
in which the proposed pension or gratuity is held to be
clearly admissible under the rules. However, any
awards proposed to be granted on ex-gratia basis were
to continue to be referred to the Ministry of finance as
usual. In partial modification of these orders, in so far
as they relate to ex-gratia awards, the admissibility of
and entitlement to the ex-gratia lumpsum compensation
in the circumstances specified in these orders may be
decided in each individual case by the concerned
Administrative Ministries themselves in consultation
with their Financial Advisers.
8. The Conditions governing the payment of ex gratia
lumpsum compensation in terms of these orders and
the guideline to be observed have been indicated in
the Annexe to this office Memorandum.
9. The orders shall apply to all cases of death in
harness occurring on or after August 1, 1997. In so far
as cases of death which occurred prior to August 1,
1997 are concerned, these shall be regulated and
finalized in terms of the orders and instructions in force
prior to the issue of these orders.
10. In so far as persons serving in the Indian Audit
and Accounts Department are concerned, these orders
issued in consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor
General of India.
11. The Ministry of Agriculture, etc. are requested to
bring the contents of this O.M. to the notice of all
concerned for their guidance and compliance.
12. Hindi version will follow.
(MoP, PG & Pension O.M. No. 45/55/97-P&PW(C),
Dt. 11-9-98)
against direct recruitment quota and appointment of
EDAs who have represented P&T teams in the
National Tournament in Group 'C' and Group 'D'
posts.
2. However, it was felt that these instructions
were not followed strictly. Accordingly, it is again
reiterated that these instructions may be followed
strictly.
[DG Letter Nos. (1) 12-7/95/WL/Sports dated 14-06-95
(2) 12-12/95-WL/Sports dated 05-07-95]
142 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 32. SELECTION OF SPORTS PERSON
One of the decisions taken was that in future All
Circles will pay adequate attention in the matter of
selection of players from their Circles for participation
in various sports events. This was decided with an
ultimate objective of encouraging the talented and
sincere players and discouraging those who
participate in sports events just for the sake of merry
33. GRANT OF TWO HOURS OFF FOR DAILY PRACTICE THROUGHOUT THE
YEAR TO THE TOP RANKING SPORTS-PERSONS/COACHES
I am directed to invite your attention to this office
letter No. 12-1/94-WL/Sports dated 30-1-1990 and
12-1/92-WL/Sports dt. 17-3-92 on the above subject
wherein guidelines were prescribed for grant of 2
hours off for daily practice to sports persons/
coaches who represent their Circle in All India
Posta l To u r n a m e n t / M e e ts / C o m p e t i t i o n s f o r
represent the concerned states in National
34. GRANT OF INCENTIVE TO THE CHILDREN OF POSTAL EMPLOYEES WHO
APPEAR IN THE COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS HELD BY UPSC
I am directed to say that it has been decided to
introduce a scheme for grant of financial assistance
to such children of Postal Employees who appear in
the All India Competitive Examinations held by the
Union Public Service Commission on All India basis.
Terms and conditions for grant of this incentive will be
as under :
(i) Amount of financial assistance will be Rs. 2,000/-
(Two thousand only)
(ii) There will be no pay limit for grant of this
assistance.
(iii) This assistance will be provided only once to each
child.
In other words, if he/she does not qualify in the
examination in the 1st attempt, similar grant would
not be admissible for the 2nd or subsequent attempts.
Similarly if he/she avails of this facility for one
competitive examination he/she would not be eligible
for similar facility for other competitive examinations
as well.
35. SPECIAL CASUAL LEAVE TO PARTICIPATE IN DANCE/SONG
COMPETITION AT REGIONAL LEVEL
The Govt. Servant who participate in dancing and
singing competitions organised at regional, national
or international level may be granted special CL not
exceeding 15 days in any calendar year.
VENTURE
making. For this purpose assistance of ex-players /
officials with experience in respective sports events
was also desired to be sought. It is requested that
the said decision in the matter may kindly be complied
with scrupulously.
[DG letter No. 2-16/WL/Sports dated
07-02-2005]
Competitions.
2. It has been reported that the instructions are not
being strictly followed by a few Circles. I am therefore,
desired to reiterate the instructions already issued and
request that these may be followed scrupulously to
ensure that outstanding sports person get the requisite
time off for practice.
(No. 12-4/94-WL/Sports, dt. 18-2-1994)
(iv) The candidate should have secured a minimum
of 60% marks in the pre-requisite qualifying
examination i.e., minimum qualification as a condition
of eligibility for taking the competitive examination.
However, for civil service Examinations, this
assistance will be granted only on clearing the
preliminary examinations, irrespective of marks in the
qualifying examination.
While granting financial assistance to employee
undertaking will be obtained from him/her to the effect
that in case has/her ward does not appear in all the
papers of the examination for which the assistance
has been provided, he/she shall refund the whole
amount of Rs. 2,000/- immediately to the Circle
Welfare Board. This issue with he concurrence of
the Postal Finance vide their ID No. 1511-FA/92 dated
25-5-92.
The may please be given wide publicity amongst
the Postal employees in your Circle.
(D.G.(P) No. 13-7/91-WL/Sports, dt. 7.7.92)
The Spl. CL will not be admissible for practice in
connection with such cultural activities.
(Dept. of Per & Trg. OM 28016/1/87-Estt(A)
dt. 9-9-87)
143 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 36. INCENTIVE FOR ACQUIRING FRESH HIGHER QUALIFICATIONS
The undersigned is directed to say that in
pursuance of the recommendation made by the Forth
Central Pay Commission, the question of grant of
incentive on acquiring higher qualifications was
considered by the Government and a centralization
committee constituted. The Ministries/Departments
of Government of India were advised vide this
department's O.M. of even number dated the 28th
June, 1993 that from the financial year 1993-94, the
present system of giving advance increments shall
be replaced by grant of lump-sum amount as
incentive. Policy guidelines were also provided to
consider grant of lump-sum incentive for acquiring
fresh qualifications for which presently there is no
scheme for grant of advance increments. The
Ministries/Departments were requested to review the
existing schemes in the light of the aforesaid
guidelines.
2. On the basis of information received from various
Ministries/Departments, the matter was considered
by the Government and the standardised scales of
lump-sum incentives in respect of the existing
increment based schemes were issued vide O.M. of
even number dated the 31st Jan. 1995.
3. The question of finalising fresh qualifications (in
addition to the ones which presently qualify for grant
of this incentive) which would merit grant of lump-
sum incentive was considered by the centralised
committee and after taking into account the
recommendations made by the Fifth Central Pay
Commission in Chapter 23 of their supplementary
report No. 1, it has been decided to grant lump-sum
incentive on acquiring fresh qualifications listed in
the annexure The grant of incentive in respect of
these qualifications will be subject to fulfilment of the
criteria laid down in this department's O.M. dated 28th
June, 1993, referred to above. The incentive will not
be available for the qualifications which are laid down
as essential or desirable qualifications in the
recruitment rules for the post. The quantum of
incentive will be uniform for all posts irrespective of
their classification or grade or the department. The
incentive will not be admissible where the government
VENTURE
servant is sponsored by the government or he avails
of study leave for acquiring the qualification. The
incentive would be given only for higher qualification
acquired after induction into service and will not apply
for the incentives now being given in the existing
schemes for possession of higher qualification at an
entry stage. No incentive would be admissible if an
appointment is made in relaxation of the educational
qualification. No incentive would be admissible if the
employee acquires the requisite qualification for such
appointment at a later date. The acquisition of the
qualification should be directly related to the functions
of the post held by him/her or to the functions to be
performed in the next higher post. There should be
direct nexus between the functions of the post and
the qualification acquired and that it should contribute
to the efficiency of the government servant. The
qualifications meriting grant of incentive should be
recognised by the All India Council for Technical
Education, Department of Electronics, Deemed
University, University or recognised by the
Government. No stepping up of pay shall be allowed
in the case of juniors by virtue of drawing more pay
under the scheme of advance increments. The grant
of incentive for the qualifications listed in the annexure
may be considered by the administrative authorities i
consultation with there integrated finance and
necessary orders issued after ensuring that the criteria
laid down above is fulfilled. The incentive will be
admissible on acquiring these qualifications on or after
the date of issue of these orders.
5. Should pay of the Ministries/Departments
consider the extension of the incentive scheme to
qualifications other than those listed in the annexure
necessary, this should be done only with the prior
approval of this department and the Ministry of
Finance.
6. The Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperation etc.
are requested to bring these instructions to the notice
all concerned. In so far as the persons working in
the Indian Audit & Accounts Department are
concerned, these orders issue in consultation with
the Comptroller & Auditor General of India.
144 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 Annexure to Department of Personnel & Training's O.M. NO. 1/2/87-Estt.(Pay.I)
dated 31st March 1999
S.No. Qualification Lump-sum incentive
1. Degree in Engineering or equivalent in the respective discipline Rs. 8,000/-
2. Post Graduate degree or equivalent in Engineering in respective discipline Rs. 10,000/-
3. Ph.D in the field relevant to the functions of the Government servant Rs. 10,000/-
4. Diploma or equivalent in Computer Science/Computer Applications/ Rs. 4,000/-
Inforamtion Technology relevant to the functions of the Govt. servant.
5. PG Diploma in Computer Science/Computer Applications/Information Rs. 6,000/-
Technology relevant to the functions of the Government servant
6. Degree in Computer Science/Computer Applications/Information Rs. 8,000/-
Technology relevant to the functions of the Government servant
7. Post Graduate Degree in Computer Science/Computer Applications/ Rs. 10,000/-
Information Technology relevant to the functions of the Govt. Servant
8. P.G. Diploma in Materials Management from Institute/University/Deemed Rs. 6,000/-
University etc. recognised by the All India Council for Technical Education/
Government of India.
9. (a) On passing Intermediate/Part I Examination of the Institute of Rs. 4,000/-
Chartered Accountants of India, Cost & Works Accountants of India/
Institute of Charter-I Financial Analysts of India
(b) On passing final examination of Institute of Chartered Financial Rs. 8,000/-
Analysts of India/Cost & Works Accountants of India/Institute of
Chartered Financial Analysts of India
10. (a) On passing intermediate examination of the Institute of Compnay Rs. 2,000/-
Secretaries of India
(b) On passing Final Examination of the Institute of Company Rs. 4,000/-
Secretaries of India
11. Multi skill diploma in relevant fields Rs. 4,000/-
12. PG/Ph.D in Veterinary Science Rs. 10,000/-

37. ENHANCEMENT OF POWERS OF THE PMGS FOR GRANT OF FINANCIAL

ASSISTANCE IN CASES OF SERIOUS ILLNESS/MAJOR SURGERY ETC.
I am directed to refer to Directorate letter No.
12014/67/83-WL dated 17-11-1983 invite your
attention to Item No. 6 of Minutes of the Postal
Services Staff Welfare Board held on 15-3-89 and
to say that it has been decided to raise the powers
of the Head of Circles to sanction financial
assistance for the grant in each case of serious
illness or major surgical operation from Rs. 2,000/-
to Rs. 4,000/-, subject to the same conditions.
The Heads of the Circles may forward
proposals to the Directorate for grant of financial
assistance beyond Rs. 4,000/- in deserving
cases with full justifications for grant of such
assistance. It has been decided that the financial
assistance beyond Rs. 4,000/- will be grant from
the Central Welfare Fund instead from the Circle
Welfare Fund.
(No. 15-11/89-WL/Sports, dt. 19-1-89)

38. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO THE DEPENDENTS OF DECEASED P & T

EMPLOYEES WHO DIED IN ACCIDENT
Financial assistance to the families of deceased officials is granted to provide immediate relief to the
bereaved families of deceased officials.
You are accordingly advised that in cases of death of Govt. servants, the assistance should be paid to
the family by next day latest.
(DG (P) No. B 12014/66/82-WL, dt. 13-9-82)
VENTURE 145 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 39. EXTENSION OF SCHEMES OF EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE UNDER
THE WELFARE FUND TO EDAS
ED employees will be eligible for award of scholarship for technical and non technical education, school
student awards, scholarship for handicapped school going children etc. from 1990-91.
(DG (P) No. 2-6/89-WL/Sports (P), dt. 23-5-90)
40. FINANCIAL ASSISTNACE FROM WELFARE FUND TO ORTHOPAEDIALLY
HANDICAPPED EMPLOYEES
i) The cost of wheel chair is reimbursable under to sanction an amount of Rs. 15,000/- from the
CS(MA) Rules. Circle Welfare fund or 50% of the cost of the
ii) It has been decided to provide 100% motorised tri-cycle whichever is less. The Circle
reimbursement of expenditure incurred by a heads are also advised to consider grant of scooter
handicapped employee for purchase of mechanised advances in such cases sympathetically on priority/
tri-cycle subject to a maximum of Rs. 2000/- from the out of turn basis even relaxing the condition of pay
Circle Welfare Fund. limit.
iii) Head of Circles are delegated with the powers (DG (P) No. 15-62/92-WL/Sports, dt. 26-2-93)

41. GRANT OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE VICTIMS OF RIOTS,

COMMUNAL DISTURBANCES AND TERRORIST ACTIVITIES
It has been decided to grant an amount of Rs.
3,000/- to the families of the postal employees, who
are killed in the riots, communal disturbances and
terrorist activities. This grant will being addition to
the existing amount, provided as death relief from
the Welfare Fund.
42. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE IN PROLONGED ILLNESS CASES
Financial assistance in cases of proved
exceptional hardship resulting from serious and
prolonged illness or major surgical operations, is
granted from the Welfare Fund subject to the following
conditions:-
(a) The assistance is restricted to officials drawing
basis pay of Rs. 1200/- or less per month.
(b) The disease is already two months old. (to be
substantiated by a medical certificate).
(c) The official has at least one dependent to support.
(d) The official is on leave on half pay, or without pay.
In case of those on leave on half pay, the assistance
will up to Rs. 150/- P.M. or 3/4th of the basis pay
whichever is less.
43. GRANT-IN-AID FOR THE PROVISION OF AMENITIES OR RECREATIONAL
OR WELFARE FACILITIES TO THE STAFF OF THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT
The undersigned is directed to refer to the Ministry
of Home Affairs O.M. No. 2/167/59-Welfare, dated the
10th March, 1961 as amended from time to time
regarding grant-in-aid for the provision of the amenities
for recreational/welfare activities to the staff of the
Central Government offices in as well as outside Delhi/
New Delhi.
VENTURE
In case of EDAs, BPMs, Part time employees
and Casual Mazdoors this amount will be equivalent
to the 50% of the amount to be paid to the families of
regular Postal Employees.
(DG (P) No. 15-51/87-WL/Sports, dt. 6-11-87)
In case of those on leave without pay the
assistance will be Rs. 400/- p.m. or 3/4th of basic pay
whichever is less. The sum total of leave salary paid
and the financial assistance should not exceed the
basic pay of the employee at the time of proceeding on
leave.
(e) The assistance is allowed upto 36 months
reviewable at an interval of every six months.
(f) In case, there is an attack of the same disease in
the same case, the condition of the disease being more
than two months old will not apply.
(g) The assistance may continue for a period of one
month after the official joining the duty.
(D.G. P&T No. B-12014/20/78-WL, dt. 26-12-78)
2. The position has been reviewed in the light of the
recommendation of the 4th Pay Commission and in
consultation with Ministry of Finance, the pattern of
grants-in-aid are revised from the current financial year
as follows :-
i) Grant-in-aid at the rate of Rs. 2/- per head per
annum is increased to Rs. 10/- per head per annum.
146 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
ii) An additional grant-in-aid at the rate of Rs. 5/- per
head per annum may be given as matching grant as
against the existing rate of Rs. 1/- per annum per head.
iii) As against the existing initial ad-hoc grant-in-aid
of Rs. 2,000/- for setting up of Recreation Club, a
maximum grant of Rs. 10,000/- may be sanctioned,
44. INCREASE THE AMOUNT OF CASH BEING GRANTED TO BEST
SPORTSMAN/SPORTS WOMAN AND BEST PROMOTER OF SPORTS
The matter regarding its further enhancement
was discussed in the 17th meeting of the Postal
Sports Board held at Bangalore on 28-10-04 (Item
No. IX) and it was decided to increase the amount of
45. INCREASE IN DAILY ALLOWANCE FOR PLAYERS
PARTICIPATING IN ALL INDIA POSTAL SPORTS MEET
It was decided to enhance the rates of Daily
Allowance paid to the players participating in All India
Postal Sports meets from Rs. 80/- per day to Rs.
46. PARTICIPATING IN THE ALL INDIA MAJOR RANKING TOURNAMENTS
CONDUCED BY TTFI &BAI
It was decided to allow top ranking players from
Serial No. 1-6 of All India Postal Table Tennis Meet
and All India Postal Badminton Meet to participate in
one All India Major Ranking Tournament in the
respective zone to which the players belong. The
players would be eligible for the following facilities
for the said participation.
47. IMPLEMENTATION OF DIRECTORATE INSTRUCTIONS OF 2 HOURS OFF
FOR PRACTICE TO SPORTS PERSONS/COACHES WHO REPRESENT THEIR
CIRCLES IN ALL INDIA POSTAL TOURNAMENT AND/OR WHO REPRESENT
THE DEPARTMENT AND CONCERNED STATES IN NATIONAL COMPETITIONS
In this regard attention is invited to this office
letter No. 12-4/94-WL&Sports dated 18-2-94
wherein guidelines were prescribed for grant of 2
hours off to sports persons/coaches who represent
their circle in All India Postal Tournament/Meets/
Competitions or represent the Department
concerned states in National Competitions.
However instructions were reported not to have
48. REVISED PAY LIMITS FOR ELIGIBILITY OF EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE
UNDER THE POSTAL STAFF WELFARE SCHEME
Refer to this office letter No. 13-1/93-WL/Sports,
dated 20-5-1993, on the above subject. The pay limits
as indicated in the aforesaid letter under the heading
"Pay Limits" and as mentioned in the item
VENTURE 147
after considering requirement on merit.
3. This issues with the concurrence of Ministry of
Finance (Department of Expenditure) U.O. No. F. 14(8)-
8 II (A)/87, dated 21-8-87 and MHA (Finance) U.O. No.
2180-Fin. 1/7, dated 25-8-87.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No 1/4/86-Welfare, dt. 1-9-87)
cash award for best Sportsman/Sports Woman from
Rs. 2000/- to Rs. 5000/- and the Best Promotor of
Sports from Rs. 1000/- to Rs. 2500/-
(D.G.(P) No. 2-6/04/WL/Sports, Dt. 13-12-2004)
120/- per day for outstation participants and from Rs.
40/- per day to Rs. 60/- per day for local participants.
(No. 2-2/04/WL/Sports, dt. 6-12-2004)
1. TA - Second Class Sleeper by Rail.
2. DA - As admissible to participants in
All India Postal Meet.
3. Leave - Period of absence would be
treated as on duty
(D.G.(P) No. 2-10/04/WL/Sports,
dt. 13-12-2004)
been followed by some of the circles.
This item was discussed in the meeting and it
was decided to re-iterate the existing instructions. It
is therefore, requested that necessary action for strict
compliance of the aforesaid instruction by all
concerned under your jurisdiction may kindly be taken
immediately.
(D.G.(P) No. 2-13/04/WL/Sports, dt. 29-12-2004)
"Reservation of Scholarship" were discussed in the
7th meeting of the Postal Services Staff Welfare
Board and it was decided that these limit be revised
as follows :-
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
Sl. Scholarship/Book Award Existing Pay Limit Revised Pay Limit
No. (Pre-revised Scale of Pay) (Revised Scale of Pay)
Rs. Rs.
1. Technical/Non-technical degree scholarships,
Book awards for technical education 3,500 p.m. 10,600 p.m.
2. School Student Awards 1,800 p.m. 5,600 p.m.
3. Scholarship to physically handicapped children 4,800 p.m. 13,100 p.m.
4. Reservation of scholarships as per letter, dt. 1,250 pm. 3,900 p.m.
20-5-1993
5. IIT/IIM/AIIMS (No Pay Limit)
Other terms and conditions for grant of that all eligible applications for a senior class are
Scholarships/Book Awards will continue to be the same. considered first before the next lower class is taken
2. The question of introducing School Student up for grant of Book Awards. This would be applicable
Awards for 1st to 4th Standard was also discussed in to all the classes from 12th Standard downward to
the aforesaid meeting. The School Student Awards 1st Standard.
already exist for the students of 5th to 12th Standard. 3. The above orders would be applicable for the
It was decided that the Book Awards for 1st to 4th scholarships/awards payable during the academic
Standard may be paid on the same terms and session of 1999-2000 and onwards.
conditions as applicable to 5th to 8th Standard at the (D.G.(P) No. 1-19/97/WL/Sports,
rate of Rs. 200 per annum, subject to the condition dated 16-3-1999)

49. GRANT OF CONVEYANCE AND OTHER ADVANCES

Details of Advance Condition of eligibility Amount

(1) (2) (3)
1) Motor Care Advance If basic pay is Rs. 10,500/ i) First occasion shall not exceed Rs. 1,80,000/
(Rules-193 of GFR) - p.m. or more - or eleven months basic pay or the anticipated
price of the motor car whichever is least.
ii) Second occasion shall not exceed Rs.
1,60,000/- or eleven months basic pay or the
anticipated price of the motor car whichever
is least.
2) Motor cycles/Scooter/ If basic pay is Rs. 4,600/- i) First occasion shall not exceed Rs. 30,000/
Moped Advance (Rule- or more - or six months of basic pay or the anticipated
211 of GFR) price of the motor cycle/scooter whichever is
the least.
ii) Second occasion shall not exceed Rs.
24,000/- or five months basic pay or the
anticipated price of motor cycle/scooter
whichever is the least.
3) Computer Advance (Rule) Basic pay not exceeding i) First occasion amount not exceeding Rs.
1999(5) of GFR) Rs. 8,300/- p.m. is 80,000/-.
eligible. ii) Second or subsequent occasion Amount
not exceeding Rs. 75,000/- or the anticipated
price (excluding CD) whichever is less. For
this, 3 years has not elapsed from the date of
drawal of earlier advances.
4) Bicycle Advance (Rule 215 Basic pay not exceeding Amount shall not exceed Rs. 1,500/-
of GFR) Rs. 5000/- p.m. is eligible.
VENTURE 148 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 5) Warm Clothing
6) Table fan advance (Rule
221-D of GFR)
7) Festival Advance (Rule 236
of GFR)
8) Natural Calamity Advance Basic pay not exceeding
(Rule 249 of GFR) Rs. 8,300/- p.m. is eligible.
50. DEPENDENT FAMILY MEMBERS OF THE REGULAR EMPLOYEES SHOULD
ALSO BE GIVEN FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE IN CASE OF NUTRITIVE
DIET RECOMMENDED FOR TB PATIENTS.
I am directed to invite your kind attention to
Item No. 8 of the 6th Meeting of Postal Services
Staff Welfare Board held at Delhi on 11-07-97
under the Chairmanship of Secretary (P) and it is
clarified that the dependent family members of the
postal employees who are suffering from TB
covered under the Head Grant of financial
assistance due to prolonged illness and Heads of
Circles are delegated with the power to sanction
financial assistance under their discretionary
51. RESERVATION IN SCHOLARSHIPS / BOOK AWARDS FOR OBCS
I am directed to say that as per this office letter
No. 13-1/93-WL/Sports dated 20-05-93 educational
Non-Technical Scholarship / Book Awards are
granted to the wards of SC / ST employees with
relaxed standards. The question of extending the
relaxation of marks for grant of the Scholarship / Book
Awards for the wards of OBCs was considered in
the 9th meeting of the Postal Services Staff Welfare
Board held on 17-02-2002. It was decided that OBC
candidates may also be given relaxation of 10% of
marks for award of Non-Technical scholarships as
52. PROVISION OF TRANSPORT TO OFFICIALS IN NEED OF URGENT
MEDICAL CARE WHILE ON DUTY
It has been decided that departmental vehicle to
the extent available, should be provided to such officials
who may need emergent medical attention while on
duty for moving them to hospitals, dispensaries etc.
In the event of such an arrangement not being
VENTURE 149
Amount shall not exceed Rs. 1500/-
Amount shall not exceed Rs. 1000/-
Shall not exceed Rs. 1500/-
Shall not exceed Rs. 2,500/-
(MoF OM No. 16(1)E. II(A) 97 dt. 11-12-1997)
powers upto Rs. 5,000/- in each case of proved
exceptional hardship result in from serious or
prolonged illness to the Postal employees of their
dependent taking into consideration other
conditions such as meeting incidental expenses
like diet, cost of treatment and transport etc. which
is not covered under medical reimbursement under
CS (MA) Rules.
DG (P) No. 1-16/97-WL and Sports
dated 18-09-97
well as Book Awards. However, the applications for
award of Scholarship / Book Awards with relaxed
standards for OBCs be entertained after all other
eligible candidates have been awarded the
scholarship and Book Awards subject to the condition
that the additional expenditure should be met from
the normal allocation to the Circle Welfare Fund.
2. This will come into force with effect from the date
of issue of the orders.
[DG (P) No. 2-1/2001-WL / Sports
dated 26-04-2002]
immediately possible, maximum possible assistance/
aid should be provided and the official moved to
hospital by engaging other transport if necessary, at
the cost of the Govt.
(DG P&T No. B 27011/5-80, dt. 19-10-82)
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 8. NORMS
1. REVIEW OF POST OFFICE ESTABLISHMENT - REVISED PROCEDURE FOR
COMBINING ALL CATEGORIES OF PERIODICAL REVIEWS
As per the existing instructions issued by the
Directorate in the past, periodical reviews of H.Os /
S.Os, revision of allowances of GDSs / BPMs / SPMs
etc. are carried out as per following schedule.
(A) Periodical Review
All Head Post Offices - Every year
LSG / HSG S.Os - Every 2 years
Class -I S.Os - Every 3 years
Other T/Sos - Every 4 years
(B) Revision of Allowance
ED BPMs / EDSPMs - Biennial Review
(every 2 years)
Other ED Agents - Quinquennial
Review (every 5 years)
(C) Triennail Review
of B.Os - Review of B.Os
establishment is to be
carried out every 3 years.
2. References from certain quarters have been
received pointing out that the existing procedure of
review of establishment consumes considerable time
and as such, this office has been requested to amend
the procedure suitably to avoid duplication of efforts
and wastage of manpower. It is observed that while
a neighbouring BO or SO may be having additional
surplus manpower or shortage of manpower, the
information is not available where the review of the
HO or SO is taken up. Thus the periodical review of
departmental offices and triennial review of ED post
offices are not inter-related and the data cannot be
combinedly utilised for improving the utilisation of
manpower where actually needed. The system of
establishment reviews requires change for better
review of human resources available and thereby
reducing the burden on administrative units in review
of the post offices establishment.
The basic purpose of review of establishment is
to achieve the following objectives.
(a) To examine statistical justification of existing
manpower.
(b) To examine proposals for augmentation,
reduction or redeployment of existing manpower
by suitable re-arrangement.
(c) To examine available manpower in ED offices
to achieve rationalisation.
(d) To bring mail conveyance work on common line
establishment for operational efficiency and
VENTURE
economy.
(e) To examine assigning of delivery functions to
EDBPMs where the delivery work is not
substantial and can be attended by the BPM.
(f) To examine revision of allowances of ED agents
on justified parameters of workload.
(g) To examine utilisation of surplus establishment
for betterment of existing services and
expanding services to new areas.
To achieve objectives mentioned above and to
eliminate wastage of manpower in administrative units,
the review of the establishment of each SO may have
to be taken up along with the review of B.Os under its
account jurisdiction simultaneously. This gives an
opportunity for taking a comprehensive look at the
entire amount of service, statistical data relative to
traffic handled etc. by the S.Os and B.O.s at a time.
This also provide opportunity for carrying out in depth
study of deficiencies in the institutional arrangements
and examine the allowances that need further revision.
In this system the sub post offices or Head Post
Offices as the case may be will maintain the statistics
for itself and for its B.Os simultaneously and
verification of the statistics of the Account Office and
its B.O.s can be done by SDI(P) at the SO / HO point
during visit of the account office and combined
proposal for review can be worked out by the
divisional office at a time.
3. The matter has, therefore, been examined in this
office in details. It has been decided to follow the
procedure w.e.f. 1st April 2003.
(a) Periodical Review
All Head Post Offices /MDGs - Every year
LSG / HSG S.Os - Every 3 years
Class -I S.Os - Every 3 years
Other T/Sos - Every 3 years
(B) Revision of Allowance
ED BPMs / ED-SPMs - Every 3 years
Other ED Agents - Every 3 years
(C) Triennail Review of B.Os
(h) Review of B.Os establishment is to be carried
out every 3 years.
(i) The review of B.Os, rationalisation of their
establishment and revision of allowances of
GDSs will be done at the time of review of the
S.O or H.O. as the case may be and there is no
need for inspecting officer to visit B.Os
150 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 separately for this purpose.
(ii) Interim review as necessitated due to revision
of norms or on account of any significant
variation of workload of offices may be
undertaken as and when found necessary.
4. Copies of proformas to undertake the above
exercises in H.Os / S.Os/MDGs/B.Os etc. are also
appended herewith as Annexure I to IV.
5. It is requested to bring the contents of this letter
to the notice of all concerned for guidance and
necessary action.
6. Receipt of this letter may please be
acknowledged.
(DG (P) letter 25-3/2003-PE-I dated 01-04-2003)

2. NORMS FOR GROUP 'C' STAFF CONNECTED WITH MULTI-PURPOSE

COUNTER MACHINES IN POST OFFICES
The subject of laying down revised norms for 11. VPP (Fgn) 3.88 say 4
Group 'C' Staff connected with multi-purpose- 12. Regd Parcel (Inland) 1.6
Counter Machines in Post Offices has been under 13. Regd Parcel (Fgn) 1.6
consideration in this Directorate for some time 14. Spl. Booking Journal (inland) Manual 0.6
past. 15. Spl. Booking journal (Fgn) Manual
2. It has now been decided to adopt the following 16. Insured Parcel (Inland) 3.88 say 4
norms for sanction of Group 'C' staff connected with 17. Insured Parcel (Fgn) 3.88 say 4
Multi-Purpose-Counter Machines in Post Offices. 18. Insured VP (Inland) 3.88 say 4
S.No. Job Description Norms for 19. Insured VP (Fgn) 3.88 say 4
MPCM (in mats.) 20. HVMO Issue Manual
1. RL. Posted in office 96 say 1 21. MO/VPMO/SMO issue 1.42 say 1.5
2. Spl booking journal Manual 22. TMO (Fgn) 9.00
3. R.B. Prepared Manual 0.3 23. Other TMO Manual
4. Booking Ins (Inland) 5.88 say 6 24. PLI receipt issued and entry 1.56 say 1.6
5. Booking Ins*Fgn) 5.88 say 6 in PR Book
6. VP parcel (inland) 3.88 say 4 25. Speed Post 1.42
7. VP Parcel (Fgn) 3.88 say 4 26. TRC Bill 1.25
8. VPL Ins. (Inland) 5.88 say 6 27. CR (same for PLI issue and 1.5
9. VPL Parcel (Fgn) 5.88 say 6 ACG 67 R
10. VPP (inland) 3.88 say 4 (DG(P) No. 4-1/2002-PE.I, dt. 30-12-2002)

3. ADHOC NORMS FOR STAFF WORKING IN SPEED POST

CENTRE-REGARDING
Revised norms for the staff working in Speed Time observation sheet pertaining to
Post centre is sent herewith for information and Computerized norms in respect of speed post articles
necessary action. in speed post centre;
Sl. Job Unit of Quantity Time Taken Average Time
No. description Measurement tested in minutes time per factor
item recommended
1. Receipt of SP bags Manual Operation
2. Opening of TBs Manual Operation
3. Transfer of Bags from
Mail Agent Manual Operation
4. Opening of SP bags Manual Operation
5. Scaning of Bags label Bag labels 15 46 seconds 3.4 secs. 4 secs=.06 mts
6. Counting of atticles = It is automatically being done in scanning process.
7. Examination of out ward
condition of each articles Manual Operation
8. Scanning of each articles
for receipt Article 411 18.45 2.7 mts 2.7 mts.
9. Despatch of article &
transfer of article to other
VENTURE 151 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 sorting assistant Article 30 2.42 mts 5.4 secs 6 secs.
10. Receipt of articles
scanning Same as job
item No. 8
11. Sorting of articles Manual Operation
12. Despatch of articles
through scanning and Article bag 65 3.14 mts. 3 seconds 3 seconds
13. Closing of bags through Label
scanning bags case Do Do Do Do Do
14. Preparation of Delivery
way bill Bag 18 9.36 mts 32 secs. 30 secs.
15. Booking of Speed Post
Articles Article 12 16.49 mts 1.24 mts. 1.3 mts
16. Delivery of speed post
Articles Article 25 40 mts 1.36 mts 1.5 mts
17. Return by postmen Article 4 1.24 mts 21 mts 21 seconds=
0.4 mts
(DG(P) No. 9-2/91-WS-I, dated 1-1-2003)

4. EVALUATION OF NORMS FOR P.R.I. (P)

The subject of laying down revised norms for (f) Verification of claim 0001
sanctioning of P.R.I. (P) posts in the Deptt. has been (g) Court attendance 0034
under consideration in this Directorate for some time (h) Local journey 000057
past. It has now been decided with the approval of the (iii) PRI (P) ATTACHED TO OFFICES OTHER THAN
SIU of the Ministry of Finance to adopt the following PRESIDENCY G.P.O's AND FIRST CLASS HEAD
norms for PRI (P) subject to the condition that no new OFFICES UNDER THE CHARGE OF GROUP 'A'
post will be created under revised norms until ban on POSTMASTERS.
creation of posts lifted :- (a) Fixed miscellaneous .52135
(i) P.R.I. (P) ATTACHED TO PRESIDENCY G.P.O.'s. (b) Postman/E.D.D.A. .00120
Co-efficient (c) Mail Peon/E.D. Mail Peon .00568
(a) Fixed & Miscellaneous 53135 (d) Telegraph Messenger/
(b) Postmen/E.D.D.A. 00058 ED Messenger .0042
(c) LB Peon/E.D.L.B. Peon 00378 (e) L.B. Peon/E.D.L.B. Peon .00626
(d) Complaint/Enquires 00029 (f) Letter Boxes .0001273
(e) Verification of claim 00009 (g) Single handed S.O./B.O. .00282
(f) Court attendance 9034 (h) Complaint/Enquiries .000264
(g) Local Journey 000114 (i) Verification of claim .0000934
(ii) P.R.I. (P) ATTACHED TO FIRST CLASS H.Os. (j) Court attendance .0034
UNDER POSTMASTERS GROUP 'A'. (k) Local Journey .000057
(a) Fixed & Miscellaneous 51628 This issues with the concurrence of FA (P) vide
(b) Postmen/E.D.D.A. 0012 their ID No. 2766-FA/94 dated 7-10-94.
(c) LB Peon/E.D.L.B. Peon 0058 The receipt of this letter may kindly be acknowledge
(d) Letter Boxes 00019 immediately.
(e) Complaint/Enquiries 00022 (D.G.(P) No. 31-29/80-PE.I dated 26-10-1994)

5. UPDATING OF NORMS FOR CALCULATION OF ESTABLISHMENT OF DEPARTMENTAL

STAMP VENDORS/GRAMIN DAK SEWAK STAMP VENDORS FOR SALE OF
STAMPS AND STATIONERY ISSUE OF THE REVISED NORMS
I am directed to refer to this office order of even
number dated 03-12-2003 on the above-mentioned
subject.
2. Issuance of ibid instructions was primarily based
on increase in postal rates of Stamps and Stationery.
VENTURE 152
While implementing them, it may please be ensured
that all aspects relating to requirement of manpower
are duly taken into account at the time of carrying
out establishment reviews.
[D.G.(P) No. 4-5/99-PE.I, Dated: 6th May 2005]
A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 6. HOURS OF WORK-SPLIT DUTY IN RESPECT OF CERTAIN
CATEGORIES OF STAFF
The unions have represented to the Director
General that the orders regarding the employment
of staff of split duty are not being rigidly observed.
Though no specific cases have been brought to his
notice, the Director-General desires that when staff
are brought on split duty the following conditions as
laid down in this office Memo No. 43-64/60-PE dated
27-8-62 are invariably observed :-
1. The number of duty-spells in any split duty term
should not normally exceed two.
7. DUTY HOURS OF POSTMASTERS
I am directed to refer to this office letter No.
37-1/75-CI/PE-I dated 20-7-1983 on the subject
mentioned above vide which the Heads of Circles
were empowered to prescribe at their discretion,
continuous duty hours in respect of Postmasters
of Gazetted Post Offices. It was further stipulated
that this power should be used sparingly and only
when the PMsG were personally satisfied that such
a charge would not adversely affect the
Postmaster's supervision over the mail and
treasury branches.
2. It has now been decided to delegate to PMGs
similar powers in respect of Postmasters and Sub-
2. The minimum interval between two terms of split
duty should be one hour.
3. The spread-over should not normally exceed 12
hours.
4. It may be noted that these conditions do not apply
to staff provided with residential accommodation on
the premises who are brought on split duty.
5. Suitable directions in this regard may be issued
to all subordinate offices.
(D.G.(P) No. A/101-Rlgs dated, 8-8-1980)
Postmasters in charge of non-gazetted delivery post
offices who are not provided with attached quarters.
This may be done after taking into consideration
the local conditions and keeping in view the extreme
desirability of the Postmaster/Sub Postmaster being
on duty during the important delivery and despatch
time. However, this power may be exercised
sparingly and wherever stretch duty is prescribed,
a return indicating the same may be sent to this
office at the end of each quarter.
3. The receipt of this letter may please be
acknowledged.
(D.G. P&T No. 31-27/85-PE-I, dt. 3-10-85)

8. GRANT OF SPECIAL PAY TO TREASURERS AND ASSTT. TREASURER IN

THE CLERICAL TIME SCALE IN POST OFFICES
Reference is invited to this office letter No. 6/18/
67-PAP/Col. II dated 4-3-72 on the above subject,
where it has been clarified that :
1) In an office where there is only one treasurer,
the treasurer may be granted special pay provided
he is engaged mainly in handling cash, There is no
objection to his being given some non-cash work, if
time permits.
2) In an office where more than one official is
employed in the treasury branch, special pay will be
admissible to Treasurers and Asstt. Treasurers.
(D.G.(P) No. 8-24-75-PAP, dt. 1-4-1976)

9. STANDARD FOR CHECKING OTA BILLS OF OFFICIALS OF HPOS IN

ACCOUNTS BRANCH OF HPOS
It is decided that the time factor of 2 minutes per item for checking the emoluments and rates of OTA in
the case of OTA claims of the officials of Sub-Post Offices may be extended to cover the cases of OTA
claims of officials of HPOs.
(DG (P) 31-2/73-P I, dt. 21-5-77)

10. STANDARDS ADOPTED FOR SANCTIONING POST OF MAIL OVERSEERS

1. Mail Overseers for every 20 Branch offices other than mobile Branch Offices.
1. Mail Overseer for every 18 Mobile Branch Offices.
The justification is worked out sub-division wise and fraction of 0.5 or above are rounded off to the next integer.
(DG P & T No. 31-16-81-PE I, dt. 26-9-81 & 15-1-82)
VENTURE 153 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 9. SELECTIVE ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS
1. POWER & FUNCTION OF CHIEF POSTMASTERS GENERAL /
POSTMASTER GENERAL (REGION) - REG.
The undersigned is directed to invite a reference
to this Department OM No. 33-1/88-PE.II dated 29-
08-89 conveying the sanction of the President to the
revision of the strength of the Indian Postal Service
as a result of the Third Cadre Review.
2. JURISDICTION
Consequent upon the creation of the posts as
envisaged therein, the jurisdiction of various Regions
in the Circles has been fixed as shown in Annex-A.
As regards decentralisation of control functions from
the existing circle offices to the Regional Offices,
(existing as well as the new ones), guidelines are
laid down in the succeeding paragraphs for strict
observance by all concerned.
3. POWER AND FUNCTION OF THE REGIONAL
PMG AND CHIEF PMG - DELEGATION AND
LIMITAITONS
Each Regional PMG including the Chief PMG is
hereby delegated all financial and administrative
powers of the Head of the Department as spelt out
in the Delegation of Financial Powers Rules, General
Financial Rues, FRs and SRs and Delegations issued
by the Board from time to time. Each Regional PMG
(including the Chief PMG) is also hereby delegated
all administrative powers of the Head of Circle in
respect of the units placed under the Regional PMG
or the Chief Postmaster General as the case may
be. The following functions and powers will, however,
continue to be vested in the Chief PMG as shown
below:-
(a) MAILS
(i) Inter-Circle and inter-region mail arrangements.
(ii) State level co-ordination with all the carriers i.e.
rail, road, ship and air.
(b) SAVINGS BANK & PLI
(i) State level co-ordination meetings.
(ii) Circle SB Pairing Unit;
(iii) All PLI matters.
(c) STAFF
(i) Inter-regional transfers of Circle cadre staff;
(ii) Allotment of Gazetted officers up to Sr. Time
Scale of Gr. 'A' level to the Regions;
VENTURE
(iii) Grant of CL to the Regional PMGs;
(iv) Powers to redeploy JAG officers given to Heads
of Circles vide this office letter No. 2-1/87-SPG
dated 09-01-87 are hereby withdrawn.
(d) BUILDINGS
(i) Co-ordination with the Civil wing;
(ii) Chairing the Circle level Buildings Co-ordination
meeting with the Civil Wings (Also see para 4
below).
(e) UNIONS: RCM MEETINGS AND CIRCLE
UNION MEETINGS
(i) The formal bi-monthly meetings at present being
granted by the Regional Director will be held with
the Regional PMG in respect of items pertaining
to respective regions (including the Chief PMG
for his region). Circle level issues raised by the
Unions should be taken up only with the Chief
PMG.
(f) RECRUITEMNT
Recruitment and promotion to the Circle cadres
and management of Gazetted cadres. After
holding the DPC where necessary, or on receipt
of allotment orders from the Directorate, the
Chief PMG will allot the personnel in such cases
to the different regions giving due regard to the
requirement of each region. The Regional PMG
will, however, have the power to order ad-hoc
promotion to gazetted and non-gazetted cadres
(within the limits laid down by the DOP) in
consultation with the Chief PMG and in strict
accordance with Circle Seniority.
(g) ACCOUNTS
Control over DPA / IFA and his office situated
within the circle.
(h) GENERAL
(i) Co-ordination with State Govt. authorities, MPs
etc.
(ii) Postal Advisory Committee.
(iii) Bi-annual meeting with MP's.
(i) SPORTS AND WELFARE
(i) Presiding over the Circle Sports Board.
(ii) Organizing Circle level and All India level sports
154 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 / cultural meets etc.
(iii) Appointment in relaxation of recruitment rules.
(Orders in this regard have already been issued
under this office No. 24-269/87-SPB-I dated 29-
09-89.)
(iv) Appointment of outstanding sportsmen in
relaxation of recruitment rules;
(v) Chairing the Circle Welfare organisation and
operating the circle welfare fund.
(vi) All other matters connected with welfare being
handled at Circle HQ at present.
(j) PHILATELY
(k) MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
(i) Indenting, procurement of Stores of CAT 'A (Dte.
Memo No. 12-20/89-UPE dated 26-10-89)
(ii) Local printing of forms beyond the usual powers
of regional PMG
(l) QUARTERLY MEETING WITH THE IFA.
(All Reginal PMGs should atend - Chief PMG
will Chair).
(m) HINDI
Control over Hindi officer and implementing the
Govt. policy on Hindi as Official language.
(n) THE CIRCLE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
The Chief PMG will chair the Circle Management
Committee, which should meet at least once in
two months. All Regional PMGs and the Circle
IFA will be members of the Committee. Formal
minutes of the meetings will be issued and will
be endorsed to Sr. DDG (I&EB) in this
Directorate General. Sr. DDG (I&EB) will
suitably process and submit reports to the P.S.
Board. The following items will be considered
in the Circle Management Committee:-
(i) Prioritization and / or approval in principle of
building works.
(ii) Financial Review of the Circle, trends in revenue
earning, expenditure in major budget heads,
economy proposals etc.
(iii) Inter Regional / Inter Circle Mail arrangements
and review thereto.
(iv) Performance in small savings and / issues
relating thereto.
(v) Important complaint and fraud and public
grievances cases, their review and remedial /
preventive action. Functioning of the Public
grievance cells in the Divisions.
VENTURE
(vi) Performance Work Improvement Teams
(Reference this Directorate D.O. No. 3-13/87/
IC dated 23-12-87).
(vii) General working of the SB branch with special
reference to clearance of objections and ledger
agreement; Expansion of PLI business and after
sales service.
(viii) Positive suggestions to improve the image of
the postal services.
(ix) Progress of Plan Schemes, especially Speed
Post, and any other new schemes that may be
introduced by the Deptt.
(x) Monitoring of money or payment in the rural
areas;
(xi) Activities undertaken through R&D Centre.
(xii) Pendency and clearance of pension / GPF and
related cases; holding of pension adalats.
4.1 The Director at the Headquarters of the Circle
will function as Secretary to the Committee. Agenda
items may be proposed in advance by the members
including the Chairman.
5. Financial Advice
For the time being, no additional posts of CAOs,
A.Os etc. will be sanctioned. The existing pattern of
Internal Financial Adviser at the Circle Headquarters
for financial advice on matters within the powers, of
the Regional PMG / Chief PMG, will continue.
Wherever, there are A.Os functioning as Financial
Advisers to the erstwhile Regional Director, they will
continue to function as such and will provide financial
advice to the Regional PMG for matters within the
erstwhile Regional Director's powers. It will be open
to each PMG / Chief PMG to authorise the Director
under his control to exercise any of his financial
powers according to Rule 13 (a) (3) of DFPRs and
also other orders in force from time to time. Where
there is no Accounts Officer (FA), all matters on which
finance consultation is required as per rules will be
referred to the Circle IFA. The details of Financial
Advisors and AO (ICO) SB are at Annex. 'B'.
6. Delegation of Additional Administrative Powers
to the Chief Postmaster-General
In addition to the powers already exercised by
the Chief PMG in his capacity as Head of Circle and
Head of the Deptt., the following administrative
powers of the D.G. are hereby delegated to the Chief
PMG:-
155 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
S.No. Nature of Power Extent of Power of Director General Extent of power of Chief PMG
1. Power to grant permission Full powers except in respect of Full powers except in respect of
to Govt. servants to be officers whom the Director General is officers whom Chief Postmaster
transferred to another not competent to appoint. General is not competent to
Govt. office or Dept. appoint.
2. Power to grant authority for Full powers. Full powers of Director General.
institution of legal
proceedings and for
defence of civil suits on
behalf of the department.
3. Power to execute and sign Powers as defined in Chapter IX of Powers as defined in Chapter IX
contracts on behalf of the P&T Manual Vol. II of P&T Manual Vol. II for
Deptt. Director General.
4. Powers to transfer officers. Full powers to transfer officers below Full Powers to transfer officers
the rank of Director of Postal Services. below the rank of Directors of
Postal Services within the circle.
7. Delegation of Additional Financial Powers to while writing the Report of the concerned officer.
the Chief PMG 10. Diversion of Establishment
In addition to the existing powers of Head of The envisages decentralisation of functions to
Circle / Head of Dept., powers of the Director General the Regions would necessitate diversion of
/ Board as spelt out in the list at Annex. 'C' are hereby commensurate establishment from Circle Offices to
delegated to the Chief PMG. Regional Offices. The establishment should be
8. The additional financial and administrative shared equitably as per workload. The exercise on
powers as vested in the Chief PMGs will also be this behalf should be undertaken immediately by the
exercised by the PMGs, Haryana, HP and J&K. Circles and the revised establishment of the Circle
9. C.R's Offices and Regional Offices determined in
The CRs of Regional PMsG in the seven circles consultation with the Circle IFA. A report indicating
placed under the charge of Chief PMG in the higher the establishment determined for the Regions should
grade (Rs. 7300-7600) will be written by the Chief be submitted to the Directorate quickly and certainly
PMG. He will also be the reviewing officer in all cases by 30-12-89 so that covering sanction may be issued
where the reporting officer is the Regional PMG. The from this office. The guiding principle will obviously
Regional PMG will be the reviewing officer where be the number of units and subjects placed under
the reporting officer is under the Regional PMG. The each Region. P&T Dispensaries and RLOs will not
CRs of SAG officers in the remaining circles having be counted as units as they are not counted as such
Chief PMG in the SAG scale (Rs. 5900-6700) will be under the SIU formula.
written by Members of the Board as per present 11. Redeployment of Director (Vig.) as Director
procedure. In the Circles where the Chief PMG is in (Region)
the grade of Rs. 5900-6700, the CR of the Directors This may be done with immediate effect in cases
and equivalent officers in the Region (including Chief where no transfer of headquarters is involved. Orders
PMG's Region) will be written by the concerned Chief to this effect have already been issued vide this
PMG / Regional PMG and will be reviewed in the Directorate memo of even number dated Nov, 02,
Board. 1989.
9.1 However, the self appraisal of all Regional PMsG 12. Transfer of Staff
in the Circles where the CPMG is in the scale of Rs. The proposed reorganisation would necessitate
5900-6700 will be routed to Directorate through the shifting of some staff from Circle Office to R.Os. In
Chief PMG who will give his own assessment on the this behalf, the guiding principle will be the same as
Officer's performance. Such assessment will be on laid down by the department in respect of bifurcation
a separate sheet and will not form part of the CRs. It of Divisions etc. In other words, once the extent of
will, however, be taken into account by the Members staff to be diverted is worked out, options are to be
VENTURE 156 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
obtained from all the staff and cases should then be
decided on the basis of seniority. In this connection
please also refer to the instructions contained in
Directorate memo No. 56/5/79-SPB-I dated 17th
March 1979 (Annex 'D')
13. Accommodation
Accommodation for the Regional PMGs should
be found in existing departmental buildings to the
extent possible failing which renting should be
resorted to.
14. Vehicle
Vehicle at present attached to the Regional
Director / Additional PMG will be given to the Regional
PMsG. For new Regions, proposals may be framed
and submitted to this office urgently.
15. General
The Chief PMG of both grades as over all in
charge of the Circle will have the power to over-rule
the decisions of Regional PMG provided this is done
after consultation with the Regional PMG and
reasons for such a decision to over-rule the Regional
PMG are recorded in writing in the file.
16. The Directors attached to the Regional PMG /
Chief PMG should be utilised in full for inspection,
visits and other kind of checks of the field units.
2. STRENGTHENING OF THE SUPERVISION AND THE WORKING OF
EDSOs/EDBOs & SINGLE - HANDED SUB POST OFFICES
In view of the incidence of large scale fraud
committed by the certain Branch Postmasters and
sub Postmasters and in view of frequent complaints
that have been receiving about the quality of service
that is being rendered by smaller post offices an
examination has been carried out as to how
supervision over the functioning of these offices could
be strengthened and how the divisional
superintendents could be enabled to monitor the
working of these offices. Keeping this in view the
following is required to be implemented with
immediate effect.
Single -Handed Sub Offices:
Generally the annual inspections of these offices
are being carried out by the Sub Divisional Officers.
A few of the offices are being inspected by the
Divisional Superintendents and his Deputy/Assitt.
Supdts. It is decided that all Single Handed Offices
should be inspected twice in a year. The second
inspection should be carried out by the IPO
(Complaints) of the division. A period of two days
must be given for this inspection. It is felt that a
number of single handed offices in any division may
VENTURE
The role of the Directors should not be reduced to
that of Director Headquarters / Staff Officers. The
PMG / Chief PMG also is expected to share the
burden of inspections in addition to carrying out
frequent visits and surprise checks of field
organisations.
17. The Headquarters of the PMGs Assam, N.E.,
Punjab and Rajasthan are being temporarily fixed at
Guwahati, Shillong, Chandigarh and Jaipur
respectively.
18. Interim Measures
Re-distribution of units from one region to another
or shifting of headquarters of any Region or Division
of similar establishment is to be effected only after
consultation with this Directorate. General Transfer
of staff to the regional headquarters should be carried
out expeditiously, but in a smooth manner and in
consultation with the staff union wherever necessary.
19. This issues in consultation with Finance Advice
(Postal vide Dy. No. Director (FAP)/1044 dated 01-
12-1989.
20. The receipt of this memo may please be
acknowledged to Shri K.C. Mishra, Assistant Director
General (PE.II).
[DG Posts No. 33-1/88-PE.II dated 05-12-89]
not be very large and the IPO (Complaints) would be
able to carry out the second inspection of these
offices. These should be ensured of atleast four
months between the first inspection and the second
inspection.
EDSOs/EDBOs:
The Second inspection of EDSOs will be carried
out by the IPOs (Complaints) and one day should be
given for this purpose.
It the number of EDSOs in any particular division
is very large the Divisional Superintendent can
suggest to the Postmaster General as to how the
second inspection of the EDSOs could be carried
out. There should be a gap of 4 months between the
two inspections.
The second inspection in respect of EDBOs
would be in the day of a visit by the Mail Overseers
atleast once in a year one day should be given to
Mail Overseer for each EDBOs. During the visit all
cash transactions should be verified. The
examination of balances in the SB & RD Pass Books,
the verification of payment of money orders, the
verification of preliminary receipts given for other cash
157 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
transactions should be carried out. It there are two
Mail Overseers for Moffusil Sub Divisions, it is to be
ensured that the second inspection-cum-visit can be
carried out by the Mail Overseas. There should be a
gap of 4 months from the first inspection.
Bad Offices:
At present on the basis of the inspection reports
certain very bad offices are being identified and the
second inspection of such very bad offices is being
carried out by the I.P.O. (Complaints). After the
above instructions are implemented identification
of very bad offices will continue to be done not only
in respect of EDSOs and EDBOs but also in respect
of other Departmental Post Offices. In respect of
Departmenal Posts offices identified as very bad
immediate remedial steps should be taken by the
Divisional Superintendents to improve the matters
by taking all possible action including the disciplinary
action. In respect of EDSOs and EDBOs another
inspection can be carried out which should be done
by the Assistant Supdt. attached to the offices of
the Divisional Supdt. The purpose of the re-
inspection of the very bad offices would be improve
the state of work.
Compliance reports:
Whenever any office is going to be inspected
the Inspecting Officer should go through the
previous Inspection Report and ensure that
compliance has been given cant per cent on the
3. DELETION OF TRANSFER LIABILITY CLAUSE FROM APPOINTMENT ORDER
As per long standing practice and convention
there is a clause in the initial appointment letters of
the employees of the department of Posts to the
effect that they can be transferred anywhere in the
country under special circumstances.
2. Since in actual fact a vast majority of Group C
and Group D employees is never subjected to the
transfer liability implied in this clause 2 is felt that
such a condition is not necessary in the appointment
orders.
3. The matter has been considered carefully in
consultation with the Ministry of Law. It is hereby
ordered that no clause of condition relating to
transferability anywhere in the country, under special
or general circumstances, should form now on be
4. DELEGATION OF POWERS TO HEADS OF CIRCLES TO DOWNGRADE
SUB STANDARD HEAD OFFICES
The power to upgrade or downgrade an existing
head post office are vested with the Postal Services
Board. A suggestion was made in the heads of circle
VENTURE
points where action has to be taken by his own
office. Points on which action is required to be taken
by other but has not been taken, will be specially
noted for pursuing with the offices where action
needs to be taken.
Inspection Questionnaires:
To make the inspection more purposeful review
of the questionnaire is being carried out and standard
questionnaire for various types of post offices would
be supplied shortly. Till the revised questionnaire are
received instructions may be given to all to carry out
the inspections in accordance with the questionnaires
they have.
It may be ensured that the Supdt. of Post
Offices take the assistance of Inspectors of Post
Offices and Asst. Supdt. of Post Offices only
when the verification of Head Post Office is done.
Normally Inspector's assistance should not be
taken while inspecting the other post offices. The
Supdt. of Post Offices who travel by the
inspection vehicle can take their stenographers
while going on inspection of post offices. This
may not be done for going on visits only.
Date of Effect:
These instructions would be implemented with
immediate effect.
The receipt of this letter may please be
acknowledged.
[DG's letter No. 17-1/92-Inspn. Dated 16-1-92]
mentioned in the appointment orders issued to Group
C and Group D employees of the Department of
Posts. Such a clause existing in the case of the
employees already in service also is hereby cancelled
with immediate effect and their appointment order
would also stand so modified with effect from the
date of issue of this letter.
4. It is also directed that these orders may be given
wide publicity and also got noted by all the Group C
and Group D staff. Necessary entry in this behalf
may also be made in their service Books, in due
course.
5. Please acknowledge receipt.
6. Hindi version will follow.
[D.G.(P) No. 20-12/90-SPB-I, dt. 23-8-90]
conference held on 16th and 17th June 2003 to
delegate powers to the heads of circles to downgrade
sub standard head offices not conforming to the
158 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
prescribed norms.
2. As per the prescribed norms, an existing head
post office can be considered for bifurcation if the
number of SOs attached to it exceeds 60. However,
after bifurcation of any HO, both the HOs (Parent
HO as well as proposed HO) should not have less
than 20 SOs attached to them respectively.
3. The Postal Service Board after considering all
relevant aspects of the proposal has accorded its
approval to empower the Heads of Circles to
downgrade an HO not having 20 SOs under it, with
the following proviso:-
(i) If there is only one HO in the District, it need not
be downgraded.
(ii) If there are more than one HO in the District,
5. DELEGATION OF POWERS TO HEADS OF CIRCLES TO CLOSE/MERGE/
REORGANIZE SET/MAIL OFFICE WITH WORKLOAD LESS
THAN PRESCRIBED NORM
The issue of delegation of powers to Heads of
Circles on above-mentioned subject has been under
consideration of this Dte. This was also deliberated
in the Heads of Circles Conference in June, 2003.
The approval of competent authority is hereby
conveyed for delegation of the following powers to
the Heads of Circles in the matter.
(A) (i) Powers for closure/merger/re-organization
of a set/sets of mail office (ii) Powers for closure of
mail office in a city/station/district where there are
more than one mail office and the traffic handled in a
mail office is less than the existing norms for opening
a mail office in terms of instructions contained in Dte's
letter No. 11-1/84-D dated 17-10-1985.
(a) Closure/re-organization of mail offices shall
sub-serve the public interest and supported by proper
transportation system as stipulated in para 2 (iii), (iv)
and (v) in the instructions contained in Dte's letter
no. 11-1/84-D dated 17-10-1985.
(b) Proper utilization of vacated accommodation
is necessary by the Head of Circle under intimation
to the Dte. with complete justification and other
related details where the Department has its own
building. If the departmental office(s) has been
functioning in rented building, the details regarding
surrender of vacated accommodation to the
concerned agency along with the savings in rent shall
be submitted to the Dte. i.e. to MM & TS Division.
(B) Heads of Circles may approve closure of a
section within the circle with due concurrence of Circle
IFA, keeping in view the instructions contained in para
VENTURE
including one at the head quarters, one HO may be
downgraded other than the one located at the District
HQ and its place an MDG office may be established
subject to fulfilment of existing norms for opening an
MDG so that services being enjoyed by the public
are not curtailed in any manner.
4. All proposals for the conversion of SO into HPO
may, however, continue to be referred to Directorate
for approval as at present.
5. An exercise to identify and downgrade all such
sub-standard HOs would be initiated immediately by
the Head of the Circle and result thereof reported to
Directorate. This orders will be applicable with
immediate effect.
(DG(P) No. 14-13/03-PE-I, dated 29-10-2003)
2 of Dte's letter no. 6-93/71-PE-II dated 26-3-77.
(i) Closure of section should not entail extra
expenditure on alternative mail arrangement made
through contractual MMS/State roadways.
(ii) Timely intimation to be given to the concerned
Railway Authority.
(iii) If section is abolished by Railway Authorities
due to gauge conversion etc., alternative
arrangement may be made within delegated financial
powers of Head of Circle and case be taken up with
Railway Authority for restoration of section if carrying
of mail through section is financially and operationally
a better proposition.
(iv) Inter-Circle sections or any intermediate
sections in long route trains should be closed only
with the prior approval of the Directorate.
2. Redeployment/abolition of posts on re-
organization/merger/closure of set/sets Sub-standard
mail office and closure of sections.
(i) RE-deployment/abolition of Group 'C' & Group
'D' posts on account of reorganization/merger/closure
of sub-standard offices, shall continue to be done by
Head of Circles as per the instructions contained in
Dte's letter No. 2/93-PE-I dated 7-9-1993.
(ii) RE-deployment of Group 'A' & Group 'B' posts
shall be done by the Dte. as per instructions contained
in Dte's letter No. 2-2/93-PE-I dated 7-9-1993.
Abolition of Group 'A' & Group 'B' posts will also be
done by the Dte.
3. Whenever a decision to close/merger/re-
organize a mail office/a set is taken, the full facts of
159 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
the case along with the reasons for taking such a
decision shall be recorded and report submitted to
this office in enclosed format.
6. IMPROVING VIGILANCE ADMINISTRATION
Central Vigilance Commissioner vide letter No.
8 (1) (h)/98 (1) dated 18-11-98 (copy enclosed)
issued detailed instructions and guidelines with a view
to improving the vigilance administration, creating a
culture of honesty, greater transparency in
administration as also for speedier finalisation of
departmental inquires. The following action points
have been identified on which action is required to
be taken by this Department.
(i) Create culture of honesty :
In order to ensure that a culture of honesty is
encouraged in the Department it has been decided
with immediate effect that junior employees who
initiate any proposal relating to vigilance matters
which is likely to result in a reference to the CVC can
send a copy directly to the CVC by name. CVC will
monitor the progress of such a proposal and the
action taken thereon by the Department concerned.
This will encourage the junior employees to give their
free and frank views and help to build and develop a
culture of honesty. However, if a junior officer makes
a false or frivolous complaint, it will be viewed
adversely.
(ii) Greater transparency in administration.
CVC has identified lack of transparency as one
major source of corruption. To curb this corrupt
practice, create transparency work be useful. There
is a scope for patroness and corruption especially in
matters relating to tender sites where exercise of
corruption relating the out of turn conformance of
facilities/privilege to the non-deserving persons. The
CVC has, therefore, directed that each organisation
may identify such items which provide open for
corruption and where greater transparency would be
useful. All heads of Circle may identify such items at
their end and forward the list to this Directorate latest
by the 6th February, 1999. A list of items prepared
on the basis of complaints usually received is
enclosed. Competent Authorities at different levels
should give publicity of the identified items within their
competence in their respective notice boards.
(iii) Speedy departmental inquiries.
Another source of corruption is that the guilty are
not punished adequately and promptly. This is
because of the prolonged delays in the finalisation
of departmental inquiries. One of the reasons is over-
burdening of IO/PO with the normal and routine work.
VENTURE
This has been concurred by Finance Advice
Wing vide Diary No. 534/FA/03/CS dated 28-11-2003.
(DG(P) No. 12-6/2003-D dated 28-11-2003)
CVC has therefore, directed that the Department
should review all the pending cases and ensure that
the disciplinary authority may appoint enquiry Officers
from amongst the retire/retired honest employees in
conducting the inquiries. The names of such officers
may, however be got cleared by the CVC. Therefore,
all Heads of the Circles and Regions are requested
to furnish the list of retired and honest employees
who are willing to work as IOs for the purpose of
conducting inquiries.
The following time limits have also been
prescribed for the expeditious completion of the
Departmental inquiries :-
(i) Appointment of Inquiry Officer and Presenting
Officer in the cases presently pending should be
made within one month. In all other cases, they may
be appointed immediately after the receipt of the
statement of defence denying the charges.
(ii) The oral inquiry should be completed within a
period of 6 months from the date of appointment of
the Inquiry Officer the IO should lay down a definite
time frame for inspection of the listed documents,
submission of the list of defence documents and the
defence witnesses and inspection of defence
documents before the regular hearing is taken up.
Once this time frame is worked out by the IO, the
hearing should be conducted in day-to-day basis
without adjouring on flimsy or frivolous grounds. In
any case, there should not be more than two
adjournments in any case so that the time limit of six
months is observed.
(iii) The IO/PO, the DA and the Vigilance Officer will
be accountable for the strict compliance of these
instructions.
(iv) Tenders :
Tenders are generally a major source of corruption.
In order to avoid corruption and transparent and
effective system needs to the introduced. Therefore,
it has been decided post tenders negotiations are
banned with immediate effect except in the case of
negotiations with the lowest tenderer.
It is, therefore, requested that the instructions
contained in CVC letter cited above may be strictly
adhered to and brought to the notice of all concerned
and compliance reported to this office alongwith the
required information latest by 15 February, 1999
positively.
160 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 LIST OF ITEMS TO RE PUBLISHED
S.No. Items What is to be published
1. All tender decisions - Items of works/articles and the total estimated cost.
- Name of approved tenderer alongwith rate approved.
- In case of mail contract, the route and distance of mail
route should also be mentioned.
2. All recruitments (including Extra- - Cadre/post and declared vacancies.
Departmental, provisional, adhoc,
Temporary etc.) - Names of selected candidates alongwith percentage of
marks secured (total marks as well as marks secured in
Basic Board/ University Examination, written test, viva voce
interview, bonus marks for extra qualifications, etc. as
the case may be, separately).
- Date of Birth
- Community/Category
3. All transfers/postings (including - Names & designation of officers/officials.
temporary/adhoc - Tenure in the present post/station.
- New post/station
- Position in the request register, if any.
- Whether in public/administrative interest.
4. All purchases at different levels . - Item of article alongwith quantity pruchased.
- Total amount of bill paid.
- Rate approved quotation/tender decided
- Assessed requirment of the items.
5. All HBA, Car Advance, Motor Car/ - Name and designation of the officer/officials.
Motor Cycle advance. - Basic pay
- Date of application.
- Date & amount of advance sanctioned.
6. Discretionery welfare grants - Name & designation of officails.
- Purpose
- Date of application.
- Date and amount granted.
7. All LTC/Medical advances - Name & Designation of Officer/Official
- Basic Pay
- For whom
- No. of Dependent Destination and amount
sanctioned with date.
- For medical : patient, disease, date amount sanctioned.
8. All allotments of departmental - Name & designation officer/official
staff quarters - Prescribed pool.
- Date of entry in service.
- Basic pay
- Type of Quarter Alloted
9. All claims sanctioned to public/ - Name of claiment
customer - Cause of claim
- Date of claim
- Date of Sanction
- Amount Sectioned
- Date of payment.
10. All cases of compassioante - Name of appointee and deceased/invalid official and
appointment their relationship
VENTURE 161 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 - Number of dependents.
- Total amounts of pension and terminal benefits.
- Date of death/invalidation
- Date of application
- Post, grade to which approved.
11. All cases of hiring private buildings - Name of office alongwith total accumodation justified
enhancment of rent accommodation
- Amount of rent fixed/enhanced
- Date of effect
- Amount of previous rent.
- Area in the rented building.

7. ENHANCEMENT OF FINANCIAL POWERS OF HSG.I, HSG.II &

LSG POSTMASTERS
A reference is invited to Circular No. 62-8/64-CI
dated 20-10-1965 delegating financial powers to HSG
and LSG Postmasters to incur expenditure of a
contingent nature on the following items:-
(a) Replacing, repairing, cleaning, oiling, shifting of
electric lights and fittings, fans etc. of the office in
a rented building when the charge is a Government
liability.
(b) Repairs of Departmental bicycles.
(c) Purchase of earthen pots, glass tumblers, dusters,
brooms etc.
(d) Purchase and repairs to furniture.
(e) Emergent arrangements for conveyance of mails.
2. The question of enhancement of the powers were
being examined in the Directorate in view of the rise in
the prices and it has been decided to enhance the
powers given to HSG & LSG Postmasters from Rs. 30/
- & Rs. 20/- respectively on each occasion to Rs. 60/-
& Rs. 40/- respectively on each occasion subject to
availability of fund.
3. Other instruction regarding control and checking of
the expenditure by the Supdt. of Post Office contained
in the letter under reference should be followed.
4. This issues with concurrence of the Internal Finance
vide their diary No. 698/Dir. FA/ 93 dated 12-07-93.
(DG (Posts) No. 18-7/92, CI dated 20-07-93)

8. PREVENTIVE CHECKS PRESCRIBED IN RESPECT OF SB

AND CASH CERTIFICATES
1. Maintenance of special error book for noting the
particulars of pass books which are not received
for entry of interest after 1st April in which
transactions have taken place and getting the
same verified.
2. Maintenance of special registers showing
particulars of all SB Accounts opened in the
Branch Post Offices and EDSOs and noting the
date of receipt of pass books for posting of
interest in the register.
3. Preparation of lists of accounts for which the pass
books have not been received from the Branch
Office and EDSOs and sending those lists to the
Sub-divisional Inspector for getting the balances
verified with reference to the Pass Book to be
obtained from the depositors.
4. Verification of the withdrawals for Rs. 2500/- and
above taken place in EDBO / EDSOs and single
handed SO.
5. Verification of the balance SB pass books of a
few single handed S.Os selected by the Divl.
VENTURE
Supdts. especially in those cases where the pass
books have not been received for posting in
interest.
6. Maintenance of special registers for keeping
watch over the verification lists, SB accounts
received from S.D.Is and Mail overseers for
verification of balances done by them during their
visits / inspections.
7. Checking of signatures of depositors in respect
of withdrawals over the prescribed limit by the
ledger clerk in the H.O. in respect of transaction
in S.Os and B.Os.
8. Verification of the complete S.B. work of one
EDBO EDSO in each division every month.
9. Keeping the SB ledgers and SB Index cards
securedly in the binder, almirahs and index card
cabinets under lock and key during night.
10. Arrangement of ledger agreements by the SBCO
staff.
11. Maintenance of the index to ledger in the head
post offices and making suitable remarks
162 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 whenever such accounts are closed or any
change is incorporated in the nature of the
account.
12. Checking up of any manipulation, overwriting,
corrections and absence of signatures in the
various records relating to SB and CC business.
13. Making full signatures against each entry in the
ledger card by the ledger clerk and initials of the
APM /Postmaster.
14. Maintenance of register No. 12 (a) in the Head
Post Offices for keeping records of the NSCs
supplied to and issued by the S.Os.
15. Maintenance of stock register of blank pass
books and verifying the correctness of the stock
from time to time in the HPO and S.Os. Proper
up keep of the invoices of blank pass books
supplied to post offices in the head offices.
16. Verification of the stock of NSCs in the HPO and
S.Os at the time of inspection / visit and getting
the correctness of the stock verified with
reference to the invoices, stock book and the
special register maintained in the H.O NC-12 (a).
17. Indication of the stock of unsold certificates in
the S.Os in the journal of NSCs issued on the
last date of month and verification thereof with
reference to the entries in the register NC -12
(a) in the HO.
18. Ensuring the preparation and submission of the
annual list of unsold certificates in stock in the
HPOs and its S.Os to the Director of Accounts
(P) on the due dates.
It should be ensured that all preventive steps
indicated above are scrupulously followed and any
laxity noticed against anyone should be severely dealt
with.
During the review of enquiry reports in various
fraud cases it has been noticed that action against
the defaulting officials for committing the fraud or for
contributory negligence is not initiated with atmost
urgency and this aspect remain pending for years
with the result that the impact of disciplinary action
should be taken expeditiously is wavered of with the
passing of time. Instructions exists that the initiation
of the disciplinary action for departmental lapses
should not be postponed till the culmination of the
police investigation or court trails and be completed
as soon as possible.
(DG (P) letter No. 8-3/85-INV dated 14-07-88)

9. SETTLEMENT OF DECEASED, CLAIM CASES ENHANCEMENT OF

POWERS OF VARIOUS POSTAL AUTHORITIES
1. I am directed to forward herewith a copy of Ministry
of Finance (DEA)'s Extraordinary Gazette Notification
(GSR Nos. 490 (E).491 (E), 492(E) and 8181 (E) dated
16-10-2003 circulated under its communication No. 12/
4/97-NS.II dated 6th July 99, on the subject mentioned
above for information guidance and necessary action.
2. Savings Bank General Rules 1981. National
Savings Certificate (VIII Issue) 1989 and Kisan Vikas
Patra Rules 1988 stand amended to the extent indicated
in the respective GSR. In general, the earlier limit of
settling claims up to Rs. 60,000/- has been raised to Rs.
1,00,000/- in the absence of nomination / legal evidence
etc. to be exercised by CPMGs/PMGs (HQ / Region).
3. In addition, powers of various Postal authorities to
settle deceased claim cases have also been enhanced
as follows:-

Sl.No. Name of the Authority Limit (In Rs.)

1. Departmental Sub-Postmasters 1000/-
2. Sub-Postmasters of Lower Selection Grade Post Offices 2000/-
3. Sub-Postmasters / Deputy Postmaster / Postmasters in Higher
Selection Grade (All Non-Gazetted) 4000/-
4. Dy. Postmasters / Sr. Postmasters / Dy. Chief Postmasters / Superintendent
of Post Offices (All Gazetted Group -B) 20,000/-
5. Chief Postmasters in Head Offices / SSPOs (All Group A) 50,000/-
6. Regional Directors / Director (GPO) (In Mumbai and Kolkata) 80,000/-
7. CPMGs/PMGs (Head Quarter & Region) 1,00,000/-

Note: The above limits are also applicable to post office (Monthly Income Account NSC-VIII issue,
and KVPs)
(DG (P) No. 61-19/2003-SB dated 10-11-03)
VENTURE 163 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 10. REGARDING AUTHORISATION OF LSG SUB POSTMASTERS HSG.II
POSTMASTERS TO ISSUE CHEQUES IN LIEU OF PAYMENTS OF MATURITY
VALUE OF SMALL SAVING SCHEMES FOR RS. 20,000 AND ABOVE
References have been received from the field
units to authorise the Postmasters of Lower Selection
Grade Sub-Post Offices to issue cheques for
payment, in view of the customer convenience and
the ease of operations.
2. Rule 143 of Financial Handbook, Vol. I envisages
that at places where the Treasury business is
conducted by the Bank, Postmaster in-charge of Post
Offices approved by the Director-General may make
payments on account of large Postal transactions
(other than Money Orders, Indian Postal Orders,
Saving Bank, Government Security, Postal Life
Insurance and Post Office certificate transactions)
to important firms and individuals of repute by means
of cheques drawn against drawing accounts. Such
cheques will not be drawn for amounts less than
Rupees 100/-.
Payments on account of Money Orders, Indian
Postal Orders, Savings Bank, Government
Securities, Postal Life Insurance and Post Office
Certificates transactions may also be made at the
places referred to above by Head Post Offices, and
Sub-Offices in-charge of Gazetted Postmasters by
means of cheques for amounts not less than Rs.
100/- separately for each kind of transactions, viz.,
Money Orders, Indian Postal Orders, Savings Bank,
Government Securities, Postal Life Insurance and
Post Office Certificates. These Head Offices may
also issue cheques in payment of the above-
mentioned transactions relating to the sub-offices
in account with them. In such cases, the cheques
will be sent to the sub-office concerned as a
remittance for payment to the parties concerned.
All such cheques drawn should be crossed and
made 'Not Negotiable'. In the case of General Post
Offices, Gazetted Assistant Postmasters may be
authorised to issue cheques on behalf of
Postmasters who should in such cases, arrange to
send specimen signatures of such officers to the
Bank. In respect of the sub-offices in-charge of
Gazetted Postmasters, arrangements should be
made by the Head Postmasters concerned to have
drawing accounts opened on their behalf with the
Bank.
The Postmasters of Central Base Post Offices
VENTURE
at Delhi and Kolkata are authorised to draw cheques
on Reserve Bank of India, Nagpur, for the purpose
of making P&T payments.
Note1. - Rules regarding cheques in Rules
171 to 175 and 178 to 182 are also applicable to
the payment by cheques contemplated in this
Rule.
Note 3.-Under Rule 143 of FHB, Vol. 1
envisage issue of cheques by Dy. Postmaster in
the absence of the Gazetted Head Postmaster in
charge of Post Offices. The Dy. Postmaster (Non-
Gazetted) may issue the cheques for official
purposes, subject to the condition that the
ultimate responsibility for payment in such cases
will rest with the Gazetted Head Postmaster who
on his return to office, should check all the
counterfoils of such cheques with reference to
entries in the accounts and scrolls received from
the Banks.
3. The case has been carefully considered by the
Director-General (Posts) in light of the above
provisions of P&T FHB, Vol. 1 and the facts that (i)
there are repeated instructions / guidelines from
CBDT / CGA / Ministry of Finance / CVC to encourage
maximum number of payments though cheques (ii)
such authorisation would facilitate faster service to
the customer and would involve lesser hassle for
him / her and for the officials concerned (iii) The
provisions contained in P&T FHB, Vol. I and the
pilot to authorise such arrangement at a larger
scale have been successful and stood the test of
time. (iv) There will be more check on any
fraudulent activity in payments through cheques
as compared to payment in cash. It has therefore,
been decided by DG (Posts) to authorise the Lower
Selection Grade Sub-Postmasters and all Higher
Selection Grade-II Postmasters to issue Account
Payee cheques against the Drawing Account of
the Head Postmaster for making payments to the
public / investors in accordance with the provisions
contained in Rule 143 of Post and Telegraph
Financial Handbook, Vol. I subject to the following
conditions:-
(i) That a statement of drawals is sent daily to the
respective Head Postmasters who will be
164 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 responsible for tracing the payments in scrolls
received from the bank and keeping a watch
over the transactions.
(ii) That the overall responsibility for the correctness
of the payments will rest with the Head
Postmasters who may conduct periodical
checks of the payments made to satisfy
themselves about the correctness.
(Notwithstanding the fact that the official now
authorised would be any way responsible for the
cheques issued by them).
11. NOTICE OF VOLUNTARY RETIREMENT CAN BE ACCEPTED FROM
A GOVT. SERVANT ALREADY ON EOL
Attention of all Ministries/Department is invited
to the provisions contained in Para 3 (xiii) of
Department of personnel and Trg. OM No. 25013/7/
77-Estt. (A) dated 26-8-1977 and clarification
contained in OM No. 25013/10/85-Estt(A) dated
5-7-1985 on the above subject, it has been laid down
in the OM referred to above, that a Govt. servant
giving notice of voluntary retirement may also apply,
before the expiry of the notice, for the leave standing
to his credit which may be granted to him to run
concurrently with the notice period except in the case
of EXOL, as such leave, whether on medical ground
of on private affairs cannot be termed as leave
standing to the credit of a Govt. servant. The matter
has been reviewed and it has been decided to modify
the provisions contained para 3 (xiii) of OM No.
25013/7/1077-Estt. (A), dated 26-8-1977 and OM No.
25013/10/85-Estt (A) dated 5-7-1985 as follows :
"Para 3 (xiii)-A Govt. servant giving notice of
voluntary Retirement may also apply, before the
12. NON INVALIDATION OF A GOVT. SERVANT WHO HAS BEEN PERMANENTLY
INCAPACITATED FROM GOVT. SERVICE ON ACCOUNT OF MENTAL OR
PHYSICAL DISABILITY
The Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment
(Disabilities Div.) has amended Section 47 of the
Persons with Disabilities Act 1995 and under the
amended provisions:
1) No establishment shall dispense with or reduce in
rank an employee who acquires a disability during his
service and the employee who has acquired disability
if is not suitable for the post he was holding, could be
shifted to some other post with the same pay scale &
service benefits. In case it is not possible to adjust him
against any post, he may be kept on supernumerary
VENTURE
(iii) Head of the Circle, with the help of the GM(F)/
DA/(P) concerned, would conduct at least one in-
depth monthly review of the status of the bank
reconciliation (HPO-wise / DDO wise) in his / her
circle and include it in his monthly report on important
events to Secretary (Posts). Circle IFA would, in
addition to the monthly review, also bring any
irregularities / abnormal trends to the notice of Head
of the Circle, in writing as and when noticed.
[G.I., Dept. of Posts, Lr. No. 2-2/1999-PA
(Tech.I)/988-1067 dated 29-09-2006]
expiry of the notice, for the leave standing to his credit
which may be granted to him to run concurrently with
the period of notice, EXOL is not termed as leave
standing to his credit and therefore, it cannot run
concurrently with the period of notice given by him
for seeking VR while already no EXOL other than on
medical ground, the notice period need not be insisted
upon and his request may be accepted with
immediate effect provided he is clear from vigilance
angle. However, if a Govt. servant while already on
EOL on medical ground, applies for VR, the notice
period, if any, given may be accepted and he may
be allowed to retire after the expiry of the notice period
subject to vigilance clearance."
2. In so far as persons serving in the Indian Audit
and Accounts Department are concerned, these
orders issue in consultation with the Comptroller and
Auditor General of India.
Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 25013/3/2003-
Estt.(A), dated 17-6-2003)
post until a suitable post is available or he attains the
age of superannuation which ever is earlier.
2) No promotion shall be denied to a person merely
on the ground of his disability.
Provided that the appropriate Govt.. may having
regard to the type of work carried on in any
establishment, by Notification and subject to such
conditions, if any as may be specified in such
Notification exempt any establishment from the
provision of this section.
In view of the aforesaid position, the position of
165 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
Rule 20(2) of CCS (Leave) Rules, 1972 shall be as
under:
a) If he is on duty, shall not be invalidated from
service during his service period.
b) If he is already on leave, the period of leave or
an extension thereafter to the extent permissible
under sub-rule (I) of this rule and even beyond that
may be granted as per relevant rule(s).
13. PERMISSION TO LEAVE HEADQUARTERS
Doubts have been expressed by Ministries /
Departments as to whether a Government servant
is required to take permission before leaving station
/ headquarters during leave or otherwise, especially
for visits abroad.
2. Attention of the Ministries / Departments is
invited in this connection to the provisions of FR
11 which provides that unless in any case it be
otherwise distinctly provided, the whole time of a
Government servant is at the disposal of the
Government which pays him. Article 56 of the Civil
Services Regulations also provides that no officer
is entitled to pay and allowance for any time he
may spend beyond the limits of his charge without
14. CO-OPERATIVE CREDIT SOCIETY DUES RECOVERIES
FROM PAY-LOSS THEREOF-REG.
I am directed to say that recoveries from the
salary of the Govt. servant on account of dues
Co-operative societies are being made by the
respective drawing and disbursing officers in view
of the provisions contained in Rule 559 of the
Financial Hand Book vol. I. The procedure
followed for the purpose is contained in Appendix
29 of the said manual. A drawing and disbursing
officer while making recoveries from the salary
of the Government servant is working as the
Agent of the Departmental co-operative Credit
Society Bank or Fund and collects the dues at
the risk and on the responsibility of the society
according to such arrangements as may be
15. WEARING OF UNIFORMS PROPERLY BY POSTMEN, GROUP 'D'
AND OTHER STAFF ENTITLED TO UNIFORMS
I am directed to inform you that the staff who are
supplied uniforms should be required to put on those
uniforms on duty. It was also stated that the wearing
of proper uniforms by the staff should be insisted
upon and any failure on their part in this regard,
VENTURE
3. Amendment in Rule 20(2) is being carried out
on the above lines.
4. In so far as persons serving in the Indian Audit
and Accounts Department are concerned, these
orders issue in consultation with the Comptroller &
Auditor General of India.
[MoP & PG No. 13015/3/2002-Estt.(L) dated 19th
January, 2004]
authority. It is implicit in these provisions that a
Government servant is required to take permission
for leaving station / headquarters. It is thus clear
that such permission is essential before a
Government servant leaves his station or
headquarters and more so when he proposes to
go abroad during such absence as such visit may
have wider implications.
3. However, separate permission may not be
necessary where a Government servant has indicated
his intention of leaving headquarters / station along
with leave address while applying for leave.
(G.I. Dept., of Per and Trg., O.M. No. 11013/7/94-
Estt. (A) dated 18-05-94)
specified by the society. The Government
therefore undertakes no liability to make good any
loss of money so collected as already provided in
the Appendix referred above.
2. The above provisions are once again brought to
the notice of all the authorities dealing with the
collections of dues on behalf of the cooperative
societies in the Deptt.
3. All the drawing and disbursing officer who collect
dues on behalf of the banks/cooperative societies
are requested to reiterate these instructions
immediately to their respective banks/cooperative
societies for information.
[No. 10-24/97-WL and Sports dt. 11-9-98]
without adequate reasons, should be treated as an
act of misconduct and dealt with accordingly.
2. It has, however, been observed for some time
that in spite of above orders and several other
repeated instructions on the subject issued from time
166 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
to time, many of the officials who are required to wear
uniforms on duty do not wear uniforms and also
escape without action against them.
3. This growing tendency on the part of the officials
to avoid the wearing of uniforms on duty has, to some
extent, inculcated a sense of indiscipline amongst
them thereby leading to several other problems. This
has caused inconvenience to the public.
4. It is hereby ordered that officials after three
defaults should be liable for disciplinary action and
may not be accepted on duty and can, in addition, be
debarred from supply of uniforms. An entry must be
made in their record. Supervisory staff should carry
16. REPRESENTATIONS FROM EMPLOYEES - DISPOSAL OF
On the representation made by Shri G.
Lakshmanan, M.P. and a Member of the Consultative
Committee for Ministry of Communication the Senior
Member, P&T Board has issued instructions to all
Heads of Adm. Offices in the letter No. 201/40/75-
Disc, dated 23rd July, 1975 that the staff cases should
be dealt within the following manner:-
(a) Action must be taken within a week,
(b) Decision may be taken within a fortnight, and
(c) At any rate the decision must be taken within a
month.
The reply received from Dr. S.D. Sharma the
Ministry of Communications is reproduced below:-
Kindly refer to your D.O. letter No. PT/55 dated
21st April, 1975 and your reminder No. PT/55 dated
19-7-75 regarding the need for prompt attention to,
and expeditious disposal of representations from the
employees of the Department in regard to their
personal cases.
Though I find by and large representations from
the employees are attended to without much delay, I
agree with you that there is still scope for further
improvement to ensure that the individual
representations are given prompt attention by the
authorities at different levels. I also find that there
are standing instructions in the Department with
regard to the procedure for quick disposal of staff
cases. The Director General has recently issued a
circular letter to all Heads of Circles laying down time
schedules, etc. for the disposal of representations
from staff at different levels. I am enclosing a copy
of this circular. I am sure these instructions will go a
long way in ensuring that there is significant
improvement in the disposal of staff cases and that
no avoidable delay occurs anywhere. I have asked
the Director General to keep a watch over the
VENTURE
out periodical weekly or bi-weekly kit inspection and
take action against the defaulting officials.
5. You are therefore requested to take necessary
steps to ensure that the officials who are supplied
with Uniforms wear them while on duty and take
disciplinary action against the erring officials. This
can only be ensured by insisting on regular
inspections and taking personal interest. Therefore,
the supervisory officials who fail to carry out the
inspections properly and at regular intervals need also
be taken to task for dereliction of duty.
DG (P) letter No. 26-2/2002-UPE,
dated 27-03-2002
compliance of the instructions at every level in the
Department.
[D.O. No. 201/40/75-Disc.II dated 24-7-75]
It has been brought to notice that quite often
representations in regard to service matters received
from individual employees are not attended to
promptly. The need to create a proper atmosphere
where every employee would feel that his legitimate
grievances would be promptly attended to cannot be
overemphasised. It is essential to ensure that
representations from individual employees in regard
to their service matters are attended to promptly, at
all levels.
Normally the representations from the
employees would fall under two categories:-
(i) Individual representations in regard to seniority,
pay fixation, transfer request etc.
(ii) Representations against statutory penalties
imposed, orders of suspension etc.
As regards (i) above, the competent authority
should on receipt of representation, have the matter
examined dispassionately and take its decision
promptly. It should not be difficult to take a decision
within a fortnight of the date of receipt of the
representation. At any rate, it should not take more
than a month to take a final decision in the matter. If
the representation is against the decision of the
Divisional Officer, he should forward the
representation alongwith his comments on the points
raised in the representation to the competent authority
within a week of receipt of the representation. The
higher authority should arrange within a fortnight from
the date of receipt of the representation by him and
at any rate within a month or so. Where, however,
some probing is required or further information is
required to be called for, prompt action should be
167 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
taken to call for the information etc. within a week of
the receipt of the representation. D.G. the divisional
authority should forward it to the Postmaster General
within a week of the date of receipt of the
representation. Where the representation is addressed
to the DG P&T the divisional should forward it to the
Postmaster General within a week of the date of receipt
of the representation and the Postmaster General
should forward it to the Directorate within a fortnight
authority. The above time schedules are only indicated
with a view to stressing the need for quick disposal of
staff representations. While some modifications here
and there would perhaps be inevitable the Heads of
Circles should ensure that no avoidable delay occur
at any state in the disposal of representation from the
staff members.
As regards (ii) above, it is provided in the CCS
(CCA) Rules that appeals against statutory
penalties imposed shall be presented to the
authority to whom the appeal lies, a copy of the
17. INDIVIDUAL GRIEVANCES OF OFFICIALS
There has been a perceptible increase in the
number of individual grievances being received in
the Directorate from employees in different Circles
about matters relating to pay, leave, medical and
other claims etc. and other benefits and facilities
available to the employees in accordance with the
terms and conditions of their appointment. While such
individual representations to the Directorate and even
sometimes to the hon'ble Ministers, cannot be totally
precluded. I find that in many of these cases the
primary reason for the grievance expressed is the
hopelessly inadequate response received initially
from the concerned authority in the Circle where the
grievance was first taken up. In many of these cases,
the replies received from the subordinate
management levels which enclosed with the
representations, clearly shows a general lack of
application and also very poor expression. You will
appreciate that in the face of such ineffective and
apparently unsatisfactory response from different
levels in the Circle, the aggrieved individual feels
18. REPRESENTATION FROM GOVERNMENT SERVANTS ON SERVICE MATTERS
The undersigned is directed to refer to the
Ministry of Home Affairs O.M. No. 118/52-Estt. Dated
30th April, 1952 on the subject mentioned above
(copy enclosed for ready reference).
2. It has been envisaged in these instructions that
whenever, in any matter connected with his service
VENTURE
appeal being forwarded by the appellant to the
authority which made the order appealed against
shall on receipt of the copy of the appeal, forward
the same, with its comments thereon together with
the relevant records to the appellate authority
without any avoidable delay, and without waiting
for any direction from the appellate authority. It is
reiterated that the competant authority to whom
appeals are submitted by concerned officials
against orders of the disciplinary authorities should
keep a watch over the receipt of the records of the
case, etc. from the authorities below and ensure
that no avoidable delay occurs at any level, and
that the appeal is decided within a month from the
date of receipt of the records of the case.
The Heads of Circles, etc. may issue suitable
orders to their subordinates and ensure that the
above instructions are complied with strictly.
[D.G. P&T No. 201/40/75-DISC.II dated 23rd
July, 1975 to all Heads of Circles etc.]
motivated to represent his case to the Directorate.
As a labour intensive organization, one of the
first principles of human resource management that
all of us have to remember is to ensure prompt and
effective resolution of legitimate staff grievances. I
have felt the need to write to you in this regard so
that you give due attention to this important aspect
of management and also exhort your subordinate
officers to do the same. I would once again request
you to ensure prompt and effective attention to each
and every individual representation received at
different levels in your Circle. Specific care should
be given to see that the reply, in whichever language
it is issued, is correctly worded so as to convey the
right facts and also in most cases the rationale for
the decision taken. It may be necessary for you to
take suitable notice of any callousness on the part of
the officers signing such final replies and which are
found to be totally inadequate in terms of the
requirements that I have spelt out here.
(DG(P) No. 38-3/2001-PAP, dtd. 22/8/01).
rights or conditions, a Government servant wishes
to press a claim or to seek redress of a grievance,
the proper course for him is to address his immediate
official superior, or the Head of the Office or such
other authority at the lowest level as he is competent
to deal with the matter. Of late, it is observed that
168 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
there has been a tendency on the part of officers at
different levels to by pass the prescribed channel's
of representation and write directly to the high
functionaries totally ignoring the prescribed channels.
The problem is more acute in large Departments
where often very junior employees at clerical level
address multiple representatives to the Minister,
Prime Minister and other functionaries. Apart
from individual representation, the service unions
have also developed a tendency to write to the
Ministries and Prime Minister on individual
grievances. Some of these representations are
often forwarded through Members of Parliament,
in violation of Rule 20 of the CCS (Conduct)
Rules, 1964.
3. Existing instructions clearly provide that
representations on service matters should be
forwarded through proper channel. The stage at
which an advance copy of the representation may
be sent to higher authorities has also been indicated.
In M.H.A., O.M. No. 25/34/68-Estt. (A), dated 20-12-
1968 (copy enclosed) time limits for disposal of
various types of representations have been
prescribed. It is anticipated that an appeal or petition
cannot be disposed of within a month of its
submission, an acknowledgement or interim reply
should be sent to the individual within a month.
4. Thus adequate instruction are available in the
matter of submission of representations by the
Government servants and treatment of the
representations by the authorities concerned. As such
submission or representations directly to higher
authorities by passing the prescribed channel of
communication, has to be viewed seriously and
appropriate disciplinary action should be taken
against those who violate these instructions as it can
rightly be treated as an unbecoming conduct
attracting the provisions of Rule 3 (1) (iii) of the CCS
(Conduct) Rules, 1964.
5. It is requested that these instructions may be
brought to the notice of all Government servants and
appropriate disciplinary action may be taken against
those who violate these instructions.
DG (P) letter NO. 11013/7/99-Estt. (A)
dated 01-11-99
ENCLOSURE -1
REPRESENTATIONS FROM GOVERNMENT
SERVANTS ON SERVICE MATTERS --
TREATMENT OF
The undersigned is directed to refer to the
Ministry of Home Affairs, Office Memorandum No.
VENTURE
118/52-Estt. Dated the 30th April, 1952 on the subject
mentioned above (copy enclosed for ready
reference). It has been brought to the notice of the
Ministry of Home Affairs that undue delay occurs very
often in the disposal of representation from
Government servants in regard to matters connected
with the service rights or conditions which causes
hardship to the individuals concerned.
2. The representations from Government servants
on service matters may be broadly classified as
follows:
(i) Representation / complaints non-payment of
salary / allowance or other dues;
(ii) Representations on other service matters.
(iii) Representations against the orders of the
immediate superior authority; and
(iv) Appeals and petition under statutory rules and
orders (e.g., Classifications, Control and Appeal
Rules and the petition, instructions).
3. In regard to representations of the type mentioned
at (1) & (2) above, if the individual has not received a
reply thereto within a month of its submission, he
could address, or ask for an interview with the next
higher officer for redress of his grievances. Such
superior officer should immediately send for the
papers and take such action as may be called for,
without delay.
4. Representations of the type mentioned (3) above,
would be made generally only in cases where there
is no provision under the statutory rules or orders for
making appeals or petitions. Such representations
also should be dealt with as expeditiously as possible.
The provisions of the preceding paragraph would
apply to such representations also, but not to later
representations made by the same Government
servant on the same subject after his earlier
representation has been disposed off appropriately.
5. In regard to the representations of the type
mentioned at (4) above, although the relevant rules
or orders do not prescribe a time limit for disposing
of appeals and petitions by the competent authority.
It should be ensured that all such appeals and
petitions receive prompt attention and are disposed
within a reasonable time. If it is anticipated that an
appeal or a petition cannot be disposed of within a
month of its submission, an acknowledgement or an
interim reply should be sent to the individual within a
month.
6. The instructions contained in Paragraphs 2 of the
Ministry's Office Memorandum No. 118/52-Ests.
Dated 30th April 1952, will stand modified to be extent
169 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
indicated in the paragraphs 3,4 and 5 above.
No. 25/34/68-Estt. (A) dated 20-12-1986
ENCLOSURE -2
REPRESENTATIONS FROM GOVERNMENT
SERVANTS OF SERVICE MATTERS --
ADVANCE COPIES
Reference are frequently received in this Ministry
enquiring whether the submission of advance copies
of representations to higher authorities is permissible
and as to the treatment that should be accorded to
such copies. The matter has been carefully
considered and the following instructions are issued
for the guidance of all concerned.
2. Whenever, in any matter connected with the service
rights of conditions, a Government servant wishes to
press a claim or to seek redress of a grievance, the
proper course for him, is to address his immediate
official superior or the Head of his Office, or such other
authority at the lowest level as he is competent to deal
with the matter. An appeal or representation to a higher
authority must not be made unless the appropriate
lower authority has already rejected the claim or refusal
relief or ignored or unduly delayed the disposal of the
case. Representations to still higher authorities (i.e.
those addressed to the president the Government or
to Hon. Ministers) must be submitted through the
proper channel (i.e. the Head of Office, etc.
concerned). There will be no objection at that stage,
but at that stage, to an advance copy of the
representations being sent direct.
3. The treatment by the higher authorities of advance
copies of representations so received should be
governed by the following general principles:
(a) If the advance copy does not clearly show that
all means of securing attention or redress from
lower authorities have been duly tried and
exhausted, the representations should be
ignored or rejected summarily on that ground,
the reasons being communicated briefly to the
19. PRINCIPAL CPMG/CPMG SHALL BE THE REVISING AUTHORITY,
WHERE THE APPELLATE AUTHORITY IS SUBORDINATE TO THEM
In exercise of the powers conferred by Clause
(VI) of sub-rule (I) of Rule 29 of the Central Civil
Services (Classification, Control and Appeal) Rules,
1965, the President hereby specifies that in the case
of Government servant serving in the Department of
Posts for whom the appellate authority is subordinate
to the authority designated as the Principal Chief
Postmaster-General or the Chief Postmaster-
VENTURE
Government servants. If the Government
servant persists in thus prematurely addressing
the higher authorities, suitable disciplinary action
should be taken against him.
(b) If the advance copy shows clearly that
appropriate lower authorities have been duly
addressed and exhausted, it should be
examined to as certain whether on the facts,
as stated some grounds for interference or for
further consideration appear, prima facie to exit.
Where no such grounds appear, the
representation may be ignored or summarily
rejected, the reasons being communicated
briefly to the Government servant.
(c) Even where some grounds for interference or
further consideration appear to exist, the
appropriate lower authority should be asked,
within a reasonable time, to forward the original
representation, with its report and comments
on the points urged. There is ordinarily no
justification for the passing of any orders on any
representation without thus ascertaining the
comments of the appropriate lower authority.
(d) Some Government servants are in the habit of
sending copies of their representations, also to
outside authorities, i.e. authorities who are not
directly concerned with the consideration thereof
(e.g. other Honourable Minister, Secretary,
Members of Parliament, etc.). This is a most
objectionable practice, contrary to official
propriety and subversive of good discipline and
all Government servants are expected
scrupulously to eschew it.
5. Separate instructions exists in respect of officers
of the All India Serves and these instructions do not
apply to those officers.
6. It is requested that the above instructions may
be brought to the notice of all Government servants.
No. 118/52-Ests.Dated 30-04-1952
General (other than the Chief Postmaster General
of Senior Administrative Grade) of a Circle, the said
Principal Chief Postmaster General or the said Chief
Postmaster-General, as the case may be, shall be
the revising authority for the purpose of exercising
the powers under the said Rule 29.
(G.I., Dept. of Posts, Notfn. No. C-11011/1/2001-
VP, Dated 29-5-2001).
170 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 20. OFFICIALS UNDER SUSPENSION CAN BE ALLOWED TO
FUNCTION AS DEFENCE ASSISTANTS
A question has been raised whether under the
provisions of Rule 14 (8) of the CCS (CCA) Rules,
1965, a Government servant under suspension, is
eligible to function as defence counsel, if his services
are required by an accused official. The reply to the
question is that he has ceased to be Government
servant, and as such, an official under suspension
has full right to work as defence assistant. This
21. ACTION AGAINST ABSCONDING OFFICIALS
The cases of loss and fraud are usually
reported to the police and the officials involved are
placed under suspension. A scrutiny of these
cases reveals that some of the departmental
officials are involved in such cases abscond and
are not apprehended by the police. The official
continued to be under suspension till they
surrender or are apprehended by the police and
prosecuted. This results in two things, firstly, the
cases drag on for a long time and secondly, if when
the absconding officials are apprehended and
proceeded against they are required to be paid the
subsistence allowance if they produce a certificate
of non-employment.
2. After careful consideration it has been decided
that in such cases the competent disciplinary
authorities may take the following action:-
(a) A certificate should be obtained from the local
police authorities to the effect that the
whereabouts of the officials concerned are not
known. This certificate should be placed on
record in the concerned file.
22. DIES NON AND ITS EFFECT
The day can be marked as dies non by the leave
sanctioning authority only under following three
circumstances,
(i) When the official remains absent from duty
without prior information;
(ii) When on duty in office, the official leaves the
office without proper permission; and
(iii) The official remains in office, but refuses to
perform duty assigned to him.
From the conditions mentioned above, it is
clear that an official can be marked as dies nor
even if he performs duty for a part of day in case
he leaves office without proper permission or
VENTURE
question was recently examined by the Kerala High
Court and it was opined that there is no rule that a
person under suspension is not entitled to assist
another Government servant in enquiry proceedings.
The above ruling may be kept in view while
deciding similar cases.
(D.G. P&T No. 201/45/75, Disc. 11, dated
the 3rd July 1975)
(b) A brief statement of allegations and charges
should be prepared and kept on the file.
(c) The disciplinary authority should himself record
on the file the fact that the whereabouts of the
officials concerned are not known and that the
police authorities have also certified to that
effect and therefore it is not reasonably
practicable to hold the inquiry contemplated
under Rule 14 of the CCS (CCA) Rules, 1965.
The disciplinary authority can then take
recourse to Rule 19 (ii) of CCS (CCA) Rules,
1965 wherein enquiry has to be dispensed with.
Reasons for not holding enquiry should then
be recorded in writing and the disciplinary
authority should issue orders imposing such
penalty as it deems fit. The allegations and
charges have to be briefly discussed in the
punishment order. Normally in such cases the
punishment that could be meted out would be
either removal or dismissal from service.
(D.G., P&T's Letter No. 4-22/PT-72/INV
dated the 4th July 1972)
when he refuses to perform duties while remaining
in office. But a day on which an official comes
late and works throughout the day during office
hours will not be marked as dies non. It is
accordingly clarified that treating this day as dies
non for coming late is not contemplated in the
rules. The proper course in such cases would be
to debit the casual leave account of the official
as per instructions issued from time to time.
(D.G. P&T's letter No. 10-44/79-PE.II dated 26th
November 1979)
2. The existing instructions provide for deducting half-
a-day's casual leave when a Government servant
171 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
comes late without sufficient justification and the
competent authority, which not considering it as a fit
case for initiating disciplinary action, is also not
prepared to condone the latecoming. Sometimes, it
so happens that a Government servant who comes
late without sufficient justification has no casual leave
to his credit and it is not, therefore, possible to debit
half-a-day's casual leave to his casual leave account.
The question has, therefore, been raised by many
Ministries and Departments, as to how such a
situation to be met.
3. The matter has been examined in consultations
with Ministry of Law, and it had been decided that
if an official who has no casual leave to his credit,
23. WHO ARE COMPETENT TO INVESTIGATE INTO FRAUD AND LOSS
CASES AND WHAT ARE THEIR MONETARY LIMITS?
On the basis of the deliberations of the heads of
circles in July 92, it has been decided to revise the
Designation
(A) IPO / ASPOs /IRM/ASRM
(B) Divl. Supdts / Sr. Supdt. Of P.Os / RMS
Chief Postmaster /Dy. PPM (Bombay andCalcutta GPOs)
(C) Astt. Director / APMG (INV) in the Circle Office
(D) Director Postal Services / Directors Calcutta
and Bombay GPOs / Postmasters General
Note:-
(i) Investigations into losses between Rs. 25,000/-
to Rs. 50,000/- in GPOs at Calcutta and Bombay
will be got done by the Chief Postmasters
General through ADPS / APMG (INV) of the
Circle Office.
(ii) This revision is being done to avoid delays in
the investigation correctly noted at Circle /
Regional level.
2. Hereafter, only those cases in which loss exceeds
Rs. 50,000/- will be reported to Directorate. The
cases upto Rs. 50,000/- will be disposed of at the
level of CPMG / PMG.
3. In respect of current cases upto Rs. 50,000/-
already reported to the Directorate, no further reports
need be sent to the Investigations Section of the
Directorate. These cases will be technically closed
in the Investigation Section of Directorate. These
will now be pursued at Circle / Regional level.
4. However, in such of those current cases where
initial loss does not exceed Rs. 50,000/-, the
verification of the past work has not been completed,
VENTURE
comes late without sufficient justification and the
administrative authority concerned is not prepared
to condone the late-coming but does not, at the
same time, propose to take disciplinary action, it
may inform the official that he will be treated as
on unauthorised absence for the day on which he
has come late, and leave it to the official himself
either to face the consequences of such
unauthorised absence or to apply for earned leave
or any other kind of leave due and admissible for
the entire day, the same may be sanctioned by
the competent authority.
(G.I, M.H.A. (D.P. & A.R.), O.M. No. 28034/3/82
Ests. (A) dated the 5th March 1982)
present monetary limits for handling of loss and fraud
cases for conducting the investigation as under:-
Present limit Revised limit
Upto Rs. 5,000/- Upto Rs.10,000/-
Rs. 5,000/- Rs. 10,000/-
to Rs. 10,000/- to Rs. 25,000/-
Rs. 10,000/- Rs. 25.000/-
to Rs. 20,000/- to Rs. 50,000/-
Above Rs. 20,000/- Above Rs. 50,000/-
should it be discovered as a result of the verification
of the past work that the loss involved has exceeded
Rs. 50,000/- the same should intimated to the
Directorate so that the case can be re-opened in the
Investigation Section and brought on the current list
of cases for monitoring their progress by the
Investigation Section.
5. In respect of cases involving loss of Rs. 5,00,000/
- or more investigations from the Directorate may
also be undertaken. However, cases with loss
exceeding Rs. 5,00,000/- shall continue to be
investigated and processed by the Circles.
6. Review of cases - Half yearly review reports of
loss and fraud cases exceeding Rs. 50,000/- shall
continue to be submitted to the Directorate. In
respect of other fraud cases analysis of the cases,
patterns of frauds if any found and any novel methods
of defrauding the department should be reported to
the Directorate.
7. Following procedure for review of cases upto Rs.
50,000/- in the Circle is prescribed to be followed:-
(a) Cases investigated by IPO / ASPOs/IRM/ASRM
172 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 upto Rs. 10,000/- will be reviewed by the
Divisional Superintendents concerned or Sr/
Chief Postmaster and Dy. PM of Bombay and
Calcutta GPOs as the case may be.
(b) Cases investigated upto Rs. 25,000/- by the
Divisional Superintendents / Sr/Chief
Postmaster incharge Investigation will be
reviewed in the circle office by the ADPS /
APMG (INV) and submitted to the DPS for
information and orders. As regards Bombay
and Calcutta GPOs, the review in such cases
will be submitted to the Director Bombay and
Calcutta GPOs.
(c) Cases investigated by the ADPS / APMG
(investigation) of Circle Offices will be reviewed
by the DPS and put upto PMG / CPMG for
information and orders.
8. The investigation in the cases involving amounts
over Rs. 50,000/- will be carried out by the Director
and by the PMG. The assistance of the IFA or an
24. DISCIPLINARY CASES SHOULD BE CLOSED ON THE DEATH OF
THE CHARGED OFFICIAL
The Government has been receiving
references seeking clarification whether
disciplinary cases initiated against the Government
servant under CCS (CCA) Rules, 1965, could be
closed in the event of death of the charged officer
during pendency of the proceedings. After careful
consideration of all the aspects, it has been
decided that where a Government servant dies
during the pendency of the of the inquiry i.e. without
charges being proved against him, imposition of
25. FIXING UP CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE
The responsibility of a Departmental or an Extra-
Departmental official in the matter of loss of Govt.
money and property is stated in rules 204 and 204 A
of P&T Manual Vol.III (1972 Edition). These rules
are derived from general guidance in Appendix.II of
compilations of General Financial Rules, Vol.II.
However, the Director General has had occasions
to observe that recoveries for loss are being effected
even from officials remotely guilty of contributory
negligence. This creates a feeling of frustration and
insecurity and instead of aiming at efficient and proper
service, the staff are prone to adopt a defensive
posture of work.
It is felt that instructions contained in the above
rules are adequate but are not being implemented in
the sprit of these rules. In dealing with a fraud case
VENTURE
A.O. of the Postal Account Office or Regional office
should also be taken with regard to investigations in
these cases. It has to be ensured that investigation
at Circle / Regional Office level are not delayed on
the Pretext of non-availability of an Accounts Officer.
9. In cases where the loss exceeds Rs. 5 lakhs,
Directorate may also undertake investigations at the
discretion of Member Postal Services Board /
Secretary (P) with the help of representative of IFA
Branch. The investigations by the Directorate will
not substitute the investigation by the Circles which
is primarily their responsibility.
10. In every case where the loss exceeds Rs. 50,000/
- an intimation by telegram, telex or fax, wherever
facility is available, should be sent in the first instance
to ADG (Investigation).
11. Heads of Circles will maintain necessary
statistical data in respect of loss / fraud cases
pertaining to different Regions in the circle office.
(DG (P) No. 8-5/92-INV dated 24-09-92)
any of the penalties prescribed under the CCS
(CCA) Rules, 1965, would not be justifiable.
Therefore, disciplinary proceedings should be
closed immediately on the death of the alleged
Government servant.
2. In so far as the persons serving in the Indian Audit
and Accounts Department are concerned, this issues
with the concurrence of the C & AG.
(G.I., Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No. 11012/7/99-
Estt. (A) dated 20-10-1999)
the primary consideration of some disciplinary
authorities appear to be the question of recovery of
the loss in fraud and some times supervisory officials
who can only be remotely connected with the case
are punished with recovery solely for this purpose.
This need not be the case. The default or lapses of
each official should be judged carefully to see if this
offence merits recovery and or any other
punishment.
Pecuniary responsibility need not be fixed for
mere routine at pretty lapses. For effecting
recovery, negligency should be such as has been
the direct or prominent cause of the loss to the
Govt. and loss sustained was a probable
consequence of that lapse.
(DG Post No. 15-9/74-INV dated 10-02-1975)
173 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 26. RECOVERY FROM RETIRED OFFICIALS
Disciplinary proceedings can be initiated against
a retired official in the manner provided in Articles
351 of CSR for the purpose of withholding or
withdrawing a pension or any part of it either
permanently or for specific period, and also for
ordering recovery from pension and or DCRG of the
whole or a part of any loss sustained by Govt.
An enquiry under Rule 9 of CCS (Pension) Rules
27. REALISATION OF LOSS FROM SUBSIDIARY OFFENDERS
Instructions for regulating the enforcement of
responsibility for losses, etc.
(a) The cardinal principle governing the assessment
of responsibility is that every public officer should
exercise the same vigilance.
In respect of expenditure from public funds generally
as person of ordinary prudence would exercise
in respect of the expenditure and the custody of
his own money. While, therefore, the competent
authority may, in special cases condone an
officer's honest errors of judgement involving
financial loss, if the officer can show that he has
acted in good faith and done his best up to the
limits of his ability and experience, Personal
liability shall be strictly enforced against all
officers who are dishonest, careless or negligent
in the duties to them.
(b) In cases where loss is due to delinquencies of
subordinate officials and where it appears that
this has been facilitated by laxity of supervision
on the part of a superior officer, the latter should
also be called strictly to account and his
personal liability in the matter carefully
assessed.
(c) (i) The question of enforcing pecuniary liability
should always be considered as well as the
question of other forms of disciplinary action. In
deciding the degree of the officer's pecuniary
liability it will be necessary to look not only to the
circumstance of the case but also the financial
circumstances of the officer, since it should be
recognised that the penalty should not be such
as to impair the Government servant's future
efficiency.
VENTURE
1972 has to be held for recovery of pecuniary losses
caused to the Govt. by negligence, on breach of orders
by a retired official. The recovery of any amount from
his pension or DCRG after the recovery of any amount
from his pension or DCRG after the date of retirement
can not be made under any circumstances without
the express order of the President.
(Rule 137 of P&T Manual Vol.III)
(ii) In particular, if the loss has occurred through
fraud, every endeavour should be made to
recover the whole amount lost from the guilty
person and if laxity of supervision has
facilitated the fraud, the supervising officer
at fault may properly be penalised either
directly by requiring him to make good in
money a sufficient proportion of the loss or
indirectly by reduction or stoppage of his
increments of pay.
(iii) It should always be considered whether the
depreciated value of Government property or
equipment lost, damaged or destroyed by the
carelessness of individuals entrusted with
their care (e.g. bicycles, calculators, a
policeman's rifle, a touring officer's tent, a
factory motor lorry, an engineer's
instruments, etc.) should not be recovered
from the delinquent official. The depreciated
value of the stores may be calculated by
applying the 20% depreciation in the case of
vehicles, including cycles, and 15% in the
case of calculating machines, on the reduced
balance every year. The amount to be
recovered may be limited to the Government
capacity to pay.
(d) When a pensionable Government servant is
concerned in any irregularity or loss, the authority
investigating the case shall bear in mind the
provisions contained in Rules 9 and 69 of CCS
(Pension) Rules 1972, as amended from time to
time and immediately inform the Accounts Officer
responsible for reporting on his title to pension /
death-cum-retirement gratuity, and the Head of
174 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 Office and it will be the duty of the later to make
a note of the information and see that in
accordance with the provision contained in Rule
69 of CCS (Pension) Rule 1972 gratuity / or
death-cum-retirement gratuity is not paid before
a conclusion is arrived at as regards the
Government servant's culpability and final orders
are issued thereon.
(e) The fact that the Government servants who were
guilty of frauds or irregularities have been
demobilised or have retired and have thus
escaped punishment, should not be made a
justification for absolving those who are also
guilty but who still remain in service.
(f) It is of the greatest importance to avoid delay in
the investigation of any loss due to fraud,
negligence, financial irregularity, etc., should be
the administrative authority require the
assistance of the Audit Officer and / or the
Accounts Officer, as the case may be, in pursuing
the investigation, he may call on that officer for
all vouchers and other documents that may be
relevant to the investigation; and if the
investigation is complex and he needs the
28. RECOVERY OF PECUNIARY LOSS CAUSED BY A GOVT.
SERVANT CLARIFICATIONS REGARDING.
References are being received in this
Department seeking clarification whether the
instructions contained in DG P&T letter No. 3/313/
70-Disc-I dated 17-8-1971 are applicable to Govt.
servants serving in other Ministries/departments
also.
The DG P&Ts instructions mentioned above
provide that recovery from the pay of a Govt. servant
as a punishment for any pecuniary loss caused by
him to the Govt. by negligence or breach of orders,
should not exceed 1/3rd of his basis pay (i.e.
excluding dearness pay or any other allowances) and
should not be spread over a period of more than three
years. However, no such limits have been prescribed
in the statutory rules i.e. in Rule 11 (iii) of CCS (CCA)
Rules 1965.
The matter has been examined in consultation
with the Ministry of Law. It was observed that the
VENTURE
assistance of an expert Audit Officer / Accounts
Officer to unravel it, he should apply forthwith
for that assistance to Government which will then
negotiate with the Audit Officer and / or the
Accounts Officer concerned for the services of
an investigating staff. Thereafter the
administrative authority and the Audit / Accounts
Authority shall be personally responsible within
their respective spheres, for the expeditious
conduct of the enquiry. In any case in which it
appears that recourse to judicial proceedings is
likely, the Special Police Establishment or the
State Police should be associated with the
investigations.
(g) Depending upon the results of the inquiry,
departmental proceedings and or
prosecution shall be instituted at the earliest
moment against the delinquent officials
concerned and conducted with strict
adherence to the Central Civil Services
(Classification, Control and Appeal) Rules
1965, and other instruction prescribed in this
regard by the Government.
(Appendix 4 of the FHB Vol. I)
DGP&T instructions prescribed the procedure to
effect the recovery of the amount levied as penalty
in terms of Rule 11 (iii) of CCS (CCA) Rules 1965
and these procedural instructions cannot amend,
supersede, or modify the substantive provisions of
Rule 11 (iii) of CCS (CCA) Rules 1965. While it is
expected that in imposing the penalty of recovery
of pecuniary loss the disciplinary authority should
not display such severity that a Govt.. servant suffers
hardship disproportionate to his negligence/
misconduct that led to the loss, it is not necessary
to fix a rigid limit for the purpose of such recovery.
The DGP&T instructions would, therefore, be
treated as unwarranted. Therefore, the implication
of this OM is to recover the entire loss from the
delinquent official but the recovery may be spread
over till entire loss is recovered.
(DG(P) No. C 11011/5/2000-VP dtd. 29-11-2000)
175 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 29. RECOVERY BE MADE IN CASE OF FRAUD
If the loss has occurred through fraud, every
endeavour should be made to recover the whole
amount lost from the guilty persons, and if laxity of
supervision has facilitated the fraud, the supervising
officer at fault may properly be penalised either
30. FIXING CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE / RESPONSIBILITIES
I am directed to refer to the subject cited above
and to say that the penalty of recovery under Rule
11 (iii) of the CCS (CCA) Rules, 1972 can be
imposed on a Government servant only when it is
established that the Government servant is directly
responsible for the act of negligence or breach of
orders causing the financial loss. Rule 106, 107 &
111 of P&T Manual vol. III and Government of India
Instructions No. 23 below Rule 11 are relevant in
this regard.
2. The guiding principles for imposition of penalty of
recovery as contained in the Government of India
Instruction No. 23 below Rule 11 ibid are reiterated
in the following:
31. PENALTY OF RECOVERY
The amount of recovery of loss ordered as a
measure of penalty can be reduced by the
punishing authority at any later stage if it is found
that the amount of loss sustained by the
Government is less than that originally
calculated. If, however, the loss is subsequently
32. CONDITION OF RECOVERY
I. In the case of proceedings relating to recovery
of pecuniary losses caused to the Government by
negligence, or breach of orders by a Govt. Servant,
the penalty of recovery can be imposed only when it
is established that the Govt. Servant was responsible
for a particular act or acts of negligence or breach of
orders or rules and that such Negligency or breach
caused the loss.
II. In the case of loss to the Govt. the competent
disciplinary authority should correctly assess in
a realistic manner the contributory negligence
on the part of an officer and while determining
any omission or lapses on the part of an officer,
the bearing of such lapses on the loss considered
on the extenuating circumstances in which the
duties were performed by the officer, shall be
VENTURE
directly by requiring him to make good in money a
sufficient proportion of the loss or indirectly by
reduction or stopping of his increment of pay.
(Rule 204-A(4) Postal Man. Vol. III)
"In the case of loss caused to the Government,
the competent disciplinary authority should correctly
assess in a realistic manner the contributory
negligence on the part of an officer and while
determining any omission or lapses on the part of an
officer, the bearing of such lapses on the loss
considered and the extenuating circumstances in
which the duties were performed by the officer, shall
be given due weight."
The above-mentioned instructions may be kept
in view by the concerned authorities, while deciding
cases relating to imposition of penalty of recovery.
(DG Post No. C-32016/07/2006-VP dated
14-11-2006)
found to be nil, the case has to be reviewed by
the competent authority for imposing an
appropriate penalty. That authority will not,
however, be competent to impose a penalty
higher than that of recovery.
(Rules 111 of P&T Man. Vol. III)
given due weight.
III. The Maximum amount which may be recovered
from a delinquent officer on account of loss caused
to the Department through his negligence should be
1/3rd of his pay spread over a period of 3 years. For
this purpose, only basic pay should be taken into
account. In addition to the penalty of recovery,
technically there is no bar to impose any statutory
penalty if the circumstances of the case justify it. The
punishing authority should however bear in mind
that when more than one penalty is imposed, one
of which is recovery of pay of the whole or a part
of the loss caused to Govt. it should not be of
such severity so to make impossible for him to
bear the strain.
(Rule 106, 107 & 108 of P&T Manual Vol.III)
176 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 33. RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSSES
Where owing to the negligence of a departmental
employee or its agent including an E.D.A. or through
the omission on his part to observe any rule as
provided in the different Vol. of the P&T Manual or in
PO guide, the department either by reason of the
enquiry being impeded or frustrated directly or
indirectly or for any other reason, is put to a loss of
Govt. money or property he has to make good the
loss of any money or property, or where the
34. HONEST ERRORS CAN BE CONDONED
The cardinal principle governing the
assessment of responsibility is that every public
officer should exert the same vigilance in respect
of public expenditure and public funds generally
as a person of ordinary prudence would exercise
in respect of the expenditure and the custody of
his own money. While therefore the competent
authority may in special cases, condone an
35. WAIVAL OF PROSECUTION
A question was raised on the exercise of
powers of waival of prosecution by the addl.
Postmaster General. A few circles, supporting the
exercise of such powers by addl. PMG, suggested
that these powers should be exercised by addl.
Postmaster General only where the loss has been
made good.
II. After consideration of the issue involved, it is
clarified that normally in all cases which involved an
amount of more than Rs. 5000/- prosecution should
be launched, irrespective of recovery of loss either
in full or in part. The waival of prosecution should be
considered only in case where there is no sufficient
36. REPRESENTATION AGAINST ADVERSE REMARKS
Only one representation against adverse remarks
(including reference to 'warning' or communication
of displeasure of the Government or 'repremand'
which are recorded in the confidential report of the
Govt. servant) should be allowed within one month
of their communication. While communicating the
adverse remarks to the Government servant
concerned, the time limit should be brought to his
notice. However, the competent authority may, in its
discretion entertain a representation made beyond
this time limit if there is satisfactory explanation for
the delay.
(DP & AR OM No. 21011/1/77-Estt. Dated 30-01-
VENTURE
department losses money by embezzlement or fraud
by any of its employees etc. any member of the staff
or any agent who by his negligence, default or
disregard of the rule has caused loss or has
contributed to its occurrence either by reason of the
enquiry being impeded or frustrated directly to
indirectly or for any other reason may be required to
make good the loss either, in full or in part as the
competent authority may decide. (R 103 Vol-II)
offender's honest error of judgement involving
financial loss if the officer can show that he has
acted in good faith and done his best upto the limits
of his ability and experience, personal liability must
be strictly enforced against all officers who are
dishonest, careless or negligent in the duties
entrusted to them.
(Rule 204 A (1) Vol. III)
evidence for successful prosecution and consequent
conviction of the principal offender. There is,
therefore, no nexus between the waival of
prosecution and the extent of loss made good by or
on behalf of principal offender.
III. (i) As regards the exercise of the powers of
prosecution by the Addl. Postmaster General, it is
made clear that in as much as the Addl. PMG have
separate identifiable jurisdiction, there is no objection
for them to exercise the powers of waival of
prosecution, subject of course to other conditions,
stipulated thereon.
(DG (P) letter No. 8-5/RLG/8-INV dated 01-02-88)
78 and OM No. 31/14/60-Est. (A) dated 31-10-61.
All representations against the adverse remarks
should be decided expeditiously by the competent
authority and in any case within three months from
the date of submission of the representation. Adverse
remarks should not be deemed to be operative if any
representation filed within the prescribed limit is
pending. If no representation is made within the
prescribed time or once this has been finally disposed
of, there should be no further bar to take notice of
the adverse remarks.
(DG & AR OM No. 21011/1/77-Estt.
Dated 30-01-78)
177 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 37. PERIOD OF SUSPENSION TO BE TREATED AS DUTY IF
MINOR PENALTY IS IMPOSED
Where departmental proceedings against a
suspended employee for imposition of a major
penalty finally end with the imposition of minor penalty
the suspension can be said to be wholly unjustified
in term of FR 54 B and the employee concerned
38. PENAL RECOVERIES FROM DEPARTMENTAL OFFICIALS IN CASE
OF LOSSES AND FRAUDS
1) If a supervising officer find a deficiency in the
case or stamp balance of a Post Office or a record,
the post master or treasurer or both in the case of
PO or the Record clerk in case of record office should
be called upon to produce the money or stamps. If
the official or officials cannot do so and are unable to
give a satisfactory explanation an inventory of the
cash and stamps actually found should be drawn up
and got signed by two independent witness and action
should be taken as prescribed in the rules on the
subject of criminal offences in Chapter IV P & T Man.
Vol. II
(Rule 217 of Vol-V)
2) Pecuniary recovery from DCRG is not a statutory
39. CLOSING OF CENTRAL GOVT. OFFICES OF CONNECTION WITH
ELECTIONS TO STATE ASSEMBLIES ETC.
Forwarded herewith a copy of the Office
Memorandum No. 12/14/99-JCA dated 22nd January
2002 received from the Ministry of Personnel, PG
and Pensions (Department of Personnel & Training),
New Delhi on the above mentioned subject for
information and further necessary action.
The said OM dated 22nd January 2002 may be
brought to the notice of all concerned.
The undersigned is directed to say that in the
connection with the general elections to same of the
State Assemblies etc. during February, 2002, the
following guidelines may be followed for closing of
Central Govt. Offices, including Industrial
Establishments :-
(i) The relevant organizations shall remain closed
in the notified areas where general elections to State
VENTURE
should therefore be paid full pay and allowances for
the period of suspension by passing a suitable order
under FR - 54-B.
(G.I. Department of Per & Trg. O.M. No. 11012/
15/85 Est. (A) dated 03-12-1985)
penalty. In case where a Govt.. servant is due to retire
shortly any amount of loss caused by him could not
be recovered in full because of his pending
retirement, final punishment order should be passed
and the case referred to the Directorate for initiation
of action under Rule 9 of CCS (pension) rules 1972.
(DG P&T NO. 6/10/67-Disc, dated 14-4-69)
3) Penal interest in the amount defrauded by
departmental official should be recovered at the rate
of 2.5% per annum (compound) over and above the
rate of interest fixed from time to time for the various
types of accounts and savings certificates for the
period during which the amount was defrauded.
(DG P&T NO. 1-19/75-SB dated 15-10-75)
Legislative Assemblies the scheduled to be
conducted.
(ii) In connection with bye-elections to Lok Sabha/
State Assembly, the Central Govt. Offices shall not
be closed. However, such of the employees who are
bona-fide voters in the relevant constituency should
be granted special casual leave on the day of polling.
(iii) Special Casual Leave may also be granted to
an employee who is ordinary a resident of a
constituency and registered as a voter but employed
in any Central Govt. Organisation/Industrial
establishment; located outside the constituency
having a general/bye election.
The above instructions may be brought to the
notice of all concerned.
(DG (P) No. 21-6/2001-PE-II, dt. 12-2-2002)
178 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 10. RELAX - REFRESH RULING KNOWLEDGE -
A GIST OF SELECTIVE ORDERS
1. ELIGIBILITY FOR APPEARING IN
DEPARTMENTAL EXAM - CASE OF EDAS
SPECAILLY RECRUITED FOR DEPUTATION
TO APS.
q i) It is to clarify that the EDAs who are appointed
as Group D in APS are eligible for appearing in
Postman's examination.
ii) It is also clarified that henceforth the EDAs
who are Group D of APS will also be eligible to
sit as EDA in the clerical examination as per
the existing provision whereby 50% vacancies
in clerical cadre are to be filled by promotion
through Departmental examination failing
which the unfilled vacancies shall be offered
to EDAs of recruiting division or units.
(DG(P) No. 44-4/96-SPB I dated 25-6-96)
2. Retention of Rent free quarters during leave
exceeding on one month should be
recovered :
(DG P&T No. 22-26/57/P&A/NB, dt. 16-12-59)
3. COUNTING LEAVE FOR INCREMENT -
ANNUALLY FOR THE PURPOSE OF FR 26(C)
q 1) From 19-4-1952 Periods of E.L. upto a
maximum of 120 days
taken at a time.
2) From 26-12-61 All kinds of leave
excluding EXOL.
3) From 22-10-1963 All kinds of leave excluding
EXOL taken otherwise
than on Medical Certificate
(G.I. M.F. U.O. 8276-E-III (A)/63, dt. 23-12-1963)
4. UNAVAILED JOINING TIME TO BE CREDITED
IN E.L. ACCOUNT :
q If an official joins the new post on transfer without
availing the full joining time, the unavailed period
is to be credited to his earned leave account
subject to the following conditions :
i) He is ordered to join the new post without availing
full joining time or
ii) He proceeds alone to the new place of posting
and takes his family later within permissible time
for claiming TA for the family and
iii) The total including this credit does not exceed
240 days.
(Rule 26 (i) (a) (iii)
5. REGULATION OF ALLOWANCES DURING
LEAVE :
q i) DA : On the amount of Leave salary.
VENTURE
ii) HRA & CCA : During the period of leave not
exceeding 180 days and during LPR, these
allowances are admissible at the same rates at
which they were drawn before proceeding on
leave. Drawal of these allowances during the
leave period in excess of 180 days is subject to
furnishing of the prescribed certificate by the
official.
iii)Conveyance allowance : Not admissible during
leave and holidays prefixed or suffixed to leave.
6. DIES NON- LEAVE CREDIT :
q While affording advance Credit of EL the periods
of 'Dies-non' be given similar treatment as given
to EXOL.
(DG No. 51/35/75-SPB-I dated 17-10-77)
7. ENCASHMENT OR LEAVE ACCUMULATED IN
APS:
q It has been decided that leave accumulated in
APS can be brought forward on repatriation (of
staff) to the Dept. of Posts but such brought
forward leave shall be allowed to be carried
forward for encashment of leave at the time of
retirements/superannuation and not for availment
subject to the maximum limit (prescribed for
encashment) under the CCS (Leave) Rules. The
leave so accumulated in service in APS should
be kept in a different record and a remark should
be made in the Service Book indicating that this
amount of leave was not availed of in APS and
will be treated as leave for 'Leave encashment'
only subject to limits prescribed for encashment
from time to time.
(Dte. Lr. No. 87-1/87-SPB-II, dt. 16-2-88)
8. ABSENCE AFTER EXPIRY OF LEAVE :
q "A Govt. Servant who remains absent after the
expiry of leave granted is entitled to No Leave
Salary unless the leave is extended by the
competent authority. Such period of absence
shall be debited against the half-pay leave to his
credit. If the period of such absence exceeds
the half pay leave to his credit, the excess period
shall be treated as extraordinary leave. (Rule 25)
NB: No leave salary is payable.
9. LEAVE NOT DUE :
q Grant of L.N.D. is in order even if there is credit
under EL account vide AG, MS. No. Trg. 12-4/A/
59-60/492 dt. 24-12-1959 Sl. 213 in file L 25 RLR.
LND can be granted only on Medical grounds
179 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 and not for Private affairs.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 11012/1/85-
Estt. (L) dt. 20-6-88)
10. EL UPTO 180 DAYS CAN BE AVAILED IN ONE
SPELL :
q The present ceiling of 120 days for availing of
EL in one spell under Rule 26(2) of CCS Leave
Rules 1972 may be increased to 180 days.
(OM :11014/3/89-Estt(L) dt. 12-12-90)
11. MATERNITY LEAVE COMBINED WITH LEAVE
OF ANY OTHER KIND :
q Maternity leave may be combined with leave of
any other kind. Notwithstanding the requirement
of production of Medical Certificate contained in
Rule 13 and Rule 14, leave of the kind due and
admissible (including commuted leave for a
period not exceeding 60 days and leave not due)
upto a maximum of one year, pay if applied for
be granted in continuation of Maternity leave
granted under sub rule (1)
(Dept. of Per. & Trg.No. 1109/11/88-AIS (III),
dt. 29-3-89)
12. FEMALE EMPLOYEES AVAILING MATERNITY
LEAVE FOR MTP NOT ENTITLED FOR
SPECIAL CL :
q Female Govt. Servants undergoing
salpingectomy operation alongwith Medical
termination of pregnancy will be entitled to six
weeks Maternity leave. Such female Govt.
servants who avail of this facility of Maternity
leave would not be entitled to additional 14 days
or Special Casual Leave.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 28016/1/91-
Estt.(A) dt. 13-5-92)
13. SECOND MEDICAL OPINION :
q TA/DA as on tour for Journeys and halt in
connection with Second Medical Opinion :
The Govt. have agreed for payment of daily
allowance for period of halt at Outstation to the
following conditions :
i) The payment to daily allowance shall be made
for a maximum period of two days, calculated
as on tour.
ii) The employees should be sent for second
Medical opinion only in genuine cases and
particularly when the employee is habitually on
leave on Medical grounds.
(G.I. M.F. O.M. No. 19043/2/89-E-IV,
dt. 30-5-90)
14. GRANT OF SPECIAL CL TO WOMEN
CENTRAL GOVT. EMPLOYEES WHEN THEIR
HUSBAND UNDERGO VASECTOMY
VENTURE
OPERATION:
q It has now been decided that special casual leave
for one day, on the day when their husbands
undergo Vasectomy operation, may be given to
women Central Govt. employees, to enable them
to attend on their husbands.
(DG (P) No. 14-3/88 Medical, Dt. 23-6-88)
15. UPTO 90% OF GPF CAN BE WITHDRAWN
WITHOUT ANY REASON DURING THE LAST
YEAR OF SERVICE :
q The competent authority to grant part final
withdrawals under the GPF (CS) Rules may now
sanction part final withdrawals upto 90% of the
balance at Credit in case it is applied for within
twelve months before retirement on
superannuation. This facility will be available only
once to a subscriber. The subscribers will not
be required to assign any reason for applying for
such part withdrawals.
(Dept. of Pen. & PG No. 20(26)-P & PW/88-E,
dt. 16-7-90)
16. NO WITHDRAWAL/ADVANCE IN GPF IN LAST
THREE MONTHS BEFORE SERVICE :
q As contemplated in MOP PG & Pen. Lr. No.
13(3)-Pen/85 dt. 31-1-86, no temporary advance
should be sanctioned during the last three
months of service. No part final withdrawal should
also be permitted during this period except in
exceptional circumstances in which case this
may be sanctioned only with the approval of the
head of the Deptt.
(DPA MS No. 1515 to 1617/GPF I/Pt.I/F.24,
dt. ....11-87)
17. DISBURSEMENT OF MONTHLY PAY AND
ALLOWANCES.
q "When the last working day of a month except
the month of March happens to be a holiday of
the Bank with which the Post Office is placed in
funds, the Salaries of all Postal Employees
whose salaries are drawn in the establishment
bills of that post office, as well as of those
employees whose Salaries are drawn in the
establishment bills of the units which draw cash
for payment of Salaries to its employee by
presenting bills at the post office, shall here
afterwards be paid on the previous day."
(DG P&T No. 21/54/79-PAP/CPT,
dt. 18-11-1981)
18. AGE RELAXATION FOR WIDOWS, DIVORCED
WOMEN AND WOMEN SEPARATED FROM
THEIR HUSBANDS
q The upper age limit in the case of widows,
180 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 divorced women and women judicially separated
from their husbands who are not remarried shall
be relaxed upto the age of 35 years. (Upto 40
years for Members of SC/STs) for the purpose
of appointment of Group C & D Posts. The age
relaxation will also apply even for appointment
to Group A and B posts except where recruitment
is made through open Competitive examination.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 15012/1/87-
EST(D), dt. 5-10-90)
19. DIRECT RECRUITMENT TO THE CADRE OF
POSTAL ASST.:
q It has been decided that henceforth it need not
be insisted that the candidate should have
registered himself with an employment exchange
in unit of recruitment. It is enough if he has
registered himself with any one of the
employment exchange in the state where the unit
of recruitment is located.
(DG (P) 60-52/90-SPB-I, dt. 16-8-91)
20. CONCESSION GIVEN TO EX. SERVICEMEN
q It is clarified that the relaxation of educational
qualifications granted to ex-servicemen for entry
into services envisaged in this Dept's notification
of even number dt. 12-2-86 shall also apply for
the purpose of promotion to the higher grade
subject to the condition that no qualifications
higher than which prescribed for entry in the
feeder grade is laid down for the purpose of such
promotion.
(MOP, PG&Pen. (DoP) OM No. 14023/1/90-
Estt.(D), dt. 21-5-91)
21. SENIORITY FROM THE DATE OF
APPOINTMENT AND NOT WITH REFERENCE
TO DATE OF CONFIRMATION
q Seniority of a person regularly appointed to a post
according to rule would be determined by the
order of merit indicated at the time of initial
appointment and not according to the date of his
confirmation. Effective from 4-1-92. Seniority
already determined on the principles prior to
issue of this OM will not be reopened.
Ministry of Home affairs OM No. 9/11/5-RPS dt,
22-12-59 and D.O.P. O.M. No. 20011/5/90-
EST(D), dt. 3-7-86 stand modified.
(DOP OM NO. 2001/5/90-EST(D) dt. 4-11-92)
22. VERIFICATION OF SERVICE BOOK BY
OFFICIALS
q According to DG's instructions below SR 202, it
is incumbent on every Govt. servant to see that
his service book is properly maintained and in
token of every scrutiny and acceptance of entries
VENTURE
in the SB, the official should sign his name in the
relevant column of SB. It is observed that the
provisions of the above rules are not strictly
followed. It is therefore requested that the SB's
are periodically verified by the officials and in
token of having accepted the entries made
therein, the officials should sign in the SBs.
(DG P&T No. 127/3/80-SPB-II,d t. 20-2-81)
23. JOINT REPRESENTATION FROM GOVT.
SERVANTS TO BE VIEWED AS SUBVERSIVE
OF DISCIPLINE
q It has been held that making of Joint
representations by Govt. servants should be
viewed as subversive of discipline and such
representations should not, therefore, be
entertained. Every Govt.. servant making a
representation should do so separately and his
own name.
(Min. W.H. & S.A.V. No. 305, dt. 21-2-67)
24. SUPPLY OF SPECIAL TYPE OF SHOES FOR
ORTHOPAEDIC HANDICAPPED EMPLOYEES
q It has been decided to allow the special type of
shoes to orthopaedically handicapped
employees of the eligible categories (based on
competent Medical Certificate) and to delegate
powers to the Head of Offices for supply of such
shoes in place of normal shoes/chappals, as part
of Uniform.
(MOP) PG & Pension OM No. 14/8/86-JCA,
dt. 22-1-87)
25. WHETHER PROPORTIONATE REDUCION OF
WASHING ALLOWANCE BE MADE FOR THE
LEAVE UNDERTAKEN
q "It will be for the Ministries, Departments and
offices to satisfy themselves that the allowance
is actually spent for the purpose for which it is
granted. No deduction, whatsoever, of washing
allowance need be made for the period of any
leave undertaken by the employee concerned.
(MHA DOP & AR No. 14/14/80-JCA,
dated 21-5-87)
26. CASH ALLOWANCE TO CASH OVERSEER:
No Cash Allowance is admissible during leave
to cash overseers.
(DG No. 8-33/79-PAP, Vol.I dt, 8-9-84)
27. PAs/OAs OFFICIATING AS SETNO :
(with working knowledge) who are officiating as Steno
are eligible only for Special Pay of Rs. 20/- p.m.
PAs/OAs with qualification in the exam of
Technical Educations Dept. may be paid cadre
pay of Steno.
(DG's No. 7-59/73-PE-I, dt. 20-8-73)
181 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
28. WASHING ALLOWANCE :
No deduction whatsoever of washing allowance
need be made for the period of any leave taken
by the employees concerned.
1. (OM No. 14/4/80-JCA,dt. 21-5-81)
2. Para 9 of DOP & Trg. OM No.
14/8/90-JCA, dt. 29-6-90)
29. SPECIAL PAY TO CASHIERS:
Cash disbursed to Gazetted Officers will be taken
into account. Monthly cash disbursed excludes
payment by cheque. Receipts should not be
taken into account.
(DOPT No. 6/31/86-Estt (Pay II) dt. 29-7-86)
30. GRANT OF SPECIAL PAY - ACCEPTANCE OF
SECURITY BOND :
The special Pay may be granted from the date
of issue of the orders of appointment as Cashiers
or from the date of risk is covered through one
of the accepted form of security whichever is
later. However the special pay will be released
only after the cashier has furnished security/
fidelity bond to the Head of Department.
(DG (P) No.1-10/86-PAP, dt. 18-8-89)
w.e.f. 1-1-86
31. WELFARE OFFICER ASKED TO MEET FAMILY
OF DECEASED GOVERNMENT SERVANT
q In pursuance of one of the recommendations
of the Study Report on "The Welfare Measures
for the Central Government Employees on
Employment on Compassionate Grounds", the
Department of Personnel and Training has
issued instructions to the Welfare Officers of
various Ministries/Departments vide their OM
dated July 29, 1998 to meet members of the
family of a deceased Government Servant
immediately after his death to advise and assist
them in getting appointment on compassionate
grounds. The applicant is to be called in person
at the very first stage and advised in person
about the requirements and formalities to be
completed by him.
32. T.A. ENTITLEMENT FOR BRINGING FAMILY
SUBSEQUENT OF TRANSFER
q Only the fare by the entitled class for both onward
and return journey is admissible to the Govt.
Servant for the journey to old station to bring the
family. There is no provision for allowing mileage
allowance or DA for the period of journey.
(M.F. O.M. No. 19030/5/86-EIV, dt. 24-11-86)
33. UTILISATION OF HOLIDAYS/OFF DAYS FOR
JOURNEY PERIOD IN CASE OF TRANSFER
FROM ONE STATION TO ANOTHER OF AN
VENTURE
OFFICIAL AT HIS OWN REQUEST
q It has now been decided that in such cases
intervening holidays may be deemed to have
been availed of by the Govt. servant as 'holidays'
and he may not be required to take leave for
such holidays/holiday.
(MOP PG & Pension (DOP & Trg.) OM No.
19011/16/88-Estt (Allowance), dt. 15-12-88)
34. JOINING TIME TO OFFICIALS ON RETURN
FROM APSTO THE DEPT. OF POSTS
q An official reverting from APS may join his parent
unit and may subsequently be transferred to
station of his choice. On reversion to parent units,
he is entitled to joining time. The mere fact that
he has been posted to a station of his choice
straight from APS should not be deprived him of
the normal joining time admissible to him.
(ADG of APS, ND No. 90004/APS-IE/R-381,
dt. 21-9-88)
35. MATERNITY LEAVE
q According to Rule 43 of CCS (Leave) Rules, a
female Govt. servant can be granted maternity
leave with full pay upto three months, obviously
the rule was framed to help the working mothers
who are married. Maternity in case of spinsters
or widows is against the moral and social values
in India. But when a doubt was raised the rule
making authority issued clarifications that any
expectant mother, be she married, unmarried or
widow should get maternity leave as the rules
say "Female Govt. Servant". The only condition
is that the Govt. servant should be a female.
36. FAMILY PENSION TO WIDOW WHEN SHE
GOT CHILD
q Rule 54(6) of CCS (Pension) Rules make
provision for discontinuance of family pension
to the widow of the deceased employee on
remarriage. A peculiar case arose where the
widow of a deceased employee got a child and
the question of stoppage of family pension arose.
The ministry of Law gave a decision that though
the widow has got a child, there was no proof of
her remarriage. Hence family pension could not
be stopped.
(G.I. M.F.U.O. No. 3006 EV(51, dt. 11-5-1951).
37. PENSONER MARRIED AFTER RETIREMENT
q "If a pensioner married after retirement, the wife
of such a pensioner and children born as a result
of such marriage will not be eligible to family
pension."
The said rulings was confirmed in CAT Hyd. in
case of B. Narayana Rao, Vs. Union of India
182 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 (1988) ATC 929 as Rule denying family pension
to spouse married after Govt. servant's
retirement is valid and is not violative of Act 14.
38. FAMILY OF A FEMALE GOVT. SERVANT FOR
LTC
q A female employee has a choice to include, in
her family either her parents of parents in law
(wholly dependent on her and residing with her)
for the purpose of medical reimbursement. But
the provision in the LTC rules are different.
Under LTC Rules a female Govt. servant can
include her dependent parents in her family and
not the parents-in-law. Both the husband and
the wife are Govt. employees and the husband
opted to be included in the family of his wife for
the sake of LTC. The husband has got
dependent parent and obviously he is
responsible for their LTC. But the wife cannot
include her parents in law in the family.
39. DRAWAL OF HRA BY HUSBAND & WIFE
WHEN BOTH OF THEM ARE GOVT. SERVANT
q No restriction should be imposed on the only
ground that husband/wife is also a Govt. servant
and is living together in the hired/owned
accommodation. In such cases normal amount
of HRA may be granted to them.
(G.I. M.F. O.M. No. F/11015/2/87-E II (B),
dt. 8-11-88)
40. DATE OF DEATH - TREATED AS DUTY
q If the Govt. Servant was on duty on the previous
day and was not on leave on the date of death,
the date of death should be treated as duty. If he
is on leave on the date of death, that day should
be treated as leave. Working day means a live
day i.e. family Pension/death gratuity will become
payable from the day following the date of death.
In other words, the date of death of a Govt.
Servant is the last day in service. Pensionary
benefits start from the next day.
CCS (Pension) Rules No. 5 (2)
41. REVISED TIME LIMIT FOR GRANT/REFUSAL
OF PERMISSION UNDER THE PROVISIONS
OF CCS (CONDUCT) RULES
q The following time limits for granting or refusing
permission has been prescribed with immediate
effect.
S.N. Rule Provision relating to Time limit
1. 8 (2) Connection with press
or radio
13 (4) Gifts 30 days
18 (2) Transaction in movable and
18 (3) immovable property.
VENTURE
2. 19 (1) Vindication for acts and
character of Govt. servant 6 weeks
3. 18 (a) Transactions in immovable
property outside India
or with foreigners. 60 days
In the event of failure on the part of competent
authority to communicate its decision within the
time limits, the employee shall be free to assume
that permission has been granted to him.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 11013(2)/88-Estt.
(A), dt. 7-7-88)
42. CHANGE OF HOME TOWN DECLARATION
q There is no rule contemplating automatic
change of home town of female Govt.
servants on their marriage. Home town of
such Govt. servants could be changed under
the normal rules only i.e. by making a
declaration for this purpose. It is not
mandatory that the wife should choose the
home town of the husband as her own. The
husband of a female Govt. servant can also
choose the Home town of his wife as his own
after his marriage.
43. TRANSFER OF OFFICIALS AT THEIR OWN
REQUEST LEAVE IS NOT REQUIRED
q The question whether the Govt. servant is
required to take regular leave to cover such
holidays has been under consideration and it has
now been decided that in such cases intervening
holidays may be deemed to have been availed
of by the Govt. servants as 'Holidays' and he may
not be required to take leave for such holiday/
holidays.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 19011/6/88-
Estt(All), dt. 15-12-88)
44. BENEFIT OF INCREMENT FALLING DUE
DURING LEAVE PERIOD IN THE CASE OF
DEATH WHILE ON LEAVE
q If the normal date of increment of a Govt. servant
falls during a period when he remains on EL/Com.
Leave/HPL/LND, the benefit of such increment is
actually paid to him only from the date he joins
duty on expiry of leave though the actual date of
next increment remains unaffected.
In case a Govt. servant dies while on leave the
leave salary may be allowed to the members of
his family giving the benefit from the date actually
due for his increment without waiting for rejoining.
(O.M. No. 16/13/88-Estt. (Pay-I) dt. 6-2-89
of DOP & Trg.)
45. PAYMENT ON AUTHORITY CAN BE MADE TO
OUTSIDER OR GOVT. EMPLOYEE ALONE
183 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
q Rule 243(1) of P&T FHB Volume I provides for
payment through a messenger. It does not
impose any condition that the messenger
authorised to receive payment on behalf of the
Govt. servant should also be an employee of the
Dept. Payment is authorised in such cases only
after the official, authorising payment, satisfies
himself with the genuineness of the signature of
the payee and bonafide of the messenger.
46. UNION FUNCTIONARIES OF J.C.M. SHOULD
NOT BE SHIFTED FROM MAIN
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE TO SUBORDIANTE
OFFICE
q It is suggested that except for special reasons,
Union Functionaries should not be posted outside
the main office of the cadre/Ministry/Dept.
(including other offices by buildings). 'Union
Functionaries' for this purpose would be the
President and General Secretary of the Branch
Unit of the recognised Union/Association who are
members of the Staff Council.
(G.I. M.P.P.G. & P. O.M. No. 27(7)/88-CS IV,
dt. 19-8-88.
47. STAMP DUTY ON MORTGAGE DEED/DEED
OF RECONVEYANCE EXECUTED BY
EMPLOYEES WHO AVAILED H.B.A. HAS TO
BE BORNE ONLY BY THE EMPLOYEE AND
CANNOT BE REIMBURSED
q It is therefore clarified that the stamp duty on the
aforesaid documents wherever charged, has to
be borne by the loanee Govt. Servant and
reimbursement thereof is not admissible.
(M.U.D. O.M. No. 1.17015/4/89/H. III,
dated 28-2-89)
48. SUFFIXING HOLIDAYS AFTER MEDICAL
LEAVE
q If an employee is certified medically fit, holiday,
if any succeeding the day he is so certified
(including that day) shall automatically be allowed
to be suffixed to the leave.
This indicates clearly that if one is certified
medically fit on Sunday/Holiday and if he joins
duty on the F.N. of the next working day, the
day (Sunday/Holiday) shall be treated suffixed
to his leave.
(CCS Leave Rules 22 I (ii) (b)
49. HEADS OF CIRCLES IN DEPT. OF POSTS
EMPOWERED TO RELAX THE UPPER AGE
LIMIT FOR APPOINTMENT ON
COMPASSIONATE GROUNDS
q It has now been decided that the cases for
appointment an compassionate grounds
VENTURE
requiring relaxation of the upper age limit may
henceforth be decided by the circle selection
committees.
It is also clarified that these powers are to be
exercised only in respect of cases which are not
more than 5 years old and in which there is no
earning member in the family.
(Dept. of Posts No. 24-296/86-SPB-I,
dt. 21-4-89)
50. NO OPTION TO REVERT TO LOWER POST
IN LIEU OF PREMATURE RETIREMENT
q If a Govt.. servant is found to be ineffective and
therefore not fit to continue in the post, he may
be allowed to continue in the lower post from
where, he promoted. The notice usually given
after completion of 50/55 years age or 30 years
qualifying service can be withdrawn for those and
permitted to work in lower post and would be
eligible for promotion alongwith others on
completion of two years in lower post.
It is now decided that if a Govt. servant is not
found fit to continue in the post either on grounds
of ineffectiveness or because of doubtful integrity,
he shall be retired forthwith from the service. The
provisions regarding grant of an option to revert
to the next lower post from which he was
promoted accordingly stand rescinded.
(Dep. of Per.& Trg. OM No. 25013/11/87-
Estt(A), dt. 12-8-89)
51. CLAIM FOR TREATMENT OUTSIDE THE
HEAD QUARTERS FROM R.M.P.S
APPOINTED AS AMAs NOT REIMBURSABLE
q A Govt. official and/or entitled members of the
family going outside their normal duty station for
any reason and require medical treatment, they
should obtain the treatment from the nearest
Govt. & other Hospitals recognised under CS
(MA) Rules that is the Govt. officials and/or their
entitled family members are not entitled for taking
treatment from the private medical practitioners
appointed as A.M.As outside their normal duty
station.
(C & AG of India No. 445-Audit I/17/87/
III-90(86) dt, 10-8-90)
52. UNIFORM TO EMPLOYEES WHO ARE DUE
TO RETIRE
i) No uniform be issued to Group C & D employees
who are due to retire within three months from
the date they become eligible for uniforms.
ii) One set of uniform may be issued to such of
those employees who are due to retire within one
year (not less than 3 months).
184 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
iii) Complete set of uniforms may be issued to such
of those employees who are due to retire after
one year from the date they become eligible.
(Dept. of Per & Trg. OM No. 14/7/90-JCA,
dt. 24-7-90)
53. LEAVE SALARY ADVANCE FOR COMMUTED
LEAVE
q According to Rule 42 of FR, SR Part-II leave
Rules, the leave salary advance is to be
granted to a Govt. servant who proceeds on
leave of any kind for which he is entitled to
leave salary.
54. CLARIFICATION ON PAYMENT OF
CONVEYANCE ALLOWANCE TO
ORTHOPAEDICALLY HANDICAPPED
EMPLOYEES
q It is clarified that one eyed man could not be
compared with an orthopaedically handicapped
person with disability in one of their limbs, as these
are two different cases and should be viewed and
estimated with two different procedures.
Moreover, conveyance allowance is granted only
on the estimation of disability by the competent
medical authority.
(C &AG No. 26Audit I/31-87/III/91(5),
dt. 15-1-91)
55. LTC CLAIM FOR SPOUSE, IF MARRIED
DURING GRACE PERIOD
q The provisions contained in Rule 10 of CCS (LTC)
Rules 1988 says that 'a Govt. servant who is
unable to avail of the LTC within a particular block
of two years or four years may avail of the same
within the first year of the next block of two years
or four years'. In the case of spouse if married
during grace period, the LTC is not supported by
rules and shall not be eligible.
56. LEAVE TO FEMALE GOVT. SERVANT ON
ADOPTION OF CHILD
q A female Govt. servant on her adopting a child,
may be granted leave of the kind due and
admissible (including commuited leave without
production of medical certificate for a period not
exceeding 60 days and LND upto one year
subject to the following conditions.
i) The facility will not be available to an adoptive
mother already having two living children at the
time of adoption.
ii) If the age of the adopted child is less than one
month, leave upto one year may be allowed.
iii) If the age of the child is six months or more leave
upto 6 months may be allowed.
iv) If the age of the child is 9 months or more, leave
VENTURE
upto 3 months maybe allowed.
(G.I. Dep. of Per. & Trg. No. 13026/2/90-
Estt.(L) dt, 22-10-90)
57. MC AND FC -NOT NECESSARY FROM THE
SAME DOCTOR
q The rules do not envisage that the fitness
certificate should be given by the same doctor
who gave the medical certificate.
58. LEAVE CONVERSION NOT A MATTER OF
RIGHT
Conversion of one kind of leave already availed
into another kind is solely the discretion of the
leave sanctioning authority and cannot be
claimed as a matter of right by the official.
59. CHILD ADOPTION LEAVE
q Female employees with less than two surviving
children can avail 'Child Adoption Leave' upto
135 days on adoption of a child upto 1 year.
(DoP&T OM No. 13018/4/2004-Estt. (L)
dated 31-03-06)
60. ADVANCE - INTEREST RATES 2005-06
q Interest rates for advances for 2005-06. Motor
Car & personal computer -- 11.5%; Motor
Cycle, Scooter - 8%; Cycle, worm clothing,
Table fan - 5.5%.
(MOF (DEA) O.M. No. 5-2-B(PD)/2006
dated 18-09-2006)
61. CGHS -- ENTITLEMENT OF TRANSFEREES
q Family members, residing in the CGHS areas
of Government servants transferred out of
CGHS areas entitled to CGHS facilities upto six
months from the date of transfer on payment of
CGHS contribution in advance for that period.
(MH & FW OM No. 4-36/99-C&P/CGHS (P)
dated 1-7-2005)
62. LEAVE ENCASHMENT ON COMPULSORY
RETIREMENT
q The employee who has been compulsorily retired
as a measure of punishment and imposed a
penalty of reduction of pension can be allowed
leave encashment for the leave at his credit.
(DoP&T OM No. 14028/1/2004-Estt (L)
dated 13-02-2006)
63. DRAWAL OF INCREMENT
q The increment is drawn from the first day of
the month in which the date of increment falls,
provided the employee is on duty on that day.
If he is on leave on the first & subsequent days
of the month of the increment, his increment
will be drawn from the date of his joining duty.
(M.F. O.M. No. F1 (22) -E.III (A)/73
dated 24-08-74 & 15-11-74)
185 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
64. HRA / CCA AT OLD RATES DURING J.T.
SUSPENSION ETC.
q During Joining Time, HRA / CCA is allowed at
the rates applicable to old station. During
suspension, it will be drawn at the rate it was
drawn before suspension, on Temporary
Transfer upto 90 days at the rate of old Head
quarters; After 90 days at the rate of new Head
quarters. During leave HRA / CCA will be
drawn as before proceeding the leave. If
resigned while on leave, the entire HRA / CCA
will be recovered. If dies or invalidated, no
recovery for leave period need be made.
(MoF OM No. 2 (37) E-II (B) /64 dated 27-11-65)
65. INCREMENT TO T/S GROUP D
q (i) The casual labourer with temporary status
are entitled wages at daily rates with reference
to minimum pay scale and allowance of regular
Group D.
(DoP &T OM No. 49014/5/2004-Estt (C)
dated 31-05-04).
(ii) His increment will be admissible as
applicable to Group D subject to performance
of duty for atleast 240 days in the year from the
date of grant of temporary status.
(DOP&T OM No. 49011/2/97-Estt. (C)
dated 24-10-97)
66. FIXED MEDICAL ALLOWANCE TO
PENSIONER
q Postal Pensioners, who were not CGHS
beneficiaries while in service, but residing in
CGHS area where there is no P&T dispensary,
are entitled to draw medical allowance of Rs.
100/ p.m.
(DG (P) No. 4-3/98-Pen (Pt. IV)
dated 06-10-99)
67. FIXED MEDICAL ALLOWANCE
q Employees working in the interior / remote
localities where no AMA is available within a
radius of 5 kms are entitled of fixed medical
allowance of Rs. 100/- p.m.
(Dept. of Health OM No. S-14025/33/98-MS
dated 18-01-99)
68. SPECIAL LEAVE FOR CONTAGIOUS
DISEASE
q If a Government employee is suffering a
contagious disease, the competent authority
may direct him to undergo a medical
examination within maximum one month and
may, if it considers it essential to do so, also
direct him to proceed on leave forthwith
pending medical examination. Such leave shall
VENTURE
not be debited to the leave account of the
employee even if the medical authority
subsequently opines that such leave was not
required.
(DoP&T No. 11014/1/99-Estt. (A) dated
19-07-2002)
69. NO GPF FOR T/S GROUP D
q No deduction towards GPF shall be effected
from the Temporary status casual labourers
w.e.f. 01-01-04 onwards and the amount
lying in their GPF accounts, shall be paid to
them.
(DO P&T OM No. 49014/1/2004-Estt. (A)
dated 26-4-04)
70. NO RECOVERY FROM GPF
q Any dues to the Government from the Govt.
employee including any amount
misappropriated is not recoverable from the final
payment of PF accumulation to the employee.
(F.D. No. D/5439-R II/28 dated 29-10-38)
71. MPCM ALLOWANCE
q The officials working on the multipurpose
counter machines in post offices are entitled
for drawal of Machine Allowance of Rs. 100/-
per month as per letter No. 43-3/93-PMR (Pt.
II) dated 17-01-97. However the allowance is
not admissible to employees working on
computers and computer related jobs.
(DG (P) No. 43-3/97-Tech dated 21-10-97)
72. DEPENDENCY -- MONETARY LIMIT
q The monetary limit of income for purposes of
dependency has been raised to Rs. 1500/- p.m.
(MOF OM No. 11046/2/E.IV/98 dated 19-03-99)
73. TA / DA FOR SECOND MEDICAL OPINION
q Any employee who has been asked to proceed
to some other station for second medical
opinion is allowed:-
(i) TA for the journey period.
(ii) DA for a maximum period of two days,
calculated as on tour.
This facility is allowed only in cases of second
medical opinion for grant of original leave and
not for extension of leave.
(OM No. 19043/2/89-E.IV dated 30-05-90)
74. TA FOR DEPARTMENTAL ENQUIRY
q TA shall be allowed as on tour for attending
departmental enquiry against the employee.
However, no TA shall be allowed if the enquiry
is held at a place other than his headquarters
expressly at his own request.
(MOF OM No. F S(30) --E.IV (B) /67
dated 28-11-67)
186 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
75. TA FOR COURT CASES
q TA as on tour shall be allowed for attending
police / court for enquiry against the employee.
TA as on tour shall be allowed during
suspension for attending court case as an
accused, wherein the employee is later
acquitted and reinstated in service.
(MOF OM No. 5 (13) -14/59 dated
28-02-59 & 22-07-60)
76. RTF - SPECIAL PROVISION TO PHYSICALY
HANDICAPPED CHILD
q Tuition Fees shall be reimbursed in case of
physically handicapped / mentally retarded child
irrespective of whether the school / institution is
recognised or not, provided the institution or its
fees is aided / approved by the Central / State
Government or U.T. Administration.
(CCS (Educational Assistance) Orders 2006)
77. REBATE ON HBA
q The incentive (Rebate 0.5%) on HBA is
admissible even where the sterlisation
operaton is undergone after the release of the
first instalment of HBA as per OM No. 1/
17015/13/79-H.III dated 21-05-90, but not
after the release of the final instalment of HBA.
(C & AG No. 5-Audit I/1-90- (Vol.II) (1)
dated 06-01-92)
78. PROMOTING SMALL FAMILY NORMS --
DRAWAL OF SPECIAL INCREMENT
q The special increment granted for promoting
small family norms will be withdrawn if the
operation fails. However recovery will be
waived if the employee or spouse undergone
operation again.
(MoF OM No. 7 (39) -E-III/79 dated
25-04-81 & 09-01-93)
79. NO DENIAL OF LEAVE DURING THE LAST
TEN YEARS SERVICE
Earned leave should not ordinarily be denied
to any employee, especialy in the last ten years
of his career.
(DoP&T OM No. 14028/19/86-Estt (C)
dt. 29-9-86)
80. LEAVE FOR PERMANENTLY IN-
CAPACITATED OFFICIALS
q If an employee is declared by medical authority
as completely and permanently incapacitated
for further service, while on leave, all leave,
extraordinary leave permissible under rules
may be granted to him.
(DoP&T OM No. 13015/3/2002-Estt. (C)
dated 19-01-04).
VENTURE
81. SPECIAL LEAVE FOR MISCARRIAGE TO
WOMEN EMPLOYEES
q The women employees are entitled 45 days
special leave in the entire service (excluding
such leave availed before 16-06-94) for
miscarriage and abortion.
(DoP&T OM No. 13018/7/94-Estt. (L)
dated 16-06-94)
82. PATERNITY LEAVE TO MALE
GOVERNMENT SERVANTS
q Paternity leave is admissible to male
employees with less than two surviving children
during the confinement of his wife (i.e.) upto
15 days before or upto six months from the
date of delivery of the child.
(DoP&T Notfn. 13026/1/99-Estt. (L)
dated 18-04-02)
83. CASUAL LEAVE -- ENTITLEMENT
q Casual Leave is essentially for short period and
normally it should not be granted for more than
5 days at a time except under special
circumstances.
(DoP Letter No. 5-1/98-PE.II dated 03-09-98)
84. HRA ON TRANSFER
q Employees transferred due to shifting of
headquarters shall be entitled to HRA at the
rate admissible at the old headquarters, if their
families continue to reside there, for six months
or till the employee is allotted or secures family
accommodation at the new headquarters
which ever is earlier.
(MOF OM No. 19055/1/E.IV/2002
dated 28-03-03)
85. HRA NOT ALLOWED FOR SHARING
ACCOMMODATION
q HRA is not allowed if an employee shares
accommodation allotted rent free to another
employee or allotted to parents / children by the
Central / State Govt., Autonomous Body, Public
undertaking, Municipality, Port Trust. But HRA is
allowed, if an employee shares private
accommodation with spouse (both husband and
wife are allowed HRA separately) or the
Government accommodation allotted to another
employee (other than spouse, parents or children)
(MOF OM No.F11015/2/87-E.II (B)
dated 08-11-88)
86. TRANSPORT ALLOWANCE DURING
SUSPENSION
q Transport Allowance is not admissible to
employees under suspension.
(MoF No. C-14011/2/38/98-Ad V, dt. 26-4-2000)
187 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
87. TRANSPORT ALLOWANCE DURING
TRAINING
q Transport Allowance is admissible to officials
on training in the office itself for a period
exceeding 30 days, if the official is not given
any TA / DA for such training.
(C & AG Lr. No. NGE/50-99 dated 07-10-99).
88. CONVEYANCE ALLOWANCE TO
PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED OFFICIALS
q Conveyance Allowance to blind and
orthopaedically handicapped employees being
paid prior to 01-08-97 had withdrawn and
transport allowance will be granted to them at
normal rate if Government accommodation is
provided within 1 km from place of work or
within compus and in respect of other cases,
it will be paid at double the normal rates.
(MoF OM No. 21 (1)/97-E.II (B)
dated 03-05-2002)
89. NO STAFF CAR IF TRANSPORT
ALLOWANCE DRAWN
q Any officer or staff who is in receipt of transport
allowance shall not be allowed staff car facility
for returning home at late hours.
(DoP&T No. D-26020/20/98-Part
dated 23-09-98)
90. COMBINATION OF CL
q CL cannot be combined with any other kind of
leave vide Rule 11 of CCS (Leave) Rules 1972.
But CL can be combined with special CL. Special
CL can be combined with any other type of leave
or CL but not with both at the same spell.
(MHA OM No. 46/8/57-Estt. (A)
dated 22-07-67)
91. SPECIAL LEAVE DURING BANDH ETC.
q Special Casual Leave for the day (s) of bandh
etc. shall be granted to the employees residing
3 miles away from the office and not able to
attend office due to disturbance of traffic
because of calamities, bandh etc. and also to
all employees irrespective of distance of
residence in case of picketing, disturbance and
curfew.
(DOPT OM No. 27/6/71-Estt. (B)
dated 01-11-71.)
92. SPECIAL LEAVE FOR BYE-ELECTION
q Special casual leave is granted for the day of
election / bye-election for Lok Sabha / State
Assembly in the constituency where the
employee resides, if his office is outside the
constituency and is not closed for the day.
(DOPT OM No. 12/4/86-JCA dated 09-03-87).
VENTURE
93. PLACE OF CHOICE FOR EMPLOYEES
HAVING TREATING MENTALLY RETORTED
CHILD
q In case of employees with mentally retorted
children the request for posting in a place of
his / her choice to get proper treatment of the
child is tried to be accommodated.
(DOP&T OM No. AB-14017/41/90-Estt. (RR)
dated 15-02-91)
94. NO CASUAL WORKER FOR GROUP C
WORK
q There is complete ban on engagement of
casual workers for duties of Group 'C' posts
and accordingly no appointment of casual
worker to a Group C post can be made.
(MoF OM No. 49014/16/89-Estt. (C)
dated 26-02-90)
95. SELECT PANEL ADVANCE IN DPC
q Regular meetings of DPC should be held every
year for each category of posts so that an
approved select panel is available in advance
for making promotions against vacancies
arising over a year.
(DOPT OM No. 22011/91/Estt. Dated 13-05-91)
96. RELAXATION OF MERIT TO SC / ST
EMPLOYEES
q Concessions granted to SC / ST employees
for considering them for promotion without
reference to merit and the prescribed bench
mark withdrawn from 22-07-97 has been
restored w.e.f. 03-10-2000. They are eligible
for lower qualifying merits/lesser standard of
evolution in qualifying competitive examination.
(DOP&T OM No. 36012/23/96-Estt. (Res) Vol. II
dated 03-10-2000)
97. SC / ST SELECTED IN UNRESERVED
POINT -- CLARIFICAITON
q If the vacancy in a cadre is against unreserved
point and the senior most candidate in the
feeder cadre is SC / ST, he will also be
considered for promotion and if selected will
be adjusted against the unreserved point.
(DoP letter No. 14-2-2001-SCT dated 20-02-02)
98. SC / ST PROMOTION UNDER
UNRESERVED POINT
q SC / ST candidates promoted on their own
merit should not be adjusted against reserve
points; they will occupy unreserved points."
(DOP&T OM No. 36028/17/2001-Estt. (Res)
dated 31-01-2005)
99. ENFORCING PROMOTION
q If the reasons for refusal of promotion are not
188 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 acceptable, promotion will be enforced. If it is
still refused, disciplinary action can be taken.
(DP & AR OM No. 22034/3/81-Estt. (D)
dated 01-10-81)
100. ADHOC APPOINTMENT CONTINUITY
MORE THAN ONE YEAR -- NO NEED FOR
REVERSION
q If disciplinary action is initiated against a person
appointed on adhoc basis for a period less than
one year against short term leave vacancy, he
shall be reverted to the post held by him on
regular basis. However, if the adhoc
appointment was purely for administrative
reasons and the employee was held the post
for more than one year, he need not be
reverted.
(DO P&T OM No. 11012/9/86--Estt. (A)
dated 24-12-86)
101. SEXUAL HARASSMENT ON WOMEN
EMPLOYEES
q Sexual harassment of women employees --
For this purpose, which includes any
unwelcome sexually behaviour, whether
directly or otherwise, such as
(a) physical contact and advances;
(b) demand or request for sexual favours;
(c) sexually coloured remarks,
(d) showing any pornography, or
(e) any other unwelcome physical, verbal or non-
verbal conduct of a sexual nature.
(Rule 3 C of CCS (Conduct) Rules 1964.)
102. SEXUAL HARASSMENT -- TRANSFER AS
PER THE OPTION OF THE VICTIM
q It should be ensured that victims, or witnesses
are not victimised or discriminated against
while dealing with complaints of sexual
harassment. The victims of sexual harassment
should have the option to seek transfer of the
perpetrator or their own transfer.
(DOP&T OM No. 11013/10/97--Estt. (A)
dated 13-02-98)
103. COMMITTEE'S FINDING -- BE TAKEN AS
ENQUIRY REPORT
q The report of the complaints committee on
sexual harassment of women employee shall
be deemed to be an inquiry report under CCS
rules. Thereafter the disciplinary authority will
act on the report as per the rules.
(DO P&T OM No. 11013/11/2001-Estt. (A)
dated 04-08-05)
104. NO DIES-NON FOR LATE COMING
q A day on which an official comes late cannot
VENTURE
be treated as dies-non.
(DG P&T No. 10-44/79-PE.II dated 26-11-79)
105. TIME LIMIT FOR DISPOSAL OF
REPRESENTATION
q A representation made by an employee
requiring examination within the Ministry / Dept.
should be disposed of within six weeks.
Representations requiring inter-departmental
consultations should be disposed of within
three months. Final reply should be self-
contained, covering all points raised by the
employee and if rejected, grounds for rejection
should be clearly given.
(DOP&T OM No. 28034/6/2002-Estt. (A)
dated 11-01-2002)
106. JUSTIFICATION OF SUSPENSION - REG.
q If an employee has been detained erroneously
and discharged or discharged without
conviction after arrest, the competent
authority may apply his mind to decide
whether the suspension is wholly justified or
not and take action accordingly.
(DOPT OM No. 11012/16/85-Estt. (A)
dated 10-01-86)
107. MINOR PENALTY IN RULE 14 --
SUSPENSION TO BE TREATED AS DUTY
q If at the conclusion of the disciplinary
proceedings against a suspended employee,
only minor penalty is imposed, suspension will
be considered wholly unjustified.
(DOPT OM No. 11012/15/85-Estt. (A)
dated 03-12-85)
108. DIED DURING SUSPENSION
q While under suspension, if the employee dies
before conclusion of disciplinary proceedings:
(i) the period between date of suspension and
date of death shall be treated as duty,
(ii) the family will be paid full pay and allowances
for the above period adjusting subsistence
allowance and other allowances if any paid.
(FR 54 B (2))
109. NO REDUCTION TO LOWER GRADE
NEVER HELD BEFORE
q While awarding major penalties under CCS
(CCA) Rules, an employee cannot be reduced
to a lower grade or post which he had never
held earlier.
(DO P&T OM No. 11012/2/88-Estt. (A)
dated 02-02-89)
110. NO DOUBLE PUNISHMENTS.
q In disciplinary cases, two punishments should
not be imposed for the same offence.
189 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 However, recovery can be ordered along with
any other penalty.
(DG P&T No. 105/26/81-Vig. III dated 30-03-81)
111. SEVEN CASES AT ONE TIME FOR RETIRED
OFFICIALS ATTENDING DEFENCE
ENQUIRY
q The maximum number of cases to handle as
Defence Assistant by retired employees is
restricted to seven at any point of time.
(DOPT OM No. 11012/11/2002-Estt. (A)
dated 05-02-2003)
112. WITHDRAWAL OF APPEAL
q Withdrawal of appeal can be allowed at the
discretion of Appellate Authority.
(DG P&T Memo No. SEA 6/15/53
dated 02-06-53)
113. COPY OF SERVICE BOOKS WHILE
QUITTING SERVICE
q A certified copy of Service Book of an
employee can be given to the employee while
quitting service on payment of fee of Rs. 5/-.
(MHA OM No. P-17012/2/79-LV dated 27-09-80)
114. ADVERSE ENTRY COMMUNICATION OF
REMARKS
q The fact of communication of adverse remarks
must be recorded in CR file by the
communicating authority. However the remarks
in CR about physical defects need not be
communicated. The grading of officers in CR,
even it is adverse should not be communicated.
(Rule 174 (12) of P&T Manual Vol. III & OM No.
51/3/74-Estt. (A) dated 22-05-75)
115. APPEAL AGAINST ADVERSE ENTRY --
WITHIN SIX MONTHS
q An appeal against rejection of representation
against adverse entries made in the CR can
be made within six months after such rejection.
(DP & AR -- OM No. 21011/4/77-Estt.
Dated 30-01-78)
116. RELAXATION TO PH CANDIDATES IN
APPOINTMENT
q Physically handicapped persons belonging to
SC / ST are eligible for a further relaxation of
10 years (5 years for appointment to Group A
& B posts otherwise than through open
competitive examination) over & above the five
years relaxation.
(DOPT OM No. 15012/5/92-Estt.(D) dt. 27-7-95)
117. SC / ST -- POSTING NEARER TO NATIVE
PLACE
q The posting of Group C & D employees
belonging to SC / ST categories is done nearer
VENTURE
to their native place.
(DO P&T OM No. AB - 14017/27/89-Estt. (RR)
dated 20-06-89)
118. PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED -- APPLY FOR
ANY SUITABLE POST
q Persons with disabilities (physically
handicapped) should not be debarred from
applying for the posts identified suitable for
them and should be provided opportunity to
compete for the unreserved vacancies as well
by holding a common examination.
(DO P&T OM No. 36035/8/2003-Estt. (Res)
dated 26-4-2006)
119. DISABILITY DURING SERVICE -- KEEP IN
THE SAME CADRE -- PROVIDE SUITABLE
JOB TILL SUPERANNUAITON
q An employee who acquires a disability during
his service shall not be dispensed with or
reduced in rank. If he is not suitable for the
post he is holding, he may be shifted to some
other post within the same pay scale and
service benefits. If that is not possible, he may
be kept on supernumery posts until a suitable
post is available or he attains the age of
superannuation, whichever is earlier. Further
no promotion shall be denied to a person
merely on the ground of his disability.
(DOP&T OM No. 13015/3/2002-Estt. (L)
dated 19-01-2004)
120. INCREMENT TO SPORTS PERSONS
q For sportsmen, one 'increment for achieving
excellence in national events and two
increments for international events are allowed.
Maximum five increments are allowed in the
entire career.
(DOP&T OM No. 6/2/85-Estt. (Pay I)
dated 30-01-89)
121. WITHDRAWAL OF RESIGNATION
q If the employees' written intimation withdrawing
his earlier letter of resignation reaches the
appointing authority before its acceptance, his
resignation will be deemed to have been
automatically withdrawn. If the resignation has
been accepted but the employee is not relieved
before his letter of withdrawal reaches the
appointing authority, he may ordinarily be allowed
to withdraw his resignation. If for some reason
the request for withdrawal is to be refused, the
grounds for refusal should be recorded and
suitably conveyed to the employee.
(DOPT OM No. 28034/25/87-Estt.(D)
dt. 11-2-88)
190 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
122. TRANSFER GUIDELINES CONSIDERATION
OF LONG PENDING REQUESTS
q Transfers from HO to another office in the same
station to accommodate the requests for
posting from those outside the station. In such
cases, transfers should be in phases so as not
to affect the operational efficiency and priority
for transfer should be given for officials having
longest period of posting.
(DG (P) No. 141-6/2000-SPB.II
dated 24-04-2000)
123. TRANSFER BEFORE ACADEMIC SESSION
q Transfer orders should in the month of April-
June or following Dec-Jan period depending
upon the academic session.
(Para 1 of the DG Posts letter No. 141-4/98-
SPB-II dated 23-02-98)
124. NO TRANSFER IN GAZETTED H.OS
q As per instructions the officials working in
gazetted H.Os under the charge of Senior
Postmasters there is no need to transfer such
officials as they can be rotated within the office
itself.
(DG P&T letter No. 69-20/87-SPB.I
dated 06-12-90)
125. FOUR YEARS TENURE TO ALL SPMS
q The tenure transfer of non-gazetted Sub
Postmasters (Time Scale) was raised from
three years to four years.
(DG P&T letter No. 69/15/79-SPB.I
dated 14-02-80)
126. APTITUDE TEST FOR GRANT OF SB / SC
ALLOWANCE -- USE OF DUREJA
MANUALS AS REFERENCE BOOK -
q Dureja volumes on Post Office Savings Bank
can be used as a reference book in the
Departmental examination. However, it should
be clearly stated that Department of Posts will
not be liable for any error/misprint in Dureja
Books and in the even of any contradiction /
confusion Departmental manuals / orders /
instructions will be treated as final.
(DG (P) letter No. 113-1/2003-SB (APT)
dated 02-09-2005)
127. TRAINING TO THE CANDIDATES OF
POSTMEN & GROUP 'D' CADRE
APPEARING FOR LGO EXAMINATION
q (i) Local coaching class for maximum of 15
to 20 days.
(ii) PTC Mysore developed a guide in Paper
III for Rs. 50/-
(DG (P) No. 1-18/2001-Trg. Dated 23-04-2002)
VENTURE
128. GOVERNMENT RESIDENTIAL
ACCOMMODATION -- EMPLOYEES HAVING
CONSTRUCTED OWN HOUSES BY HBA
q The officials who are already in occupation of
Government accommodation and have
constructed their own houses by drawing HBA,
are also eligible to retain the Government
accommodation. It is immaterial as to whether
the house has been constructed by drawing of
HBA from Government or from any financial
institution / bank.
(Dept. of Posts No. 2-3/2002-Bldg.
Dated 27-08-2002)
129. REVISION OF FINANCIAL POWERS OF
HEAD OF CIRCLES
q (i) Adhoc payment of arrears of pay and
allowances - - Rs. 10,000/-
(ii) Pay & Allowances on behalf of a
deceased -- Full powers.
(iii) Honorarium per individual per annum -
Rs. 4000/-
Head of Circle -- w.e.f. 01-04-2001
(DG (P) No. 10-14/47-Fin. Coord. (vol.) V
dated 26-03-01)
130. SELECTION OF DEVELOPMENT OFFICER
(PLI) RULE 279/6 OF P&T MANUAL
VOLUME IV.
q Where required number of officials against 2/
3rd quota cannot be found to work as DO (PLI),
the resultant unfilled vacancies of D.Os (PLI)
will be transferred to 2/3rd quota available for
the staff having 5 years service at Circle /
Regions and Postal / RMS divisions to be filled.
Officials promoted to TBOP will also be eligible
for selection as DO (PLI)s.
(DG (P) No. 35-5/87-LI (vol. II)
dated 26-08-2002)
131. INTERFACE WITH THE UNIONS --
OBSERVANCE OF DUE COURTESY
q Instances are there where the unions
complained about the unruly behaviour of the
officers. Recently union delegation met
Secretary (Posts) and expressed their serious
concern about the manner they were being
treated by certain officers of the department.
The Secretary made a note of it and desired
observance of due courtesy from the officers
of the department, while interacting with the
unions.
2. It is accordingly requested to circulate suitable
instructions among all concerned that besides
dealing with the union matters on priority, due
191 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 courtesy and cordiality should be maintained
in dealing with the unions. It is believed that
this would facilitate improvement in industrial
relations and would go a long way in improving
the understanding between the staff side and
the official side.
(DG (P) No. 1044/2003-SR dated 25-04-2003)
132. LEAVE SHOULD NOT BE DENIED
q It is indeed desirable in the interest of the public
services that Government servants take leave
in the interest of public services that
Government servants take leave at suitable
intervals and return to work relaxed and
refreshed. It has also been laid down that the
leave sanctioning authorities may encourage
Government servants to take leave
periodically.
Leave is accordingly, not to be ordinarily denied
to any employee, especially in the last 10 years
of his career.
(MoP. PG & Pension OM No. 1402 13/3 2000-
Estt (L) dated 27-03-01)
133. ACTION AGAINST THE POSTAL
EMPLOYEES FOR UNION ACTIVITIES
q 1. I am directed to say that it has been
brought to the notice of this office,
that in certain disciplinary action has
been taken for carrying out union
activities.
2. It is pointed out that legitimate union
activity that does not violate CCS
(Conduct) Rules 1964 &ED Agents
(Conduct & Services) Rules 1964, or
other rules or instructions governing the
concerned employee should not lead to
disciplinary action against the
employees. All disciplinary authorities
in your jurisdiction should be instructed
to ensure this.
(DG (P) No. 30-52/95-SR dated 06-10-95)
134. ROLE OF ORAL INSTRUCTIONS IN THE
TRANSACTION OF GOVERNMENT
BUSINESS
q It is impressed upon all Government servants
that:-
(i) Oral instructions should not, as far as possible,
be issued by senior officers to their
subordinates;
(ii) If the oral instructions are issued by any senior
officer, they should be confirmed by him in
writing immediately thereafter;
(iii) If a junior officer seeks confirmation to the oral
VENTURE
instructions given by the senior, the latter
should confirm it in writing whenever such
confirmation is sought;
(iv) A junior officer who has received oral orders
from his superior officer should seek
confirmation in writing as early as possible /
practicable.
(M.H.A. No. 11013/12/73-Est. (A)
dated 01-08-78)
135. OBSERVANCE OF PROPER DECORUM BY
GOVERNMENT SERVANT DURING THE
LUNCH BREAK
q (i) No Government employee should play
cards on the lawns and other places inside
or outside office buildings, and
(ii) The game of cards should be confined
only to the recreation rooms or other
places approved for such purposes.
(iii) No indoor games should be played in
office building after 7:00 p.m. except on
special occasions such as tournaments
etc.
(Dept. of Per & AR OM No. 11013/20/83-Estt. (A)
dated 21-11-83)
136. WATER COOLERS -- PROVISION OF
q Supply can be made to the offices with a total
establishment is above 100 members of Staff
(MOF DOE No. 4 (2) P&T-II /62 dated 07-05-62)
137. GRANT OF OTA TO DEPARTMENTAL STAFF
FOR CONVEYANCE OF CASH
q The practice of utilising the services of Head
Postmen /Postmen/Group D officials for
conveyance of cash should be put an end to
as far as possible. Efforts should be taken to
send maximum cash in the cash bags and
judiciously utilising the services of Cash
Overseers who are specially intended for this
duty within their duty hours, without resorting
to O.T. duties.
(PMG, T.N. Circle No. APB/32-117/78
dated 12-06-78)
138. SUPPLY OF SOAP AND TOWELS --
STANDARDIZATION OF
q Soap and towels may be provided in the toilets
wherever possible for use of staff. The supply
of soap and towels to individuals where their
duties and nature of work demand such
facilities may be considered by Heads of
Circles and decision taken at their discretion.
(DG P&T No. B 21025/8/77-WL
dated 02-05-79)
139. PERMISSION TO LEAVE OFFICE DURING
192 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 OFFICE HOURS BE GRANTED TO
PRESIDENTS / GENERAL SECRETARIES
OF THE RESIDENTIAL WELFARE
ASSOCIATIONS
q The Presidents / General Secretaries may be
permitted to leave office during office hours
occasionally on receipt of specific written
requests, subject to exigencies of the office
work and subject to the satisfaction of the
officer concerned that the President and / or
General Secretary concerned are really going
for some Welfare Work in respect of their
respective colonies.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 32/8/88-Welfare
06-09-88)
140. DUE DATE OF PAYMENT OF SALARIES
WHEN BANK IS CLOSED
q If the accredited bank is not open for transacting
business on the last working day salary is
automatically to be drawn and disbursed on the
day preceding the closed days.
(M.F. O.M. No. U 916011)/41/85/CTR/886
dated 22-08-90)
141. DISPOSAL OF OLD RECORDS TO BE
ENTRUSTED TO PHYSICALLY
HANDICAPPED PERSONS
q The offers received from handicapped persons
for executing the destruction of records /
disposal of old / obsolete records may be
considered most sympathetically.
(M.F. O.M. No. F22 (25)-E.II (A)/88
dated 22-08-90)
142. OBSERVANCE OF HOLIDAYS IN
OPERATIVE OFFICES
q The Postal Services Board decided that
whenever the Central Government declares a
holiday for Central Government offices and
industrial establishments, it should be deemed
as a holiday for the operative offices of the
Department of Posts also. In other words,
holidays for the operative offices of the
Department of Posts need not be linked up
with holidays declared under the Negotiable
Instruments Act.
(DG (P) No. 21-3/90-PE.I/PE.II
dated 24-12-93)
143. SUSPENSION BY LOWER AUTHORITY IS
VALID
q If an order of suspension is passed by an
authority lower than the appointing authority,
that is valid and he will report to the appointing
authority about the circumstances under which
VENTURE
the order was passed.
(Rule 14 Postal Manual vol. III)
144. NO LTC DURING SUSPENSION
q A Government servant is not eligible for LTC
during suspension; whereas his family
members can avail.
145. SUSPENSION -- NO RETROSPECTIVE
EFFECT
q An order of suspension should take effect
prospectively. It cannot be given effect from a
back date.
(Rule 19 vol. III)
146. LATE ATTENDANCE -- DEBITING HALF A
DAY CL
q Half-a-day's CL should be debited to the CL
account of a Government servant for each late
attendance upto one hour on not more than
two occasions may be condoned by the
competent authority, if it is satisfied. In such
cases he does not ensure punctual
attendance, suitable disciplinary action may be
taken against the Government servant
concerned in addition to debiting half day CL
in his CL account.
(DG P&T circular No. 2 dated 22-07-75)
147. COUNTING TRAINING PERIOD FOR
DRAWAL OF INCREMENT
q The benefit of treating the training period as
duty for the purpose of increment may be
allowed in the case of those Government
servants also who had undergone such training
on or after 01-01-86. However in such cases,
the benefit of counting period for pay will be
admissible on notional basis from 01-01-86
and actual basis from 01-01-90.
(DoP&T OM No. 16-16/92-Estt. (Pay -I)
dated 31-03-92)
148. HSG.I -- NON GAZETTED GROUP B
q HSG.I (General Line) is classified as Group B
(Non Gazetted) with effect from 11-07-02.
[DG(P) No. 25-18/2001-PE.I dated 11-07-02]
149. PROCEDURE FOR RECRUITMENT OF
POSTAL ASSISTANTS TO REGIONAL /
CIRCLE OFFICES
q The procedure for direct recruitment for Postal
/ Sorting Assistants laid down vide letter No.
60-36/93-SPB.I dated 28-02-95 amended from
time to time will be applicable for direct
recruitment to the cadre of Postal Assistants
in Circle / Regional offices.
[DG (P) No. 137-14/2003-SPB.II
dated 09-04-03]
193 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
150. POSTING OF ASPOS IN HSG.I
q Posting of ASPOs in the cadre of HSG.I is by
'transfer' and not by 'appointment' or
'promotion'.
[DG (P) No. 4-23/2000-SB-II dated 26-06-01]
151. APPLICATION FOR VRS DURING EOL
q If an official while already on EOL on medical
grounds applies for voluntary retirement, the
notice period if any given may be accepted and
he may be allowed to retire after the expiry of
the notice period subject to vigilance clearance.
[DoPT & Trg. OM No. 25013/3/2003-Estt. (A)
dated 17-06-03]
152. ALLOTMENT OF VACANT STAFF
QUARTERS AGAINST WILL
q No Government accommodation can be
thrusted upon any Government employee
against his will and in absence of a written
request for allotment of a quarter from the
employee. However, it is mandatory for the
employee to occupy the attached rent free
accommodation wherever available. In such
case no HRA can be drawn in favour of the
employee if he refuses to occupy the rent free
quarter.
[DG (P) No. 7-6/99-Bldg. Dated 11-07-2000]
153. COMPLAINT AGAINST GOVERNMENT
SERVANTS
q (i) No action should be taken on anonymous
and pseudonymous complaints against
Government servants (Rule 183 vol. III)
(ii) Every complaint by or against any employees
in the department must be received and
enquired into by his superior officer, unless the
complainant shall have been previously found
guilty of making groundless charges (Rule 184
Vol. III)
154. OBSERVANCE OF HOLIDAY OF OPERATIVE
OFFICES
q Whenever the Central Government declares
a holiday for Central Government offices &
industrial establishments, it should be deemed
as a holiday for the operative offices of the
Department of Posts also.
[DG (P) No. 21-3/90-PE.III dated 24-12-93]
155. TWINS AFTER THE FIRST SURVIVING
CHILD -- SPECIAL ALLOWANCE
q It is clarified that the benefit of Family Planning
Allowance shall be admissible to Central
Government employees if twins are born after
the first surviving child and the number of
surviving children and the number of surviving
VENTURE
children crosses the ceiling of two children in
second subsequent delivery.
[M.F. OM No. 6 (39)/98-IC dated 24-06-02]
156. FEE FOR COMMUNICATION, RE-
TOTALLING & RE-VERIFICATION OF
MARKS
q Rs. 20/- for each examination for
communication of marks
[DG (P) No. 18-2/94-DE dated 21-11-94]
q Rs. 100/- for each paper towards re-totalling
and re-verification of marks.
[DG (P) No. 18-2/94-DE dated 23-05-94]
q Application should not be sent directly by lower
offices or smaller units like SPMs or
Postmasters to the Directorate.
[DG (P) No. 18-02/94 dated 21-07-94]
157. COMPASSIONATE APPOINTEE SHOULD
PROPERLY MAINTAIN FAMILY
q A person appointed on compassionate
grounds under the scheme should give an
undertaking in writing that he / she will maintain
properly the other family members who were
dependent on the Government servant and in
case it is proved subsequently (at any time)
that the family members are being neglected
or are not being maintained properly by him /
her, his / her appointment may be terminated
forthwith.
[DoP&T OM No. 14014/16/99-Estt (D) dated
20-12-97 communicated in DG (P) No. 24-
1/2001/SPB.I dated 12-02-01]
158. ACTION ON DETECTION OF
COUNTERFEIT NOTES
q In terms of Rule 55 of FHB Vol. I acceptance
of counterfeit coins or notes is regarded as a
loss of cash. Therefore Rule 53 of FHB Vol. I
provide for detailed investigation of such cases
and the official concerned is asked to make
good the loss only when the lapse on his part
is established.
[DG (P) No. 63-77/91-C1 dated …08-92]
159. DISCONTINUING THE ISSUE OF R.T.
POLICY GUIDELINES
q In view of the well defined principles of
Rotational Transfers in this department and
provision of tenures and other administrative
instructions, annual issue of Rotational
Transfer guidelines is being discontinued.
Changes in exercising policies will be
communicated whenever necessary.
[DG (P) No. 141-35/2001-SPB.II dated 11-04-01]
160. TENURE FOR SBCO STAFF
194 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
q Two or three HPOs as far as contiguous
possible should be together and the SBCO
staff transferred to such group of HPOs after
they complete their prescribed tenure. Any
transfer outside a region should be done only
with the concurrence of the Head of the Circle
and on specific administrative grounds only.
It should also be ensured that while considering
the rotational transfers of SBCO staff in the
group of H.Os, consideration is given first to
the pending requests of the officials for transfer
from suburban areas and unpopular stations
to the city divisions and more popular areas.
[DG (P) No. 141-77/2000-SPB.II
dated 02-03-00]
161. TENURE IN SB BRANCH
q The period of tenure in SB branches will start
from the date on which the official is posted in
SB / SC branch.
[DG(P) No. 70-2/66-B/Pr. II/SPB.I dated 17-07-68 &
DG (P) No. 69/20/83-SPB.I dated 20-11-83]
162. COUNTING OF TRAINING PERIOD FOR
DEPARTMENTAL CANDIDATES
q Our letter dated 27-07-01 issued with the
approval of Finance Advice, clearly states that
the period of Induction Training would count
for promotion under TBOP / BCR for
departmental candidates also provided that
such training period is counted for increment
in the promoted scale. Since the period is
counted for increment in the lower scale, the
period of induction training cannot be counted
for promotion under TBOP / BCR for
departmental candidates.
[DG (P) No. 44-47/98-SPB.II
dated 16-01-02]
163. REVIEW RESULT OF FAILED SC/ST
CANDIDATES OF FTP (LSG / HSG.II) EXAM
q It has been decided that there shall no review
of the results of failed SC / ST candidates of
the FTP examination, since the intention
behind the FTP scheme is to induct effective
and efficient supervisor, no further dilution of
the standards is considered necessary.
[DG (P) No. 44-18/2005-SPB.II dated 06-07-05]
164. LSG OFFICIALS WORKED AGAINST HSG.I
POSTS
q LSG officials who worked in the vacancy of
HSG.I posts are eligible for the pay of HSG.II.
[DG P&T No. 4-39/74-SPB dated 20-06-75
& 28-06-75]
165. HONORARIUM FOR OPENING NEW PAY
VENTURE
BILL REGISTER IN ACCOUNTS BRANCH
q It has been decided in consultation with Internal
Finance to enhance the existing rate of
honorarium for opening of new Pay Bill register
(Form TR 22(a) from 0.90 paisa to Rs. 1.25
per page from the financial year 1990-91.
[DG (P) No. 12 (I) /82-PA/Admn.II/233
dated 03-07-89]
166. CONFIRMATION OF ORAL ORDERS
q Oral orders must be under the direction of his
superior, and ordinarily be in writing, oral
direction to subordinate shall be avoided or
shall confirm it in writing immediate when
written orders are requested or sought for it
should be the duty of superior officer to confirm
the direction in writing.
[MH No. 11013/12/78-Est. (A) dated 20-12-78]
167. EXEMPTION OF STAMP DUTY FOR HBA
q Exemption of stamp duty on mortgage deed,
agreement, surety bond and deed of re-
conveyance executed to grant of HBA is
accorded.
[DG (P&T) No. 12/6/78-PAP dated 20-12-78]
168. TRANSFER OF RECORDS
q If an official is transferred under Rule 38 from
one division, to another, the CR, PF & other
records of service should be transferred within
fifteen days.
[DG P&T No. 71/53/54-PAP dated 07-11-78]
169. INVITE UNION REPRESENTATIVES &
SETTLE PROBLEMS
q All local grievances of staff should be settled
expeditiously and union references attended
to promptly. Any urgent or pressing issues
could be discussed by inviting the union
representatives for meeting for special
discussion for early settlement.
[DG No. 18/11/78-SR dated 09-11-78]
170. SPLIT DUTY IN POST OFFICES
q It can be spread over 12 hours but only two
spells. The minimum interval between the two
split duty terms to be one hour.
[DG P&T No. 6/66/78-PE.I dated 10-11-78]
171. EXTENSION OF TENURE FOR PRI (P)
q PRI (P) Posting & Transfer on expiry of tenure,
may be deferred till the end of the academic
session if the transfer is in the middle of an
academic session result in hardship.
[DG P&T No. 6/65/78-SPB.I dated 17-10-78]
172. RIGHT FOR DEMONSTRATION
q Employees have right for peaceful
demonstration after office hours or out of office
195 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 premises but they do not have right to obstruct
the normal working for which they have to face
disciplinary action under CCS (CCA) Rules
1965.
[DG P&T No. 39/44/78-SR dated 12-09-78]
173. LUNCH BREAK AT COUNTERS
q Lunch break for post offices of single handed
fixed mid-day. With more than one clerk, no
split duty, between 12:00 to 2:00 p.m. which
should be shown in memo of distribution of
work separately for each counter clerk. HO
should see that counter clerks get the lunch
relief.
[DG P&T No. 3-5/78-CI dated 16-08-78]
174. RESERVATION FOR SC/ST- CIRCULATION
OF THE RESERVATION ROSTER :
q The reservation roster is not a confidential
document and therefore there can be no
objection in principle to the roster being shown
to any individual/association. It is therefore,
considered that if any Govt. servant/recognised
service association want to see the reservation
roster there can be no objection to the roster
being shown to them, if need be, through the
liaison officer.
(DOP & Trg. No. 8/1/93-JCA, dt. 5-1-93)
175. UNFILLED VACANCIES OF OBCs SHOULD
NOT BE DESERVED BUT CARRIED
FORWARD:
q It has been decided that the vacancies reserved
for other backward classes which remain
unfilled should not be dereserved but should
be carried forward as such for a period of three
recruitment years or till the vacancies are filled
by OBC candidates whichever is earlier.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 36012/22/93-
Estt, dt. 30-12-93)
176. RESERVATION IN ADHOC PROMOTION :
q Since adhoc promotions can be made only
against vacancies of more than 45 days
reservation is to be followed. However there is
no need to have a separate roster for this
purpose. A separate register called 'Adhoc
Promotions register' may be maintained to note
down particulars of all adhoc promotions made.
This is to facilitate reversion of such promotees
strictly in the order i.e. the junior most candidate
being reverted first. This reversal order will be
followed strictly and there is no preference for
SC/ST candidates in reversion.
(DP & AR ON No. 36011/14/83-Estt(SCT),
dt. 30-4-83 & 30-9-89)
VENTURE
177. SC/ST/OBC CANDIDATES SELECTED ON
THEIR OWN MERIT MERIT NOT TO BE
ADJUSTED AGAINST RESERVED
VACANCIES:
q In cases of direct recruitment to vacancies, the
SC/ST/OBC candidates who are selected on
their own merit without relaxed standards,
alongwith candidates of other categories, will
not be adjusted against the reserved share of
vacancies. The reserved vacancies will be filled
up separately from among the eligible SC/ST/
OBC candidates who are lower in merit than
the last candidate on the merit list but otherwise
found suitable for appointment even by relaxed
standards, if necessary.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. OM No. 36012/22/93-Est
(SCT) dt. 8-9-93)
178. RELAXATION FOR SC/ST IN QUALIFYING
EXAMINATION:
q If qualifying examination is prescribed for
promotion on the basis of seniority cum fitness
in any case, relaxation in the standard for SC/
ST candidates should be made to the extent
decided on such occasion taking into account
(i) the number of vacancies reserved (ii) the
performance of candidates, general as well as
SC/ST candidates (iii) the minimum standard
of fitness for appointment to the post and (iv)
the overall strength of the cadre and that of
SC/ST.
(DP & AR OM No. 36021/10/76-Estt. (SCT),
dt. 21-1-97)
179. (I) WHEN ONLY A SINGLE VACANCY
ARISES IN A YEAR :
q When only one vacancy occurs in the initial
recruitment year and the corresponding roster
point happens to be reserved for SC or ST,
the vacancy should be treated as unreserved
and filled accordingly. The reservation should
be carried forward to the subsequent year. If
in that subsequent year also only one vacancy
arises it will be treated as reserved against the
carried forward reservation.
180. RESERVATION ROSTERS NOT
DETERMINING SENIORITY :
q Reservation rosters are meant for determining
the number of vacancies to be reserved for
SC/ST and not for determining the order of
actual appointment or for the purpose of
determining seniority.
(DP & AR OM No. 10/52/73-Estt (SCT),
dt. 24-5-74)
196 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
181. RESERVATION ROSTER MAY BE SHOWN
TO GOVT. STAFF/STAFF ASSOCIATION:
q If any Govt. servant/recognised service
association wants to see the reservation roster,
there can be no objection to the roster being
shown to them, if need be, through the Liasion
officer.
(DP & Trg. OM No. 4303/2/92-Estt.(SCT),
dt. 31-12-92)
182. COLLECTION OF LIC PREMIA THROUGH
POST OFFICES
q Reference is invited to this office letter No. 50/
1/61-Cl dated 28-362 on the subject cited
above.
After examining the case, it has been decided
to discontinue the agency work for collection
of LIC premia through Post Office with effect
from 1-5-94.
(D.G.(P) No. 7-5/90-Cl, dt. 6-4-94)
183. PERUSAL OF RESERVATION ROSTER AT
DIVISONAL LEVEL BY THE SERVICE
UNIONS REGARDING
q As per chapter IV rule 6 of Swamy's
compilation on Reservations & concessions for
SCs/STs (corrected upto 93) the reservation
roster is out a confidential document and can
be shown to individual officials/association and
if necessary through the Liaison officer.
In case of any such requests from the service
unions, the Divisional Superintendents may
consider as per the above orders and they may
be permitted to peruse the Roster once a year.
(CPMG Tamilnadu No. STC/59-75/95-Union,
dt. 6-7-95)
184. FESTIVAL ADVANCE :
q Ist January, Easter, Pongal, Independence
Day, Republic Day, Ramzan, Miladi Nabi, Tamil
New Year's Day, Onam Ugadi, Deepavali,
Bakrid and Christmas - Advance can be
granted.
(i) Payment will be effected 21 days prior to the
festival.
(ii) Will be eligible for one festival during one
financial year.
185. NO INTEREST BEYOND DATE OF DEATH:
q No interest is charged on any outstanding
balance of an interest bearing advance beyond
the date of death.
186. PROVISION OF TRANSPORT TO
OFFICIALS IN NEED OF URGENT MEDICAL
CARE WHILE ON DUTY.
q It has been decided that departmental vehicle
VENTURE
to the extent available, should be provided to
such officials who may need emergent medical
attention while on duty for moving them to
hospitals, dispensaries etc.
In the event of such an arrangement not being
immediately possible, maximum possible
assistance/aid should be provided and the
official moved to hospital by engaging other
transport, if necessary, at the cost of the Govt.
(DG, P&T No. B 27011/5-80-WL, dt. 19-10-82)
187. FAILURE OF FAMILY PLANNING
OPERATION :
q Laproscopic operation is method of sterilisation
under the Family Welfare Programme and in
cases of failure, the incentive increment should
be withdrawn from the deemed date of
pregnancy. It may, however be waived in case
either of the couple undergoes sterilisation
operation again.
(O.M. No. 23011/4/87/Ply, dt. 20-5-87)
188. RATE OF INCENTIVE INCREMENT BE
GRANTED EVEN IN THE SCALE OF THE
OFFICIATING POST HELD ON ADHOC
BASIS AT THE TIME OF FAMILY PLANNING
OPERATION:
q It may be clarified that an employee holding a
lower post regularly and officiating in a higher
post on adhoc basis is also entitled for the
incentive increment at the rate of increment in
the scale of the post held at the time of
sterilisation operation.
(D.G.(P) No. 14-2/87-Medical, dt. 26-2-88)
189. OPERATIONS RECOGNISED FOR
INCENTIVE INCREMENT.
q i) Vasectomy
ii) Traditional or conventional tubectomy,
Minilap, Salpingectomy, Laproscopic
sterilisation (or tubal occulsion) Culdoscapic
sterilisation.
(DG No. 14-2/86-Medical, Dt. 21-1-88)
190. INCENTIVE FOR PROMOTING SMALL
FAMILY NORMS - PRIVATE HOSPITAL - REG.
q It has been decided that the CG employees
who or whose spouse undergo sterilisation
operation after having one child even in Private
nursing home/Private hospital may also be
allowed the incentive increment subject to
fulfilment of all the other conditions as
contained in this Ministry's OM No. 7(51) - E-
III/85 dt. 16-12-85.
(DG (P) No. 14-42/84-Medical, Dt. 9-8-87)
191. RECOVERY UNDER AUDIT OBJECTION IN
197 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'
 THE PAY & ALLOWANES
q It is reported by the union that there is an
unexpected entry in the acquittance rolls as
A.O.R. and the officials are taken by surprise
on the pay day that a sizable amount stands
deducted and it is also intimated that they
have no previous information of the recovery
nor do they know about what is it. Necessary
suitable instructions may be given to all the
drawing officers, to give prior intimation to be
concerned officials and also details about the
A.O.R.
(Chief PMG T.N. No. AP/7-80/89-MS,
dt. 23-4-91)
192. SUPPLY OF UNIFORMS TO SORTING
POSTMEN
q All the Sorting Postmen whether performing
indoor or outdoor duties may be supplied with
same uniforms as are supplied to Postmen as
per Rule 737 of P&T Manual Vol. II and letter
No. 30-43/58-M II, dt. 15-12-60.
(DG, P&T No. 39-50/80-UP, dt. 4-2-81)
193. C.E.A. ADMISSIBLE TILL BOARD EXAMI-
NATION IN THE CASE OF OFFICIAL TRANS-
FERRED TO A NEW STATION BUT KEEPS
HIS CHILD IN THE OLD STATION
q CEA shall be admissible to a Govt. Servant
who on transfer from one station to another, is
compelled to keep his child/children studying
in the final year of the Secondary/Higher
Secondary/Senior Secondary classes at the
old station for Board of Examination in the
interest of continuity of studies.
(Dept. of Per. & Trg. O.M. No. 12011/4/88-
Estt.(All), dt. 12-5-89)
194. GRANT OF CEA/RTF CLARIFICATIONS
q It has been decided that childrens Educational
Allowance/Reimbursement of Tuition Fee and
Hostel Subsidy shall be admissible in respect
of the child upto the end of the academic ses-
sion even if he completes 20 years half way
during the academic session.
(DOP & Trg. OM No. 12011/2/83-Estt.(All),
dt. 27-12-89)
195. OTA TO SPMS ATTENDING SIGNALLING
DUTIES
q The Sub-Postmaster, Time Scale & LSG will
be granted OTA for attending signalling duties
during Sundays and holidays (due to non
posting of signaller only)
(DG P&T No. 48/76-SPB-II, dt. 23-5-78)
VENTURE
196. PROPOSAL TO GRANT OF TA/DA TO
CASH/MAIL OVERSEERS ORDERED TO
WORK AS BPM IN STOP GAP ARRANGE-
MENT
q The proposal has been carefully examined and
it has been decided not to grant TA/DA to cash/
mail overseers while functioning as Branch
Postmaster within their own territorial
jurisdiction. Whenever need arises for looking
after the duties of Branch Postmasters by cash/
mail overseers, arrangements may be made
for regular branch postmasters, at the earliest
and no such extra attraction be provided for
mail/cash overseer to continue in such stop
gap arrangement for prolonged period.
(DG (P) No. 17-6/76/PAP, dt. 8-3-78)
197. POINT TO PONDER
q (i) For finding out commutation value, the
'age next birth day' should be taken for account.
Hence if an official who is retiring on
superannuation and also his date of birth will
be in the second fortnight, may go on voluntary
retirement before completing his 60th age. If
so, he may get more commutation amount than
on superannuation.
(ii) The availability or otherwise of EL has nothing
to do with the grant of LND because there is
no such restriction not to grant LND when EL
is available.
(iii) The maximum amount attachable in the case
of Court attachment is as follows :
(a) For maintenance decree : 2/3 X (Gross
emoluments- all allowances)
(b) For decree other than maintaince : 1/3 X
(Gross emoluments - exempted allowances) -
Rs. 400/-.
(c) All kinds of TA, Conveyance Allowances, HRA,
CCA, CEA, Medical reimbursements and like
similar allowances are exempted from court
attachment.
(iv) Even an official who has been on EXOL for
one year will fetch the credit of 10 days of HPL
during January and July respectively.
(v) When a departmental official is required by the
Police, officers for interrogation, invariably a
senior official like ASP/SPI/PRI (P) should
accompany the official and he should remain
till the interrogation by the Police is over with a
view to giving protection to the official taken
for interrogation.
198 A.I.P.E.U. GROUP - 'C'